(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Historical booklet of the Illinois State Dental Society"

53047 



Tl 1 inols 


617.606 
12 9h 
state dental cor-. 2 


society 
Historical booklet 


53047 


DATE 


ISSUED TO 










UIC 



Return this volume on or before 
the Latest Date stamped below. 

The University of Illinois at Chicago 
Library of the Health Sciences, Chicago 
(312) 996-8963 




Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

CARLI: Consortium of Academic and Research Libraries in Illinois 



http://www.archive.org/details/historicalbookleOOilli 



HISTORICAL BOOKLET 

OF THE 

Illinois State Dental 
Society 



WITH CLASSIFIED INDEX OF ALL PAPERS, DISCUS- 
SIONS AND CLINICS, AND PERSONAL INDEX OF 
ADMINISTRATION, PAPERS, DISCUSSIONS 
AND CLINICS AS PUBLISHED IN THE 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY 

1865-1914 



PUBLISHED IN CONNECTION WITH THE GOLDEN JUBILEE 

CELEBRATION HELD IN CHICAGO, MARCH 23-26, 1914 

BY A SPECIAL COMMITTEE APPOINTED 

FOR THE PURPOSE 



Committee 

J. N. Crouse (deceased) C. R. E. Koch 

E. M. ROBBINS J. W. CORMANY 

Arthur D. Black, Chairman 









b - 



ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY. 



OFFICERS, 1914. 



President 

Vice-President 

Secretary 

Treasurer 

Librarian 

Photograph Custodian 



W. II. G. Logan, Chicago. 
\V. A. Hoover. Gibson City. 
Henry L. Whipple, Quincy 
T. P. Donelan, Springfield. 
I. B. Johnson, Onarga. 
J. T. Cummins. Metropolis. 



EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. 

L. B. Torrence, Chester. 

A. E. Converse, Springfield. 
G. W. Haskins, Chicago. 
A. D. Black, Chicago. 

J. P. Buckley, Chicago. 

G. C. McCann, Danville. 

J. M. Barcus, Carlinville. 
L. E. Conradt, Decatur. 
J. F. Leigh, Evanston. 



THE INDEX. 

Good Literature, made easily accessible, 
serves to strengthen the mind and hand of 
every progressive practitioner. 

— G. V. Black. 



DEDICATION. 

To that group of noble men who organ- 
ized this Society ; 

To those men who have, with devotion 
and self-sacrifice, guided it ever onward ; 

To those who, by the brilliancy of 
writings presented, have enriched dental 
literature ; 

To those who, by the development of 
new thought of scientific value, have fur- 
thered dental progress ; 

To those who, by their untiring interest 
and steadfastness, have become life members; 

To all who have in any way contributed 
to the advancement of the work of this 
Society, and have thus aided in the uplift of 
humanity, this volume is dedicated. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

The Index. G. V. Black 4 

Dedication 5 

Why? 7 

List of Charter Members 8 

Complete List of Life Members 9 

Growth of the Society by Years 11 

In Memoriam 12 

Part I. Historical Sketches 15 

A Historical Sketch of the First Thirty Years of 

the Illinois State Dental Society, 1865 to 1893, 

inclusive. Edmund Noyes 16 

A Historical Sketch of the Illinois State Dental 

Society, 1894 to 1913, inclusive. E. K. Blair. . 40 
Diary of Administrative Progress and Uplift Work 

of the Illinois State Dental Society, 1865-1913. 

C. R. E. Koch .' 56 

Part II. Classified Subject Index to the Proceedings of the 

Illinois State Dental Society, 1865-1913 77 

Part III. Personal Index to the Proceedings of the Illinois 

State Dental Society ■ 131 

PINK SHEET 

Appendix 1 

How to use this Classification and Index 1 

The Plan of This Index. Arthur D. Black. .. 2 

Classification for Dental Literature 11 

Index to Classification 16 

Index 16 



Why? 



Literature is the record of progress. In the dental profession, 
as in other fields of activity, the literature has a twofold value ; the 
dissemination of knowledge at the time of publication, and the 
building and constant strengthening of the foundation for the 
future. As time passes, it becomes history. If we consider the 
establishment of dentistry as a profession to have been contempora- 
neous with the establishment of our first college and our first journal 
in 1839, we have now reached the period when we must rely on the 
printed records for our knowledge of the past. We can no longer 
get by word of mouth the history of the early days. The last of 
the men who laid the first stones in the foundation of our profession 
have passed away. What heritage have they and those who fol- 
lowed left for us? What is the foundation upon which we stand 
to-day"? What is the record of our progress? These are questions 
which should come to the minds of the men of to-day — and of 
to-morrow. We should know more than we do of the record of our 
profession. A better knowledge of the men, work and writings of 
the past should be reflected in the literature and teaching of to-day. 

There is so much of value in the published proceedings of the 
Illinois State Dental Society that it has been thought worth while 
to publish this index, and thus make the work of the first fifty years 
available for the future. The committee has been greatly pleased 
to learn that a considerable number of complete, and a very large 
number of tolerably complete, files of the transactions have been 
preserved, in both private and public libraries. 

It was for the purpose of. directing attention to the splendid 
work of the past, and at the same time to give those who have 
labored for the success of this Society and the advancement of the 
profession some small measure of credit, that the publication of 
this booklet was undertaken. 



ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY. 



LIST OF CHARTER MEMBERS. 



•Abell, T. C 
Albaugh, Wm. 
Ames, A. 
Babcock, S. 
Baker, B. M. 
Brown, A. E. 
Burnett, J. M. 
Bush, L. 

Carpenter, E. R. E. 
Clapp, J. L. 
Crouse, J. N. 
Cushing, G. H. 
Dean, Jas. C. 
Dean, M. S. 
Ellis, J. Ward 
Farnham, B. W. 
Ferries, A. C. 
Freeman, A. W. 
Fuller, J. C. 
Gibbs, A. E. 
Griswold, N. R. 
Hall, Henry 
Harris, A. J. 
Haskell, L. P. 
Honsinger, E. 



Kennicott, J. A. 

KlLBOURNE, E. H. 

Kitchen, C. A. 
Lewis, H. N. 
Lewis, G. G. 
Low, J. E. 
Marsh, J. S. 
Motter, G., Jr. 
Noble, S. B. 
Ormsbee, W. "W. 
overholzer, d. l. 
Pallock, Jno. 
Park, Edgar 
Reber, A. S. 
Rising, C. B. 
Sherwood, M. W. 
Smith, G. T. 
Smith, J. W. 
Stevens, Wm. A. 
Thompson, J. F. 
Truesdell, T. N. 
Van Sant, A. C. 

WlLLSON, 0. 

Young, J. H. 



COMPLETE LIST OF LIFE MEMBERS. 



The Constitution of the State Society provides that whenever a 
member has paid dues for twenty-five consecutive years he shall be 
a "life member" without further payment. All in the following 

list became life members under this rule, except three, who were 
voted life memberships, as indicated : 

Elected. 

1. Judd, Homer (vote. 1884). deceased 1867 

2. Black, G. V. (vote, 1887) , Chicago 1868 

3. Gushing, George H., deceased 1865 

4. Freeman, A. "W., deceased 1865 

5. Kitchen, C. A., deceased 1865 

6. Crouse, J. N., deceased 1865 

7. Honsinger, E., deceased 1865 

8. Ormsbee, W. W., deceased 1865 

9. Guffin, E. L. (vote, 1889) , deceased 1882 

10. Stone, E. C, deceased 1866 

11. Koch, C. R. E., Chicago 1867 

12. Swain, Edgar D., deceased 1867 

13. Henry, Charles, deceased 1868 

14. Davis, K. B., deceased 1869 

15. Matteson, A. E., Chicago 1869 

16. Call, E. B. r deceased 1870 

17. Magill, W. T., Rock Island 1871 

18. Salter, G. B., deceased 1871 

19. Davis, J. A. W., deceased 1872 

20. Freeman, D. B., deceased 1872 

21. Gilmer, Thos. L., Chicago 1872 

22. Harlan, A. W., deceased 1872 

23. Mariner, J. Frank, deceased 1872 

24. Matteson, C. F., deceased 1872 

25. Noyes, Edmund, Chicago 1872 

26. Antes, R. H., deceased 1873 

27. David, E. B., Aledo 1873 

28. Rohland, C. B., deceased 1874 

29. Widenham, J. C, Jacksonville 1874 

30. Campbell, J., Bloomington 1875 

31. Brophy. T. W.. Chicago 1876 

IX 



Elected 

32. Pruyii, C. P., Chicago 1876 

33. Stevens, W. A., deceased 1876 

34. Clark, A. B., Honolulu, H.I 1876 

35. Duncan, E., Jacksonville 1877 

36. Gardiner, F. H., Chicago 1877 

37. Pritchett, T. W., deceased 1877 

38. Waltz, A. S., Decatur 1877 

39. Woolley, J. H., Chicago 1877 

40. Cormany, J. W., Mt. Carroll 1878 

41. Hanaford, M. L., Rockford 1878 

42. Lawrance, R. N., Lincoln 1879 

43. Stewart, F. H., Joliet 1880 

44. Sitherwood, G. D., Bloomington 1880 

45. Taggart, W. H., Chicago 1880 

46. Taylor, C. R., deceased 1880 

47. Patton, M. H., Rock Island 1906 

48. Duncan, S. F., Joliet 1906 

49. Martin. W. C, Peoria 1906 

50. Wonderly. T. G., Galena 1906 

51. Brown, A. E., Chicago 1906 

52. Reid, J. G., Chicago 1906 

53. Robbins, E. M., Chicago 1906 

54. Wassail, J. W., deceased 1906 

55. Johnston, W. A., Peoria 1908 

56. Allen, E. H., Freeport 1908 

57. Ames, W. V-B., Chicago 1908 

58. Goebel, Robt., Lincoln 1908 

59. Mcintosh, F. H., Bloomington 1908 

60. Campbell, S. A., Mattoon 1911 

61. Lumpkin, I. A., Mattoon 1911 

62. Roberts, Norman J.. Waukegan 1911 

63. Johnson, C. N., Chicago. . . . 1911 

64. Davis, L. L., Chicago 1911 

65. Dunn, J. A., deceased 1912 

66. Royce, E. A., Chicago 1912 

67. Marshall, J. S., Berkeley, Cal 1912 

68. Blair, E. K., Waverly 1912 

69. Sawyer, C. B., Jacksonville 1912 

70. Hinkins, J. E., Chicago 1913 

71. Wikoff, B. D., Chicago 1913 

72. Keefe, J. E., Chicago 1913 

73. Cummins, J. T., Metropolis 1913 

74. Barcus, J. M., Carlinville 1913 

75. Cattell, D. M., Memphis, Tenn 1913 

76. Freeman, A. B., Chicago 1913 

77. Holland, W. E., Jerseyville 1913 



X 



GROWTH OF THE SOCIETY BY YEARS. 



Note.— For the total membership list for the years from 1S66 to 1872, 
inclusive, no definite record is published, and the figures are omitted; from 187H 
to 1879, inclusive, figures are taken from secretary's annual report, which did 
not include honorary nor corresponding members; from 1880 to 1891, inclusive, 
figures are taken from a count of names of active, honorary and corresponding 
members; from 1892 to date, figures are the total active, honorary and cor- 
responding members, as shown by resume following printed lists in the pub- 
lished transactions. 

For the years from 1880 to 1904, inclusive, the figures are higher than the 
actual number of members in good standing, since it was customary to carry 
names of delinquents on the books for several years. Since the reorganization, 
beginning with 1905, the figures are a little too low, as they represent only 
those who had actually paid dues when the transactions went to press, and a 
number have each year paid dues subsequently. 



1890. 
1891. 

1892. 
1893. 
189-4. 
1895. 
1896. 
1897. 
1898. 
1899. 
1900. 
1901, 
1902. 
1903. 
1904. 





Number 
of New 
Members. 


Total 
Member- 
ship. 


1865 
1866 


49 
... 12 


49 


1867 


... 15 


H 


1868 


... 13 


2 

s 


1869 


... 13 


1870 


... 17 


> 


1871 


17 


© 

<• 


1872 
1873 


36 
... 12 


109 


1874 


. . . 5 


105 


1875 


10 


94 


1876 


7 


89 


1877 


6 


88 


1878 


10 


92 


1879.. .. 


5 


85 


1880 


5 


108 


1881 


13 


123 


1882 


... 19 


136 


1883 


... 17 


153 


1884 


... 10 


154 


1885 


... 15 


156 


1886 


... 16 


173 


1887 


... 11 


173 


1 888 


19 


187 


1889 


12 


191 



1905 1.006 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 



Number 
of New 
Members. 


Total 
Member 

ship. 


5 


198 


16 


204 


26 


223 


11 


221 


18 


231 


19 


229 


18 


240 


46 


269 


27 


276 


49 


324 


19 


332 


46 


354 


55 


395 


40 


428 


36 


450 


,006 


1,311 


231 


1,417 


145 


1.429 


129 


1.464 


323 


1,663 


174 


1,672 


115 


1.610 


155 


1.619 


89 


1.667 



3ln ffltmatinm. 


Antes, Robert H. 


Dunn, J. Austin 


Antes, W. J. 


Eames, W. H. 


Austin, J. F. 


Elmer, A. J. 


Baird, James Free 


Erausquin, Victor C. 


Baker, D. B. 


Fisher, J. W. 


Barber, H. B. 


Fitch, H. H. 


Beck, Rudolph 


Forbes, Isaiah 


Blair, Wm. E. 


Freeman, A. W. 


Bradley, H. A. 


Freeman, D. B. 


Bridwell, W. L. 


Fuller, A. H. 


Brightfield, 0. F. 


George, Isaac 


Broman, A. A. 


Gill, Frank C. 


Busho, "Wm. A. 


Gorney, W. A. 


Bushong, E. W. 


Gray, G. W. 


Call, E. B. 


Guffin, Edward L. 


Campbell, Peter A. 


Hammond, Chas. R. 


Chase, H. S. 


Hand, M. F. 


Chittenden, C. C. 


Hanson, 0. T. 


Condon, John J. 


Hardtner, J. 


Cook, George W. 


Harlan, A. W. 


Cox, C. W. 


Harrington, G. H. 


Crouse, J. N. 


Harrison, Harvey E. 


Crowe, Joseph P. 


Hawxhurst, D. C. 


Gushing, Geo. H. 


Hendel, D. W. 


Davis, E. E. 


Henry, Charles 


Davis, E. F. 


Hilton, John 


Davis, J. A. W. 


Honsinger, Emanuel 


Davis, Kenyon B. 


Houston, John T. 


Dean, M. S. 


Hunter, Henry Louis 


Dillon, E. H. 


Ingersoll, L. C. 


Dostal, J. W. 


Judd, Homer 



3ln Mmcrmm. 



Keely, George W. 
Kelly, N. A. 
Kinder, W. J. 
Kitchen, Charles A. 
Kulp, W. 0. 
Lancaster, H. N. 
Lawrence, P. I. 
Leggett, John 
Lewis, C. W. 
Lewis, H. N. 
Lovitt, Charles Oscar 
Lund, Anna 
Magitot, E. 
Mariner, J. Frank 
Matteson, Chas. F. 
McDonald, H. E. 
McKellops, H. J. 
Menges, Theo. 
Miller, W. D. 
Moody, Joseph D. 
Morrison, A. M. 
Morrison, W. N. 
Nicol, JohnD. 
'Hara, George R. 
Ormsbee, W. W. 
Park, Edgar 
Pashley, Raymond R. 
Patrick, J. J. R. 
Peterson, Oscar L. 
Pritchett, Thomas W. 
Rainey, A. H. 



Reed, Thos. W. 
Reynolds, J. S. 
Rivers, C. W. 
Rohland, Charles B. 
Rose, Warren Elliot 
Rybstat, W. L. 
Salter, G. B. 
Sawyer, Charles K. 
Scott, B. F. 
Shuford, T. E. 
Silliman, H. H. 
Skidmore, L. W. 
Slonaker, J. W. 
Smith, H. J. 
Smith, Oscar R. 
Spalding, C W. 
Stevens, Walter A. 
Stone, Edgar C. 
Sturgiss, S. M. 
Swain, Edgar D. 
Swasey, J. A. 
Taylor, Charles R. 
Townsend, H. II. 
Treat, Gilbert B. 
Verbeck, S. H. 
Warner, C. E. 
Warren, George E. 
Wassall, Joseph W. 
Watt, George 
Wilson, I. P. 



PART I. 

HISTORICAL SKETCHES. 

It was the original intention, in the publication of this booklet, 
that it should consist of a classified subject index of papers and 
discussions, and a personal index of papers, clinics, etc. Realizing 
that the index would not give of itself a satisfactory and connected 
view of the progress of the Society, it was determined to publish 
three historical sketches. The first of these, by Dr. Edmund Noyes, 
covers the first thirty years of the life of the Society; the second, 
by Dr. E. K. Blair, covers the last twenty years; while the third 
paper, by Dr. C. R. E. Koch, consists of an annual diary, devoted 
principally to the administrative side of the Society's work. 

It is believed that these three papers give a splendid review of 
the wonderful progress made by this organization in its fifty years 
of existence. Would that those men who labored so earnestly for 
it in the early days might all be with us during this Jubilee Cele- 
bration to see the fruits of their efforts. 



'OVf 



I . . . 



A HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE FIRST THIRTY YEARS 

OF THE ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY, 

1865 TO 1893 INCLUSIVE. 



BY EDMUND NOYES, D. D. S., CHICAGO. 



It is not "the short and simple annals of the poor" to which 
we invite your attention this evening. There were great and 
kingly men in those days ; great in their knowledge, skill and ex- 
perience ; greater still in the unselfish devotion with which they 
served their profession and humanity in the State Dental Society 
they loved so well. 

*"In pursuance of a call signed by a committee of three on 
behalf of the Chicago Dental Society, together with several den- 
tists of the State of Illinois, about fifty dentists assembled at 
the Dental Depot of S. S. White, Esq., in the City of Chicago, 
on the evening of July 24th, 1865, for the purpose of organizing 
a State Dental Society. 

"Dr. A. C. Van Sant, of Princeton, was chosen temporary 
chairman, and E. Honsinger, of Chicago, temporary secretary." 

The officers elected at this meeting for the ensuing year 
were A. C. Van Sant, president ; E. Honsinger, vice-president, 
and Edgar Park, secretary. Drs. E. A. Bogue, C. B. Rising, and 
T. P. Abell, were appointed a committee to "adapt the constitu- 
tion of the Massachusetts Dental Association to the wants of 
the Illinois State Dental Society." A constitution was reported 
by this committee and, after being amended, was adopted and 
signed by forty-nine charter members. There is no man now 
living who has retained his membership continuously since the 
organization. Those who did so till death were Drs. Geo. H. 
Cushing, A. W. Freeman, E. Honsinger, M. S. Dean and J. N. 
Crouse of Chicago; C. A. Kitchen, Rockford; H. N. Lewis, 



*From the minutes of the first meeting as published by the Society 
in a supplement to the Transactions for 1876. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



17 
Quincy, and W. W. Ormsbee, Geneva. J. N. Crouse, who was 
the last survivor of them, died in January, 1914. Drs. A. C. Van 
Sant, A. E. Brown and L. P. Haskell are still alive and there 
may be a few others unknown to the writer. 

The first meeting appears to have been limited to an even- 
ing session, July 24th, and a morning session, July 25th. Besides 
the adoption of a constitution, the election of officers, and the 
appointment of delegates to the American Dental Association, 
the Society listened to an address by Dr. I. J. Wetherbee, of 
Boston, "soliciting their aid to the Boston Dental Protective 
Union in their suit endeavoring to have nullified letters patent, 
granted to one Dr. Cummings, as the inventor of vulcanized 
rubber as a base upon which to mount artificial teeth." 

The second annual meeting was held in the Tremont House 
parlors May 8th, 1866. Dr. Van Sant, the president of the pre- 
vious year, was absent and the Society was called to order by 
the vice-president, Dr. E. Honsinger of Chicago. By-Laws were 
adopted, and Drs. W. W. Allport and J. P. Foltz of Chicago, and 
E. C. Stone of Galesburg were elected to membership. The 
latter remained a member till his death. The officers were elected 
on the first day of the meeting, and this was the custom for sev- 
eral years. The officers of this second annual meeting were H. 
N. Lewis of Quincy, president; O. Willson of Aurora, vice-presi- 
dent, and Gilman T. Smith of Princeton, secretary. I received 
last September, and have now turned over to the secretary, the 
original minutes of this meeting written by Dr. Smith. 

No essays were prepared beforehand and on the first after- 
noon a committee reported eight subjects for discussion, as fol- 
lows : "Eruption of the Deciduous Teeth," "Treatment of Decay 
in Deciduous Teeth," "Under What Circumstances Should De- 
ciduous Teeth Be Extracted to Avoid an Improper Arrangement 
of the Permanent Teeth ?" "What Preparation of Gold is Best for 
Filling Teeth?" "Treatment of Exposed Pulps and Filling Pulp 
Cavities," "Treatment of Diseased Gums and Alveolar Proc- 
esses," and "Mechanical Dentistry." The discussion of these 
topics appears to have occupied most of the time of the three 
days' meeting, except the evening of the second day, in which 
a clinic was given in Dr. Sherwood's office showing the extrac- 
tion of teeth with nitrous oxide anaesthesia. At this meeting Dr. 
M. S. Dean was invited to deliver an address at the next meet- 

Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



18 
ing, which was held in Chicago in November of the same year, 
the first plan of the Society being to hold meetings semian- 
nually. At this November meeting Dr. M. S. Dean read the ad- 
dress he had been requested to prepare and received a vote of 
thanks by the Society. Dr. Cushing also read an essay on 
"Causes and Prevention of Diseases of the Teeth." 

It is noticeable that at this third meeting, the second at 
which any professional subjects were discussed, Dr. Dean and 
Dr. Cushing were the ones who came with essays written be- 
forehand, and the useful and influential part which they began 
to take thus early they each maintained with increasing honor 
and success to the end of their lives. At this meeting the code 
of ethics of the American Dental Association, with slight modifi- 
cations, was adopted. 

The third annual meeting was held in the Methodist Church 
block, Chicago, May, 1867. The officers were elected on the 
morning of the first day. Dr. Geo. H. Cushing, president ; Dr 
M. S. Dean, secretary. The By-Laws were amended to make the 
meetings annual instead of semi-annual. Dr. E. D. Swain and Dr. 
C. R. E. Koch were elected to membership. Dr. Swain continued 
his membership till his death. Dr. Koch till the present time, 
and is now the oldest man in uninterrupted membership. 

At this meeting clinics were held on the morning of each 
day except the first. 

Essays were read at this meeting by Dr. O. Willson on 
"Anaesthesia," and Dr. L. P. Haskell on "Continuous Gum." A 
number of other subjects were discussed, and a committee was 
appointed to secure essayists who should open the topics for dis- 
cussion at the next regular meeting. At this early time. in its 
history the Society adopted the policy, continued till the pres- 
ent time, of having the discussion of professional subjects intro- 
duced by formal papers prepared beforehand. 

At this meeting Drs. Homer Tudd, Isaiah Forbes, W. H. 
Eames and Edgar Park of St. Louis, were made honorary mem- 
bers. These were the first of a splendid company of St. Louis 
men, who, for many years, were active members of our Society 
for all purposes except voting. They were always most heartily 
welcome and contributed largely to the interest and value of 
our proceedings. Dr. Kennicott offered the following resolu- 
tion, which was adopted: "Resolved, That this Society unqual- 

For index and key to elas siflentioii number*, see pink appendix. 



19 
ifiedly condemns the practice by members of the dental pro- 
fession, of taking students, to be sent forth to practice upon a 
confiding community, after only from three months to a year's 
study, for a pecuniary consideration ; and would recommend that 
students be taken for a term of not less than three years of 
study, in addition to graduation." For that time this was a 
rather remarkable resolution. It serves to show, on the one 
hand, with what meager preparation some men attempted to 
practice dentistry, and on the other hand what high standards 
of professional character and education the Illinois State Dental 
Society set before its members. 

In 1868 the Society forsook Chicago and began its itinerary 
among the cities of the state, holding the meeting of that year 
in Springfield. Among the new members at this meeting were 
Drs. G. V. Black and Chas. Henry of Jacksonville, and C. Stod- 
dard Smith of Springfield. Dr. H. J. McKellops of St. Louis was 
elected an honorary member. Dr. Henry continued in member- 
ship until his death. Eight essays were read at this meeting, 
of which Dr. Cushing read two and Dr. Dean one. 

Drs. Kilbourne, Black and Cushing were appointed to pre- 
pare an address to the people on the importance of the proper 
treatment of the sixth year molars. 

The meeting of 1869 in Quincy was very noteworthy in sev- 
eral particulars. For the first time arrangements were made for 
the publication in full of the papers and discussions, which was 
done for that year in the July number of the Missouri Dental 
Journal. 

At this meeting Dr. G. V. Black read a paper on "The 
Preparation of Gold Foil for Filling Teeth." This appears to 
have been the first contribution by a member of our Society of 
something new to the fund of knowledge of the dental profession. 
He described a great number of experiments he had conducted 
and announced the scientific explanation for the cohesiveness or 
non-cohesiveness of gold foil in these words : "The welding of 
pure gold is prevented by the gases being condensed on its sur- 
face, thereby preventing intimate contact ; the direct effect of 
annealing is to drive off such gases, and render the surfaces 
clean." I believe that all previous explanations of the cohesive- 
ness and non-cohesiveness of gold foil, or, as was often said in 
those days, the adhesiveness or softness, had been little if any- 

For index and key to elassifleation number*, see pink appendix. 



20 
thing better than guesses. This paper by Dr. Black is the final 
authority on the subject, and, so far as I know, nothing of im- 
portance has been added to it since. 

At this meeting, the officers were elected on the first day of 
the meeting, as had been done at all previous meetings, but "Dr. 
Black proposed to amend the by-laws so that hereafter the elec- 
tion of officers shall take place at the close instead of the be- 
ginning of the session. This, under the rules, had to lie over 
for one year." It was adopted at the next annual meeting and 
resulted in Dr. M. S. Dean being president at two annual meet- 
ings, though only once elected. 

The committee appointed the year previous (Drs. Kilbourne, 
Black and Cushing) to prepare an address to parents on the sixth 
year molars, to be published as far as practicable, in all the pub- 
lic journals throughout the state, reported what they had pre- 
pared for that purpose. It was received and referred to a select 
committee of three, Drs. Kilbourne, Rivers and Black. This 
purpose of general publication was not carried out, but it was the 
first attempt of the Society as an organized body to instruct the 
general public upon dental matters. 

Among the new members at this meeting were Drs. S. M. 
Sturgiss of Quincy, K. B. Davis of Petersburg, and A. E. Mat- 
teson of Kewanee. The last named is still with us ; the others 
letained their membership till death. Drs. J. B. Morrison, A. W. 
Morrison, and H. S. Chase of St. Louis, and J. H. A. Brewer of 
Palmyra, Mo., were made honorary members. 

The meeting of 1870, at Bloomington, was notable for two 
things. First, the publication and distribution of the proceed- 
ings in a volume issued by the Society; and it is interesting to 
notice the lavish way in which they were scattered. The publi- 
cation committee in their report say, "750 copies of the Transac- 
tions have been distributed as follows : 1st, a sufficient number 
were sent to the meeting of the American Dental Association, at 
Nashville, in August last ; 2nd, to all the active and honorary 
members of this Society ; 3rd, to all members of the profession 
throughout the state, so far as the names could be ascertained 
by the lists of the Rubber Company, and lastly to such other 
members of the profession in the vicinity of this state and else- 
where as occurred to the committee. A limited number have 

Fop index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



21 

also been sold ; some to advertisers, who distributed them, and 
others to other parties for distribution." 

The other notable event of this year was the reading of two 
papers on dental legislation, by Geo. H. Cushing and G. V. 
Black, and a very thorough discussion of the subject, resulting 
in the appointment of Drs. Cushing, C. S. Smith and A. W. 
French, a committee to prepare a bill and present it to the leg- 
islature and urge its passage. Thus was begun the long legis- 
lative campaign which was continued vigorously and without in- 
termission for eleven years, till the passage of the first dental law 
of Illinois in 1881. 

At this meeting, 1870, Dr. Dean referred to the introduction 
during the preceding year of the "Pneumatic engine," invented 
by Mr. Green, of Kalamazoo, Mich. This was the first of the 
dental engines. 

Rubber dam made its first appearance in our Society pro- 
ceedings in a contribution to the S. C. Barnum testimonial fund 
of $120.00 contributed by the members and $25.00 additional from 
the Society treasury. Dr. Cushing at this meeting described and 
advocated the use of heavy foils for filling teeth. Nos. from 12, 
20 to 120, but chiefly 30, 40 and 60. 

At the meeting of 1871, at Peoria, Dr. H. H. Townsend of 
Pontiac and G. B. Salter of Joliet, became members, both of 
whom continued in membership till death ; also Dr. W. T. Magill 
of Rock Island, who survives, a life-member, living in Cali- 
fornia. He is 82 years old. 

Drs. W. O. Kulp of Muscatine, Wm. N. Morrison of St. 
Louis and Isaac George of Kenosha, Wis., were elected hon- 
orary members. 

At this meeting Bonwill's electro-magnetic mallet was ex- 
hibited, and two dental engines, one by Dr. Edwards of Peoria, 
and one by Dr. Black, of Jacksonville. 

Dr. M. S. Dean read a notable paper on ethics, from which 
I will quote one paragraph : "The leading men in our profession — 
that is, the more educated and skillful — are members of one or 
more dental societies. * * * They are the men who raised 
the profession from its low origin to its present rank and influ- 
ence — the men who created the profession. Take from it those 
who habitually attend these societies and you destroy entirely 
the professional character of our vocation and reduce it to the 

For Index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



22 
commonest of trades. Amalgam and rubber would gain the as- 
cendency and the forceps would hold undisputed sway. By this 
I do not mean to be understood that every individual who at- 
tends dental societies is a prodigy of learning, skill and morality, 
but I do mean that whatever of learning, skill and morality there 
is in the profession are found in dental societies. When you find 
a dentist of even common education and moderate skill who is 
not a member of a dental society, you will find tropical fruits 
growing spontaneously in Alaska and the polar bear dancing on 
the equator. These societies contain all that is worthy of repute 
in our profession — all who have assisted in establishing the 
credit of dentistry against the assaults to which the profession 
has been and is constantly subjected by unqualified and dishon- 
est practitioners." 

This meeting in 1871 appears to have been an unusually 
good one. There were ten papers and nearly all of them of ex- 
cellent merit. It is difficult for most of us at the present time 
to realize fully the important service which the Society gave to 
its members in those days. It must be remembered that only a 
small fraction of the number practicing dentistry had ever been 
in a dental college, but had come into the profession through a 
longer or shorter pupilage in some private office, often with a 
very meager study of text-books. It happened, therefore, that 
the meetings of the Society were a four days school of dentistry 
and many of the papers read, upon such subjects as filling teeth, 
capping exposed pulps, destroying pulps and filling roots, al- 
veolar abscess, diseases of the antrum, and many others, were 
fairly exhaustive treatises, and showed indications that the 
writers had probably looked through about all the readily avail- 
able literature of the dental and medical professions upon the 
subjects about which they were writing. 

When, therefore, men used to stand up in the Society and 
say that whatever of professional knowledge and skill they had 
acquired they owed the most of it to the Illinois State Dental 
Society, there was more in it of sober fact than of "hot air." 

The meeting of 1872 was held in Chicago, and Drs. J. W. 
Davis of Mason City. A. W. Harlan of Chicago, C. E. Matteson 
of Macomb, J. F. Marriner of Ottawa, M. F. Hand of Joliet, D. 
B. Freeman of Chicago, who continued in membership till death, 
and T. L. Gilmer of Waverly. I. A. Freeman and E. Noyes of 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



23 
Chicago were elected to membership, also Dr. J. F. Thompson 
of Chicago, a charter member, who had allowed his membership 
to lapse. Drs. C. C. Chittenden of Madison, Wisconsin, and R. S. 
Rathbun of Lyons, Iowa, were made honorary members. 

At the meeting in 1873, at Rock Island, the amendment to 
the by-laws proposed the year previous by Dr. Kennicott, was 
adopted, as follows: "Section 1, Article 5, 'Duties and privileges 
of members.' Section 1. An active member shall not accept a 
student for a less period than three years, and shall require each 
student to give a written obligation to graduate at some regu- 
larly organized dental college, before he assumes the responsi- 
bilities of a dental practitioner." It will be noticed that this re- 
quirement, now made law binding upon the members, is of sim- 
ilar purport to the advisory resolution offered by Dr. Kennicott 
and adopted in 1867, six years previously. 

Drs. R. H. Antes of Geneseo, who continued in membership 
until his death, and E. B. David of New Windsor, were elected 
to membership, and Dr. L. C. Ingersoll of Keokuk, Iowa, was 
made an honorary member. This was a joint session with the 
Iowa Society. 

At the meeting in 1874, in Jacksonville, Drs. C. B. Rohland 
of Alton, who remained with us till death, and J. C. Widenham 
of Jacksonville, who is still with us, were elected to member- 
ship, and Drs. J. Taft and C. R. Butler of Ohio, and C. W. Rivers 
of Missouri, were made honorary members. 

Dr. J. Frank Merrimer read a paper on "Popular Education 
with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry." This was followed by 
the appointment of M. S. Dean, K. B. Davis and C. Stoddard 
Smith, a committee for the purpose of devising the best means 
for the education of the public, to report at the next annual 
meeting. This committee announced the following year that 
they were unable to agree upon a report. 

At the meeting in 1875 in Ottawa. Dr. J. Campbell of Bloom- 
ington, was elected to membership. He is still with us. Dr. E. 
J. Perry of Sycamore, elected at the same meeting, was for many 
years in Chicago, and is now retired from practice. 

In 1876, at Galesburg, the new members who continued in 
membership were Drs. C. P. Pruyn, T. W. Brophy, A. B. Clark, 
of Chicago, who are life members, and W. A. Stevens of Chicago. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



24 

who was a member till his death, as was also J. W. Fisher of 
Bloomington. 

At this meeting arrangements were made for a stricter ex- 
amination of candidates for membership, with the intention that 
thereafter none should be admitted who were not reasonably com- 
petent and well educated in their profession. A board of three 
censors was provided for, who were instructed to prepare lists 
of questions, twenty each, and candidates were to be required 
to pass at least 75 per cent. Diplomas from good schools were 
accepted without examinations, and this policy was continued 
till all the candidates came with diplomas and examinations were 
no longer necessary. 

The committee on secretary's report recommended that the 
records of the Society not previously printed in the published 
transactions, be printed as an appendix to the next annual vol- 
ume. This was done from the organization of the society to and 
including the year 1869. 

At the meeting of 1877 in Springfield, Drs. E. Duncan of 
Jacksonville, F. H. Gardiner of Chicago, and A. S. Waltz of 
Decatur, were elected to membership, all of whom are living, 
and life members. Dr. T. W. Pritchett of Whitehall, who has 
recently died much lamented, was also elected at this meeting. 

The committee on popular education, Dr. M. S. Dean, chair- 
man, reported a pamphlet for popular distribution, nine thousand 
copies of which were ordered by the members present. This was 
entitled "Our Teeth" and was published in the name of the Society. 
The treasurer was instructed to purchase as many copies of "Dr. 
Judd's Anatomical Description of the Permanent Teeth," as neces- 
sary to supply each member of the Society with a copy. This was 
probably the best anatomy of the permanent teeth until the publi- 
cation of Dr. Black's "Dental Anatomy" many years later. 

At the meeting of 1878 in Rockford, Drs. Jas. W. Cormany of 
Mt. Carroll, and M. L. Hanaford of Rockford, joined the Society, 
both living life members. 

Two notable papers at this meeting were the one by Dr. 
Black on "Neuralgia," and one by Dr. M. S. Dean on "The 
Epithelia and Some of Their Derivatives, Especially the Dental 
Germ." Dr. Dean had made an exhaustive study of the au- 
thorities on tooth development and presented the subject so 
clearly by the help of drawings made by himself, as to be well 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



25 
understood by those who heard him. Afterward Dr. Dean pub- 
lished a translation of the work of Legros and Magitot on this 
subject, with some additions of his own. 

At the meeting in Springfield in 1879 the new members were 
Drs. R. N. Lawrence of Lincoln, now a life member, and D. B. 
Baker of Quincy, who retained membership till his death. 

Dr. M. S. Dean gave an address on "The Development of the 
Embryo Jaws." This was a continuation, or another portion 
of the subject presented by him the previous year. 

At the meeting in 1880 in Bloomington the new members 
were Dr. Garrett Newkirk of Wenona, for many years in Chi- 
cago, now living in Pasadena, California, W. H. Taggart of 
Freeport, and G. D. Sitherwood of Bloomington, life members, 
and C. R. Taylor of Streator, with us till his death. 

Several notable papers were read. One by Dr. Newkirk on 
"Nervous Reflex Action ;" one by Dr. Koch, on "Treatment of 
Teeth with Dead Pulps and Alveolar Abscess." Following the 
latter paper, Dr. Black presented twenty-six illustrations of the 
various forms of alveolar abscess and abscesses of the face and 
mouth, painted on a black background, in water colors and India 
ink. Papers were read by Dr. Brophy on "Carbolic Acid and 
Creosote ;" by Dr. Black on "Some Points in the Natural History 
of Caries, and the Value of Fillings for its Arrest;" and by Dr. 
Harlan on "Saliva ; Its Characteristics in Health and Disease ;" 
and these were not all. It is, of course, impossible to mention 
many of the papers read at the various meetings. I have men- 
tioned these of that one meeting that you may have some idea 
what sort of meat we were fed upon in those days. 

At the meeting in Rock Island in 1881 Drs. S. F. Duncan 
of Wilmington, W. C. Martin of Peoria, and Thos. G. Wonderly 
of Galena were elected to membership. These are life members. 
Dr. John J. R. Patrick, deceased, was also elected at this meeting. 

Drs. W. C. Barrett, Buffalo, N. Y. ; Geo. A. Bronson, St. 
Louis, Mo. ; J. G. Templeton and D. Gale French of Pittsburgh. 
Penna., and D. C. Hawkhurst, Battle Creek, Mich., were made 
corresponding members. 

One of the most important papers at this meeting was by 
Dr. T. L. Gilmer on "Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla," illus- 
trated by forty water color drawings by Dr. G. V. Black, show- 
ing the muscles of mastication, many varieties of fractures, and 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



26 
splints for them, and the method of bandaging. These illustra- 
tions were published in the Transactions, and with the paper 
made a very thorough exposition of the subject. Another paper 
worthy of special mention was by Dr. E. S. Talbot on "The 
Chemistry and Physiological Action of Mercury as Used in 
Amalgam Fillings." It was an account of numerous experiments 
carried on to establish the fact that mercurial vapor is given off 
from amalgam, and to prove its injurious effects upon vegetable 
and animal life. Such experimental work as described in this 
paper is always to be encouraged, whether it be successful and 
conclusive or not. It must be admitted that this paper had very 
little influence to restrain the use of amalgam by the profession. 

At this meeting, the legislative committee. reported that the 
dental bill had been introduced in both houses of the legislature, 
had been defeated in the House, but had passed in the Senate, 
and told of the efforts to influence the House members who had 
voted against it through the dentists practicing in their districts, 
and that promises enough had been obtained (if they should be 
kept) to pass the bill if it could be again brought up in the House. 
They also acknowledged the help received from the Chicago So- 
ciety by an appropriation of money and by the efforts of their 
committee, Drs. Harlan, Brophy and Talbot. The bill was 
passed soon after the meeting and became effective July 1st of 
that year, 1881. 

The meeting in 1882 was held at Quincy. Dr. Wm. N. Mor- 
rison of St. Louis read a paper on "Metallic Crowns," in which 
he quoted from the Missouri Dental Journal of 1869, p. 184, 
fourteen years previous, a description of a gold shell crown made 
by him and set with oxychloride of zinc, upon the root of a lower 
first molar. 

Dr. Brophy read a paper on "Caries and Necrosis of the 
Maxillary Bones," and Dr. Black one on "Phagedena Peri- 
cementi," a term proposed by himself. In this paper he also 
gave two of his "1-2-3" formulas. A very interesting paper which 
attracted much attention was read by Dr. John J. R. Patrick on 
"High Civilization Not the Cause of Tooth Decay." Dr. Patrick 
greatly desired to have the skulls in all large anatomical mu- 
seums examined, and tried to get the Society interested in it. 
A committee was appointed and some money appropriated. This 

For imU--. and key to classification numbers, sec pink appendix. 



27 
committee was continued from year to year until 1887. Thev 
finally reported that they had been unable to accomplish any- 
thing- and were discharged. They were afterwards reappointed, 
and some money was raised, which was finally paid over to a 
committee of the American Dental Association engaged in the 
same work. 

Just before this meeting Dr. W. A. Stevens of Chicago wrote 
to a member of the local committee asking him to engage a rid- 
ing horse for him, as he wished for some exercise on horseback 
while in Quincy. When Dr. Stevens went up to the room re- 
served for him at the hotel, he found an elegant saddle, bridle, 
riding whip and spurs mounted on a saw-horse. Seven years 
afterwards, at the quarter-centennial meeting, in Quincy, at the 
banquet, after eating. President dishing called the meeting to 
order and said: "Ladies and gentlemen: The first toast on the 
program this evening, 'What I know about Saddle Horses in 
Quincy,' will be responded to by Dr. W. A. Stevens of Chicago." 

At the meeting of 1883 in Decatur, Dr. Ottofy read a paper 
in which he gave the results of the examination of 355 school 
children in Grand Forks, Dakota. He found thirty (equal to 
8^2%) with complete and perfect sets of teeth. This was long 
before the present general movement for the examination of 
school children, and was inspired by the paper of Dr. Patrick 
at a previous meeting. 

Dr. Brophy read a paper on dental education from which 
I will quote one paragraph, referring to the "Chicago Dental 
Infirmary," which had then just about completed its first course 
of lectures: "Firm in the belief that a medical education is as 
essential to the dentist as it is to other medical specialists, the 
opinion of some of our honored and respected contemporaries to 
the contrary notwithstanding, the profession in Chicago, as most 
of you are aware, have organized a dental infirmary, in which 
medically educated men are prepared to enter upon the practice 
of dentistry." At that time the medical schools required two 
courses of four or five months each, and the infirmary courses 
were arranged to follow the medical, so that a student might 
acquire both medical and dental degrees in two years, or three 
at the most ; but that was too much for the students of that 
day, and after giving two courses of lectures and graduating two 

For index and key- to elas.sifieation numbers, see pink appendix. 



28 
students and giving one honorary degree, the Chicago Dental 
Infirmary became the Chicago College of Dental Surgery. 

At this meeting the members presented a gold-headed cane 
suitably inscribed, to Dr. G. V. Black, and the presentation 
speech was made by Mr. S. R. Bingham, of blessed memory, 
the Chicago manager for the S. S. White Co. 

At the meeting of 1884 in Springfield the president, in his 
address, suggested that "It would be a useful service if some 
one would carefully watch the entire periodical literature of the 
profession through the year and bring to the next meeting a 
concise statement of everything that had been brought out, with, 
as far as might be possible, a critical estimate of its merits. It 
might be worth while to consider whether work of this kind 
could not be most satisfactorily accomplished by a number of 
standing committees." Drs. Black, Cushing and Kitchen were 
appointed a committee on the president's address, who after- 
wards reported recommending a committee of three on dental 
science and literature, and a committee of three on dental art 
and invention. This recommendation was carried out and from 
that time till the present the reports of these two committees 
have been a useful part of our proceedings at each meeting. It 
was soon found, however, that the chairman of each committee 
did all the work, and the other two members were eliminated. 

Dr. W. H. Eames of St. Louis, read a paper on "The Origin 
of Defective Enamel," a sequel to one he read the previous year. 

Dr. W. X. Sudduth read one on "Dento-Embryonal His- 
tology." Dr. Sudduth had read papers on histology at several 
previous meetings successively. 

This was the twentieth annual meeting and Dr. Koch read 
a paper entitled : "Illinois State Dental Society — What Has It 
Accomplished?" This was a concise and very entertaining his- 
tory of the Society to that time. If the" present writer had sim- 
ply copied it, he would have saved himself some trouble and 
you would have been better entertained. 

At the meeting 1885 in Peoria, Dr. Harlan read "Notes on 
New Remedies," which was a continuation of former presenta- 
tions. He enumerated many, but discussed in detail only resorcin 
and cocaine. This was less than a year after the discovery of 
the anaesthetic properties of cocaine. He says, "The two and 
four per cent solutions of the hydrochlorate applied to an ex- 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



29 
posed pulp (not inflamed), will produce anaesthesia in from 
eight to fifteen minutes. The same solutions applied for thirty 
minutes or longer to an inflamed or congested pulp produced no 
effect whatever. Aqueous solutions painted on the gums before 
the adjustment of the rubber dam or the application of a clamp 
are uniformly successful." Other uses and other forms of the 
drug were mentioned. 

At this meeting Drs. Black, Marshall and Koch were made 
a committee "To devise means of so disposing of the routine 
business of this Society that there shall be more time left which 
can be devoted to the scientific work." 

The meeting of 1886 in Rock Island had several special fea- 
tures. Drs. Cushing, Koch and Noyes were appointed a com- 
mittee to revise the constitution and by-laws and publish the 
revision so that it could be acted upon at the next meeting. This 
was carefully done and the revision reported was adopted in 1887. 

Drs. Cushing, Swain and Marriner were appointed a com- 
mittee on local societies, and reported at the same meeting, rec- 
ommending the formation of six local societies and the appoint- 
ment of a committee of seven to arrange for their organization. 
Dr. Koch, at large, Dr. Kitchen, for Rockford district, Dr. Sith- 
erwood for Bloomington district, Dr. Tibbetts for Quincy dis- 
trict, Dr. Rohland for Centralia district, Dr. Dwight for Danville 
district, and Dr. J. A. W. Davis for Galesburg district. Dr. 
Koch was most active and influential in carrying out this plan 
and four societies were formed, the Central Society being al- 
ready organized. There were afterwards some consolidations 
and one was discontinued, but generally these district societies 
continued in active usefulness till the reorganization of the State 
Society and the formation of component societies in 1904, when 
all of them except the Northern were absorbed by the component 
societies. The Northern Illinois Society still maintains its life 
and usefulness. It cannot be doubted that experience in these 
district societies made the component societies of the later time 
more easily successful. 

The special features of this meeting were Dr. Black's cul- 
tures of micro-organisms of the mouth, and Dr. Harlan's paper on 
antisceptics and disinfectants, and the discussion. Dr. Black set 
up his incubator and started cultures the first day and showed the 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



30 
progress of growth and explained the characteristics of the or- 
ganisms each day of the meeting. 

At the meeting in 1887 in Jacksonville a paper was read by 
Dr. Tudd on "Dead Teeth in the Jaws." This and one read at 
the meeting in 1886 were inspired by some articles in the Medical 
Record in which the editor and Dr. Sexton, an eye and ear 
specialist in New York City, had undertaken to school the den- 
tal profession on this subject, suggesting, among other things, 
that physicians might find it necessary to instruct dentists to 
remove all pulpless teeth from the jaws. The dentists were con- 
siderably stirred up about it and a good deal of just resentment 
was expressed. Such a thing could hardly happen at the present 
time, for there has come to be a general understanding that in 
its own field the dental profession is more competent than the 
medical. However, some of our careless operators have come 
dangerously near to giving members of the medical profession 
excuse for taking a similar attitude in respect to crowns and 
bridges. 

For a number of years in succession about this time. Dr. 
Black continued his lectures on the micro-organisms of the mouth 
and Dr. Harlan his papers on practical therapeutics and the use 
of special remedies, particularly the newer ones. 

At the meeting of 1888 at Cairo, in accordance with the 
suggestion of President Rohland, Drs. E. Noyes, G. H. Cushing 
and E. D. Swain were appointed a committee to revise and re- 
publish the pamphlet "Our Teeth." This was done and a thou- 
sand copies were printed and brought to the next annual meet- 
ing for distribution, and the terms were made known upon which 
another edition could be printed. 

The meeting of 1879 at Quincy was the twenty-fifth and the 
quarter centennial was celebrated by an historical review read 
by Dr. Koch, and by a banquet. Dr. Cushing was president, 
the only instance in which anyone has been twice elected to that 
office. He pre-eminently deserved it, for he attended every one 
of its meetings, from the organization till he removed to Cali- 
fornia shortly before his death, but he was also the wisest and 
the most trusted of all the men who guided the affairs of the 
Society. 

At this meeting. Dr. Cushing was the chairman of a com- 
mittee of nine, who were instructed to prepare and publish in 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



31 

the Transactions, so that it could be acted upon the next year, 
a revision of the constitution and by-laws, providing for an execu- 
tive council that should attend to all the ordinary business of 
the Society. This was adopted in 1890 and since then twelve 
very hard worked men have relieved the Society from all routine 
business and left the sessions free for professional papers and 
discussions. 

In his historical review. Dr. Koch said that of the forty-nine 
charter members only six had maintained their continuous mem- 
bership : Drs. Gushing, Honsinger, A. W. Freemen, Crouse, 
Kitchen and Ormsbee. Only one, Dr. dishing, had never been 
absent from roll-call, in twenty-five years. The following sentence 
from Dr. Koch's paper is worthy to be printed in great big capital 
letters, the more so as it essentially characterizes the second 
twenty-five years also : "It is a pleasant and proud retrospect that, 
during twenty-five years, we have escaped without even a ruffle of 
internal dissension to mar our steady course." 

At this meeting. Dr. Crouse made his plea, often repeated 
afterwards, for the Dental Protective Association. 

Dr. Patrick, at the meeting of 1890 in Bloomington, read a 
second historical paper. "The Second Period in the History of 
Dentistry." This was supplemented by a list of dental publica- 
tions, 396 in number, with dates from 1532 to 1841, and occupy- 
ing fourteen pages of fine print in the Transactions. (A year 
previous Dr. Patrick had read a paper on "The First Period in 
the History of Dentistry.") 

At this meeting the gold inlay was introduced to the So- 
ciety by Dr. Ames, who described his method of burnishing a 
platinum or gold matrix and filling it with "solder. 

In 1891 at Bloomington, Dr. Harlan read a paper on "Ex- 
perimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents, 
in Living and in Pulpless Teeth." Dr. Cattell showed a method 
of studying pulp chambers and canals by grinding longitudinal 
sections and making silhouette prints with India ink. This 
represented a method of teaching students introduced by Dr. 
Black several years previously in the Chicago College of Dental 
Surgery. 

The men invited this year from outside the state were Dr. E. 
H. Angle, who gave an illustrated lecture on regulating appli- 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



32 
ances, and Dr. A. H. Thompson, who read a paper on "The 
Architecture of the First Permanent Molar." 

Two important papers were read at the meeting of 1892 in 
Springfield. Dr. Black presented one on "The Interproximate 
spaces." This was in continuation, perhaps to some extent a 
repetition of a previous paper before the Odontographic Society 
and articles in the Comos in 1891 on the management of the 
enamel margins. The neglect at that time of great numbers of 
the profession to give any sufficient attention to the preservation 
of the interproximate spaces made necessary much talk and 
much writing on that subject. 

Dr. T. E. Weeks of Minneapolis, read a paper with lantern 
illustrations, on "The Enamel at the Gingival Line." Dr. Black, 
in opening the discussion characterized the paper better than I 
can in so few words. He said, "You have had an illustrated 
lecture on dental anatomy in its relation to the placing of gold 
crowns, or collars, upon the stumps of teeth. It is, so far as I 
know, the first clear elucidation of this subject that has been 
given before this, or any other society, in which the actual 
anatomy as it exists has been displayed so that it could be 
readily seen and understood. Of course, this subject has been 
explained through dissections of the teeth before, but not thrown 
upon the screen in this way so that a whole audience can see 
it at once." 

At the meeting of 1893 in Rock Island, Dr. E. K. Blair was 
president. This was a joint meeting with the Iowa Society and 
the sessions were held in Davenport and Rock Island alternately. 
Dr. Black read an important paper on "Anchorage of Proximate 
Fillings in Bicuspids and Molars." Dr. Patrick read a paper on 
"The Effect of Eruptive Diseases on the Teeth." 

Dr. Harlan continued his series of papers on materia medica ; 
this time on "Recent Additions to the Therapeutics of Pyorrhea 
Alveolaris," and there were two historical papers, one by Dr. J. 
Taft, entitled "History of the Progress of Dentistry in the West," 
and one by Dr. A. O. Hunt, "Iowa's Share in the History and 
Progress of Dentistry." 

It was at this meeting that the committee on dental science 
and literature was reduced from three members to one. 

Such a sketch as I have given you seems to me entirely in- 
adequate to convey such information or to make such impres- 

For Index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



33 
sion on your minds as I wish to give. At a time when college 
graduates were very few, and the journal literature was so 
meagre that nearly everything of value that was published in 
any dental journal appeared in all of the others also, the meet- 
ings of the Society were four day schools of dentistry in which 
some of the very best men in the country were teachers. Many 
of them were professors in dental schools and accustomed to im- 
part information in a lucid and interesting way, and they had the 
close attention of nearly all who attended the meetings. In 
reading over the proceedings I have personally recognized the 
origin of many of my own methods of practice and habits of 
operating, and I am sure the same must be true of many others. 

The beginning and strengthening into closer and closer in- 
timacy of personal friendships was one of the most precious 
fruits of the Society meetings. In the early days, every member 
knew every other and made close and congenial friendships 
with a few. The latter may be equally true in the present large 
Society, but the general acquaintance must now be in limited 
groups and not with the whole membership. 

It has always been easy to invoke the official action of the 
Society in support of the highest ideals and the best interests 
of the profession. Ten years of steady and intelligent effort were 
necessary to procure the passage of the first dental law of Illinois 
and if the efforts of this Society had been withheld it is im- 
possible to tell how far Illinois might have lagged behind the 
procession of states that were passing dental laws. Equal watch- 
fulness and effort were subsequently given to procure amend- 
ments, until now we have one of the best dental laws to be 
found anywhere. Some of our best men were on the first board 
of examiners, Dr. Cushing being secretary, and the Society for 
a good many years made liberal appropriations to help out the 
expenses of the board, for they had to serve without pay and 
the revenues from the law were insufficient to pay hotel bills, 
while making the semi-annual examinations. 

The Society repeatedly gave its official support and ap- 
proval to Dr. Crouse and the Dental Protective Association 
in the efforts, which proved entirely successful, to defend 
the profession against the crown and bridge patents. Very 
early in its history the Society adopted a by-law which required 
such of its members as accepted students to insist upon a three 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



34 
years pupilage and graduation from a reputable dental school. 
(The two college courses could be taken during the three 
years.) At that time, every school in the country graduated after 
two courses, and if there had been four years of pupilage or prac- 
tice one course sufficed for a diploma. 

Something more ought to be said of some of the men who 
formed and guided the Society in its first thirty years. 

Dr. Geo. H. dishing, better than any other man, deserves 
the title of "father." He was a charter member and, for thirty- 
four years, attended every meeting of the Society. His judg- 
ment, wisdom and experience made him the most influential man 
in the Society during most of that time, and his tolerance and 
friendliness prevented him from ever sulking when he was over- 
ruled. He was a king among operators. There were only a few 
in the whole country his equal, and his very numerous papers, 
mostly relating to operative dentistry, and in the early days his 
clinics, had very great influence upon those who heard him, to 
raise their ideals of what perfect operating might be, and to 
instruct their endeavors to reach that ideal. But few men have 
won greater honor, respect and love. 

Dr. M. S. Dean was a close second to Dr. Cushing in the 
character and weight of his influence upon the Society while he 
lived. Also a charter member, I believe he was present at every 
meeting till his death in 1882. Dr. Dean was a scholar and a 
gentleman, immaculate in his person, clothing, manners and 
speech. He was a peacemaker in the Society. Whenever the 
proceedings threatened to become stormy or quarrelsome a few 
wise words from Dn Dean were sure to restore harmony and 
good-feeling. I believe that for sixteen or seventeen years he was 
one of the most important influences that prevented the pro- 
fession in Chicago from breaking up into antagonistic or hostile 
cliques, as happened in some other cities. By that time, we had 
formed the habit of living together in peace, and learned how 
to do it, and we are still in the enjoyment of the fruits of his 
influence to this day. He gave the Society some very interesting 
papers, and published one book, "The Dental Follicle," which 
was a translation from Legros and Magitot, with additions from 
his own studies. 

Dr. C. A. Kitchen was less prominent in the Society than 
Dr. Cushing and Dr. Dean, but he was a charter member, a 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



35 
member of the first State Board of Dental Examiners, and a 
man whose judgment and opinions were trusted, and were always 
on the right side of every important question. He was a genial, 
companionable man, everybody's friend. He was one of my own 
close friends and I knew well the strength and sincerity of his 
character. 

Dr. J. N. Crouse was the last of the charter members who 
had maintained continuous membership. He is but two months 
dead and well known to all of you. He was always a most active 
and useful member in the Society, but his monumental work was 
in the Dental Protective Association and the defense of the en- 
tire profession from the demands of the International Tooth 
Crown Company. The money value of this service to the pro- 
fession is apparently but very imperfectly appreciated. It is 
very doubtful if there was any other man in the entire profes- 
sion who had the brains, the courage, the indomitable will and 
the willingness, to make the great personal sacrifices necessary 
to accomplish what he did. 

Dr. A. W. Harlan joined the Society in 1872. He was a big 
man, a great traveler and he had a prodigious memory for names, 
dates and the titles and contents of books and journals. Before 
the Society he gave his attention mainly to therapeutics and to 
drugs, in a series of papers and talks about the newer remedies 
and their applications in practice. He and Dr. Black were more 
instrumental than any others for the filling up of medicine closets 
at a time when many men limited their use of drugs to few or 
none besides carbolic acid, creosote and some preparations of 
iodine. 

There is no man in less danger of being ignored or forgot- 
ten than Dr. G. V. Black, and I need say no more about him than 
what seems necessary to obtain such credit for the Society as may 
be reflected upon us from his work. His paper on gold foil, 
read in 1869 and published in the Missouri Dental Journal of 
July in that year remains an authority on that subject, and no 
further information or directions are needed for the successful 
care and use of gold foil previous to its placement in the tooth 
cavity. His work on "The Formation of Poisons by Micro- 
organisms," and the duplication of Dr. Miller's work on the eti- 
ology of caries were reported and illustrated in our Society, and 
though the work on the physical characteristics of teeth and of 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



36 

filling materials and the phenomenal work on amalgam were 
first published in the Cosmos, they were explained and illustrated 
in the Society also. Dr. Black has been called the greatest man 
in the dental profession. I will not pretend to measure great- 
ness comparatively. I do not know the great men well enough. I 
feel like saying that Dr. Black is great in this, that probably a 
greater number of dentists throughout the civilized world are 
doing a greater number of things better by reason of his work 
and his instructions than can be said of any other man in the 
profession. 

Dr. Homer Judd was long an honorary member from St. 
Louis, though as closely identified with us as our own men. The 
last part of his life he was an active member, practicing in 
Upper Alton. He was a better and more influential man than I 
shall be able to show by anything I can say about him. He was 
by natural ability and much experience a teacher, and what he 
said in the Society was clear, concise and readily understood. 
We felt that he was an authority upon the subjects he talked 
about and he was much liked and greatly respected by every- 
body. He had fine literary ability and his account of the battle 
of Franklin is the best that has ever been written. 

Dr. Edgar D. Swain joined the Society in 1867 at the third 
annual meeting. He was always until his death an active and in- 
fluential member, whose judgment and opinion had great weight. 
He read a number of excellent papers and made numerous 
clinics. In 1876 he was president and for two years succeeding 
was the secretary. 

I was associated with him in the same office for twenty 
years on terms of intimate friendship, and know well the dis- 
interested and important services he gave to this Society and to 
various military organizations. He was sought for many re- 
sponsibilities, both professional and military, and was for a good 
while colonel of the first regiment of the Illinois National Guard in 
Chicago. Later he was the first dean of Northwestern Univer- 
sity Dental School. 

Dr. H. H. Townsend joined the Society in 1871 and was 
president in 1885. He died too soon, as we all believed, from over- 
work. He was slow and painstaking, but was one of the finest 
operators in the state, especially in gold fillings. He made long 
hours in his office, and at our meetings used to say his appoint- 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



37 
ment book was full till August or longer. Some years before 
his death he took the courses and graduated in one of the med- 
ical colleges in Chicago and to some extent after that practiced 
medicine in the evenings. Because he had no time to read he 
used to employ, besides his lady assistant, a young lady to read 
dental journals to him while operating at the chair. Notwith- 
standing his phenomenal industry and the perfection of his oper- 
ations, he was so timid about the prices he set upon his services 
that he left but little for his family. He became a worn out man 
and died at fifty-four years of age. He read a number of val- 
uable papers and was always heard with pleasure. All this gives 
but little idea of the warm place he held in all our hearts because 
of his gentle and lovable disposition and his ability and conscien- 
tiousness. 

Dr. T. W. Pritchett joined the Society in 1877 and was 
president in 1890. He has but recently left us and you all well 
know his strong personality, his sterling worth and great use- 
fulness. In later years he interested himself in the anatomical 
articulation of artificial teeth, frequently illustrated and described 
it in our clinics, and while president of the State Board of 
Dental Examiners insisted upon its practical demonstration by 
applicants for the state license. Few of our men were more re- 
spected or more greatly loved. 

Dr. W. T. Brophy is known to the whole dental profession 
and needs nothing that I could add to the honors heaped upon 
him at the testimonial banquet at which most of you were pres- 
ent. His operation for cleft palate upon very young infants, 
known as "Brophy's operation" was an earlier recognition of the 
same idea lately insisted upon by the orthodontists, that the 
sooner nature can be given opportunity to remedy her defect, 
and the sooner her progress in a wrong direction can be arrested, 
and changed to a right direction, the more perfectly will she 
be able to work out her ideal type for the development of that 
individual. 

Very few men have won for themselves so entirely the 
respect, the confidence, the admiration and love of those who 
know them as has Dr. T. L. Gilmer, and this can be said for the 
students whom he has taught in oral surgery, the patients 
for whom he has operated, either as an oral surgeon, or general 
practitioner, and the many others who know him as a sincere 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



38 
and generous friend, or a kindly and courteous gentleman. In a , 
paper before the Chicago Dental Society, only a month ago, 
on "Etiology, Diagnosis and Treatment of Acute and Chronic 
Alveolar Abscess," he said, "The writings upon this subject have 
been voluminous ; there are two classics, one by Dr. Homer Judd, 
published in the Missouri Dental Journal in the year 1869, the 
other by Dr. G. V. Black, in the "American System of Dentistry.'' 
Of course, he did not say, what we all believe, that his own 
paper will rank with the other two, with the additional value of 
whatever has become known about the subject since the others 
were written. 

Dr. C. R. E. Koch joined the Society in May, 1867, less than 
two years after the organization. Few, or none, have done such 
diversified and useful service in both professional and military 
affairs. He was secretary four years, was president in 1878, and 
has usually been on the legislative committee, either by appoint- 
ment, or by service with them, and always on the advisory com- 
mittee on the Governor's appointments to the State Board of 
Examiners. In his present position as secretary of Northwestern 
University Dental School his services are of inestimable value. 

Dr. A. E. Matteson is one of our oldest members, having 
joined in 1869. He is always to be seen at our meetings and 
always has something to show, about crown or bridge work, 
porcelain work, or formerly about some appliances for ortho- 
dontia. 

Dr. C. R. Taylor of Streator, was a man of sterling worth, 
and his influence in the Society was valuable. He had positive 
opinions and was not afraid to express them, and for a time we 
thought him something of a scold, and some of his wrong im- 
pressions had to be set right. When we knew him well we found 
him one of the kindest and sweetest of men. He was also a very 
useful and influential man in the social and political life of his 
town. 

To Dr. W. H. Taggart belongs the unusual distinction of 
having effected an epoch making change in dental practice. 
With the exception of the use of hard rubber as a base for arti- 
ficial teeth, it is doubtful if any such important addition to our 
resources has been adopted so rapidly and widely as the making 
of cast gold inlays and the use of the casting process for crown 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



39 
and bridge work. Nothing further need be said, for every one 
knows him, or uses the method he developed. 

Dr. H. J. McKellops of St. Louis, was known everywhere 
as one of the finest operators, and all who have ever seen his 
magnificent gold fillings have been ready to accord him pre- 
eminence. I believe he was the first to introduce to this Society 
the filling of pulp canals with the aid of chloro-percha. There is a 
good story of his early experience with the rubber dam. Dr. 
Black tells it, and probably his quotation of Dr. McKellops' words 
is accurate : "I went down East to see Dr. Barnum and to study 
his method in connection with the rubber dam. I watched him 
carefully and talked over the points with him, saw that he suc- 
ceeded, and thought that I understood it. I came home and tried 
to use it. After several months of trial I gave it up and concluded 
that after all my pains I may not have understood Dr. Barnum. 
I could not get his results. I found that where I needed the dam 
badly, I couldn't' use it, and where I could use it, I didn't need 
it, and I damned the damn clam and threw the damn dam away, and 
I don't think I will ever take it up again." He did, however, and 
learned to use it like all the rest of us. 

Dr. W. H. Eames was more interested in prosthesis, of 
which he almost made a specialty. He read two papers, however, 
on the causes of defective enamel. He was a genial companion, 
an able man, and much liked by everybody. He was for a time 
Editor of the Missouri Dental Journal, and occupied important 
dental college positions. 

Dr. W. N. Morrison was a frequent contributor to our pro- 
ceedings, and Dr. T. B. Morrison made one of the early dental 
engines, which was manufactured and sold to a limited extent. 

Dr. Henry S. Chase was one of the triumvirate who pro- 
claimed the "New Departure" and wrote much in advocacy of it. 

These St. Louis men (not all of whom I have named), with 
Dr. I. P. Wilson of Burlington, and Dr. L. C. Ingersol of Keo- 
kuk, were a great addition to our strength and resources in the 
early days of the Society, when we most needed them, and they 
were always an influence for harmony and good will, and for a 
high standard of scientific and professional attainments. 

' For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



A HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE ILLINOIS STATE 
DENTAL SOCIETY, 1894 TO 1913 INCLUSIVE. 



BY E. K. BLAIR, D. D. S., WAVERLY, ILL. 



A careful study of the published transactions from 1894 to 
1913 inclusive, reveals the fact that it has required four thousand 
four hundred and eleven printed pages to record the papers, re- 
ports and discussions of this society, and that the number of 
clinics recorded for this period is one thousand and twenty-five. 

The volume of work accomplished within the society can 
only be comprehended by those who are willing to devote much 
time and energy to reviewing the complete record of its pro- 
ceedings. Where full programs are given it will be for the pur- 
pose of showing the scope of work encompassed at a single 
meeting and the influence upon the profession at large. 

To make special mention, or read the names of all who are 
properly entitled to credit for meritorious papers or discussions 
or clinics would create a list of vast proportions and overtax 
your time and powers of endurance. To record the trend of 
thought from year to year and to note the progress made will be 
as much as may be hoped for. For what may seem to you inex- 
cusable omissions or the recording of data that you may deem 
unimportant I plead the lack of infallibility. 

It is well to remember that the total active membership of 
our society, at its thirtieth annual meeting in 1894 was one hun- 
dred and eighty-six, and that there were present only ninety- 
five. This will help you to better appreciate the energy and de- 
votion to scientific investigation manifested by those who at 
that time were making dental history. 

The sessions of this meeting were held in the Senate Cham- 
ber at Springfield, the president, Dr. Garrett Newkirk, presiding. 
Governor Altgeld, in delivering the address of welcome, said: 
"We are glad to see you here, and I want to congratulate you 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



41 
and your profession in this state, upon the fact that you have 
an organization which, at a meeting of this kind, can call out so 
many of the leading members of your profession. It is only by 
organization, by meeting, by comparison, by interchange of 
thought and experience, by minds rubbing against minds, that 
any profession can be placed upon a high basis." Continuing, 
he said, "I can remember the time when dentistry was regarded 
with indifference, but it has advanced since that time and is now 
recognized as one of the most important professions." Speaking 
with just pride of the great State of Illinois the governor said : 
"It is an honor to be connected with any profession that has a 
standing in so great a state," and he complimented us upon the 
''high character of our literature and dental schools," expressing 
a deep interest in our educational institutions. 

Dr. A. W. Harlan, responding to Governor Altgeld, acknowl- 
edged his appreciation of the sentiments expressed and assured 
him that it had "ever been the endeavor of the members of the 
Illinois State Dental Society to promote education and love for 
literature." Replying further to the chief executive, "that Illi- 
nois was taking the lead in many things," Dr. Harlan stated 
that the "transactions of this society for many years have been 
and are now looked upon by the profession throughout the world 
as among the foremost in the United States." At the threshold 
of what I hope may be a trustworthy recital of the forward 
movement made by this organization during the past twenty 
years, I have quoted from these high authorities, laymen and 
professional, calling to our minds the character of the work then 
in progress — the splendid sub-structure upon which we were 
to ultimately develop an organized working force unexcelled 
anywhere in the dental profession. 

The papers at this meeting were entertaining and instruc- 
tive. "Thirty Years Ago and Now" was the title of the annual 
address by the president, which proved to be a carefully prepared 
army record of every ex-soldier in this society. Dr. Newkirk 
said, "I am proud to devote a portion of this paper to short ac- 
counts of their military service and ask you to place them upon 
record as part of the sacred heritage of this society." 

In addition to its being a justly deserved tribute to our boys 
who wore the blue it is in condensed form a valuable guide to 
those who in the distant future may be interested in the early 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



42 
history of our members who took part in war of 1860 to 1865. 
Among those of the original twenty-eight veterans who have 
passed to the great beyond are M. S. Dean, Colonel Edgar D. 
Swain, Daniel B. Freeman, T. W. Pritchett, A. H. Fuller, Homer 
Judd, Charles A. Kitchen, J. Frank Marriner, Charles F. Matte- 
son, J. J. R. Patrick. Still surviving, fifty-three years after the 
rebellion, we are enjoying fellowship with such sturdy heroes 
as Col. C. R. E. Koch, G. V. Black, R. N. Lawrence, E. M. Rob- 
bins, G. D. Sitherwood, Isaac A. Freeman, E. B. David, A. E. 
Matteson and others. The hardships and exposures encountered 
on the field of battle seem to have fitted them for subsequent 
conflicts. Let us hope they may be spared for many years to 
come. Sturdy soldiers in war, in times of peace they have borne 
aloft the banner of professional progress. 

After the president's address we were favored with the fol- 
lowing well balanced program : 

Etiology of Dental Caries, by A. H. Peck. 

The Relation of the Profession to the Dental Colleges, by 
T. W. Brophy. 

Swaged Aluminum Plates, by G. D. Sitherwood. 

Amalgam Fillings, by T. W. Pritchett. 

Reciprocation of Force in Orthodontia, by C. S. Case. 

Operative Dentistry, by J. J. Jennelle. 

Dr. Case presented clearly the value of knowledge of recip- 
rocal force. He declared "that as a fundamental principle under- 
lying the action of applied force in regulating appliances it 
should always be recognized and appreciated. This I believe 
the most important consideration in the constructing of dental 
regulating appliances." "Those who have had little experience 
in this department with modern methods, can hardly appreciate 
the importance of this principle in the management of mechan- 
ical force, or realize the variety of opportunities for its exhibi- 
tion that will be presented to a thoughtful and ingenious mind." 
Time has proven the wisdom of his declaration and by the appli- 
cation of this principle the work of the orthodontist has in a 
wonderful degree been simplified and made more effective. Dis- 
cussing Dr. A. H. Peck's very able paper on the Etiology of 
Dental Caries, Dr. G. V. Black gave emphasis to his well known 
thought upon "the direction that investigation upon this sub- 
ject must take in the future." He was conducting a series of 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



43 
experiments to determine the density of the teeth, fermentive 
processes in the mouth and certain hygienic relations for patients. 
With his paper on ''The Relation of the Profession to the Dental 
Colleges," T. W. Brophy aroused a very general discussion. His 
reference to "the recent extension of the course of study to three 
years by the National Association of Dental Faculties, making 
it possible for the student to bestow more time upon the practical 
phases of anatomy, histology, bacteriology, chemistry, technol- 
ogy, etc., besides becoming more proficient in operative and 
prosthetic dentistry," met with general approval. 

In 1895, at Galesburg, we find the program replete with sub- 
jects of vital importance. As an outgrowth of President Cor- 
many's address, the publication of a pamphlet for public distri- 
bution entitled "Instructions in the Care of the Teeth" was sug- 
gested. The oral hygiene movement has grown from that day 
until the present time, ranking as a most important factor in the 
care and preservation of the teeth. 

Especially interesting clinics consisted of a "Gold Inlay," 
by W. V-B. Ames; "Porcelain Crown with Platinum Post," by 
A. E. Matteson ; "Porcelain Bridge, Using His Own Furnace," 
by W. H. Taggart; "Porcelain Inlay," by W. T. Reeves. C. R. 
Taylor, supervisor of clinics, closed his report with the following 
statement : "The supervisor of clinics desires to say that he be- 
lieves that a notable advance has been reached in the construc- 
tion of bridges; that the invention of the electric furnace for 
fusing porcelain will work a revolution in crown and bridge 
work, if it does not also do the same for many other branches 
of porcelain work, and he believes it is the duty of this society 
to show its appreciation and gratitude to the inventor of this 
method of fusing porcelain." 

The year 1896 was one of general progress. The president, 
Dr. W. A. Stevens, offered some crticism of the dental schools. 
The discussion that followed was notable, as an indorsement of 
the position taken by the National Faculties Association in 
extending the college course from two to three years. Higher 
education was the slogan of every speaker and many expressed 
the hope that soon there might be included in the statutes of the 
State of Illinois a law requiring each applicant for a license to 
practice dentistry within the state, to have attended a dental 
school requiring three calendar years of study, and, upon pres- 

For index and key to elas.xifieation numbers, see pink appendix. 



44 
entation of a diploma from such a school, to be eligible to exam- 
ination by the Board of Dental Examiners, who should determine 
his right to practice. Skirmish lines for the great battle to pro- 
cure proper legal enactments were forming and it is to the credit 
of this society that there was no lack of courage and no falter- 
ing in the struggle that was to follow. Believing that education 
lies at the root of all permanent progress, our colleges were 
urged to broaden their curriculums ; applicants for admission 
to the profession were turned from laboratory apprenticeships 
to the college door and the standard of dentistry grew apace. 

Hypnotic suggestion for the amelioration of pain was ably 
discussed by C. E. Bentley in "New Outlooks in Dentistry." 
He said the introduction of psycho-therapy into the practice of 
dentistry, by those who understand its principles, would, if it 
afforded no better result, at least induce a mastery of self and 
patient by the creation of an atmosphere in which the patient 
has the fullest confidence in the operator and vice versa. An- 
other outlook suggested, couched in almost prophetic words, is 
the following: "If the public schools will respond to the grow- 
ing demand for a larger knowledge of the structure and work- 
ing the human frame, we can confidently hope for the installa- 
tion of competent dentists into the school room, who may make 
examinations of the mouths of the children and advise them as 
to the correction of any pathological conditions that may exist. 
It would also afford a fruitful source for the collection of data 
upon a wide range of subjects, the importance of which cannot 
be overestimated." Replying to Dr. Bentley, Dr. C. B. Rohland 
dissented, fearing "that the American mind which does not take 
kindly to paternalism in government would object to dental 
examinations in the schools." Fortunately Dr. Rohland's fears 
were not well founded as subsequent experience has proven that 
the public takes kindly to the examination of the teeth of school 
children and the public spirited work of the profession in this 
field is fully appreciated and approved by the masses. 

The specter of cataphoresis appeared at this meeting, dis- 
appointing to all in the end save the manufacturer of appliances. 
The death of Dr. E. B. Call of Peoria occurred this year. In 
his obituary he is credited with having stamped the first seam- 
less gold crown. 

1897 and 1898 were busy years. Like trained veterans our 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



45 
most capable students were delving deeply into dental science. 
The frequently expressed opinion that as many teeth were lost 
from pyorrhea as from caries augmented the interest in Dr. J. 
W. Wassail's paper on "Pyorrhea Alveolaris," a subject we had 
been learning much about both clinically and scientifically. Cor- 
relatively associated with the treatment of this malady grew the 
study of oral prophylaxis and mouth hygiene. Pathological con- 
ditions in the oral cavity were closely scrutinized, and instru- 
mentation more accurately performed each year became a potent 
factor in the treatment of pyorrhea. The prognosis of this dis- 
ease, once so unfavorable, now became less so and the future held 
many inducements to practitioners striving to master one of 
the greatest problems confronting our profession. Among the 
themes considered during these same years were "The Prin- 
ciples of Force and Anchorage in the Movement of the Teeth" 
(Case), "Why Coagulants Diffuse Through Dentine" (York), 
"The Essential Oils and Some Other Agents, Their Antiseptic 
Value, Also Their Irritating and Non-irritating Qualities" 
(Peck), "Amalgam as a Filling Material" (Pruyn), "Conserva- 
tism in Oral Surgery" (Brophy), and "Ceramic Art in Dentistry, 
with Original Methods and Experiments" (Nyman), were ably 
presented and discussed, establishing conclusions to this day 
unchanged. 

The Society met in Chicago in 1899. President Pruyn, in 
his address, issued this timely word of warning: "The steadily 
increasing attention given to bridge-work incites me to make 
right here, a strong plea, for the more conservative treatment 
of the natural tooth crown. The improved methods of devital- 
ization of the pulp and the filling of the pulp canal and the 
comparative ease of crowning, have doubtless been the cause 
of the destruction of thousands of natural tooth crowns that 
might better have been filled and saved for many years of 
usefulness." Good advice indeed; as much needed now as fif- 
teen years ago. The stereopticon, so helpful in portraying ac- 
curately subjects under discussion, never proved more useful 
than with Dr. F. B. Noyes' paper entitled "The Structure of 
the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and the Lines and 
Angles of Cavity Margins." With a total membership now 
grown to three hundred and twenty-four, one hundred and 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



46 

ninety-two were present and profited by the able presentation 
of this "one of the most important subjects with which we have 
to deal in filling teeth." (Black.) 

"Manipulative Methods in Crown and Bridge Work," by 
Goslee, prepared with the author's usual comprehensive style, 
is a complete presentation of the best methods known to date, by 
a recognized authority. His advocacy of "the simpler, safer 
and more direct methods in opposition to less reliable and more 
difficult procedures" was a much needed innovation. 

Resolutions were adopted expressing the confidence of this 
Society in Dr. J. N. Crouse's ability to direct the affairs of the 
Dental Protective Association. 

The thiry-sixth meeting was at Springfield. Never in the 
history of this organization was there such evidence of potential 
strength in every department of our profession. Reviewed care- 
fully, the history of this Society for more than a third of a century 
is a record of slow but sure advancement. Men who were toil- 
ing practitioners in its early existence, by persistent applica- 
tion to higher ideals had become capable scientists leading in 
every field of thought and action. Within the borders of our 
State were located reputable dental schools occupying enviable 
positions among the educational institutions of the world, and 
with but few exceptions members of these faculties were active 
members of our Society. This in no small degree, accounts for 
the very high order of papers and clinics presented in our an- 
nual programs. Research work conducted in the school was 
reduced to its last analysis when presented to the Society. The 
annual attendant upon our sessions returned to his home after 
having enjoyed in condensed form the very latest teachings by 
the most advanced thinkers. It is not to be wondered that the 
influence of this organization was coextensive with the teach- 
ings of dentistry throughout the world. We gave to the world 
the results of our labors and with pardonable pride stood fully 
prepared to accept and appreciate their teachings in return. 
President Lawrence's address was an eloquent and timely trib- 
ute to the men of the past years, who had made this Society 
what it was. In addition to papers and discussions, our clinics 
had improved in number and character from year to year, taxing 
the local committees to the utmost to make provision for all 
who in this way contributed to the educational features of our 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



47 
programs. No longer were these demonstrations confined to 
limited operations upon the teeth and prosthetic appliances, but 
they covered as they rightfully should, orthodontia and oral 
surgery. Dr. T. L. Gilmer exhibited a patient operated upon in 
1899 for "neuralgia of the second division of the fifth pair of 
nerves." Recovery was complete and the patient gave person- 
ally a testimonial justly complimentary to the operator. Among 
the numerous interesting proceedings at this convention, all of 
which it would be a pleasure to record, if time would permit, I 
find the following: "The Secretary announced the recommenda- 
tion by the Council, of the appointment by the Society, of a 
committee of three, to select ten names of representative prac- 
titioners, rive from each of the two principal political parties, 
from which the Governor is respectfully solicited to select the 
future appointments of the State Board of Dental Exeminers." 
This was a wise procedure that should be adhered to for all 
time to come, in justice to the public, the dental profession and 
the appointive power. 

In 1901 we invaded the northern territory, meeting at Rock- 
ford, where President Reid, long a competent and painstaking 
member of the' State Board of Dental Examiners, delivered the 
annual address. Three days and more were given with a will 
to the study of live, up-to-date topics and the staging of nearly 
fifty clinics. Forty-nine members united, indicating a continued 
healthy growth. At this time great dissatisfaction and disap- 
proval was expressed as to the origin of many diplomas and 
licenses finding their way into the hands of would be practi- 
tioners. A considerable number of licensed colleges were lo- 
cated in Chicago, with barely three or four of them reputable. 
Diplomas were being issued to residents of the United States and 
foreign countries, many of them illegal. The following resolu- 
tions presented by Dr. J. N. Crouse were unanimously adopted : 

Whereas: Through the United States Consul, James H. 
Worman of Munich, Germany, information has come to the 
Illinois State Dental Society, that a traffic in fraudulent Amer- 
ican diplomas, conferring the degree of Doctor of Dental Sur- 
gery and also dental certificates, has been carried on between 
residents of Illinois and residents of Germany, and 

Whereas: We are informed that some of the Illinois State 

For index and key to elassification numbers, see pink appendix. 



48 
Dental Board Certificates presented to the authorities of Ger- 
many have been forgeries pure and simple, be it 

Resolved: That, as a Society wishing to uphold the honor 
and dignity of the profession in the state, and to aid in the ex- 
cellent work which is now being done by the Foreign Relations 
Committee of the National Association of Dental Faculties, in 
placing before the world correct information as to the status of 
dental educational work and dental legislation in the different 
countries of the world, we unhesitatingly condemn the practice 
in the strongest terms possible, and record our disapproval of 
any of these irregular methods which tend to bring discredit on 
the reputation of American dentistry ; and particularly upon 
those of our educational institutions which are in reality doing 
excellent work in our midst." 

Signed, J. N. Crouse. 

This was the beginning in substantial form, of the end of 
traffic by bogus colleges in fraudulent dental diplomas. Later the 
war was carried by members of this Society to the National 
Dental Association meeting at Milwaukee and a committee was 
appointed that succeeded in reaching the Governor of this State 
and the final result was the annihilation of fraudulent colleges 
so long a disgrace to our profession. This triumph of right and 
justice over the evil influences that had so long darkened our 
professional horizon must be placed to the credit of this Society 
and the central figure in the great battle for properly authenti- 
cated diplomas was he who for many years was the only mem- 
ber of this Society who had been continuously a member since 
its organization in 1865, the invincible Dr. J. N. Crouse. 

During the year 1901 death claimed an honorary member, 
Dr. H. J. McKellops, of Saint Louis, for years a regular attend- 
ant at our meetings. He was much admired by all who knew 
him. Possibly the one death of all that has most keenly affected 
members of this Society occurred during the same year, that of 
Dr. George H. Cushing. A charter member of this Society, its 
most persistent supporter, through all its existence, twice its 
President, the only member so honored, by his ability and genial 
qualities he had won the respect and admiration of all. When he 
found it imperative to seek health in another climate, this Society 
gave him the strongest indorsement possible to give to one with- 
drawing from our midst, renewed its devotion to him by mes- 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



49 
sages of good cheer annually, and heard with deepest sorrow 
of his death far away from the field of his life's labors. In him 
were happily combined a brilliant intellect, superior knowledge, 
and a warm hearted, genial disposition. No historical sketch 
of this Society would be complete without a just record of the 
part he played in the drama of its existence and of the affection 
felt for him by the full membership of this organization. 

In the year 1902 at Springfield some notable papers were 
presented. "Dental Nomenclature, with Reference to Its De- 
velopment, Bearing Especially upon That of Descriptive Den- 
tal Anatomy, Cavities and Instruments," a very comprehensive 
and much needed study, ably presented by G. W. Dittmar. 
"Good Fellowship," by C. R. Taylor, was well received and is 
remembered to this day as highly characteristic of the author. 
"Professional Ethics vs. Patents," by C. E. Bently, was a clear 
presentation of the subject, urging our profession to occupy the 
same ground relative to patenting appliances that is held by the 
American Medical Association. "The Present Status of Den- 
tistry in the Philippine Islands" was read by Louis Ottofy, a 
former Secretary of this Society. "Conditions and Circum- 
stances Modifying Extension for Prevention," by J. E. Nyman, 
and reports of "Committee on Dental Science and Literature" 
and "Art and Invention," by Dr. G. V. Black and H. J. Goslee 
respectively. 

At the 1903 session in Bloomington Dr. Prothero's paper 
on "The Expansion of Plaster of Paris," discussed by Dr. J. E. 
Hinkins and others, with Dr. Case's paper on "Velum Ob- 
turators," were two mile posts on the road to progress. Twelve 
hundred dollars was placed in the hands of a committee of which 
Dr. J. N. Crouse was chairman. 

The year 1904 was crowded to the utmost with problems 
that interested the whole Society. We had advanced sufficiently 
in the use of both porcelain and gold inlays to insure intelligent 
discussions of the technique involved in their construction and 
were discussing with clearness the necessary steps to be taken 
in the preparation of cavities. This also involved the use of 
cements and encouraged a more definite study of the physical 
characteristics of the different cements found in the market. 

"The Color Problem in Porcelain Work," and "Cervical Out- 
line Preparation" were themes that naturally invited the atten- 

Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



50 
tion at this session. "Lest We Forget" in our enthusiasm for 
the new inlay methods a sturdy protest came from high author- 
ity, Edmund Noyes, reminding us that there was and always 
will be a place for good gold filling, properly made, and the 
percentage of cavities demanding gold fillings was by no means 
small. 

At this session we heard the report of the committee ap- 
pointed to revise our Constitution and By-Laws, creating Dis- 
trict and Component Societies and preparing the way for an 
increased membership. Under the Rules the new Constitu- 
tion proposed was referred to the 1905 meeting for approval 
and adoption. Our membership at the close of the 1904 meet- 
ing was four hundred and eleven, and at the close of the 1905 
session it reached the splendid total of twelve hundred and 
sixty. This was due to the work of the reorganization commit- 
tee, of which Dr. Arthur D. Black was chairman and Drs. Ditt- 
mar and Peck his associates. Charters had been granted to 
thirty-one new Component Societies, covering the entire State 
and we were entering upon a new era, a gigantic organization, 
well supplied with funds, with ramifications in every nook and 
corner of the State. Better prepared than ever to make progress 
in the development of dental science, we were knocking at the 
door of every reputable practitioner within the state, urging 
him to share our enthusiasm in the upbuilding of our profession 
and to give that which properly belonged to his patients, the 
benefit of the knowledge he might obtain, if he would but enlist 
in the greatest forward movement ever inaugurated in our pro- 
fession. Our plea was more capable service to our patients, a 
general uplift in the scientific teachings and practice of dentistry 
and interwoven throughout the woof and warp of it all, a super- 
abundance of good fellowship. As we passed from the lesser 
to the greater body, adding in one year more than one thousand 
new members, some feared that the warmth of friendships so 
much enjoyed in the earlier years might be jeopardized by the 
strenuous conditions naturally incident to the management of so 
many participating interests, but happily it has not been so. 
The increased facilities for development along scientific lines 
due to greater numerical strength has but added opportunity for 
greater social enjoyments ; the heart to heart contact among fel- 
low workers in one common field. The growth of the Society 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



r>l 
during the last twenty years is clearly indicated in the subjoined 
Secretary's Reports. In the year 1904 the total Active, Honorary 
and Corresponding Membership was two hundred and thirty- 
one. Annual dues, $5.00. 

Receipts, including balance from former Treas- 
urer, Dues, etc $894.03 

Expenditures 465.08 

Leaving balance on hand $428.95 

In the year 1913 our total Active, Honorary and Correspond- 
ing membership was sixteen hundred and fifty-seven, with dues 
as low as $3.00 per year, including dues to National Association. 

Receipts from all sources $9,008.41 

Expenditures 4,634.90 

Balance on hand $4,373.51 

More than ten times as strong financially and eight times 
stronger numerically. With ample funds at our disposal it has 
been possible to inaugurate and carry to successful issue any 
Society work desired. 

The effect of the Component Society and Study Clubs has 
been to promote social as well as educational growth, and we 
come together annually with much preliminary work accom- 
plished, better prepared to present papers and discuss them, to 
give clinics of every conceivable variety and to transact the rou- 
tine business of the Society with commendable skill and prompt- 
ness. 

Give a moment's thought to the history of our progress from 
1905 to 1913, inclusive. So comprehensive in area, for they cov- 
ered the whole field of dentistry, 'tis possible here to mention 
them only in the briefest way. During these nine years our pro- 
grams include one hundred and fifty-two papers and discussions, 
and six hundred and sixty-three clinics. As we consider them 
collectively, hoping to be as brief as possible, permit me to select 
twenty-five subjects presented, as an illustration of the wide range 
of topics considered : 

Ethics, C. N. Johnson. 

Penetration of Dentin by Fluids Under Pressure. W. A. 
Johnston. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



52 

The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures, T. W. 
Pritchett. 

A Survey of Oral Hygiene, C. E. Bentley. 

Amalgam, W. E. Harper. 

Conservative Plea in the Use of Anaesthetics, Narcotics and 
Sedatives in Dental Practice, C. P. Pruyn. 

Some Phases of Prosthetic Procedures, J. H. Prothero. 

The Dental Protective Association, J. N. Crouse. 

Orthodontia, C. S. Case. 

Microscopic Study of C.ements, Geo. C. Poundstone. 

Gold Fillings vs. Inlays, Don. M. Gallic 

The Cast Gold Inlay, G. W. Dittmar. 

General Considerations of Syphilis, with Special Reference 
to Differential Diagnosis Between Syphilitic and Non-syphilitic 
Lesions Found in the Mouth, W. H. G. Logan. 

Experience in Cast Metal, C. N. Thompson. 

Impacted Third Molars, Brom Allen. 

The Maxillary Sinus and Its Diseases, T. L. Gilmer. 

Dental Medicine, J. P. Buckley. 

Concerning the Porcelain Inlay, J. F. F. Waltz. 

Reorganization, Arthur D. Black. 

Some Mistakes in Operative Dentistry, Their Causes and 
Correction, F. W. Gethro. 

What Dentists Have Contributed to Other Professions, B. 
J. Cigrand. 

Newer Methods in Crown and Bridge Work, H. J. Goslee. 

Some Phases of- Bacteriological Infection of the Human 
Mouth, George W. Cook. 

Dental Legislation, C. R. E. Koch. 

Oral Surgery, T. W. Brophy. 

Dental Inspection in the Schools, W. A. Evans. 

The Scientific Casting of Gold, W. H. Taggart. 

A Multiplicity of Subjects, G. V. Black. 

And this only one-sixth of the number of papers and reports 
comprising the full list of the last nine years. What a galaxy of 
talent ! I beseech you upon returning to your homes that you 
re-read carefully the transactions of your own Society, and you 
will find a record of the progress of your profession, commen- 
surate with the Nineteenth Century, the most progressive age 
since the dawn of civilization. For months I have basked in the 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



53 
sunlight of these pages, drank deep from the recorded wisdom 
generously contributed by tireless authors, marveled at the bril- 
liant ingenuity manifested in scores of methods and devices dis- 
played by clinicians, and have been gratified indeed at the gen- 
erous manner in which all is given freely to the world for the 
benefit of humanity. A contributing factor to our enjoyment as 
we peruse these transactions from year to year will be found in 
the lucid manner in which they have been edited. The work of 
the master mind of Dr. Edmund Noyes is everywhere apparent 
and we are deeply indebted to him and his associates for annual 
publications almost faultless in every particular. 

For considerably more than a quarter of a century, I have 
witnessed the Society's growth and during that time have failed 
to hear the first reasonable excuse for non-membership in this 
organization. When we reflect that the absentee from our meet- 
ings is denying himself the privilege so eagerly sought by our 
ablest practitioners in other states, who travel frequently across 
the continent to enjoy and profit by the educational features of 
our sessions, we marvel at the indifference manifested by some 
and regret that one and all are not within the fold. 

What have been the contributing forces that have been most 
potential in the upbuilding of our Society? 

First of all Organization. A willingness to come together 
for free and unrestricted interchange of thought. 

Next the devotion to the Society's interest manifested by so 
many stalwart members who have throughout all the years re- 
mained steadfast to the Society's welfare. Their name is legion, 
and the record of their efforts properly drawn would form a 
transcript of the proceedings from year to year for half a cen- 
tury. 

A collective organization imbued with the proper spirit, we 
have ever kept as our foremost tenet the proper consideration of 
our duty to the public. 

Every legal enactment that we have sought or obtained has 
guarded, first the citizen, and next made more stringent the re- 
quirement for admission to practice. Our highest aim has been 
the preservation, not the destruction of the teeth, the maintenance 
of sanitary and healthful conditions in the oral cavity and sur- 
rounding tissues. Many of our members have become specialists, 
adding luster to our profession and contributing materially to 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



54 
the intellectual and scientific growth of our Society. As we 
have acquired knowledge and experience we have grown more 
tolerant, manifesting at all times great courtesy in debate. 

Pioneers in the study of physiological and pathological con- 
ditions, we were first to know that which the public now gener- 
ally comprehends, that through the mouth, sometimes termed 
the gateway to the body, a very large percentage of the diseases 
that flesh is heir to, make their entrance to the system. As den- 
tists, charged with the responsible duty of maintaining a health- 
ful condition of the oral cavity, we are occupying a more im- 
portant position in the community. Originally regarded only 
as the special conservators of comfort, appearance and utility of 
the mouth and dental organs, there have now been added the 
more exacting requirements of prevention of contagion and the 
spread of disease. 

We have with a generally progressive world caught the 
spirit of organization, of concentrated effort. Under the very 
able leadership of Dr. Arthur D. Black our reorganization has 
been fruitful of the most gratifying results. Other states have 
joined in this same movement, also the National Dental Associa- 
tion which will doubtless have between fifteen and twenty thou-, 
sand members within the next few years. The Dental Review, 
ably edited by our own C. N. Johnson and published within this 
state, has always been loyal to the State Dental Society and its 
interests. 

Dr. Noyes in his sketch of the Society's early history has 
within your hearing tonight paid a just tribute to prominent 
members, most of whom have ceased their earthly labors. 

The history of the last twenty years necessarily deals with 
the living, active members many of whom are within the sound 
of my voice. Their parts in the workings of this organization 
are but half played and the future historian must sum them up 
and accord to each his or her meed of praise. Of but one shall 
I make specific mention. The first half century of our existence 
has been made conspicuous by the labors of our own beloved 
G. V. Black, a devoted and insatiable student, we have known 
no man with such universality of interest. From his ever in- 
creasing fund of knowledge he has given freely to all. Greater 
than this, he has ever been approachable to the humblest in- 
quirer. Imbued with the very highest conception of professional 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink sipnendix. 



55 
ethics, the results of his investigations have been contributed 
to the world for the benefit of humanity. How insignificant in 
comparison, is the mere acquirement of millions, to his devotion 
to scientific research. 

With pardonable pride we glance back over the past one- 
half century so splendidly celebrated in this Golden Jubilee. We 
are indebted to Dr. W. H. G. Logan, our worthy President, and 
the committees he has organized for this superbly planned semi- 
centennial celebration. No asset is more valuable to any working 
force than that of a good organizer. 

One might continue indefinitely recounting forces that have 
aided in the upbuilding of this Society, did time permit. We sur- 
render to the hosts whose names are to be inscribed upon the 
roster of membership in the next half century. Our legacy to 
you is the loyal spirit that has been so persistently manifested 
by all in years gone by, and we bespeak for you the same degree 
of loyalty and devotion to the Society's welfare that has char- 
acterized its membership in the past. Keep ever in mind these 
truths, that our Society is great in her history, great in the char- 
acter of her pioneers, great in her achievements, and great in her 
beckoning: future. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



DIARY OF ADMINISTRATIVE PROGRESS AND UPLIFT 

WORK OF THE ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL 

SOCIETY, 1865-1913. 

BY C. R. E. KOCH, D. D. S. 



1865. 



The State Dental Society was born on July 24, 1865, as the 
result of a call signed by a committee of three from the Chicago 
Dental Society, together with several dentists of the State outside 
of the city of Chicago. The first meeting was held in the Dental 
Depot of S. S. White, then located on the site now occupied by the 
Chinese restaurant near the southwest corner of Dearborn and 
Randolph streets (59 West Randolph street). 

Dr. A. C. Van Sant, of Princeton, was temporary chairman, 
and Dr. Emanuel Honsinger, of Chicago, temporary secretary. 
About fifty were present, and they decided to organize a society 
to be known as the Illinois State Dental Society. A committee was 
appointed to adapt the constitution of the Massachusetts Associa- 
tion to the wants of this new society. 

At this time the exactions of the Dental Vulcanite Company 
were sorely distressing the dental profession, and it appears that 
Doctor Wetherbee, of Boston, was present at this meeting, and 
solicited the aid of the Illinois dentists for the Boston Dental 
Protective Union in their effort to have nullified the patents 
granted to one Doctor Cummings, as the inventor of vulcanized 
rubber as a base for artificial teeth. 

A constitution was adopted at this meeting, and officers were 
elected by ballot. A second session was held on the next morning, 
at which delegates were elected to the American Dental Association. 

1866. 

The next meeting of the Society was held on May 8, 1866, in 
the Tremont House, now Northwestern University building. By- 
laws were adopted at this meeting, and a committee was appointed 
to prepare topics for discussion, and Dr. M. S. Dean, of Chicago, 
was invited to deliver an address at the next regular meeting. 
Three hundred copies of the constitution and by-laws were ordered 
to be printed. Neither papers nor discussions became a printed 
record of the Society until some years afterward. 

On the third day of this meeting a committee was appointed to 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



57 

prepare an order of business, and subjects for discussion for the 
next meeting, and to send circulars to the profession throughout 
the State inviting them to meet with the Society. Each dentist was 
requested to bring with him to the next meeting such pieces of 
rubber work as he might have on hand at the time. 

At this meeting, also, the first lady dentist of record here, 
Miss Dr. Lucy Hobbs, was presented to, and elected a member of, 
the Society. A footnote, however, tells us that she never qualified. 

The Society at first met semiannually, and at the November 
meeting of 1866 it was decided to hold a clinic in the office of 
Doctor Honsinger. 

At this meeting Colonel Fisher, the attorney in the hard rubber 
matter, addressed the Society, and a resolution was passed sustain- 
ing the Ohio dentists in their fight against the Vulcanite Company. 
A code of ethics was adopted. A motion was made at this time to 
consider the advisability of merging the Chicago Dental Society 
with the Illinois State Dental Society, to be called the Illinois 
State Dental Society. 

1867. 

The third annual meeting was held in the Methodist Church 
block, Chicago, May 14, 1867. It was here decided to do away with 
the semiannual meetings, and hold annual meetings only. A reso- 
lution was adopted unqualifiedly condemning the practice by 
members of the dental profession of taking students to be sent forth 
to practice upon a confiding community after only from three 
months' to a year's study, for a pecuniary consideration; and 
recommending that students be taken for not less than three years 
of study, in addition to graduation. 

1868. 
The fourth annual session, which was held in the Senate 
Chamber, Springfield, on May 12, 1868, showed an audit of the 
accounts of Doctor Crouse, as treasurer, and found the books to be 
correct. Careful business methods were a characteristic of the 
Society from its very beginning. A committee was appointed, 
consisting of Drs. Kilbourne, Black and Cushing, to prepare an 
address to the people, on the importance of the proper treatment 
of the sixth-year molars. A resolution was also adopted condemn- 
ing as unworthy a dental college located in St. Louis. The Society 
pledged itself to use all honorable means to build up dental col- 
leges laboring in the interests of dental science. 

1869. 
The fifth annual meeting was held at Quincy, on May 11, 1869. 
An amendment offered by Doctor Black, changing the by-laws so 
that the election of officers would take place at the close instead of 
the beginning of the session, was favorably acted upon the next 
year. A motion was' made by Doctor Cushing, and carried, to 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



58 

employ a reporter to report the debates of the Society, but this was 
not actually carried out for many years thereafter. The secre- 
taries usually reported the discussions in abbreviated longhand, 
and submitted their notes for the correction of the authors. A reso- 
lution was passed that a complete report of the discussions should 
be made and presented annually to each member who had paid his 
dues. A committee was appointed to confer with the publishers of 
the Missouri Dental Journal, with reference to publishing the pro- 
ceedings of the Society, and it was decided to accept the offer of 
the Missouri Dental Journal to publish the proceedings of the 
Society at its actual cost, and the secretary was instructed to pre- 
pare a full report for the use of that journal. 

It was ordered at this meeting also that the treasurer be 
instructed to open an account with each member of the Society 
and to notify all members in arrearage and to request prompt 
settlement. The secretary was requested to make a roll of the 
active and honorary members in the book of records, which was 
always to be accessible. A resolution was adopted declaring that, 
in the opinion of the Society, patrons' and practitioners' interests 
would be promoted by the return to gold or other metal plates as 
a basis for artificial teeth. 

1870. 

The sixth annual meeting was held at Bloomington, on May 10, 
1870. The proceedings of this meeting were the first to be pub- 
lished as a Society publication by the secretary, Dr. C. Stoddard 
Smith. A number of advertisements were printed in the paper- 
covered pamphlet of 126 pages. 

The subject of dental legislation was first considered by the 
Society at this meeting, and two papers were read upon the subject, 
one by Dr. Geo. H. dishing, and the other by Dr. G. V. Black. 
As a result a committee of three was appointed to take up the 
matter of legislation with relation to dentistry. Drs. Cushing, 
C. Stoddard Smith and A. D. French were appointed the com- 
mittee. 

Three hundred copies of the constitution, as amended, and of 
the code of ethics, were ordered printed, and a copy of each fur- 
nished to each active member of the Society. The secretary was 
instructed to drop from the roll of membership all persons then on 
the roll who were in arrears. 

Twenty-five dollars was voted from the funds of the Society, 
and $120 was secured by private subscription, toward the Barnum 
Testimonial Fund, in recognition of his unselfish giving to the pro- 
fession freely the boon of the rubber dam. 

1871. 

The seventh annual meeting was held at Peoria on May 9, 1871. 
A number of the members who had become delinquent had paid 
up their dues, amounting then to $2 a year, and by special vote 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



59 

of the Society all the amounts paid exceeding $5 were returned to 

such delinquents. 

The publication committee's report showed an expenditure of 
$244.10, out of which amount only $106 was contributed by the 
Society, the remainder being derived from advertisements and sale 
of copies of the transactions. The sum of $25 was voted, together 
with a vote of thanks, to the chairman of the publication com- 
mittee, Dr. C. Stoddard Smith. 

Physicians and surgeons were by special vote invited to attend 
the sessions of this meeting. 

A committee was appointed to examine -the mechanical instru- 
ments and appliances presented, and to report thereon before the 
adjournment of the meeting. 

A case of infraction of the code of ethics by one of the members 
was presented and considered in connection with the acceptance of 
a so-called bogus diploma, for which he paid $25. 

Fifty dollars was voted to the secretary for services. 

A resolution was adopted appointing the secretary and treas- 
urer a publication committee with instructions to publish the pro- 
ceedings in the manner least expensive to the Society. 

A special committee was appointed to whom all complaints of 
infraction of the code of ethics should be submitted, and through 
whom alone cases of infraction should be presented to the Society. 

The legislative committee presented at this meeting a draft for 
a bill to regulate the practice of dentistry, which provided among 
other things that it should be the duty of the Illinois State Dental 
Society to elect three members as a Board of Dental Examiners of 
the State of Illinois, and each year thereafter to elect one member 
for the term of three years, and to fill such vacancy as might occur. 
It also provided that all expenses incurred by the Board should be 
borne by the Illinois State Dental Society. 

1872. 

The eighth annual meeting was held on May 14, 1872, in 
Plymouth Congregational Church, Chicago, now St. Mary's Cath- 
olic Church (Wabash avenue). At this time the Society numbered 
117 members, of which 75 were in attendance. Members in arrears 
were allowed to pay up their back dues, and become thereby 
reinstated. 

• The publication committee reported that the expense of the 
printing and distributing of the transactions for 1871 amounted 
to $270.95. The cash received from the treasury was $78, and 
the advertisements and transactions sold brought the total receipts 
up to $142.80. leaving a deficit due the committee of $128.15. 
A contribution was taken up which resulted in the sum of $181 
being donated to take care of the deficit of the publication 
committee. 

The code of ethics of the Chicago Dental Society was adopted 
as an amendment to the constitution, to which was added: "It 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



60 

shall be regarded as unprofessional to warrant operations, or work, 
as an inducement of patronage." 

Mr. Samuel S. White sent a letter in which he proposed the 
organization of a league of dentists pledged not to take licenses 
under the Cummings patent (vulcanite rubber) to include at least 
half of the dentists of the United States, as the only way to defeat 
the fraud and form a basis of future resistance, even in courts. 
This was referred to a committee for further correspondence and 
to advise with Mr. White, before the Society would pledge itself 
to cooperate. 

A member was cited by the committee on infractions of the 
code of ethics, to answer charges of infraction of the code in the 
matter of advertising. 

The committee on legislation reported the case was in statu quo, 
and nothing more was to be reported. The committee was 
continued. 

Twenty-five dollars was voted to be paid the secretary. 

1873. 

The ninth annual meeting was held at Rock Island, May 13, 
1873. The committee on legislation reported that the bill regu- 
lating the practice of dentistry had been favorably reported on 
by the Senate committee and had been ordered a second reading, 
but nothing further was done before adjournment of the Legis- 
lature. The committee had strong hopes that the bill would be 
passed at the next session. 

The cost of the transactions for the session of 1872 was $250.50, 
and there was ample money in the treasury that year to bear the 
burden. The secretary's report at that time showed that of the 
117 named on the roll, 38 had been dropped for various causes 
since last year, mostly from non-payment of dues, and 30 new 
members had been added, leaving the membership at that time 
109. The annual dues were raised from $2 to $4 at this meeting. 

This session of the Society was held conjointly with that of the 
State Dental Society of Iowa, and the meetings were held alter- 
nately at Rock Island and Davenport. 

An amendment with reference to the taking of students, pro- 
posed in the meeting of 1872, was adopted, fixing the period of 
studentship at three years, but not necessarily under the same 
preceptor, and requiring such students to graduate from college 
before assuming the responsibilities of practitioners. 

The joint executive committees arranged that the expenses of 
publication of the transactions of the Society should be borne 
equally by the two societies, and the title of the transactions should 
be that of the Illinois and Iowa State Dental Societies, etc. 

A resolution was adopted that thenceforth all charges made 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



61 

against members of the Society should be made in writing, with 
specifications setting forth each violation of the code of ethics. 

Twenty-five dollars was voted the secretary for reporting the 
proceedings. 

1874. 

The tenth annual meeting was held at Jacksonville, on May 12, 
1874. A committee was appointed on popular education with 
regard to the subject of dentistry. A resolution was passed thank- 
ing Doctor Prince, of Jacksonville, for his kindness in exhibiting 
his magnificent constant current batteries and their various uses in 
surgical operations. 

The secretary was instructed to publish the transactions as 
usual, with power to condense and revise the proceedings and 
papers for publication. 

1875. 

The eleventh meeting of the Society was held in Ottawa on 
May 11, 1875. The chairman of the committee on legislation 
reported that they had the Hon. John M. Palmer draft a proper 
bill to be submitted to Legislature, and that the bill had been intro- 
duced in both houses, it having been favorably reported in the 
House, but adversely in the Senate, where it was laid upon the 
table, and the opportunity for its enactment was lost. The com- 
mittee suggested the propriety of authorizing its successor to amend 
the proposed law by allowing those holding medical diplomas, who 
had passed satisfactory examinations before the proper board, to 
enter into dental practice. An invitation was received from 
Doctor Barrett, president of the New York Dental Society, request- 
ing the sending of delegates to their society for the purpose of 
conferring upon the matter of uniform dental legislation, and 
delegates were appointed. 

At this meeting a bill was audited for the printing of proper 
blanks for conducting the business between the Society and its 
members. Fifty dollars was voted to the secretary. 

Additional members were added to the committee on popular 
education with regard to dentistry. The publication committee 
was given power to reject papers read before the Society that had 
previously appeared in public print. 

1876. 

The twelfth annual session was held at Galesburg on May 19, 
1876. The publication committee reported the publication of 
papers read before the Society and published in its proceedings, as 
having been republished in certain dental journals without giving 
credit to this Society for their origin. A special committee was 
appointed to investigate this matter, and the Society passed a 
resolution declaring it to be the sense of the Illinois State Dental 
Society that while not objecting to the republication of articles or 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



62 

selections from its published proceedings, such articles should be 
credited to the Transactions of our Society; and expressed its dis- 
approval of their republication in any journal as original com- 
munications, and the secretary was instructed to furnish a copy 
of this resolution to the offending journal. 

At this time, upon the secretary's recommendation, it was 
ordered that the next publication committee be instructed to print 
as an appendix to the annual transactions, the minutes of the first 
meetings of the Society up to and including the year 1869, so that 
we might have the entire history of the Society in printed form as 
a centennial souvenir. This report was accepted and the appendix 
printed as heretofore referred to with the Transactions of 1876. 

The issuing of certificates of membership was discontinued at 
this meeting. 

It was proposed to create a Board of Censors, before which 
every member for admission to the Society should appear. Each 
of the three members of the Board were to prepare twenty ques- 
tions to be submitted to candidates for membership, who were 
required to answer seventy-five per cent of these satisfactorily 
before the candidate should be recommended for membership in 
the Society. 

1877. 

The thirteenth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 8, 
1877. The committee on legislation again reported that the present 
time was propitious for the enactment of a law, and a special com- 
mittee was appointed to further aid the legislation committee. 

At this meeting the amendment was adopted to the constitution 
authorizing the Society to use a common seal, and by vote grant to 
its members certificates that may authenticate their membership. 

An amendment was also adopted that candidates for member- 
ship should be proposed by the Board of Censors, and that the 
Board should proceed to examine such candidates before recom- 
mending them for election by the Society. Another amendment 
provided that no person having once been a member of this Society 
and having forfeited his membership by non-payment of dues, 
should be eligible to reelection until the amount for which he Avas 
in arrears at the time he was dropped, should be paid, exeept by 
unanimous vote of all the members present at any regular meeting. 

The Maryland Dental College presented a proposition to give 
free tuition to one student from each State who shall have been 
elected by the State Dental Society, and requested the Illinois State 
Dental Society to take action in the matter. This matter was 
referred to a committee, who reported that the thanks of the 
Society to the proper officers of that college be extended, but that 
the members of the Society were of the opinion that such a course 
would not be for the best interests of dental education, of our 
Society, or of the institution from which this offer emanated. 

The text for a pamphlet on popular education with regard to 

For index aud key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



63 

dentistry was submitted and adopted. The booklet "Our Teeth" 
was ordered printed by the Society and furnished to its members 
at cost price for distribution among: their patients. The price 
fixed was $1.50 per hundred copies. Xine thousand copies were 
ordered by subscribers. 

At this meeting charges and specifications for infraction of the 
code of ethics were presented against a member, an ex-president 
of the Society. These charges having been sustained, he was 
expelled by a vote of 34 yeas and 1 nay. Another member was 
also expelled for violation of the code of ethics at this same 
meeting. 

1878. 

The fourteenth annual meeting was held at Rockford, on May 
14, 1878. The legislation committee again reported no progress 
with the Legislature in the enactment of any law. 

At this meeting the Society resolved not to approve of the use 
of chloroform by dental practitioners in extracting teeth or other 
minor operations, or the use of any anesthetic by incompetent men 
practicing dentistry. 

A resolution was adopted expressing the Society's appreciation 
of the Celluloid Manufacturing Company's employment of a 
former president of this Society to superintend their dental depart- 
ment, which they believed would result in improved dental plates, 
and in the methods of their manipulation and in their increased 
use by the profession. 

Another edition of "Our Teeth," the pamphlet referred to in 
the proceedings of 1877, was authorized, and the publication com- 
mittee was given discretionary power to make any arrangement 
that might be necessary with the American Dental Association if 
that association concluded to approve of the pamphlet. 

1879. 

The fifteenth annual meeting was held at Springfield, on May 
13, 1879. The committee on legislation again reported that nothing 
had been accomplished, but that there was a probability of obtain- 
ing the passage of a suitable law, such a bill having passed the 
Senate, and that the prospect appeared favorable for its passage 
in the House. The Chicago Dental Society appropriated $50 
toward the expenses of the special committee to assist in this effort. 

A resolution was offered to appropriate annually $25 for the 
formation of a Society library, and that the publication committee 
should be entrusted with the selection of the books, but this resolu- 
tion was defeated on the proposition that the Society had no per- 
manent abiding place and was a moving Society. 

1880. 
The sixteenth annual meeting was held at Bloomington, on 
May 11, 1880. A motion was made here that the publication com- 
mittee should be allowed discretion to employ a shorthand reporter 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



64 

for the next meeting'. Up to this time the secretaries had taken 
down the proceedings in abbreviated longhand, and submitted 
their notes to the authors for correction. The publication com- 
mittee was also given permission to make arrangements Avith some 
dental journal to publish the proceedings. 

1881. 

The seventeenth annual meeting was held at Rock Island on 
May 10, 1881. The publication committee reported that they had 
made arrangements with the Missouri Dental Journal for the pub- 
lication of the transactions, and the privilege of using the matter 
for publication in the journal. 

The committee on legislation reported that a bill had finally 
passed the Senate, but had to be so changed as to take the power 
of appointment of the Board out. of the hands of the Society, and 
that the bill was then before the House and had been ordered a 
second reading. The committee also reported that the Chicago 
Dental Society had appropriated $100 to help with the work, and 
had appointed a committee to go to Springfield to assist the com- 
mittee from the State Society. The report closes with the state- 
ment that if the bill again comes up, it may pass, and that 
although they consider the amendments made to the bill in the 
Senate unwise, it was believed that any bill would be better than 
no bill at all, and that it might be easily amended thereafter. 

An amendment to the constitution was adopted insisting upon 
a general ballot being taken in all elections of officers of the 
Society, and doing away with the casting of one ballot by unani- 
mous consent. A committee was appointed to assist a like com- 
mittee from the American Dental Association in compiling a direc- 
tory of the dentists of the United States ; and this committee was 
to make an accurate list of the dentists practicing in the State of 
Illinois. 

A resolution was adopted declaring dentistry to be a specialty 
of the science of medicine, and that a sound and thorough medical 
education is necessary to the most successful practice of dentistry. 

1882. 
The eighteenth annual meeting was held at Quincy on May 9, 

1882, and here the legislation committee reported the enactment of 
a law to regulate the practice of dentistry in the State of Illinois 
had finally been accomplished, and the first Board of Examiners 
had been appointed. 

1883. 
The nineteenth annual meeting was held at Decatur on May 8, 

1883. The committee appointed to undertake a systematic exam- 
ination of the skulls in some of the larger museums asked for 
further time in which to take up active measures in pursuit of this 
work. 

A motion prevailed authorizing the secretary to appoint an 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



65 

assistant, subject to the approval of the Society, and to be known 
as the assistant secretary. The salary of the secretary was raised 
to $100 and the assistant secretary was paid $25. 

A special appeal was adopted, addressed to the Governor of the 
State, asking- for the reappointment of Doctor Black as a member 
of the State Board of Dental Examiners. The first report of the 
State Board of Dental Examiners was ordered printed with the 
transactions of the Society. 

1884. 

The twentieth annual meeting was held at Springfield on May 
13, 1884. Standing committees of three members each were created 
on Dental Science and Literature, and Dental Art and Invention, 
to report the first day of each session any advances made during 
the previous year in these departments. A committee was also 
appointed to consider the advisability of establishing a scientific 
dental' journal under the auspices of the State Society, in conjunc- 
tion with the Chicago Dental Society. 

A report was received that blanks for the purpose of tabulating 
the conditions of children's teeth had been prepared for the pur- 
pose of gathering valuable statistics. 

1885. 

The twenty-first annual meeting was held at Peoria, on May 12, 
1885. The secretary and assistant secretary were constituted a 
committee on publication, with power to condense and cut papers 
and proceedings. A resolution commending the efforts of the State 
Board of Dental Examiners was passed. It was decided not to 
undertake publication of the new dental periodical at that time. 
It was made the librarian's duty to obtain cabinet photographs of 
all the members of the Society deceased, and of the living members, 
and also to be the custodian thereof. A motion prevailed to expend 
$50 in procuring models, manikins, etc., for the purpose of illus- 
tration at our meetings. 

1886. 

The twenty-second annual meeting was held at Rock Island, on 
May 11, 1886. The committee on constitution and by-laws reported 
a revised edition codifying, and arranging in proper form the 
various changes that had been made from year to year during the 
existence of the Society. 

An effort was made this year to extend the membership of the 
Society, and a committee was appointed to create district societies. 
An appropriation was made to pay the salary and expenses of an 
official stenographer, in addition to the salaries paid the secretary 
and assistant secretary. 

A resolution was adopted endorsing Dr. A. W. Harlan to suc- 
ceed himself as a member of the Board of Dental Examiners. The 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



66 

sum of $200 was set aside for the use of the State Board of Dental 
Examiners in case they should become involved in litigation. 

A resolution was. also adopted to appoint a committee of five to 
take into consideration the practicability of affording assistance to 
Dr. G. V. Black in pursuing his investigations and experiments, 
and this committee was given power to organize any practical 
method. 

1887. 

The twenty-third annual meeting was held at Jacksonville on 
May 10, 1887. The publication committee reported that they had, 
through the courtesy of the manager of H. D. Justi & Co., printed 
and distributed 1,500 copies of the transactions, paper-bound, to 
the dentists of Illinois, and that cloth-bound copies were sent to all 
active members whose dues had been paid. This publication was 
without cost to the Society for printing and binding. 

The committee on the formation of local Societies reported at 
this time that they had organized an Eastern Society at Paris with 
24 members; a Western Society at Galesburg with 34 members; 
a Southern Society at Duquoin with 24 members ; and a Northern 
Society at Rockford with 41 members; and that out of the 123 
members thus organized into Societies, 99 had not previously been 
connected with Societies. The committee stated that in the terri- 
tories thus embraced, it was estimated that 125 practitioners were 
available for membership in each. 

A resolution was made here to ask the Legislature to change 
the law in regard to jury service so that dentists in active practice 
might be excused the same as physicians then were. A resolution 
was adopted recommending that the Governor reappoint Dr. Geo. 
H. Cushing as his own successor on the Dental Board. 

1888. 

The twenty-fourth annual meeting was held at Cairo on May 8, 
1888. The Society had again undertaken to publish its transac- 
tions purely as a Society publication. 

A resolution was adopted at this meeting declaring that the 
State dental law was markedly deficient in many respects, causing 
it to fail to accomplish the objects desired, especially with refer- 
ence to its enforcement, and a committee was appointed to see 
about getting the law amended. 

1889. 

The twenty-fifth annual meeting was held at Quincy on May 
14, 1889. The committee on legislation made an exhaustive report 
with reference to the effort of having the dental law amended, and 
presented bills incurred in the discharge of their duty, for print- 
ing, postage and legal services amounting to $198, which were 
ordered paid. The new proposed law went to a vote and was lost 
by a vote of 44 to 38, and the bill was again called up under 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



67 

reconsideration and lost by a vote of 61 to 41, 77 votes being neces- 
sary to carry it. The committee asked to be discharged. A draft 
for a new law was endorsed by the Society. 

A report of the committee on the republication of the pamphlet 
entitled "Our Teeth" was made at this 'meeting, stating that the 
work had been rewritten and that one thousand copies had been 
printed at an expense of $70, and that the matter had been electro- 
typed. 

An appropriation of $100 was made for the use of the com- 
mittee on raising funds for the work of examining prehistoric 
skulls. 

1890. 

The twenty-sixth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 
13, 1890. A resolution was adopted to hold the meetings there- 
after biannually in the city of Springfield. 

The committee on the examination of prehistoric skulls reported 
that other societies had contributed toward the proposed fund, 
amounting to $225 in all, and that the American Dental Associa- 
tion in its sections on Physiology and Etiology had undertaken to 
do the same work and had appropriated $500 toward this end. 
The committee recommended that the $100 appropriated be turned 
over to the American Dental Association for the aid of their work. 

A new committee on legislation was appointed at this session, 
and a new constitution was adopted in which an Executive Council 
was created, to which almost all the business of the Society was 
turned over. This feature in the conduct of the Society continues 
in force to-day. 

1891. 

The twenty-seventh annual meeting was held at Bloomington, 
May 12, 1891. The legislative committee again reported a new 
draft for a dental law, and a resolution was adopted, declaring in 
favor of a specific bill that was calculated to remedy the deficien- 
cies and inadequacies of the first law. Three hundred copies of 
the paper prepared by Doctor Koch on the right to regulate the 
practice of dentistry by law were ordered printed, to be distributed 
among dentists to be sent to their representatives and senators. 

A resolution was also adopted at this meeting, endorsing the 
World's Columbian Exposition, to be held in 1893, and pledging 
the Illinois State Dental Society to lend its best efforts in uphold- 
ing scientific and practical work to make the occasion an unpar- 
alleled success. 

A strong resolution was adopted, endorsing the efforts of the 
Dental' Protective Association of the United States in contesting 
the rights of the Tooth Crown Company, and pledging the support 
of the" Society to the efforts of the Protective Association. 

A committee on examination of prehistoric crania reported that 
they had turned the entire matter over to the American Dental 
Association, and that the section in charge had appointed Doctor 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



Patrick, of Illinois, curator of these examinations, which were then 
being conducted in Cincinnati, Washington, Philadelphia, Cam- 
bridge, Mass., and St. Louis, and the committee requested that the 
amount set aside for the use of these examinations be held subject 
to the order of Doctor Patrick, which was approved. 

1892. 

The twenty-eighth annual meeting was held in Springfield, May 
10, 1892. An amendment was adopted, fixing the morning session 
of the last day of the annual meeting as the period for electing the 
president and vice-president, definitely requiring that they be 
elected by ballot. 

A resolution was adopted, declaring that any questionable con- 
duct in the management of a dental college shall subject its stock- 
holders and members of faculties to the same discipline "by the 
Society as if said questionable conduct had been done by any 
member of the dental society in his private practice. 

A resolution was adopted, advising and requesting the dentists 
of this State to enlighten their representatives and senators with 
reference to the legislation asked for by the Society at the coming 
session. A resolution of special confidence in the Board of Dental 
Examiners then in office was spread upon the record. A new com- 
mittee on legislation was appointed. 

1893. 
The twenty-ninth annual meeting was held at Rock Island, 
May 9, 1893. This meeting was held in conjunction with the Iowa 
State Dental Society, and the expenses of the joint meeting were 
borne equally by the two societies. 

The committees on dental science and literature were, at this 
meeting, changed from a membership of three to a membership of 
one in each. 

1894. 
The thirtieth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 10, 

1894. A resolution was adopted relating to the care and preserva- 
tion of the Lincoln monument at Springfield, and recommending its 
immediate restoration. (May we record it as a fact that the year 
following, the monument was taken down and rebuilt.) 

The committee on publication reported that they had made an 
arrangement with the Dental Review for the publication of the 
transactions for 1893, all the expenses being borne by the pub- 
lishers of that journal, excepting the sum of $100, and the publica- 
tion committee was given power to make such arrangements as in 
their judgment might be proper, looking to the publication of the 
transactions for the succeeding year. 

1895. 
The thirty-first annual meeting was held at Galesburg, May 14, 

1895. A recommendation was concurred in to appropriate $200 to 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



60 

assist in defraying the expenses of Doctor Black's experiments. 
A salary of $100 was voted to the secretary. A motion prevailed 
to look into the matter of the publication of a suitable pamphlet 
for the use of the general public, with reference to the care of the 
teeth. 

1896. 

The thirty-second annual meeting' was held at Springfield, in 
lS9(j. A committee was appointed to prepare suitable amendments 
to the dental law of this State. The committee was further 
instructed to request the Governor to make these proposed amend- 
ments part of his recommendations in his forthcoming message. 

The chairman of a special committee appointed for the purpose 
of increasing the membership of the society, reported that certain 
methods might be adopted to accomplish this end, and an appro- 
priation of $75 Avas made for the use of the committee. A protest 
was filed with the executive council at this meeting against the 
growing evil of having the clinics crowded by dentists who are not 
members of the Society "and who do not ever intend to join." The 
secretary was instructed to serve notice in the programs to be pub- 
lished for the next year that the Society would exclude from the 
clinic room all but members of the Society, or those who have made 
application for membership or are invited guests. It was ordered 
that the secretary be instructed to notify all delinquent members 
that their names will be read off in open meeting of the Society. 

1897. 

The thirty-third annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 11, 
1897. The legislative committee again reported that no new legisla- 
tion had been secured. An appropriation of $300 was made for the 
use of the Dental Protective Association. An appropriation of 
$100 was made to assist in defraying the experiments and research 
work of Doctor Black. 

Resolutions were adopted in favor of the enactment of a national 
law. creating dental surgeons for the army and navy. 

A first prize of $100 and second prize of $50 were offered for 
the two best papers based upon original work in some branch of 
dental science, .such papers to be prepared by a member of this 
Society and read before it, and a prize committee was ordered to 
be appointed by the executive council. 

A new committee on dental legislation was appointed. The 
Society passed a resolution requesting the C4overnor to fill two 
vacancies on the State Board of Dental Examiners and to remedy 
the impairment of the efficiency of the Board. 

1898. 

The thirty-fourth annual meeting was held at Springfield on 
May 10. 1898. An appropriation of $100 was made to assist the 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



70 

State Board in defraying the expenses of prosecuting illegal prac- 
titioners. 

1899. 

The thirty-fifth annual meeting was held in Chicago May 9, 
1899. A series of resolutions were adopted at this meeting, after 
a vigorous debate, resulting from the refusal of the Wisconsin 
State Board of Dental Examiners to issue a license upon diplomas 
issued by two of the Chicago dental colleges, as they had heretofore 
done ; such refusal having been based on the ground that these 
schools had not been recommended to their Board by the National 
Board of Dental Examiners. The resolution finally adopted reads 
as follows: 

"Resolved, That we, the Illinois State Dental Society, in this 
our thirty-fifth annual session, wish to express our regrets that the 
State Board of Dental Examiners of Wisconsin has thus unjusti- 
fiedly discriminated against the Chicago College of Dental Surgery, 
and the Northwestern University Dental School, and that we, as a 
Society, desire to place on record our endorsement of these two 
institutions, which have grown up in our State, and which have 
made a national and an international record as reputable and 
advanced institutions of dental learning." 

Besolutions were adopted expressive of the high regard in 
which the Society held Dr. Edgar D. Swain and Dr. Garrett 
Newldrk, upon their removal to other States. 

Delegates to the World's Dental Congress, to be held in Paris 
in 1900, were ordered sent by the Society. The secretary was 
instructed to correspond with the Baltimore colleges as to the 
meaning of "provisions regarding scholarships." 

Two hundred dollars was appropriated to the State Board of 
Dental Examiners to assist in defraying the expenses incurred in 
the passage of the new law. 

It was ordered that the names of delinquent members should 
not be read in the Society, but, having been notified of their delin- 
quency and failing to remit within thirty days, they were to be 
dropped from membership. 

1900. 

The thirty-sixth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 
8, 1900. The Society again pronounced strongly in favor of 
appointing dental surgeons in the army and navy. A resolution 
was also adopted strongly endorsing the Dental Protective Asso- 
ciation and Dr. J. N. Crouse, its president. 

The Society voted to appoint a committee of three to select ten 
names of representative practitioners, five each from the two prin- 
ciple political parties, from which the Governor was solicited to 
select his future appointees for the next State Board of Dental 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



71 

Examiners. From the ten names thus recommended, only one has 
ever served on the Board, Dr. C. P. Pruyn. 

The publication of the proceedings was given to the Dental 
Review. 

1901. 

The thirty-seventh annual meeting was held at Rockford, May 
14, 1901. At this meeting a strong resolution was adopted con- 
demnatory of the traffic in fraudulent American diplomas, con- 
ferring the degree of doctor of dental surgery, and also of dental 
certificates entitling the holder to practice dentistry; between 
residents of Illinois and residents of Germany. The Society 
pledged itself to uphold the honor and integrity of the profession 
in the State, and to aid the work then being done by the foreign 
relations committee of the National Association of Dental Facul- 
ties in securing correct information bearing upon this subject. 

One hundred dollars was appropriated for the relief of the 
Galveston, Texas, dentists. 

The publication of the proceedings of the Society was given to 
the Dental Digest on condition that the Society pay only for the 
services of the stenographer, and that the Digest should retain the 
same form of book heretofore published by the Review. 

1902. 

The thirty-eighth annual meeting was held in Springfield, May 
13, 1902. The sum of $1,500, or so much thereof as should be 
needed, was voted to be paid in support of the committee prose- 
cuting dental colleges who were alleged to trade in diplomas for 
the use of parties in Germany. 

At this time the membership of the Society numbered 282, and 
the report of the secretary showed $1,233 collected from dues, and 
the treasurer showed a balance of $2,186 on hand. 

1903. 

The thirty-ninth annual meeting was held at Bloomington, May 
12, 1903. An appropriation of $100 was made for the purpose of 
providing a suitable memorial to the memory of Dr. Geo. H. 
dishing. 

A resolution was also adopted, endorsing the dental bill before 
the House, which resolution was sent to the Governor with the 
request that he use his influence for the passage of the law. Reso- 
lutions in acknowledgment of the services of Senator A. C. Clark, 
of Chicago, and Mr." J. R. Bouhvare, of Peoria, Member of the 
House, in connection with their efforts to pass the new dental law, 
were unanimously passed. A committee of three was appointed to 
consult with the Governor regarding the selection of the next 
appointments to fill vacancies on the State Dental Board. 

Twelve hundred dollars was voted for the use of the prosecuting 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



72 

committee to stop the traffic in American dental diplomas in 
Germany. 

A motion was adopted to appoint a committee to further plans 
for increasing the membership of the Society. 

1904. 

The fortieth annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 10, 1904. 
An appropriation of $300 was made for the Fourth International 
Dental Congress. 

An editor for the proceedings was appointed for this year and 
for coming years, and an appropriation of $100 was made to pay 
for his services. 

By resolution, the Society disclaimed responsibility for a news- 
paper report regarding Governor Yates, and pronounced the pub- 
lication as unwarranted and misrepresenting the sentiments of the 
Society. 

The groundwork for the reorganization of the society was laid 
at this meeting by the presentation of amendments to the constitu- 
tion, offered by Dr. Arthur D. Black. A resolution instructing the 
treasurer to set aside 25 cents from the amount of dues received 
from each member for the publication of a monthly bulletin, to be 
published by the Illinois State Dental Society, was adopted by the 
council. 

1905. 

The forty-first annual meeting was held at Moline, May 9, 1905. 
A new dental law had been passed and an elaborate resolution of 
thanks to Senator A. C. Clark was ordered spread upon the record 
for his efforts in the accomplishment of the act. A resolution was 
passed recpiesting Governor Deneen to affix his signature to the 
law which had passed both houses of the Legislature. A committee 
of three was created on legislation and appointment of members 
of the State Board of Dental Examiners at this session. Five 
hundred dollars was appropriated for the use of the State Board 
of Dental Examiners in the prosecution of violators of the law, 
and also in defense of their action in the courts. 

As a result of the work of the reorganization committee ap- 
pointed in 1904, the membership of the Society had been increased 
from about 400 to more than 1,250. The proceedings of the Society 
were published in the Dental Review under an arrangement by 
which all of the members of the Society were placed on the regular 
subscription list of the Review, and bound volumes of, the transac- 
tions were supplied to those who ordered them. This plan has been 
followed up to the present time. 

The secretary was instructed to subscribe to a Clipping Bureau 
and to take such other means as he might deem best to obtain 
unethical advertisements by members of the Society. 

A monthly official bulletin was published by the reorganization 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



73 

committee, beginning with January, 1905. This publication has 
also been continued to date. 

1906. 

The forty-second annual meeting was held at Springfield. May 
8, 1906. The reorganization of the Society had been completed, 
thirty-one component societies having been organized with a total 
membership of 1,500 among the legal dental practitioners of the 
State. Congress was memoralized to change the status of dental 
surgeons in the army from that of contract surgeons to regularly 
commissioned officers. 

A commission was appointed to investigate the dental needs of 
the children of the public schools of the State. A complimentary 
dinner was given by the Society at the Leland Hotel in honor of 
Senator A. C. Clark for his efforts in behalf of the new dental law. 
On this occasion a mahogany library table and large oriental rug 
were presented to Dr. Arthur D. Black in recognition of his service 
in the reorganization of the Society. 

1907. 

The forty-third annual meeting took place at Quincy, May 11. 
1907. The legislative committee called attention to the existence 
of reciprocity among several State Boards provided under their 
several States, and also to the desirability of having dentists 
exempt from jury duty. The committee was instructed to have 
the dental law so amended as to embody these provisions in the 
dental statute of Illinois. 

A resolution was adopted inviting the National Dental Associa- 
tion to take up the work' of reorganization of other State societies 
on a uniform plan, to the end that there might be established a 
similar relationship between the National Dental Association and 
the various State organizations to that existing between the Ameri- 
can Medical Association and the various State medical societies. 

Doctor Taggart, of Chicago, presented to the Society "his won- 
derful new method of casting gold inlays," and gave a demonstra- 
tion. 

A resolution of thanks was passed to Governor Deneen for per- 
mitting the members of the State Dental Board to continue in the 
discharge of their duties. 

1908. 

The forty-fourth annual meeting was held in Spring-field on 
May 12, 1908. The legislative committee reported that dental 
internes had been appointed at State charitable institutions as a 
result of the labors of the Society, and a special vote of thanks was 
given to the State Board of Charities and to the Civil Service 
Commission. 

A resolution was passed endorsing the effort that was then 
being made and which resulted in the final enactment of a law 

For index and key to elussificatioii numbers, see pink appendix. 



74 

creating dental surgeons in the army of the United States as com- 
missioned officers. 

A resolution was adopted commending the movement of the 
American Medical Association and the Illinois State Medical 
Society in their efforts to secure a higher standard of medical 
education in Chicago and to the end that closer relations should 
be promoted with the Illinois State Medical Society and our 
Society. 

1909. 

The forty-fifth annual meeting was held at Danville, 111., May 
11, 1909. A resolution of thanks was adopted in acknowledgment 
of the excellent reports furnished for this session by the Commer- 
cial News of Danville. 

A plan was reported by Dr. Arthur D. Black for the prepara- 
tion of a personal record of the members of the Society, in the 
form of a loose-leaf ledger giving the work of each member of the 
Society, offices held, committees served, part taken in discussions, 
clinics, etc. The plan then presented has been followed in the 
preparation of the personal index in this booklet. 

1910. 

The forty-sixth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 
17, 1910. The legislative committee reported that since the 
adjournment of the last meeting, a new dental law had been passed 
which had been approved by the Governor, and that this bill, pro- 
vided for biannual registration, for better enforcement of the pro- 
visions of the law, for reciprocity among the several States and 
for exemption of dentists from jury duty. The committee also 
reported that steps should be taken to see that the funds derived 
from fines should be made useful in the hands of the Board for the 
prosecution of offenders. 

One hundred and fifty dollars was voted by the Society to the 
International Memorial fund, and a like amount to the American 
fund, for the perpetuation of the memory of Dr. W. D. Miller. 

An appropriation of $25 was also made as a subscription to the 
Dental Index Bureau. This Bureau is engaged in the preparing 
of a detailed index of all the dental literature published in the 
English language. 

A motion was made that the component societies appoint com- 
mittees to examine county records of all practitioners in their dis- 
tricts and report information regarding illegal practitioners to the 
State Board of Dental Examiners. 

The committee appointed to publish a directory of the dentists 
of the State, reported the accomplishment of their work, having 
published a directory of 194 pages, bound in cloth, free of cost to 
the members of the Society, the entire cost of publishing and mail- 

Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



75 

ing the directory having been met by the advertisements in the 
book. 

One hundred dollars was voted for the editor of the transac- 
tions and $300 to the secretary as salaries. 

A post-graduate course was instituted at this meeting, and a 
full report with reference to it was published in the proceedings. 

1911. 

The forty-seventh annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 19, 
1911. A committee was appointed to consider ways and means of 
furthering public dental education. This committee was called the 
Public Service Commission. 

For the ensuing year the secretary's salary was increased to 
five hundred dollars and that of the editor of transactions to $200. 
Five hundred dollars was set apart for the use of the Public 
Service Commission. 

An invitation was received from the National Dental Associa- 
tion to send representatives from this Society, properly accredited, 
to take part in a conference upon the proposed reorganization of 
that body. The request was complied with. 

A request from the Dental Educational Council of America for 
an appropriation to assist its work was laid on the table. 

The legislative committee reported that a committee of the 
Chicago Dental Society had, after arrangements made with the 
Board of Administration and Civil Service Commission, proceeded 
to the St. Charles Boys' Home and the Geneva Home for Girls 
and carried on examinations of the children's mouths in these insti- 
tutions, and that Kankakee had been served very acceptably by an 
interne dentist and that the promise had been received from the 
State officials having the matter in charge, that as fast as possible, 
dental internes would be appointed for the other State institu- 
tions. An interneship was secured for the Geneva and St. Charles 
institutions at $100 per month. 

1912. 

The forty-eighth annual meeting was held at Springfield, on 
May 14, 1912. Doctor Crouse explained fully the arrangement 
made between Doctor Taggart, with reference to his inlay machine, 
and the Dental Protective Association, and a resolution of confi- 
dence was voted by the Society by a rising vote. 

The plans for the reorganization of the National Dental Asso- 
ciation were submitted, together with the council's recommenda- 
tion to confer with representatives from other reorganized State 
societies, in the hope that a reorganization of the National Dental 
Association might be secured which would be acceptable to the 
respective societies. The Society approved the recommendation 
of the Council. 

A resolution tendering the Illinois State Medical Society the 
cooperation of this Society toward the enactment of legislation 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



76 

making possible a fuller and much needed supervision of public 
health, was adopted. 

Twenty-five dollars was appropriated toward the Chapin A. 
Harris Memorial fund. An appropriation was made for the annual 
care of Doctor dishing- 's grave. 

A motion prevailed to invite the Chicago Dental Society to join 
with this Society in commemoration of the fiftieth anniversary of 
both organizations, to be held in Chicago in 1914, and that a com- 
mittee of five be appointed to formulate plans in detail for the 
jubilee. 

It was declared as the sense of the Council that a member of 
the Council should not be a member of the State Board of Dental 
Examiners. 

1913. 

The forty-ninth annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 13, 
1913. The secretary's report showed a paid membership of 1,584, 
and the treasurer showed a balance of cash and assets on hand of 
$4,373. 

The jubilee committee reported progress, and the ad interim 
committee of the Council was authorized to carry out the plans for 
the celebration. Six hundred dollars was appropriated for the 
preparation of a historical record of the Society. It was ordered 
that no advertising matter should be permitted on the official 
program for the jubilee. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 






PART II. 

CLASSIFIED SUBJECT INDEX 

To the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society, 
1865-1913. 



Beginning with the year 1870 the proceedings of this Society have been 
published in full annually. For the years 1865 to 186S, inclusive, there is no 
record other than the secretary's notes, which were, however, more complete 
than might be expected for that early day, in that there was recorded not 
only the ordinary minutes of the meeting, with the titles of papers and dis- 
cussions, but also a brief statement of the views expressed by each member 
participating. ' The record for these four years was published as an appendix 
to the volume published by the Society in 1876. The proceedings for 1869 
were published in full in the July issue of the Missouri Dental Journal of 
that year. From 1870 to date there has been issued each year a bound volume 
of the proceedings. Beginning with 1870, and continuing up to and including 
1879, these volumes were issued by the Society, the cost being partly met by 
the insertion of advertisements, but for several years a considerable percentage 
of the amount was raised by contributions from those men most interested in 
the future of the Society and the progress of the profession. For the year 
1880 an arrangement was made by which the Missouri Dental Journal pub- 
lished the proceedings, bearing one-half the cost for the privilege of using 
the matter for publication. In 1881 and 1882 an arrangement was made with 
the Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. In 1883 and 1884 the Society again 
published the proceedings from its own funds. In 1885 an arrangement was 
made with the Dental Cosmos. In 1886 H. D. Justi published the volume 
without expense to the Society. In 1887 and 1888 the Society again issued the 
proceedings at its own expense. From 1889 to 1900, inclusive, the Dental 
Review published the volume, all or in part, from the type used in the Review. 
From 1901 to 1904, inclusive, a similar arrangement was made with the Dental 
Digest. Since the reorganization, from 1905 to date, the proceedings have 
been published by the Dental Review, under an arrangement by which all 
members of the Society were placed on the subscription list of the Review, and 
bound copies of the proceedings of the Society have been published separately 
for those who subscribed for them. 

Note. — In this index, for each entry, the year and page are given, indi- 
cating the place where same will be found in the regular volume of the pro- 
ceedings of the Society, except for the following: 

1865-1868. Brief notes published as appendix to proceedings of 1876. 
After each entry the year of the meeting is given, and the pages are those of 
the appendix. 

1869. July number Missouri Dental Journal. After each entry the year 
is given, and the pages are those of Volume 1 of that journal. 

1903. For this year the clinics were reported in a paper-covered supple- 
ment. These are entered " 1903 Supplement," with page. 

For the following years the transactions were published under an arrange- 
ment with the dental journals mentioned, and part or all of the proceedings 
for these years will be found in the journals of the respective years, although 
the pages given in this index, with the exception of 1869, refer to the bound 
volumes of the Society's proceedings and not to the journals. 

1869. Missouri Dental Journal. 

1880. Missouri Dental Journal. 

1881. Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. 

1882. Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. 
1885. Dental Cosmos. 

1889-1900. Dental Review. 
1901-1904. Dental Digest. 
1905-1914. Dental Review. 

For all other years the Society financed the publication, but many of the 
articles will be found reprinted in various journals of corresponding years. 



78 

D. DENTISTRY. GENERAL ARTICLES. 

D01 Philosophies. 

D02 Compends. 

D03 Dictionaries, cyclopedias. 

D031 Nomenclature. 

Dental Nomenclature; With Reference to Its Development, Bearing 
Especially on That of Descriptive Dental Anatomy, Cavities and 
Instruments. Dittmar, G. W., 1902, p. 14; Disc, p. 23. 

D04 Essays and Addresses. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Dentalogia (1833). A Poem by Solyman Brown, 1870, p. 96. 
Address to Joint Session, Illinois and Iowa State Dental Societies. In- 

gersoll, L. C, 1873, p. 26. 
A Few Random Thoughts. Roland, C. B., 1911, p. 70; Disc, p. 80. 

President's Annual Address. 

Dean, M. S., 1869, Mo. Den. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 257. 
Dean, M. S. (on retiring), 1870, p. 100. 
Black, G. V. (on retiring), 1871, p. 105. 
Wilson, O., 1872, p. 6. 
Crouse, J. N., 1873, p. 12. 
Smith, C. S., 1874, p. 19. 
Miles, G. S., 1875, p. 21. 
Swain, E. D., 1876, p. 23. 
Davis, K. B., 1877, p. 26. 
'Koch, C. R. E., 1871, p. 24. 
Sturgiss, S. M., 1879, p. 16. 
Kitchen, C. A., 1880, p. 19. 
Marriner, J. F., 1881, p. 131. 
Harlan, A. W., 1882, p. 30. 
Stone, C. E., 1883, p. 28. 
Noyes, Edmund, 1884, p. 27. 
Townsend, H. H., 1885, p. 27. 
Gilmer, T. L., 1886, p. 63. 
Magill, W. T., 1887, p. 24. 
Rohland, C. B., 1888, p. 47. 
Cushing, G. H., 1889, p. 57. 
Pritchett, T. W., 1890, p. 53. 
Taggart, W. H., 1892, p. 11. 
Blair, E. K., 1893, p. 208. 
Newkirk, Garrett, 1894, p. 9. 
Cormany, J. W., 1895, p. 20. 
Stevens, W. A., 1896, p. 14. 
Taylor, C. R., 1897, p. 16. 
Davis, J. A. W., 1898, p. 13. 
Pruyn, C. P., 1899, p. 13. 
Laurance, R. N., 1900, p. 14. 
Reid, J. G., 1901, p. 9; Disc, p. 15. 
Hanaford, M. L., 1902, p. 9; Disc, p. 11. 
Peck, A. H., 1903, p. 9; Disc, p. 17. 
Mcintosh, F. H., 1904, p. 9; Disc, p. 14. 
Johnson, C. N., 1905, p. 13; Disc, p. 19. 
Duncan, S. Finley, 1906, p. 13; Disc, p. 18. 
MaWhinney, Elgin, 1907, p. 9; Disc, p. 19. 
Johnson, W. A., 190S, p. 9; Disc, p. 13. 
Black, Arthur D., 1909, p. 10; Disc, p. 18. 
Allen, E. H., 1910, p. 9; Disc, p. 16. 
Gallie, D. M., 1911, p. 9; Disc, p. 30. 
Corbett, C. C, 1912, p. 9; Disc, p. 17. 
Waltz, J. F. F., 1913, p. 9; Disc, p. 25. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



70 
Address of Welcome. 

Murphy, Hon. Mayor, 1873, p. 25. 

Pettit, J. W., 1875, p. 17. 

Williston, Rev. M. L., 1876, p. 19. 

Rood, Hon. E. H., 1880, p. 5. 

Parkes, 1881, p. 7. 

Fullerton, Pres. la. State Den. Soc, 1893, p. 205. 

Mayor Vollmer, 1893, p. 207. 

Rogers, Rev. E. B., 1900, p. 179. 

Dunn, E. C, 1901, p. 141. 

Woodruff, E. N., 1904, p. 173. 

Olson, Mayor Andrew, 1905, p. 9. 

Seeley, City Att'y Robt. M., 1906, p. 9. 

Response to Address of Welcome. 

Willson, O., 1873, p. 28. 
Smith, C. S., 1875, p. 19. 
Black, G. V., 1881, p. 8. 
Johnson, C. N., 1900, p. 182. 
Pruyn, C. P., 1901, p. 142. 
Blair, E. K., 1904, p. 173. 
Gallie, D. M., 1905, p. 11. 
Bentley, C.E., 1906, p. 11. 

D041 Correspondence. 

Present Status of Dentistry in the Philippine Islands. Ottofy, Louis, 

1902, p. 131. 
Letter from Manila. Skidmore, W. G., 1904, p. 170. 

D05 Periodicals. 

Dental Journalism. Toast. Eames, W. H., 1889, p. 159. 

D06 Societies. Organization, Etc. 

Illinois State Dental Society. Organization, 1865, p. 3. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Dental Societies. Davis, K. B., 1872, p. 73; Disc, p. 84. 
Illinois State Dental Society. What Has It Accomplished? Koch, 

C. R. E., 1884, p. 156; Disc, p. 168. 
Report of the Committee on the History of the Society. Koch, C. R. E., 

1889, p. 77. 
Banquet and Toasts. 1889, p. 159. 
The Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the Society. Toast. Stevens, W. A., 

1889, p. 159. 
Unity and Fraternity in the Illinois State Dental Society. Toast. 

Kitchen, C. A., 1889, p. 160. 
Our Semi-Centennial; The Next Twenty-five Years of the Illinois State 

Society; The Experience of the Past, A Prophecy of the Future. 

Toast. Swain, E. D., 1889, p. 162. 
The International Dental Congress. Toast. Harlan, A. W., 1889, p. 163. 
The Beneficent Influence of the Illinois State Dental Society. Toast. 

Black, G. V., 1889, p. 163. 
In Union Is Strength. Toast. Crouse, J. N., 1889, p. 164. 
A Review of the Illinois State Dental Society for a Quarter of a Cen- 
tury. Ottofy, Louis, 1895, p. 25; Disc, p. 27. 
The Illinois State Dental Society and the Relation It Sustains to the 

Dentists of Illinois. Allen, E. H., 1895, p. Ill; Disc, p. 117. 
Opinions of Illinois Dentists Regarding Dental Societies. Allen, E. H., 

1897, p. 50; Disc, p. 63. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



so 

Good Fellowship. Taylor, C. R., 1902, p. 27; Disc, p. 32. 
Reorganization of the Illinois State Dental Society. Black, Arthur D., 

1904, p. 35; Disc, p. 55. 
The Advantage of Organization. Koch, C. R. E., 1904, p. 50; Disc, 

p. 55. 
Report of the Organization Committee. Black, Arthur D., 1905, p. 103; 

Disc, p. 113. 
Report of the Reorganization Committee to the Executive Council. 

Black, Arthur D., 1905, p. 114. 
History of the Illinois State Dental Society. Noyes, Edmund, 1905, 

p. 230. 
Membership Versus Non-Membership of the Local Society. Blair, E. K., 

1900, p. Ill ; Disc, p. US. 
Report of the Reorganization Committee. Black, Arthur D., 1906, 

p. 298. 
A Comparative Review of the Last Twenty-five Years of Dentistry as 

Gathered from a Study of the Proceedings of this Society. Allen, 

E. H., 1907, p. 203; Disc, p. 209. 
Importance of the Local as a Component of the State Society. Hood, 

R. J., 190S, p. 67; Disc, p. 72. 
Remarks on Reorganization of National Dental Association. Black, 

Arthur D., 1913, p. 247. 
Report of Committee on Reorganization of National Dental Association 

and Resolution. Black, Arthur D., 1913, p. 272. 

1)07 Education, professional. Relations of Dentistry to 
Medicine. 

Papers axd Discussions. 

Elevating the Profession, Etc. Ellis, J. Ward, 1866, p. 11. 

Resolution Regarding Students. 18 67, p. 32. 

St. Louis Dental College. 1868, p. 41. 

Our Failures. Edwards, S. L., 1872, p. 63; Disc, p. 70. 

The Elevation of the Dental Profession. Smith, C. S., 1873, p. 160; 

Disc, p. 169. 
Dental Students. Kitchen, C. A., 1874, p. 27; Disc, p. 31. 
Why So Many Failures in Dental Operations? Dwight, C. R., 1874, 

p. 36; Disc, p. 46. 
Dental Education. Gushing, G. H., 1875, p. 68; Disc, p. 73. 
Electicism in Dental Practice. Koch, C. R. E., 1876, p. 39; Disc, p. 43. 
In What Does the Improvement in Dentistry During the Last Fifteen 

Years Consist? Black, G. V., 1876, p. 58; Disc, p. 63. 
Dental College Education. Talbot, E. S., 1876, p. 83; Disc, p. 89. 
Are We Progressing? Marriner, J. F., 1878, p. 43; Disc, p. 55. 
Is Dentistry a Specialty of Medicine? Smith, C. S., 1878, p. 88; Disc, 

p. 97. 
What Is Progression in Dentistry? Patten, M. H., 1879, p. 40; Disc, 

p. 45. 
Dental Education. Davis, K. B., 1879, p. 78; Disc, p. 84. 
Surgery in Dental Practice. Creswell, J. J., 1880, p. 52. 
What Must Be the Preparation for the Successful Practice of Dentistry 

in the Future? Kitchen, C. A., 1881, p. 127; Disc, p. 131. 
Dental Education. Swain, E. D., 1882, p. 120; Disc, p. 128. 
Operative Dentistry. (Education.) Hurtt, J. M., 1883, p. 78; Disc, 

p. 96. 
Dental Education. Brophy, T. W., 1883, p. 88; Disc, p. 94. 
Specialists and Specialties. Black, G. V., 1884, p. 90; Disc, p. 100. 
Post-Graduate Study. Moody, J. D., 1886, p. 121; Disc, p. 131. 
The Relation of Practitioners of Medicine to Practitioners of Dentistry. 

Toast. Robbins, Joseph, 1889, p. 160. 
Women in Dentistry. Toast. Moody, Kate C, 1889, p. 161. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



si •'?%.',? \ J 

Dentists. Duncan, S. F., 1890, p. 85; Disc, p. 8S. 

The Relation of the Dental Profession to Our Dental College. Brophy, 

T. W., 1894, p. 42; Disc, p. 48. 
New Outlooks in Dentistry. Bentley, C. E., 1896, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. 
Preliminary Dental Education. Harned, M. R., 1902, p. 81; Disc, p. 88. 
Limitations of Dental Education. Black, G. V., 1907, p. 25; Disc, p. 38. 
Dental Research Work. Lawrence, C. R., 1907, p. 163; Disc, p. 170. 
Report of Committee on Post-Graduate Courses. MaWhinney, Elgin, 

1909, p. 66. 

A Sermon on the Lack of Ambition Along Intellectual Lines in the Pro- 
fession. Rohland, C. B., 1909, p. 70; Disc, p. 79. 

The Possibilities of Closer Co-operation between the Dental and Medi- 
cal Professions. Pettit, J. W., 1909, p. 102; Disc, p. 107. 

Some Problems in Dentistry Which Should Have Further Development, 
or a Wider Diffusion of Practical Information. Black, G. V., 1909, 
p. 140. 

What Dentists Have Contributed to Other Professions. Cigrand, B. J., 

1910, p. 70; 14 Illus. 

Report of the Committee on Closer Relations and Co-operation with the 

Illinois State Medical Society. Moorehead, F. B., 1912, p. 70. 
The Evolution of Dentistry. Baker, E. H., 1912, p. 169; Disc, p. 189. 

D071 Methods of Teaching. Technics. 

D072 Popular Education. Dentistry in Public Schools. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Popular Education with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry. Marriner, 

J. F., 1874, p. 102; Disc, p. 105. 
Guardianship of the Teeth: Parental, Personal, Professional. Munroe, 

Grafton, 1893, p: 138; Disc, p. 144. 
Dental Education in the Public Schools. Byington, C. E., 1906, p. 218; 

Disc, p. 221. 

The Press as an Aid in Extending the Dental Field. Warner, C. B., 

1910, p. 201; Disc, p. 205. 

President's Address. Gallie, D. M., 1911, p. 9; Disc, p. 30. 

Report of the Public Dental Education Committee. Bentley, C. E., 

1911, p. 65. 

Report of the Public Press Committee. Warner, C. B., 1911, p. 68. 
Dental Inspection in the Public Schools. Evans, W. A., 1911. p. 170; 

Disc, p. 181. 
Care of the Teeth in the State Institutions. Green, J. L., 1911, p. 191; 

Disc, p. 194. 
Report of the Committee on the Public Press. Warner, C. B., 1912, 

p. 67. 
Report of the Public Service Commission. Logan, W. H. G., 1912, 

p. 72; Disc, p. 79. 
Working Out the Problem of the School Dental Inspection. Molt, F. F., 

1912, p. 255; Disc, p. 271. 

Report of the Public Service Commission. Logan, W. H. G., 1913, 
p. 81. 

Clinics. 
How I Teach My Patients Dentistry. Lawrence, C. R., 1908, p. 271. 
Free Dental School Inspection. Lotz, H. F., 1912, p. 296. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



D073 Literature. 

Report of the Committee on Dental Science and Literature. 
Koch, C. R. E., 1885, p. 131; Disc, p. 140. 
Koch, C. R. E., 1886, p. 161; Disc, p. 165. 
Koch, C. R. E., 1887, p. 154. 
Hanaford, M. L., 1887, p. 158. 
Hanaford, M. L., 1888, p. 58; Disc, p. 68. 
Ottofy, Louis, 1889, p. 58; Disc, p. 72. 
Gilmer, T. L., 1890, p. 58; Disc, p. 66. 
Moody, J. D., 1891, p. 70; Disc, p. 75. 
Noyes, Edmund, 1892, p. 126; Disc, p. 130. 
Gilmer, T. L., 1893, p. 149; Disc, p. 158. 
Harlan, A. W., 1894, p. 138; Disc, p. 143. 
Harlan, A. W., 1895, p. 173; Disc, p. 175. 
Harlan, A. W., 1896, p. 112. 
Harlan, A. W., 1897, p. 191; Disc, p. 193. 
Harlan, A. W., 1898, p. 177; Disc, p. 180. 
Harlan, A. W., 1899, p. 90; Disc, p. 94. 
Harlan, A. W., 1900, p. 149. 
Harlan, A. W., 1901, p. 109. 
Black, G. V., 1902, p. 136; Disc, p. 150. 
Black, G. V., 1903, p. 36; Disc, p. 43. 
Black, G. V., 1904, p. 21. 
Allen, E. H., 1905, p. 29; Disc, p. 32. 
Brophy, T. W., 1905; Disc, p. 33. 
Allen, E. H., 1906, p. 25; Disc, p. 27. 
Cook, G. W., 1907, p. 54; Disc, p. 62. 
Bentley, C. E., 1908, p. 19; Disc, p. 34. 
Harned, M. R., 1909, p. 26; Disc, p. 38. 
Johnson, C. N., 1910, p. 30; Disc, p. 39. 
Smith, A. G., 1911, p. 43. 
Harrison, A. M., 1912, p. 37. 
Cruise, R. J., 1913, p. 42. 

Papers and Discussions. 
A System of Classifying Dental Literature and Its Application in Society 
Work and Daily Practice. Black, Arthur D., 1910, p. 228; Disc, 
p. 243. 

Clinic 
A Classified Index of About 40,000 Cards for Articles on All Subjects 
in Selected Dental Journals from 18 39 to Date. Black, Arthur D., 
1910, p. 271. 

D08 Libraries, collections, museums, exhibits. 

D09 Histories. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Report of the Committee on the History of the Society. Koch, C. R. E., 

1889, p. 77. 
A Quarter Century of Operative Dentistry. Kitchen, C. A., 1889, p. 95; 

Disc, p. 101. 
The First Period in the History of Dentistry. Patrick, J. J. R., 1889, 

p. 130. 
The Second Period in the History of Dentistry. Patrick, J. J. R., 1890, 

p. 99. 
History of the Progress of Dentistry in the West. Taft, J., 1893, 

p. 112; Disc, p. 119. 
Iowa's Share in the History and Progress of Dentistry. Hunt, A. C, 

1893, p. 128. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



83 
Remarks on the Report of the Committee on Necrology. 1897, p. 275. 
Some of Our Predecessors. Fuller, A. H., 1902, p. 58; Disc, p. 77. 
Reminiscences of Forty Odd Years of Practice. Crouse, J. N., 1906, 

p. 65; Disc, p. 71. 
A Comparative Review of the Last Twenty-five Years of Dentistry as 

Gathered from a Study of the Proceedings of this Society. Allen, 

E. H., 1907, p. 203; Disc, p. 209. 
What Dentists Have Contributed to Other Professions. Cigrand, B. J., 

1910, p. 70. 

Report of Committee on Necrology. 
Rohland, C. B., 1907, p. 239. 
Harned, M. R., 1908, p. 49; Disc, p. 59. 
Rohland, C. B., 1908, p. 249. 
Hanaford, M. L., 1909, p. 63. 
Goebel, Robert, 1910, p. 48. 
Cormany, J. W., 1911, p. 328. 
Meade, C. M., 1912, p. 328. 
Blair, E. K., 1913, p. 300. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



84 

Dl DENTAL ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth, and the Influence of Certain 

Agents Upon the Dental Tissues. Wilson, I. P., 1873, p. 89; Disc, 

p. 93. 
Some Late Observations in Histology of the Dental Tissues. Chase, 

Henry S., 1875, p. 100; 5 Illus. 

Dla Force of Mastication. (Articulation and Occlusion 
of the Teeth, Occluding Frames, Etc. See D3a.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Superiority of Natural Teeth Over Artificial Substitutes. McMillan, 
H. W., 1908, p. 231; Disc, p. 241. 

Clinics. 
Demonstrating the Superiority of Natural Over Artificial Teeth, Using 
the Gnathodynamometer. McMillan, H. W., 1908, p. 273. 

D101 Comparative Dental Anatomy. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Masticatory Changes Induced by Food Environment. Powell, T. E., 
1904, p. 132; Disc, p. 138. 

D102 Dental Paleontology. Ancient Races of Man. 

Dll Deciduous Teeth. Absorption of Roots of Deciduous 
Teeth. 

D12 Permanent Teeth. Temperaments in Relation to the 
Teeth. 

Papers and Discussions. 
The Architecture of the Upper First Molar. Thompson, A. H., 1891, 
p. 160. 

Clinics. 
Temperaments. North, G., 1905, p. 227. 

D13 Anomalies, of both Dentition and Form. Super- 
numerary Teeth. Temporary Teeth Retained. 
Missing Teeth. Enamel Drops. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Unusual Cases in Practice: Upper Cuspids Only Permanent Teeth 

Erupted. Waide, A. J., 1873, p. 193. 
Description of a Case Having Roots of a Full Denture, but No Crowns. 

Barrett, W. C, 1882, p. 35; Disc, p. 39. 
Anomalous Cases of Malformed Teeth with Suggestions as to Possible 

Cause. Wilson, I. P., 1901, p. 40; Disc, p. 43. 

Clinics, 
Dentition Showing Perfectly Erupted and Developed Fourth Molar. 

Bressler, A. M., 1912, p. 306. 
Supernumerary in Upper Incisor. Sawyer, C. B., 1913, p. 264. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



85 
D14 Tooth Tissues. Preparation of Specimens. 

Tapers and Discussions. 

Conservation of the Teeth. Eames, W. H., 1880, p. 93; Disc, p. 100. 

Chart Showing Lines of Contemporaneous Calcification of the Teeth. 
Black, G. V., 1883. Frontispiece. 

Is the Defective Structure of Teeth with Pitted, Furrowed or Cribiform 
Enamel the Result of an Arrest of Development? Eames, W. H., 
1883, p. 141. 

The Development of the Roots of the Teeth. (Paper read, but not pub- 
lished in Society's Proceedings.) Eames, W. H., 1889, p. 126. 

On the Composition of the Dentine and Enamel of the Human Teeth. 
Hinkins, J. E., 1906, p. 259; Disc, p. 264. 

Clinics. 
Specimens Showing the Calcification of Teeth at Birth. Silliman, H. H., 

1891, p. 180. 

D141 Enamel. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Alteration a LaAv of Vital Action. Ingersoll, L. C, 1875, p. 55. 
Development of the Enamel. Dean, M. S., 1881, p. 107; Disc, p. 110. 
The Origin of Defective Enamel. Eames, W. H., 1884, p. 60; Disc, 

p. 69. 
The Enamel at the Gingival Line, With Lantern Exhibit. Weeks, T. E., 

1892, p. 116; 10 Illus.; Disc, p. 121. 

The Structure of the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and the Lines 
and Angles of Cavity Margins. Noyes, F. B., 1899, p. 29; 30 Illus.; 
• Disc, p. 60. 

D142 Dentin. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Sensation and Nourishment in Dentin. Allport, W. W., 1872, p. 95; 

Disc, p. 96. 
The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentin. York, E. Lawley, 1897, p. 

94; Disc, p. 99. 
Why Coagulants Diffuse Through Dentin. York, E. Lawley, 1898, p. 

57; Disc, p. 61. 

D143 Cementum. 

D144 Pulp. 

D15 Supporting Tissues. Peridental Membrane, Perios- 
teum, Gingivae and Gum Tissue. Bone of Jaw. 
Jaw Bones as a Whole. 

DIG Dental Embryology. 

Papers and Discussions. 
The Epithelia and Some of Their Derivatives, Especially the Dental 

Germ. Dean, M. S., 1878, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. 
Dento-Embryonal Histology. Sudduth, W. X., 1883, p. 70; Disc, p. 77. 
Dento-Embryonal Histology. Sudduth, W. X., 1884, p. 110; Disc, 

p. 127. 
The Index of Personality. Noyes, F. B., 1910, p. 133; Disc, p. 149. 

D17 Dentition. Diseases in Connection with Dentition 
and Treatment. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Eruption of Deciduous Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 6. May the Calcific Ele- 
ments of the Deciduous Teeth be Appropriated in the Formation of 
Any Portion of the Permanent Ones? Dean, M. S., 1873, p. 79; 
Disc, p. 86. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 






86 
D2. OPERATIVE DENTISTRY. 

General Articles Covering Both Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Sound Practice, Sound Philosophy. Dean, M. S... 1872, p. 42; Disc, 

p. 57. 
Probabilities. (In Operative Procedures.) Black, G. V., 1875, p. 92. 
Operative Dentistry. Special Points to be Observed to Insure Success. 

Crouse, J. N., 1877, p. 99; Disc, p. 105. 
Operative Dentistry. Disc, 1879, p. 105. 
Operative Dentistry. Miles, G. S., 1881, p. 137. 
Operative Dentistry. Essential Elements of Success. Davis, K. B., 

1882, p. 63; Disc, p. 79. 
Operative Dentistry, dishing, G. H., 1886, p. 96. 
Operative Dentistry.. Disc, 1887, p. 113. 

Operative Dentistry. Attofy, Louis, 1888, p. 102; Disc, p. 110. 
A Quarter Century of Operative Dentistry. Kitchen, C. A., 1889, p. 95; 

Disc, p. 101. 
Desperate Cases and What to Do to be Saved. Dennis, G. W., 18 90, 

p. 134; Disc, p. 142. 
Operative Dentistry. Disc, 1890, p. 156. 
Some Needed Reforms in the Practice of Dentistry. Cormany, J. W., 

1892, p. 15; Disc, p. 19. 
Operative Dentistry. Jennelle, J. J., 1894, p. 125; Disc, p. 129. 
Practical Things in Dental Practice. Templeton, J. G., 1897, p. 154; 

Disc, p. 162. 
Habits Incident to the Dental Profession. Entsminger, G. W., 1900, 

p. 18; Disc, p. 22. 
Emphasizing Some Things in Operative Procedure. Cattell, D. M., 

1900, p. 66; Disc, p. 78. 
Improvements in Operative Dentistry During Recent Years and the 

Betterments to Be Expected in the Future. Noyes, Edmund, 1900, 

p. 72; Disc, p. 78. 
Operative Dentistry: Incidents of Office Practice. Johnson, C. N., 

1902, p. 170; Disc, p. 173. 
Some Mistakes in Operative Dentistry; Their Causes and Correction. 

Gethro, F. W., 1909, p. 212; Disc, p. 220. 

Clinics, Annual Report of Committee. 
Gardiner, F. H., 1886, p. 175.' 
Matteson, C. F., 1887, p. 112. 
Richards, W. P., 1888, p. 131. 
Pritchett, T. W., 1889, p. 141; Disc, p. 145. 
Reid, J. G., 1890, p. 160; Disc, p. 166. 
Ottofy, Louis, 1891, p. 178; Disc, p. 183. 
Cattell, D. M., 1892, p. 147. 
Royce, E. A., 1893, p. 165; Disc, p. 168. 
Peck, A. H., 1894, p. 154; Disc, p. 157. 
Taylor, C. R., 1895, p. 182; Disc, p. 186. 
Cormany, J. W., 1896, p. 123; Disc, p. 128. 
Pritchett, T. W., 1897, p. 201. 
Blair, E. K., 1898, p. 186. 
Skidmore, L. W., 1899, p. 104. 
Hinkins, J. E., 1900, p. 170. 
Hinkins, J. E., 1901, p. 134. 
Gallie, D. M., 1902, p. 162. 
Pruyn, C. P., Supplement 1903, p. 1. 
Bentley, C. E., 1904, p. 26. 
Duncan, S. F., 1905, p. 217. 
Whalen, W. F., 1906, p. 274. 
Gallie, D. M., 1906, p. 274. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



87 

Thompson, C. N., 1907, p. 225. 
Frazee, O. L., 1907, p. 225. 
Evans, E. T., 1908, p. 259. 
Gethro, P. W., 1908, p. 259. 
Grisamore, T. L., 1909, p. 230. 
McCann, G. C, 1910, p. 259. 
Bake, L. G., 1910, p. 259. 
Cruise, R. J., 1911, p. 286. 
Goodson, L. J., 1911, p. 286. 
Hoover, J. L., 1912, p. 287. 
Smith, J. P., 1912, p. 287. 
Dittmar, G. W., 1913, p. 252. 
Tym, W. B., 1913, p. 252. 



D121 Instruments and Appliances. (Instruments Appli- 
cable to a Particular Procedure, Classified with 
Subject.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Operative Instruments. Miles, G. S., 1878, p. 77; Disc, p. SI. 
Tempering Instruments. Cushing, G. H., 1883, p. 149. 
Making and Tempering Dental Instruments. Marriner, J. P., 1888, 

p. 186; Disc, p. 191. 
Things Old, New and Useful in the Operating Room. (Chloroform as 

an Obtundent.) Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. 82; Disc, p. 93. 
Cervical Fillings and Clamps. Dunn, J. A., 189 6, p. 92; 3 Illus.; Disc, 

p. 95. 

Dental Art and Invention, Report of Committee. 
Report for 1883 (Anon.), 1883, p. 150. 
Swasey, J. A., 1885, p. 143. 
Marriner, J. Frank, 1886, p. 172. 
Swasey, J. A., 1887, p. 152. 
Magill, W. T., 1888, p. 78. 
Marriner, J. F., 1889, p. 74. 
Ames, W. B., 1890, p. 82. 
Ames, W. B., 1891, p. 51; Disc, p. 54. 
Marriner, J. F., 1892, p. 133; Disc, p. 137. 
Allen, E. H., 1893, p. 162. 
Ames, W. V-B., 1894, p. 148; Disc, p. 152. 
Marriner, J. F., 1895, p. 176; Disc, p. 181. 
Dennis, G. J., 1895, p. 181; Disc, p. 181. 
Dennis, G. J., 1896, p. 116. 
Keefe, J. E., 1897, p. 194. 
Keefe, J. E., 1898, p. 181. 
Keefe, J. E., 1899, p. 100. 
Goslee, H. J., 1900, p. 155; Disc, p. 164. 
Goslee, H. J., 1901, p. 116; Disc, p. 132. 
Goslee, H. J., 1902, p. 154; Disc, p. 161. 
Prothero, J. H., 1904, p. 22. 
Prothero, J. H., 1905, p. 36. 
Jones, C. E., 1906, p. 28. 
Gethro, F. W., 1907, p. 97. 
Hood, R. J., 1908, p. 49. 
Luthringer, J. P., 1909, p. 42. 
Waddell, J. C, 1910, p. 41. 
Poundstone, G. C, 1911, p. 52. 
Conroy, J. K., 1912, p. 58. 
Bowyer, S. P., 1913, p. 62. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



88 

Clinics. 
Exhibition of a Storage Battery and Mouth-Lamp. Gilmer, T. L., 1890, 

p. 163. 
Polishing Strips. Kulp, W. O., 1S90, p. 164. 

Exhibition of Instruments, Appliances, Etc. Keith, H. H., 1891, p. 180. 
Apparatus for Compressed Air at the Operating Chair. Wassail, J. W., 

1896, p. 128; Disc, p. 128. 
Forming and Tempering of Instruments. (Broken and Discarded 

Points.) Newkirk, Garrett, 1896, p. 126; Disc, p. 135. 
Tempering Instruments. Lawrence, R. N., 1898, p. 187. 
Engine Exhibit. McDonald, A. J., 1898, p. 187. 
Hatch Clamp and Ivory Matrix. Mcintosh, F. H., 1899, p. 105. 
Some Convenient Things About an Office. McMillan, H. W., 1902, 

p. 162. 
Simple Compressed Air Attachment for the Engine Hand Piece. Hodg- 
son, E. S., 1910, p. 269. 
Just Hints, That's All. Anderson, D. S., 1911, p. 297. 
A Convenient Emergency Outfit. West, G. N., 1911, p. 308. 
Little Things. Hunfreville, G. B., 1912, p. 295. 
Some New Original Instruments. Dalbey, W. C, 1912, p. 301. 
A Time-Saving Polishing Disk. Lauderback, A. V., 1912, p. 305. 
A Simple and Definite Method of Marking Dental Instruments for the 

Proper Arrangement and Placing. Fernandez, E. M. S., 1912, p. 

306. 
A Few Conveniences. Willman, A. C, 1913, p. 259. 
Hand Piece Preservation. Knapp, L. A., 1913, p. 263. 

D21a Sterilization of Instruments. Asepsis. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Antiseptic Dentistry. Newkirk, G., 1892, p. 98; Disc, p. 106. 

Clinic 
Sterilizer. Newkirk, G., 1893, p. 167. 

D21b Control of Flow of Saliva. Rubber Dam, Clasps, 
Etc. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Keeping Cavities Dry. Davis, K. B., 1871, p. 32; Disc, p. 38. 

Clinics. 
Application of Rubber Dam. Taggart, W. PL, 1897, p. 202. 
Rubber Dam. Pruyn, C. P., 1898, p. 186. 

D22 Filling Teeth. Filling Materials. Filing. Separa- 
tion. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Filling Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 15. 
Filling Teeth. Disc, 1867, p. 25. 
Filling Teeth. Cushing, G. H., 1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 297; Disc, p. 

302. 
Complicate Fillings. Dean, M. S., 1870, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. 
Separating Teeth: When and How. Crouse, J. N., 1870, p. 50; Disc, 

p. 54. 
Essential Principles in Filling Teeth. Mobray, R. C, 1871, p. 45; Disc, 

p. 49. 
Contour Fillings. Davis, K. B., 1873, p. 98; Disc, p. 101. 
The Changes in the Shapes of Teeth that Are Necessary or Proper for 

the Treatment of Decay. Noyes, Edmund, 1874, p. 80; Disc, p. 85. 
How Far Are We Justified in Anticipating Proximate Decay? Swain, 

E. D., 1875, p. 31; Disc, p. 37. 

For index aiid key to elassilieation numbers, see pink appendix. 



89 

Methods and Materials Most Conducive to Success in Filling Teeth. 

Matteson, A. E., 1875, p. 41; Disc, p. 46. 
Treatment of the Mouth Preparatory to Filling. Richards, W. P., 

1875, p. 84. 

The Duty of Practitioner to Patient in Filling Teeth. Miles, G. S., 

1876, p. 51; Disc, p. 63. 

Oral Electricity. (Filling Materials.) Chase, H. S., 1876, p. 71; Disc, 

p. 72. 
Relative Merits of Certain Materials for Filling Teeth. Marriner, J. F., 

1877, p. 44; Disc, p. 49. 

Why Do Operations Fail? Noyes, Edmund, 1878, p. 49; Disc, p. 55. 
Filling Proximal Cavities in Bicuspids and Molars. Davis, J. A. W., 

1878, p. 62; Disc, p. 66. 

Filling Teeth: Some Points to Be Observed. Noyes, Edmund, 1880, 

p. 64; Disc, p. 74. 
Conservation of Teeth. Eames, W. H., 1880, p. 93; Disc, p. 100. 
Fillings. Hurtt, J. M., 1881, p. 144; Disc, p. 150. 
Methods and Materials for Saving Teeth. Crouse, J. N., 1882, p. 72; 

Disc, p. 79. 
Filling Proximal Cavities in Bicuspids and Molars. Disc, 1889, p. 104. 
The Interproximate Spaces. Black, G. V., 1892, p. 30; Disc, p. 42. 
Contour Fillings: What They Should Be. Cushing, G. H., 1892, p. 

76; Disc, p. 80. 
Why Fillings Fail. Henry, T. F., 1901, p. 100; Disc, p. 101. 

Clinic's. 
Filling. Chittenden, C. C, 1883, p. 152. 
Aluminum Foil Filling. Robbins, E. M., 1893, p. 165. 
Keeping Clean the Interproximate Spaces in the Several Positions of the 

Mouth. Black, G. V., 1894, p. 154. 
Teeth Separation. Schwartz, G. W., 1904, p. 27. 
A Method of Separating Teeth and Retracting Gums. Eldred, J. E., 

1906, p. 289. 

D22a Preparation of Cavities. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Preparation of Pulp Canals and of Cavities for Filling. Taylor, C. R., 

1886, p. 90; Disc, p. 97. 
The Preparation of Teeth for Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1891, p. 102; 

Disc, p. 108. 
Anchorage of Proximate Fillings in the Bicuspids and Molars. Black, 

G. V., 1893, p. 9; 6 Illus.; Disc, p. 19. 
Classification of Cavities and Rules Governing Their Preparation. Har- 
per, W. E., 1897, p. 71; Disc, p. 79. 
Anchoring Large Contour Fillings in Incisors. Skidmore, L. W., 1897, 

p. 134; 6 Illus.; Disc, p. 137. 
The Preparation of Cavities. Hanaford, M. L., 1898, p. 99; Disc, p. 106. 
The Structure of the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and the Lines 

and Angles of Cavity Margins. Noyes, F. B., 1899, p. 29; Disc, 

p. 60. 
Conditions and Circumstances Modifying Extension for Prevention. 

Nyman, J. E., 1902, p. 89; Disc, p. 111. 

Climcs. 
Cavity Preparation. Pritchett, T. W., 1S95, p. 183. 
Preparation of Cavities in Natural Tooth Forms. Johnson, C. N., 1898, 

p. 192. 
Preparation of Mesio-Occlusal Cavity. Dittmar, G. W., Supplement 

1903, p. 3. 
Cavity Preparation. Gethro, F. W., 1904, p. 29. 
Cavity Preparation. Parker, R. W., 1904, p. 31. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



90 

"Tooth Carving and Cavity Preparation." Volland, R. H., 1905, p. 218. 
Small Approximal Cavity in an Incisor. Whipple, H. L., 1906, p. 276. 
Extension for Prevention. Conroy, J. K., 1907, p. 228. 
Cavity Formations for Gold Fillings. Gethro, F. W., 1907, p. 236. 
Cavity Preparation, Using Hypnosis as a Means for Entire Relief from 

Pain. Cowan, W. H., 1909, p. 237. 
Method of Cavity Preparation for Abraded or Fractured Anterior Teeth. 

Tym, W. B., 1910, p 271. 

D22b Matrices. (For fillings only.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Matrix in Compound Approximal Gold Fillings. Carpenter, E. R., 

1902, p. 116; Disc, p. 120. 
A Simple Matrix. Clark, W. G., 1902, p. 129; Disc, p. 130. 
Matrix for Contour Amalgam Fillings. Conroy, J. K., 1906, p. 278. 

Clinics. 
Exhibition of Hand Matrix for Plastic Fillings. Dunn, J. A., 1892, 

p. 148. 
Threaded Matrix for the Insertion of Amalgam Fillings. Parker, R. 

W., Supplement 1903, p. 3. 
Celluloid Matrices. Browning, H. O., Supplement 1903, p. 4. 
Matrix. Parker, F. W., 1904, p. 27. 
A Simple Method of Making a Band Matrix Without Soldering. Lese- 

mann, P. B., 1909, p. 242. 
A Special Matrix for Large Amalgam Restoration. Evans, E. T., 1912, 

p. 292. 

D22c Combination Fillings. Cavity Lining. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Cement Anchorage for Fillings. Reed, J. J., 1901, p. 51; Disc, p. 55. 
The Advantage of Cement as a Cavity Lining. Corbett, C. C, 1907, 
p. 185; Disc, p. 191. 

Clinics. 
Demonstration of the Use of Robinson's Metallic Filling, Finishing with 

Gold. Crouse, J. N., 1883, p. 152. 
Tin and Gold Filling. Kitchen, C. A., 1888, p. 131. 
Tin and Gold Filling. Brophy, T.'W., 1888, p. 132. 
Tin and Gold Filling. Reid, J. G., 1888, p. 132. 
Tin and Gold Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1892, p. 147. 
Gold and Amalgam Lingual Cusp for a Bicuspid. Cormany, J. W., 

1894, p. 155. 
Gold and Tin Filling. Skidmore, L. W., 1895, p. 184. 
Cements in Retaining Gold and Amalgam Fillings. Staley, H. R., 1895, 

p. 186. 
Tin and Gold Filling. Robbins, E. M., 1896, p. 124. 
Tin and Gold Filling. Waltz, A. S., 1896, p. 126. 
Combination of Oxyphosphate and Non-cohesive Gold as a Temporary 

Filling. Woolley, J. H., 1899, p. 124. 
Compound Proximal Gold Filling with Tin and Gold. Johnson, C. N., 

1900, p. 174. 
Gold and Tin in Definite Proportions for Filling. Callahan, J. R., 1901, 

p. 134. 
Amalgam Filling with Cement Anchorage, Using "Fellowship" Alloy. 

Corbett, C. C, 1901, p. 135. 
Cement Anchorage for Gold Filling. Reed, J. J., 1902, p. 163. 
Oxyphosphate Cement. Pritchett, T. W., 1906, p. 28.2. 
Combination of Gold and Tin Foils. Robbins, E. M., 1906, p. 285. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



91 

Use of Cement in Starting Gold Foil Fillings. Pritchett, T. W., 1907, 

p. 230. 
Cavities for Gold Inlays. Noyes, F. B., 1907, p. 236. 
A Cemented Amalgam Filling. Corbett, C. C, 1908, p. 260. 
Preparing Gold Foil, and a Combination Gold and Amalgam Filling. 

Butler, S. T., 1908, p. 272. 
An Adjunct to the Rapid Filling of Large Molar Cavities. Munroe, 

G., 1909, p. 239. 
Cavity Lining and Intermediates. Brunson, G. M., 1911, p. 299. 
Duplex Gold and Tin as a Base for Filling. Childs, T. S., 1912, p. 304. 

D221 Gold. Platinum Gold. 

Papers and Discussions. 
What Preparation of Gold is Best for Filling Teeth? Disc, 1866, p. 8. 
Gold Foil. Black, G. B., 1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 283. 
Heavy Foils and Heavy Mallets. Cushing, G. H:, 1870, p. 61; Disc, 

p. 73. 
Gold Screws for Retaining Fillings. Davis, K. B., 1875, p. 79; Disc, 

p. 83. 
Do Gold Fillings of the Present Day Preserve the Teeth Better Than 

Those Made Forty Years Ago? Disc, 111. & la. State Den. Soc Joint 

Meeting, 1893, p. 174. 
How Shall We Insert a Gold Filling? Smith, Arthur G., 1897, p. 121; 

9 Illus.; Disc, p. 137. 
Matrix in Compound Approximal Gold Fillings. Carpenter, E. R., 1902, 

p. 116; Disc, p. 120. 
Gold Fillings Versus Inlays. Gallie, D. M., 1907, p. 76; Disc, p. 85. 
The Use of Non-cohesive Gold in Filling Teeth. Bellchamber, C. E., 

1908, p. 141; Disc, p. 160. 
Cohesive Gold. Tenney, L. S., 1908, p. 155; Disc, p. 160. 
The Compressed Air Test for Adaptation. Condensing Gold. The 

Power Methods. Southwell, Chas., 1910, p. 248. 

Clinics. 

Platinum and Gold Filling. Fuller, A. H., 1883, p. 152. 

Platinum and Gold Filling. Davis, J. A. W., 1S83, p. 152. 

Gold Filling. Richards, W. P., 1887, p. 113. 

Gold Filling. Wilson, I. P., 1887, p. 112. 

Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1888, p. 131. 

Gold Filling. Davis, K. B., 1888, p. 131. 

Gold Filling. Freeman, D. B., 1888, p. 131. 

Gold Filling. Swain, E. D., 1888, p. 132. 

Gold Filling. Brophy, T. W., 1889, p. 142. 

Gold Filling. Hanaford, M. L., 18S9, p. 143. 

Gold Filling. Royce, E. A., 1889, p. 144. 

Gold Filling. Waltz, A. S., 1889, p. 144. 
Gold and Platinum Filling. Morrison, W. N., 1889, p. 144. 

Gold Filling. Morrison, J. B., 1890, p. 160. 

Gold Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1890, p. 161. 

Gold Filling. Barcus, J. M., 1890, p. 162. 

Gold Filling. Dickson, J. G., 1890, p. 163. 

Gold Filling. Clayton, J. R., 1890, p. 164. 

Gold Filling. Dennis, G. W., 1891, p. 178. 

Gold Filling. Slyfield, G. H., 1891, p. 179. 

Gold Filling. Crouse, J. N., 1892, p. 157. 

Gold Filling. Collins, J. W., 1892, p. 147. 

Gold Filling. Monfort, J. B., 1893, p. 165. 

Gold Filling. Stevens, W. A., 1893, p. 167. 

Gold Filling. Leake, C. W., 1894, p. 154. 

Gold Filling. McMillen, G. A., 1894, p. 155. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



92 
Gold Filling. Allen, E. H., 1894, p. 155. 
Gold Pilling. Morrison, P. N., 1894, p. 155. 
Gold and Platinum Filling. Warren, G. E., 18 95, p. 185. 
Two Gold Fillings. Tobey, W. W., 1895, p. 185. 
Gold Filling. Damron, G. H., 1895, p. 185. 
Demonstrating Use of No. 60 Fellowship Foil. McCandless, A. W., 

1896, p. 123. 
Preparation and Filling of a Proximal Incisor Step Cavity. Prothero, J. 

H., 1896, p. 124. 
Gold Filling. Blair, E. K., 1897, p. 201. 
Gold Filling. Gilmer, T. L., 1897, p. 201. 
Gold Filling. Corbett, C. C., 1897, p. 201. 
Gold Filling. Collins, J. W., 1897, p. 202. 
Platinum and Gold Filling. Hinkins, J. E., 1897, p. 203. 
Restoration of the Incisal Third of the Crown of a Left Upper Central 

Incisor. Lakin, S. W., 1897, p. 203. 
Gold Filling. Pruyn, C. P., 1897, p. 204. 
Gold Filling. Dillon, G. B., 1897, p. 204. 
Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1898, p. 186. 
Gold Filling. Powell, C. B., 1898, p. 187. 
Gold Filling. Windhorst, M. R., 1898, p. 187. 
Gold Filling. Potts, H. A., 1S98, p. 192. 
Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1899, p. 104. 
Gold Filling. Kremer, F. B., 1S99; p. 105. 
Gold Filling. Monson, G. S., 1899, p. 105. 
Gold Filling. Shedd, J. W., 1899, p. 107. 
Gold Filling. Wedelstaedt, E. K., 1899, p. 107. 
Gold Filling. Cummins, J. T., 1899, p. 116. 
Gold Filling. Chittenden, C. C, 1899, p. 116. 
Gold Filling. Lakin, S. W., 1899, p. 117. 
Gold Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1899, p. 117. 
Gold Filling. St. John, I. C, 1899, p. 119. 
Gold Filling. Gallie, D. M., 1899, p. 120. 
Crystalloid Gold. Gunther, A. H., 1899, p. 121. 
Gold Filling. Royce, E. A., 1899, p. 122. 
Gold Filling.. Kimball, R. H., 1899, p. 123. 

Contour Filling, Platinum and Gold. Pyper, P. A., 1900, p. 170. 
Gold. Filling. Rayburn, J. R., 1900, p. 171. 
Gold Filling. Hanaford, M. L., 1900, p. 172. 
Gold Fillings Without Use of Rubber Dam. Fletcher, F. F., 1900, p. 

172. 
Manudynamometer. Black, G. V., 1900, p. 173. 
Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. Johnson, C. N., 1900, p. 

174. 
Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. Kimball, R. H., 1900, p. 

174. 
Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1901, p. 134. 
Gold Filling. Allen, E. H., 1901, p. 136. 
Dead Soft Gold. Chappell, O. A., 1901, p. 137. 
Ladmore-Brunton Matrix. James, A. F., 1901, p. 137. 
Gold Filling. Cattell, D. M., 1901, p. 137. 
Gold Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1901, p. 138. 
Gold Filling. Duncan, S. F., 1901, p. 138. 
Gold Filling. Brown, J. O., 1901, p. 139. 
Gold Filling. Dittmar, G. W., 1901, p. 139. 
Gold. Vernon, Jas. B., 1901, p. 140. 
Gold Filling. Pruyn, C. P., 1901, p. 140. 
Gold Filling, Using Matrix and Separating Rubber. Sowle, C. J., 1902, 

p. 162. 
Gold and Platinum Restoration, Using Engine Mallet. Tenney, L. S., 

1902, p. 164. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



93 

Gold Filling in Labio-Cervical Cavity, Using Clamp of Own Design. 

Sawyer, C. B., 1902, p. 164. 
Gold Filling, Using Matrix. Hazell, E. F. t 1902, p. 164. 
The Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Nitrous Oxid with Hurd's 

Inhaler, and Gold Filling. Skinner, F. H., 1902, p. 168. 
Gold Filling Restoration. Elmer, J. E., 1902, p. 169. 
Preparation and Filling with Gold a Compound Cavity on the Disto- 

Incisal of a Left Upper Central Incisor. Fischer, H. G., Supplement 

1903, p. 2. 
The Uses of Black's Knives and Files. Parker, F. W., Supplement 

1903, p. 2. 
Gold Filling with Screw Post Retention. Mabee, W. E., Supplement 

1903, p. 5. 
Gild Filling. Gethro, F. W. Supplement 1903, p. 11. 
Gold Filling. Piper, P. A. Supplement 1903, p. 12. 
Gold Filling. Keel, F. W. Supplement 1903, p.- 12. 
Gold Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1904, d. 27. 
Gold Filling. Allen, E. H., 1904, p. 29. 
Gold Filling. Haskins, G. W., 1904, p. 30. 
Gold Fillings. Noyes, Edmund, 1904, p. 143; Disc, p. 149. 
Gold Filling. Fischer, H., 1905, p. 224. 
Non-cohesive Foil in Filling the Upper Three Quarters of Approximal 

Cavities in Molars and Bicuspids. Haskins, G. W., 1905, p. 228. 
Gold Filling. Sowle, C. J., 1905, p. 229. 
Gold Filling. Ireland, Elizabeth L., 1906, p. 275. 
Screw Anchorage for Large Incisal Gold Foil Restorations. Dittmar, 

G. W., 1906, p. 275. 
Gold Filling. Wallace, J. F., 1906, p. 275. 
Method of Placing Moss Fiber Gold in the Body of Filling. West, C. 

H., 1906, p. 277. 
Manipulation of Keeton Gold. Johnson, A. G., 1906, p. 294. 
Gold Filling. Hazell, E. F., 1907, p. 226. 
Gold Foil Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1907, p. 232. 
Gold Filling. Gallie, D. M., 1907, p. 234. 
Gold Inlay. Skinner, F. H., 1907, p. 236. 
Gold Filling. Conroy, J. K., 1908, p. 261. 

Crystal Gold for Cervical Fillings. Foster, W. E., 190S, p. 265. 
Keeton-Williams Dental Gold. Johnson, A. G., 1908, p. 268. 
Abbey's Non-cohesive Gold Foil. Freeman, H. W., 1908, p. 269. 
Gold Filling. Hanaford, M. L., 1908, p. 269. 
Platinum and Gold Foil Filling. Peck, A. H., 1908, p. 270. 
Table Clinic with Keeton-Williams Crystal Gold. Johnson, A. G., 1909, 

p. 232. 
Platinum and Gold Filling. Peck, A. H., 1909, p. 238. 
Gold Filling. Boyce, A. E., 1909, p. 238. 
Competitive Gold Filling Clinic in Bovine Teeth. Southwell, Chas., 

1910, p. 261. 

Gold Filling. Hoover, J. L., 1910, p. 261. 

Gold Filling. Dittmar, G. W., 1910, p. 261. 

Gold Filling. Reece, J. S., 1910, p. 261. 

Gold Filling. Southwell, Chas., 1910, p. 261. 

Gold Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1910, p. 261. 

Gold Filling. Royce, A. E., 1910, p. 261. 

Gold Filling. Corbett, C. C, 1910, p. 262. 

Gold Filling. Sawyer, C. B., 1910, p. 262. 

Gold Filling. Ludwig, R. F., 1910, p. 262. 

Gold Filling. Conroy, J. K., 1910, p. 262. 

Gold Filling. Gethro, F. W., 1910, p. 262. 

Gold Filling. Swartz, F. H., 1910, p. 264. 

Gold Filling. Brooking, F. V., 1910, p. 264. 

Gold Filling. Sitherwood, G. D., 1911, p. 287. 

For index and key to elassifiention numbers, see pink appendix. 



94 

Gold Filling. Hewes, C. T., 1911, p. 296. 

Gold Filling. Olson, W. M., 1912, p. 288. 

Solila Gold Filling with Cement Lining in Place of Inlay. Abbott, S. 

G., 1912, p. 288. 
Restoration of Lower First Molar with Amalgam. Snowden, L. R., 

1912, p. 289. 
Rapid Method of Filling Simple Occlusal Cavity with Long-roll Gold. 

Kindt, H., 1912, p. 298. 
Method of Using Crystal Gold. Foster, W. E., 1912, p. 303. 
Small Gold Fillings Along the Gingival Border of Labial and Buccal 

Surfaces. Olmsted, A. T., 1913, p. 256. 
Gold Foil Filling. Allen, E. H., 1913, p. 261. 

D221a Mallets, Pluggers, Etc. 

Papers and Discussions. 

Smooth-faced Pluggers and Gutta-percha-faced Mallets. Howard, G. 
O., 1871, p. 58; Disc, p. 64. 

Clinic. 
Exhibition of a Rapid Pneumatic Mallet. Palmer, B. S., 1891, p. 179. 

D222 Amalgam. 

Papers and Discussions. 

The Chemistry and Physiological Action of Mercury as Used in Amal- 
gam Fillings. Talbot, E. S., 1881, p. 112; Disc, p. 123. 

Amalgams. Ames, W. B., 1888, p. 123; Disc, p. 134. 

Amalgam Fillings. Pritchett, T. W., 1S94, p. 77; Disc, p. 82. 

Combination of Metals in Amalgams. Ames, W. V-B., 1895, p. 73; 
Disc, p. 76. 

To What Extent is the Washing of Amalgam Masses an Important Fea- 
ture in the Production of a Good Filling? Pritchett, T. W., 1896, 
p. 96. 

Amalgam. Pruyn, C. P., 1898, p. 29; Disc, p. 31. 

Amalgam. Pruyn, C. P., 1908, p. 138; Disc, p. 160. 

The Character of the Adaptation of Amalgam to the Walls of Cavities 
Attained by Present Methods of Instrumentation and the Use of the 
Best Known Alloys, as Indicated by the Air Pressure Test. Harper, 
W. E., 1912, p. 224; Disc, p. 243. 

Clinic. 
Amalgam Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1889, p. 142. 
Prepared Copper Amalgam for Filling. Ames, W. B., 1889, p. 144. 
Amalgam Filling. Pritchett, T. W., 18 92, p. 148. 
Copper Amalgam. Dennis, J. W., 1897, p. 203. 

Filling with Dr. G. V. Black's Alloy. Sawyer, C. B., 1897, p. 205. 
Amalgam. Noyes, F. B., 1898, p. 194. 
Amalgam Filling. West, 0. H., 1899, p. 107. 
Amalgam Filling. Dunn, J. Austin, 1899, p. 120. 
Two Large Amalgam Fillings. Pruyn, C. P., 1900, p. 174. 
Test of Amalgams for Shrinkage or Expansion. Noyes, F. B., 1902, p. 

167. 
Amalgam Filling. Aigley, J. E., 1907, p. 226. 
Study of Amalgam. Pruyn, C. P., 1907, p. 230. 

Contour Amalgam Filling, Using Matrix. Hickman, E. H., 1907, p. 232. 
Demonstration of Method of Polishing Amalgam Fillings. Barnfield, 

W. H., 1908, p. 263. 
Adjustment of Matrices and Separator for Amalgam Fillings. Macfar- 

lane, G. B., 1909, p. 237. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



95 

Amalgam Filling with Cement Lining. Corbett, C. C, 1909, p. 239. 

Amalgam Filling. Phelps, W. S., 1910, p. 269. 

Large Amalgam Filling. Bachman, H. P., 1910, p. 269. 

Contour Amalgam Filling. Neece, W. A., 1911, p. 287. 

Method of Making Amalgam Fillings Adjoining Gold with No Bad 

Results. Crigler, J. W., 1912, p. 297. 
Contour Amalgam Filling. Neece, W. A., 1912, p. 298. 
Amalgam Filling. Ryan, F. J., 1912, p. 303. 
Various Steps for Proper Amalgam Filling. Conroy, J. K., 1913, p. 

258. 

D223 Cement. Silicate Cements. 

Papers and Discussions. 

Is Not Operative Dentistry Liable to the Same Injury From the Too 
Prevalent Use of Plastic Stoppings, as Occurred to Prosthetic Prac- 
tice from the Introduction of Vulcanite? Disc, 1895, p. 170. 

Miscroscopic Study of Cements. Poundstone, G. C, 1904, p. 82; Disc, 
p. 93. 

Cements. Poundstone, G. C, 1905, p. 136; Disc, p. 147. 

The Cements and Gutta-perchas as Filling Materials. Rohland, C. B., 
1908, p. 132; Disc, p. 160. 

The Silicate Cements. Poundstone, G. C, 1910, p. 58; Disc, p. 62. 

Clinics. 
Phosphate Cement Filling. Greene, E. J., 1889, p. 143. 
Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement Filling. Ames, W. V-B., 1892, p. 147. 
Demonstration of Mixing of Oxyphosphate on a Chilled Surface. Ames, 

W. V-B., 1894, p. 156. 
Some Cements Under the Miscroscope. Ames, W. V-B., 1900, p. 171. 
Celluloid Cement Filling. Davis, L. L., 1901, p. 140. 
Cement Filling. Crouse, J. N., 1902, p. 169. 
Cements. Ames, W. V-B., Supplement, 1903, p. 5. 
Astral Cement. Reader, J. C, 1906, p. 282. 
Ascher's Enamel. Kelley, E. J., 1906, p. 292. 
Ascher's Enamel Cements. Baldwin, C. M., 1907, p. 235. 
Amberoid Cement. Hewett, A. C, 1907, p. 238. 
Ascher's Artificial Enamel. Kopperl, G. H., 1908, p. 259. 
Artificial Enamel. Snyder, C. L., 1908, p. 260. 
Saving Children's Teeth by the Use of Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement. 

Parker, R. W., 1908, p. 261. 
Oxyphosphate of Copper as Filling Material for Temporary Teeth. 

Young, W. B., 1908, p. 269. 
Demonstrating Manipulation in Cavity; Filling of Artificial Enamel. 

Turner, J. G., 1908, p. 269. 
Artificial Enamel. Baldwin, C.*M., 1908, p. 272. 
Filling of Ascher's Artificial Enamel. Goebel, R., 1909, p. 231. 
Ascher's Artificial Enamel. Bellchamber, C. E., 1909, p. 239. 
Ascher's Artificial Enamel Filling. Watters, J. T., 1912, p. 291. 
Restoration with Synthetic Cement, Giving a Practical Demonstration 

on the Automaton. Wollenberger, S., 1912, p. 298. 
Synthetic Cement Filling. Cruise, R. J., 1913, p. 254. 
Demonstrating Technique in Use of De Trey's Enamel. Kopperl, G. H., 

1913, p. 258. 
The Use of Water as Chilled in a Porous Jar for Controlling the Tem- 
perature of Cement Mixing Slabs. Ames, W. V-B., 1913, p. 260. 

D224 Gutta-percha. 

Papers and Discussions. 
The Cements and Gutta-perchas as Filling Materials. Rohland, C. B., 
1908, p. 132; Disc, p. 160. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



96 
D225 Tin. 

Clinics. 
Tin Pilling. McMillen, G. A., 1*892, p. 148. 

D23 General Articles on Porcelain. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Advantages, Disadvantages and Peculiarities of Inlays. Taggart, W. 

H., 1904, p. 60; Disc, p. 78. 
Cavity Preparation for Inlays. Thompson, C. N., 1904, p. 64; Disc, 

p. 78. 

Clinics. 
Something About Inlays. Taggart, W. H., 1901, p. 135. 
Matrix Burnishing. Banzet, G. T., 1904, p. 26. 
Matrix Burnishing. Taggart, W. H., 1904, p. 28. 
A. Method of Obtaining an Accurate Model in Melotte's Metal. Orr, H. 

N., 1907, p. 230. 
Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Bridges and Inlays. Johnson, 

C. N., 1908, p. 270. 
Vulcanite Rubber Inlays. Bandy, O. L., 1908, p. 274. 
Inlay Metal, Casting Without Machine, Using Jarring Method. Bohr, 

John, 1909, p. 232. 
Combination Porcelain and Gold Inlay. Pontious, W. H., 1909, p. 232. 
Casting for Split Root. Barber, H. E., 1911, p. 297. 
Casting Copper and Tin for Large Restoration Instead of Amalgam. 

Smith, B. M., 1912, p. 296. 
Making Amalgam Dies, Reproduction of Cavity for Gold or Porcelain 

Inlays. Sitherwood, G. D., 1912, p. 296. 

D231 Gold Inlay. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Gold Inlays. Allen, E. H., 1904, p. 75; Disc, p. 78. 
Gold Filling Versus Inlays. Gallie, D. M., 1907, p. 76; Disc, p. 85. 
The Cast Gold Inlay. Dittmar, G. W., 190S, p. 143; Disc, p. 160. 
Experiences with Cast Metal. Thompson, C. N., 1910, p. 213; Disc, 

p. 221. 
The Scientific Casting of Gold. Taggart, W. H., 1911, p. 151; Disc, 

p. 163. 
The Present Status of the Gold Inlay. Knowles, S. J., 1911, p. 241; 

Disc, p. 244. 
Some Considerations of Gold Inlay Work. Coolidge, E. D., 1913, p. 92. 

Clinics. 
Gold Inlay. Brown, G. V. I., 1891, p. 180. 
Gold Inlay. Gilmer, T. L., 1892, p. 147. 
Exhibition of an Electric Fan. Harper, J. G., 1892, p. 148. 
Gold Inlay. Ames, W. V-B, 1895, p. 182. 
Gold Inlay. Thompson, C. N., Supplement 1903, p. 1. 
Gold Inlay. Bryant, L. F., 1904, p. 26. 
Gold Inlay. Skinner, F. H., 1904, p. 27. 
Gold Inlay. Powell, T. E., 1904, p. 31. 
Gold Inlays. Sawyer, C. B., 1904, p. 31. 
Gold Inlays. Thompson, C. N., 1904, p. 32. 
Gold Inlay for Restoration of Devitalized Anterior Teeth. Jones, C. E., 

1905, p. 222. 
Hollow Gold Inlay. Clark, W. G., 1905, p. 223. 
Gold Inlay. Helm, C. B., 1905, p. 224. 
Gold Inlay. Hare, D. A.. 1905, p. 224. 
Gold Inlays. Pyper, P. A., 1905, p. 225. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



97 

Construction of a Hollow Gold Inlay. Nyman, J. E., 1905, p. 229. 
Solid Gold Inlay Without the Use of Solder. Cheeseman, P. E., 1906, 

p. 280. 
Gold Inlay. Marsh, J. W., 1906, p. 284. 

Gold Inlay for Fractured Incisor. Wallace, W. S., 1907, p. 229. 
Solid Gold Inlay Without Investment, Showing Patient and Model. 

Parker, P. W., 1907, p. 233. 
Cast Gold Inlay. Taggart, W. H., 1907, p. 234. 
Wax Model 'for Inlay. Mcintosh, F. H., 1908, p. 264. 
Some Things to Be Done with a Casting Machine. Snowden, L. R., 

1908, p. 267. 
Gold Inlay from Cement Model. Stewart, L. K., 1908, p. 267. 
Cavity Preparation for Gold Inlay. Parker, F. W., 1908, p. 270. 
Models for Inlay Work. Reid, J. G., 1908, p. 271. 
Showing Steps in Construction of Cast Gold Inlays. Whipple, H. L., 

1908, p. 271. 
Veneer Gold Inlays. Lovitt, C. O., 1908, p. 272. 
Gold Inlays. Mullin, W., 1908, p. 273. 
Casting Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Gold Shell Crown and Cast Partial 

Lower Plate. Demonstrating the Use in Casting of Paris Hard 

Wax Flux. Dittmar, G. W., 1909, p. 236. 
Gold Inlay. Allen, E. H., 1909, p. 239. 
Gold Inlay. Swartz, P. H., 1909, p. 240. 

Raising the Bite with a Cast Gold Inlay. Hugo, C. J., 1910, p. 265. 
Gold Inlay. Stott, H. W., 1910, p. 269. 
Gold Inlay. Stott, H. W., 1911, p. 287. 
Gold Inlay Using Alexander's Wax Gold. Bellchamber, C. E., 1911, p. 

289. 
Method of Handling the Wax Model in Inlay Work. Mullin, W., 1911, 

p. 293. 
Gold Inlay Showing Advantage of Amalgam Base Under It. Mount, J. 

V., 1911, p. 296. 
A Method of Constructing Gold Inlays. Bullard, J. A., 1911, p. 299. 
Division of Cast Inlays in Compound Cavities. Cheeseman, P. H., 1911, 

p. 301. 
Gold Inlay. Moore, W. D. N., 1911, p. 304. 
Extension for Prevention in Cast Gold Inlay. Mount, J. J., 1912, p. 

289. 
Cast Inlay. Whipple, H. L., 1912, p. 289. 
How to Check the Wear on Badly Worn Teeth by Using the Gold Inlay. 

Harper, A. J., 1912, p. 293. 
Gold Inlays with Model. Tym, W. B., 1912, p. 293. 
An Ideal Form of Cavity Preparation Applicable to Certain Cases of 

Cast Incisal Angle Restoration. Jacobs, J. E., 1912, p. 295. 
Inlay, Using Alexander's Plastic Gold. Baker, T. T., 1912, p. 303. 
The Cast Gold Inlay; Some Defects and How to Overcome Them. Evey, 

J. M., 1912, p. 304. 
Some Practical Points in Casting M.-O.-D. Inlays. Stott, H. W., 1912, 

p. 306. 
Method of Applying Gold Inlay to Porcelain Crown or Plate Tooth. 

Bellchamber, C. E., 1913, p. 257. 
Method of Inserting Sprue with Minimum Amount of Danger of Dis- 
torting Wax Form. McMillan, J. D., 1913, p. 258. 
Pyrometric Cones. Matteson, A. E., 1913, p. 262. 

D232 Porcelain Inlay. Fusible Cement. 

Papers and Discussions. 
The Ceramic Art in Dentistry. Nyman, J. E., 1898, p. 117; 2 Illus.; 

Disc, p. 139. 
Porcelain Inlays. Reeves, W. T., 1902, p. 163. 

For index and key to elassification numbers, see pink appendix. 



98 

Porcelain Work; Incidents of Office Practice. McCandless, A. W., 1902, 

p. 181; Disc, p. 182. 
Porcelain Inlays as Viewed by the Country Dentist. Allen, E. H., 

1903, p. 79; Disc, p. SO. 
The Color Problem in Porcelain Work, and Its Solution by Means of 

the New Pyrometer Furnace. Price, W. A., 1904, p. 101; Disc, 

p. 106. 
Roach's Mouldable Porcelain. Perry, E. J., 1906, p. 156; Disc, p. 167. 
Concerning the Porcelain Inlay. Waltz, J. F. F., 1906, p. 234; Disc, 

p. 246. 
Porcelain Inlay. Evey, J. M., 1907, p. 226. 
On the Abuse and Indications of Porcelain as a Filling Material. Waltz, 

J. F. F., 1908, p. 151; Disc, d. 160. 
Porcelain Inlays. Bryant, L. F., 1909, p. 192; Disc, p. 199. 

Clinics. 
Porcelain Filling. Black, G. V., 1889, p. 141. 
Enameled Inlay. Matteson, A. E., 1890, p. 163. 
Exhibition with Models of Porcelain Inlay Work. Reeves, W. T., 

1895, p. 186. 
Porcelain Inlay. Thompson, C. N., 1900, p. 172. 
Porcelain Inlays. Reeves, W. T., 1901, p. 136. 
Porcelain Inlay. Bridges, J. S., 1901, p. 139. 

Porcelain Inlay (Wassail's Method). Knowles, S. J., 1902, p. 167. 
Construction and Shading of Porcelain Inlays. Bryant, Lester, 1902, 

p. 168. 
Porcelain Restoration on Mesial Surface of Superior Right Lateral 

Involving the Angle. Bryant, L. F., Supplement 1903, p. 1. 
Porcelain Inlays. Reeves, W. T., Supplement 1903, p. 2. 
Porcelain Inlay. Knowles, S., Supplement 1903, p. 13. 
Porcelain Inlay. Cheeseman, F. E., 1904, p. 30. 
A New Fusible Cement. Roach, F. E., 1905, p. 219. 
The Fusion of Porcelain. Le Cron, D. O. M., 1905, p. 219. 
Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Porcelain Inlays. Bake, L. 

E., 1906, p. 279. 
Mouldable Porcelain. Roach, F. E., 1906, p. 280. 
Porcelain Restoration. Baldwin, D. H., 1906, p. 2S5. 
Porcelain Restoration. Kopperl, G. H., 1906, p. 285. 
Porcelain Inlay. Starbuck, A. W., 1907, p. 227. 
Porcelain Inlay. Kopperl, G. H., 1907, p. 232. 
Porcelain Inlay. Bake, L. E., 1907, p. 234. 
Oxide of Zinc Lining for Attachment of Porcelain Inlays. Harrison, 

A. M., 1908, p. 264. 
Porcelain Inlay. Trent, H. G., 1913, p. 256. 
Demonstrating the Making of Porcelain Inlays. Hayes, H. H., 1913, p. 

256. 



D24 Pulp Treatment. (Diseases of Pulp, See D63. 
Electricity in Pulp Treatment, Cataphoresis, 
see 615.84. Deciduous Teeth, See B602.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Treatment of Exposed Pulps and Filling Pulp Cavities. Disc, 1S66, 

p. 9. 
Treatment of Exposed Pulps. Disc, 1866, p. 17. 
Treatment of Exposed Nerves. Disc, 1867, p. 27. 
Exposed Pulps. Black, G. V., 1870, p. 6; Disc, p. 18. 
The Removal of Pulps, Preparations and Filling of Pulp Canals. 

Howard, G. O., 1873, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. 
Treatment of Exposed Pulps. Disc, 1874, p. 76. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 






99 

The Treatment of Teeth Containing Dead Pulps. Smith, Joshua, 1876, 

p. 98; Disc, p. 106. 
The Tooth Pulp and Its Treatment. Swain, E. D., 1877, p. 66; Disc, 

p. 86. 
The Treatment of Exposed Pulps. Brophy, T. W., 1877, p. 76; Disc, 

p. 86. 
Extirpation of the Dental Pulp and Root Filling. Ingersoll, L. C, 1879, 

p. 49; Disc, p. 59. 
Treatment of Teeth with Dead Pulps and Alveolar Abscess. Koch, G. R. 

E., 1880, p. 40; Disc, p. 44. 
Treatment of Teeth with Dead or Dying Pulps: also Treatment of Al- 
veolar Abscess. Townsend, H. H., 1881, p. 28; Disc, p. 41. 
Exposed Dental Pulps and Their Treatment. Duncan, S. P., 1884, p. 

33; Disc, p. 41. 
Errors in Dentistry not Always Disadvantageous. Patrick, J. J. R., 

1885, p. 64; Disc, p. 69. 
The Retention of Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. Noyes, Edmund, 1886, 

p. 150; Disc, p. 157. 
The Retention of Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. Judd, Homer, 1887, 

p. 45; Disc, p. 59. 
What Shall We Do with Inflamed Pulps? Johnson, W. A., 1888, p. 

158; Disc, p. 163. 
Some Main Points Touching the Conservative Treatment of Teeth Pulps 

of Which Are Nearly or Quite Exposed. Moody, J. D., 1888, p. 

152; Disc, p. 165. 
What Shall Be Done with the Condemned Pulp? Pruyn, C. P., 1891, 

p. 79; Disc, p. 85. 
Experimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents in 

Living and in Pulpless Teeth. Harlan, A. W., 1891, p. 126; Disc, 

p. 135. 
The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentine. York, E. Lawley, 1897, 

p. 94; Disc, p. 99. 
Why Coagulants Diffuse Through Dentine. York, E. Lawley, 1898, 

p. 57; Disc, p. 61. 
Penetration of Dentine by Fluids Under Pressure. Johnson, W. A., 

1905, p. 122; to Illus.; Disc p. 132. 

A Brief Review of the Chemistry of Pulp Decomposition with a Rational 
Treatment for this Condition and Its Sequelae. Buckley, J. P., 
. 1907, p. 136; Disc, p. 148. 

Report of the Post-Graduate Committee Upon Gold and Porcelain In- 
lays. Waltz, J. F. F., 1909, p. 87; Disc, p. 98. 

Clinics. 
Lining Cavities and Using an Intermediate Before Filling. Brunson, 

G. M., 1905, p. 228. 
Pressure Anesthesia in Connection with Pulp Preserver. Colby, O. C, 

1906, p. 276. 

The Asbestos Disk as Pulp Protection. Warner, C. B., 1908, p. 270. 
Technique in the Treatment of Both Vital and Putrescent Pulps that 

Will Prevent Pain After the Patient Leaves the Office. Perisho, V. 

P., 1911, p. 294. 

D241 Capping Pulps. (See Articles under D24.) 
D242 Destruction and Removal of Pulps. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Arsenious Acid: When and How to Use It. Smith, C. S., 1870, p. 23; 

Disc, p. 35. 
Pulp Mummification, Its Desirability, Experience and Sequelae. Kyner, 

A. D., 1909, p. 167; Disc, p. 181. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



100 
Clinics. 
Removal of Pulp. Ross, F. R., 1893, p. 165. 
Pressure Anesthesia. Warner, E. R., 1899, p. 107. 
Broach Holder. Powell, C. B., 1901, p. 140. 

Removal of Pulp by Pressure Anesthesia. Pruyn, C. P., 1902, p. 164. 
Removal of Pulp with Pressure Anesthesia. Carpenter, E. R., 1902, 

p. 164. 
Instrument for Compression of Cocain. Tuller, R. B., 1902, p. 169. 
Pressure Anesthesia. Warner, C. B., Supplement 1903, p. 10. 
Pulp Mummifier. Dodez, E. W., 1904, p. 29. 
Removal of Pulp, Using Pressure Anesthesia. Aigley, J. E., 1905, 

p. 217. 
Arsenical Paste Sealed into the Cavity for the Destruction of a Pulp, 

with Pellets of Cotton Saturated with Chloro-percha. Mcintosh, F. 

H., 1911, p. 304. 
Root Filling; Gold and Tin Foil Points with Eucapercha Lubricant. 

Waltz, A. S., 1911, p. 307. 
Apex Treating Broach. Funk, L. L., 1912, p. 293. 
Method of Removing Broken Broach. Bowman, F. H., 1912, p. 296. 
The New Use for the Old Broach. Conkey, F. M., 1912, p. 297. 

D243 Root Filling. Root Canals. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Plugging Pulp Cavities and Canals. Dean, M. S., 1868, p. 36; Disc./ 

p. 37. 
Preparation of Pulp Canals, and of Cavities for Filling. Taylor, C. R., 

1886, p. 90; Disc, p. 97. 
A Lantern View of Pulp Chambers and Canals, Showing Typical Forms 

and Some of the Variations. Cattell, D. M., 1891, p. 142; 12 Illus.; 

Disc, p. 144. 
Immediate Root Filling. Cravens, J. E., 1893, p. 45; Disc, p. 50. 
Results of Experimental Root Canal Fillings. Cattell, D. M., 1895, p. 

43; Disc, p. 45. 
Root Canal Sterilization. Disc, 1895, p. 169. 
Paraffine: An Ideal Material for the Filling of Root Canals. Beck, 

Rudolph, 1902, p. 52; Disc, p. 54. 
The Filling of Root Canals. Hanaford, M. L., 1910, p. 109; Disc, 

p. 116. 

Clinics. 

Prepared Roots for Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1889, p. 141. 

Root Filling. Fitch, H. H., 1889, p. 142. 

Prepared Roots for Filling. Fitch, H. H., 1889, p. 144. 

Root Filling. Stevens, B. O., 1890, p. 160. 

A Method of Preparing and Filling Root Canals with Tin or Gold 
Points. Costner, H. A., 1892, p. 147. 

Root Canal Filling. Noyes, E., 1894, p. 154. 

Root Canal Filling. Duncan, S. F., 1894, p. 156. 

Demonstration of the Use of Sodium and Potassium in the Treatment 
of Putrid Pulp Canals. Munroe, G., 1895, p. 185. 

Root Canal Filling. Blair, E. K., 1895, p. 186. 

A Method of Filling Root Canals with Sandarac Varnish and Gutta- 
percha Points. Cigrand, P. J., 1899, p. 108. 

A. Process for Drying Root Canals. Taggart, W. H., 1899, p. 115. 

Table Clinic, Canal Filling, Eucalypto-percha. Green, W. F., 1900, 
p. 170. 

Filling Root Canal. Pfeiffer, Josephine D., 1901, p. 137. 

Root Canal Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1902, p. 165. 

Gold Points for Root Canals. Gramm, C. T., Supplement 1903, p. 5. 

Root Filling. Pruyn, C. P., 1905, p. 229. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



101 

Correct Root Filling. Waltz, A. S., 1908, p. 264. 

Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Potassium. 

Tichy, J., 1909, p. 242. 
Root Canal Filling with Sandarac Varnish and Gutta-percha Points. 

Aigley, G. A., 1910, p. 268. 
Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Potassium. 

Tichy, Joseph, 1911, p. 288. 
Gum Sandarac Root Canal Filling. Kyner, A. D., 1911, p. 293. 
Filling Root Canals with the Improved Paraffine Compound Formula 

of Dr. Herman Prinz, 1913, p. 259. 
Enlarging Root Canals. Luthringer, J. P., 1913, p. 262. 

D25 Prophylactic Treatment of Caries. Cleaning 
Teeth. 

Papers and Discussions. 
A Few Observations on Oral Prophylaxis. Rohland, C. B., 1905, p. 41; 

Disc, p. 56. 
Oral Prophylaxis. Its Place and Its Importance in Dental Practice. 

Smith, D. D., 1913, p. 165; Disc, p. 183. 

Clinics. 
Prophylaxis. Bryant, L. P., 1907, p. 226. 
Instrumentation in Prophylaxis and the Treatment of Pyorrhea. James, 

A. F., 1908, p. 260. 
Prophylaxis as a Necessary Factor in General Practice. Schmuck, E. 

A., 1912, p. 290. 

D26 Bleaching Teeth. Discolorations. (Electricity 
for Bleaching. See 615.84.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Bleaching Teeth. Cushing, G. H., 1878, p. 82; Disc, p. 87. 

Clinics. 
Bleaching. Harlan, A. W., 1893, p. 166. 
Bleaching. McMillan, Geo., 1898, p. 190. 
Bleaching. Brown, J. B., 1899, p. 104. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



102 

»3 PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY. 

General Articles Covering Both Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. 
Annual Report of Clinic Committee, See D2. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Mechanical Dentistry. Disc, 1866, p. 10%, 20. 
Mechanical Dentistry. French, A. W., 1870, p. 89; Disc, p. 97. 
Mechanical Dentistry. Disc, 1871, p. 66. 

Mechanical Dentistry. Swain, E. D., 1872, p. 18; Disc, p. 27. 
Mechanical Dentistry. Kulp, W. O., 1873, p. 154; Disc, p. 156. 
Mechanical Dentistry. Willson, O., 1875, p. 108; Disc, p. 117.' 
Mechanical Dentistry. Rohland, C. B., 1877, p. 31; Disc, p. 38. 
Mechanical Dentistry. Swain, E. D., 1879, p. 70; Disc, p. 74. 
The Past, Present and Future of Mechanical Dentistry. Haskell, L. P., 

1881, p. 48. 
The Mechanics of Dentistry. Stevens, W. A., 1882, p. 41; Disc, p. 49. 
Random Thoughts From the Laboratory. Haskell, L. P., 1882, p. 45; 

Disc, p. 49. 
Prosthetic Dentistry. Davis, K. B., 1885, p. 34; Disc, p. 40. 
Prosthetic Dentistry. (Paper Read but not published in Society's Pro- 
ceedings.) Haskell, L. P., 1888, p. 180. 
Prosthetic Dentistry. Magill, W. T., 1891, p. 118; Disc, p. 123. 
Some Thoughts on Prosthetic Dentistry. Moorehead, W. W., 1900, p. 

102; Disc, p. 105. 
Prosthetic Dentistry: Incidents of Office Practice. Pruyn, C. P., 1902, 

p. 177; Disc, p. 178. 
Some Phases of Prosthetic Procedure. Prothero, J. H., 1908, p. 95; 

Disc,, p. 112. 
Superiority of Natural Teeth Over Artificial Substitutes. McMillan, 

H. W., 1908, p. 231; Disc, p. 241. 
The Esthetics of Prosthetic Dentistry. Graber, R. L., 1913, p. 198; 

16 Illus.; Disc, p. 217. 

D3a Articulation and Occlusion of the Teeth, Occlud- 
ing Frames, Etc. (Force of Mastication, See 
Dla.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
The Philosophy of Mastication Relative to Dental Prosthesis. Cigrand, 
B. J., 1900, p. 19; 13 Illus.; Disc, p. 31. 

Clinics. 

Arrangement and Occlusion of Teeth. Prothero, J. H., 1901, p. 139. 

A Gnathomonic Mimic Showing the Philosophy of Mastication. Cig- 
rand, B. J., 1902, p. 163. 

Mandibular Movements, Their Relation to Artificial Dentures. Cigrand, 
B. J., Supplement, 1903, p. 5. 

The Practical Value of Bonwill's Method of Occlusion of Artificial 
Dentures. Pritchett, T. W., Supplement 1903, p. 12. 

Occlusion of Artificial Teeth. Prothero, J. H., 1908, p. 263. 

Demonstrating the Superiority of Natural Over Artificial Teeth, Using 
the Gnathodynamometer. McMillan, H. W., 1908, p. 273. 

Anatomical Occulsion. Prothero, J. H., 1912, p. 293. 

Anatomical Occlusion. Dittmar, G. W., 1912, p. 303. 

A New Application of the Bonwill Theory with Original Anatomical 
Articulator. Dalbey, W. C, 1913, p. 264. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



103 

D31 Tools, Appliances, Materials, Electric and Other 
Ovens (Tools, Etc., applicable to a particular 
procedure classified with subject. Annual Re- 
port of Committee on Dental Art and inven- 
tion, See D21.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Compressed Air in Dentistry. Southwell, C. C, 1895, p. 81; Disc, 

p. 85. 
A New Process of Fusing Platinum. Custer, L. E., 1898, p. 76; 1 

Illus.; Disc, p. 79. 
Fusing Platinum Solder with Gasoline Blowpipe, and Baking Porcelain. 

Brophy, R. C, Supplement 1903, p. 11. 
The Color Problem in Porcelain Work, and Its Solution by Means of the 

New Pyrometer Furnace. Price, W. A., 1904, p. 101; Disc, p. 106. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition of a Gasoline Blowpipe. Reed, J. J., 1890, p. 165. 

Demonstration of a Method of Facing Emery Paper on Wheels and 
Files. Taggart, W. H., 1891, p. 180. 

Gasoline Blast Furnace. Matteson, A. E., 1894, p. 156. 

Electric Oven. Custer, L. E., 1895, p. 182. 

Electric Furnace. Custer, L. E., 1897, p. 205. 

Fusing Platinum. Custer, L. E., 1898, p. 186. 

Clamp and Press. Bandy, O. L., 1898, p. 195. 

Separating Varnish. Kester, P. J., 1898, p. 195. 

Some Convenient Things About an Office. McMillan, H. W., 1902, 
p. 162. 

Porcelain Work. Baking with Gas and Gasoline, Using Own Furnace. 
Brophy, R. C, 1902, p. 166. 

Electric Furnaces and Other Dental Appliances. Hewett, Ashley M., 
Supplement 1903, p. 8. 

Electric Furnace and Other Dental Appliances. Smith, J. C, Supple- 
ment 1903, p. 8. 

Pyrometer Furnace. Price, W. A., 1904, p. 27. 

Electric Furnaces. Custer, L. E., 1904, p. 33. 

Home-Made Electric Ovens for Baking Inlays. Harned, M. R., 1905, 
p. 218. 

Mullett's Gas Furnace. Mullett, E. R., 1905, p. 222. 

Electric Furnace. Matteson, A. E., 1905, p. 229. 

Grinding Teeth, Using Dr. Wilson's Combination Guard and Sponge 
Holder. Wilson, J. D., 1906, p. 276. 

Methods of Adjusting the Parts of a Broken Vulcanite Plate, of Plaster 
Models and Dislodged Abutments in Bridge Work to Their Proper 
Places and Retaining Them There. Newsome, B., 1907, p. 231. 

Some New Original Instruments. Dalbey, W. O, 1912, p. 301. 

D32 Artificial Dentures. (Temperaments in Relation 
to the Teeth, See D12.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Resolution Favoring Return to Gold and Other Metals, for Artificial 

Plates. Disc, 1869; Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 340. 
Atmospheric Pressure in Its Relation to Artificial Dentures. Tees, 

Ambler, 1883, p. 136; Disc, p. 140. 
Use and Abuse of Air Chambers. Hunt, A. O., 1901, p. 58; Disc, 

p. 61. 
A Simple Method of Changing the Colors and Modifying the Shades 

of Artificial Teeth. Roach, F. E., 1909, p. 115; Disc, p. 120. 
The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. Pritchett, T. W., 

1911, p. 210; Disc, p. 230. 
The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. Prothero, J. H., 

1911, p. 220; Disc, p. 230. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



104 

Clinics. 
Retention of Full Upper Dentures by Means of Atmospheric Pressure. 

Ames, W. V., 1890, p. 162. a 

Arrangement of Teeth of Artificial Denture. Swain, E. D., 1890, 

p. 162. 
Natural Teeth as Guide in Setting up Artificial Teeth. Skidmore, L. 

W., 1898, p. 189. 
Frosting Aluminum Plates. Pfeifer, Josephine D., 1898, p. 194. 
A Detachable Spring for Retaining Artificial Dentures in Place. Cor- 

bett, C. C, 189S, p. 195. 
Utilization of Atmospheric Pressure. Ames, W. V-B., 1901, p. 137. 
Tooth Shades. Royce, E. A., 1901, p. 137. 

Uses and Abuses of Air Chamber. Hunt, A. O., 1901, p. 139. 
Preparation of Cavities in Artificial Teeth. Harned, M. R., 1902, 

p. 162. 
1-1000 Platinum Instead of Clasp Metal. Munroe, Grafton, 1905, 

p. 228. 
Removable Dentures, Using Tube and Split Pins. Haskins, G. W., 

1907, p. 236. 

Use of Pinless Crowns in Place of Ordinary Plate Teeth. Waltz, A. S., 

1908, p. 264. 

Anatomical Arrangement of Artificial Teeth. Schaefer, J. E., 1909, 

p. 235. 
Casting. Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Bridge Work, Cast Gold Shell 

Crown and Cast Partial Lower Plate. Demonstrating the Use in 

Casting of Paris Hard Wax Flux. Dittmar, G. W., 1909, p. 236. 
The Articulation of Teeth. Castle, C. L., 1910, p. 267. 
Attachments for Removable Dentures. Schwartz, G. W., 1911, p. 305. 
Anatomical Occlusion of Artificial Teeth. Dittmar, G. W., 1911, p. 301. 
A Combination Gold and Continuous Gum Partial Denture. McClure, 

T. H., 1911, p. 304. 
Combination of Compressed Air and Water System. Torrence, L. B., 

1911, p. 306. 

Cast Reinforcements Applied to Denture Made for a Protruding Su- 
perior Maxillary Ridge, Hoffman, E. C, 1912, p. 295. 
The Use of the Gilmore Clasp as Applied to Plate and Crown Work. 

1912, p. 296. 

Many Uses for the Gilmore Attachment. Patterson, A. B., 1913, 

p. 262. 
Models of Abnormal and Difficult Cases, Some Thirty Years Old, Upon 

Which Successful Dentures Had Been Made. Haskell, L. P., 1913, 

p. 265. 

D32a Plaster of Paris. Impressions. Bites. 

Papers and Discussions. 

Expansion of Plaster of Paris and Its Bearings on the Use of This Ma- 
terial for Impression and Models. Prothero, J. H., 1903, p. 55; 
Disc, p. 58. 

Compressibility of Plaster of Paris. Prothero, J. H., 1905, p. 170; 
Disc, p. 173. 

Plaster of Paris Tests. Prothero, J. H., Supplement 1903, p. 3. 

Clinics. 
Expansion of Investments. Prothero, J. H., 1904, p. 29. 
Physical Properties of Plaster. Prothero, J. H., 1905, p. 229. 
Demonstrating Use of Ideal Base Plate and a Correct Method of Taking 
the Bite. Strange, E. B., 1908, p. 271. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



105 
D321 Vulcanized. 

Clinics. 

Vulcanized Plates with Flexible Rubber Edges for Securing Better 
Atmospheric Retention. Ames, W. V-B., 1896, p. 127. 

Aluminoid For Lining Plates. Harper, J. G., 1896, p. 127. 

Partial Lower Vulcanite Dentures. North, Gustavus, 1897, p. 202. 

The Use of Flexible Rubber as a Lining for Lower Dentures. Law- 
rence, R. N., 1902, p. 169. 

Flexible Rubber Lining for Lower Dentures. Lawrence, R. N., Supple- 
ment 1903, p. 3. 

Vulcanizable Gutta-percha. Wright, J. S., Supplement 1903, p. 4. 

The Advantages of Vulcanite Gutta-percha as a Base Plate upon Which 
the Wax Articulation is Taken in the Making of Rubber Dentures. 
Rohland, C. B., Supplement 1903, p. 11. 

The Use of Vulcanizable Gutta-percha for Dentures. Boyce, A. E., 
Supplement 1903, p. 12. 

Vulcanizable Gutta-percha. Van Scoyoc, W. M., 1905, p. 227. 

Plastic Impression Rubber. Warner, C. B., 1906, p. 292. 

Extraordinary Things in Vulcanite Work. Kartack, E. A., 1908, 
p. 262. 

Vulcanizable Gutta-percha in Plate Work. West, C. H., 1908, p. 266. 

Vulcanized Base Plates for Full Upper and Lower Dentures. Hickman, 
E. H., 1909, p. 240. 

Correcting the Fit of Loose or Misfitting Plates. Bridgford, J. L., 
1909, p. 241. 

Replacing Broken Tooth in Gum Section, Rubber. Bull, H. B., 1911, 
p. 290. 

Sure Stick Fit for Plates. Cormany, J. W., 1913, p. 262. 

D322 Swaged. Dies. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Swaged Aluminum Plates. Sitherwood, G. D., 1894, p. 61; 6 Illus.; 
Disc, p. 73. 

Clinics 
Dies. Brigham, E. T., 1893, p. 166. 

Steel and Brass Die Plates. Stott, Joseph, 1S9 3, p. 166. 
Palmer Plastic Swager and Moulding Flask. Palmer, C. A., 1900, 

p. 173. 
Swedger. Otteson, I., 1901, p. 140. 
Spence Metal. Sawyer, C. B., 1907, p. 230. 
Swaging a Plate, Using the Olivian Plate Swage. Henderson, G. H., 

1907, p. 237. 
A Demonstration of the Olivian Plate Swager in Making Metal Plates. 

Everett, W. M., 1911, p. 291. 

D323 Fusible Metal. 

Clinics. 
Casting Aluminum Plates. Harper, W. E., 1893, p. 167. 
Aluminum Plate. Logan, H. G., 1895, p. 184. 
Fusing Porcelain Gum Section. Dennis, G. J., 1896, p. 126. 
Casting Aluminum. Brophy, R. C, 1898, p. 188. 
Denture Metal. Brophy, R. C, 1901, p. 140. 

Cast Plate, Using Aardentalloy. Fitzwater, G. B., 1908, p. 263. 
Casting Aluminum Plates. Bohr, John, 1909, p. 232. 
Cast Aluminium Plate by Joining Method. Bohr, J., 1910, p. 271. 
New Inlay Metal and Cast Aluminum Plates. Bohr, J., 1911, p. 297. 
Cast Aluminum Plates. Bohr, J., 1912, p. 308. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



106 

D324 Porcelain. (General Articles on Porcelain, see 
D23.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
On the Relative Advantages of a Low Fusing Continuous Gum. Cun- 
ningham, Geo., 1891, p. 170. 

Clinics. 
Continuous Gum Denture. Thomas, G. A., 1897, p. 205. 
A Continuous Gum Plate. Edmonds, N. D., 1898, p. 195. 
Continuous Gum. Thomas, G. A., 1899, p. 123. 
Continuous Gum Case. Stewart, L. K., 1900, p. 171. 
Long Bites in Continuous Gum Work. Stewart, L. K., 1901, p. 138. 
Continuous Gum Denture. Bryant, C. F., 1902, p. 166. 
Continuous Gum Plate. Dunn, J. E., 1906, p. 281. 
Three Stages in Continuous Gum for Full Dentures. Dayan, L., 112, 
• p. 294. 

D325 Celluloid. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Celluloid. Eames, W. H., 1874, p. 107; Disc, p. 108. 
Celluloid. Kitchen, C. A., 1876, p. 90; Disc, p. 96. 
Celluloid. Smith, C. S., 1878, p. 99. 

D33 Crowns and Bridges. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Improvements in Porcelain Crown and Bridge Work. Brown, E. P., 

1892, p. 58; Disc, p. 61. 
Conservatism in Crown and Bridge Work. Rohland, Cv. B., 1893, p. 

72; Disc, p. 78. 
Crown and Bridge Work. (Not published in transactions.) Peterson, 

C. J., Disc, 1S95, p. 165. 

The Ceramic Art in Dentistry. Nyman, J. E., 1898, p. 117; Disc, 

p. 139. 
Modern Manipulative Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, 

H. J., 1899, p. 65; Disc, p. 80. 
New Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1912, p. 

87; Disc, p. 120. 
Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. Pyper, P. A., 1912, p. 110; 

Disc, p. 120. 

Clinics. 
Demonstration of a Method of Attaching Porcelain Facings. Le Cron, 

D. O. M., 1892, p. 148. 

Preparation of Cavities in Porcelain Contours for Crown and Bridge 

Work. Webber, F. P., 1893, p. 166. 
Crown and Bridge Work. Taggart, W. H., 1894, p. 154. 
Crown and Bridge Work. Herbert, A. W., 1894, p. 156. 
Dies for Swaging Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. Lowry, H. S., 

1897, p. 202. 
Crowns and Bridges. Goslee, H. J., 1898, p. 191. 
Gutta-percha Cusp. Stafford, F. H., 1898, p. 193. 
Backing Facings. Bull, H. B., 1899, p. 104. 
Removable Facing for Crown and Bridge Work, and Applying the 

Countersunk Nut in Orthodontia. Shryock, W. W., 1899, p. 105. 
Carving Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1899, 

p. 121. 
Removable Facing of Own Design. Roach, F. E., 1900, p. 170. 
Carving Gold Cusps. Nyman, J. E., 1900, p. 171. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



107 

Mason Detachable Tooth Crown. Hulick, W. O., 1900, p. 173. 
Practical Application of the Fellowship Replaceable Facing. Roach, 

F. E., 1901, p. 135. 
Setting Crowns and Bridges with Gutta-percha. McCandless, A. W., 

1901, p. 136. 
Construction of Saddles for Porcelain Bridges and Carving Cusps for 

Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1902, p. 163. 
Taking Impressions for Crown and Bridge Work. Munroe, G., 19 02, 

p. 168. 
Repairing Crown and Bridge Work. Crigler, J. W., 1904, p. 26. 
Crowns, Bridges, Retention of Gingival Harmony. Phillips, D. R., 

1905, p. 221. 
Enamel Cleavers. Harper, W. E., 1905, p. 227. 
Practical Methods in the Use of Gutta-percha for the Cementing of 

Crowns and Bridges. Cruise, R. J., 1906, p. 288. 
Replacing Porcelain Facings Without Removing Bridge or Crown. 

North, G., 1907, p. 227. 
Swaging Gold Backing to Facings of Crowns and Bridge Teeth. Boone, 

H. W., 1908, p. 271. 
Uses and Abuses of Gutta-percha in the Cementation of Crowns and 

Bridges. Cruise, R. J., 1909, p. 234. 
Obtaining Wax Model for Casting Gold Cope Where Root is Badly 

Broken Down. Tym, W. B., 1909, p. 234. 
Casting. Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Bridge Work, Cast Gold Shell 

Crown and Cast Partial Lower Plate. Demonstrating the Use in 

Casting of Paris Hard Wax Flux. Dittmar, G. W., 1909, p. 236. 
Instantaneous Investment for the Tacking of Backings and Posts to 

Facings. Sale, H. O., 1910, p. 267. 
Hollow Dowel for Crown and Bridge. Daniels, R. H., 1911, p. 290. 
Cast Gold Crowns and Bridges, Using in Their Construction Porcelain 

Facings, Detachable Post Crowns and Diatoric Teeth. Condit, C. 

H., 1911, p. 300. 
Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. Pyper, P. A., 1912, p. 300. 
Models Illustrating Newer Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. Bram- 

well, C. H., 1912, p. 305. 
Bridge and Crown Anchorage. Olmsted, A., 1912, p. 305. 
Removable Bridges; Attachment for Porcelain Crowns. Grant, J. C, 

1912, p. 305. 
Some Practical Hints in Crown and Bridge Work. Pearce, J. H., 

1912, p. 307. 
A System* of Making Gold Crowns and Bridges. (Cast Cusps.) Las- 
bury, V., 1912, p. 308. 

D331 Crowns. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Pivot Teeth. Swain, E. D., 1873, p. 118; Disc, p. 127. 
Metallic Crowns. Morrison, W. N., 1882, p. 55; 8 Illus.; Disc, p. 60. 
Porcelain-faced Metallic Crowns. Matteson, A. E., 1883, p. 133; 

1 Illus. 

A Lecture on the Rationale of Constructing and Attaching Artificial 
Crowns to Natural Roots of Teeth. Patrick, J. J. R., 1888, p. 202; 

2 Illus. 

New Methods for Producing Bicuspid Band Crowns with Porcelain Fac- 
ings and Cusps. Cigrand, B. J., 1896, p. 29; 13 Illus.; Disc, p. 33. 

A Gold Crown with Carved Solid Cusps. Nyman, J. E., 1900, p. 59; 
Disc, p. 62. 

Cervical Outline Preservation and Crowns. Phillips, D. R., 1904, p. 
117; Disc, p. 126. 

The Bandless Porcelain Crown. Pritchett, R. A., 1904, p. 161; 5 Illus.; 
Disc, p. 165. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



108 

Clinics. 
Porcelain Faced Crown. Mattescn, A. E., 1883, p. 152. 
Gold Crown. Patrick, J. J. R., 1888, p. 132. 
Gold and Platinum Crown. Gilmer, T. L., 1888, p. 133. 
Gold Crown. Calle, E. B., 1889, p. 141. 
Porcelain Crown. Wikoff, B. D., 1889, p. 141. 
Porcelain Faced Crown. Davis, K. B., 1891, p. 179. 
An Ingenious Method of Attaching Crowns. Harlan, A. W., 1891, 

p. ISO. 
Demonstration of a Method of Articulating Crowns with Models, Etc. 

Perry, E. J., 1892, p. 148. 
Demonstration of a Method of'Producing Porcelain Faced Bicuspids and 

Extracted Roots with Gutta-percha, Drawings, Etc. McCandless, 

A. W., 1892, p. 148. 
Gold Crown. Eshelman, B. F., 1893, p. 165. 
Porcelain Faced Crown. Hollingsworth, J. G., 1893, p. 165. 
Bands for Logan Crowns. Fullerton, K. M., 1893, p. 167. 
Porcelain Crown. Thompson, C. N., 1894, p. 156. 
Exhibition of Gold Crowns. Shryock, W. W., 1894, p. 156. 
Gold Crown. Pfeifer, Josephine D., 1895, p. 184. 
Porcelain Crown. Matteson, A. E., 1895, p. 183. 
Porcelain Crowns. Le Cron, D. O. M., 1895, p. 185. 
Porcelain Crown. Mcintosh, F. H., 1895, p. 186. 
An Accurate Process for Fitting Bands to Badly Decayed Roots. Tag- 

gart, W. H., 1896, p. 123. 
A Porcelain Faced Bicuspid Crown. Peck, A. H., 1896, p. 124. 
Upper Central Incisor Crown. Newsome, B., 1896, p. 126. 
Porcelain Faced Crown Without Heating Facing. Wikoff, B. D., 189 7, 

p. 205. 
Porcelain Crown. Schwartz, G. W., 1898, p. 186. 
Preparation of Roots for Porcelain Crowns. McCandless, A. W., 1898, 

p. 188. 
Platinum Band Fitted for Porcelain Crown, Using Pure Gold Solder. 

Thomas, G. A., 1898, p. 188. 
Porcelain Crown. Nyman, J. E., 1898, p. 190. 
Gold Crown. Sawyer, C. B., 1898, p. 190. 
Intra-dental Band. Cigrand, B. J., 1898, p. 195. 
Gold Crown. Roe, F. A., 1899, p. 106. 
Gold Crowns. Stewart, L. K., 1899, p. 115. 
Porcelain Crown. Cigrand. B. J., 1899, p. 115. 
Porcelain Crown. Custer, L. E., 1899, p. 116. 
Setting Logan Crown with Gold Band. Dorn, C. P., 1899, p. 116. 
Cleavage of Enamel Preparatory to Crowning. Johnson, A. G., 1900, 

p. 172. 
Porcelain Crown. Hancock, J. E., 1901, p. 134. 

Building Up Broken Down Bicuspids and Molars Preparatory to Re- 
ceiving a Gold Crown. Mcintosh, F. H., 1901, p. 136. 
Seamless Gold Crown. Shryock, W. W., 1901, p. 138. 
Porcelain Crown. Nyman, J. E., 1901, p. 140. 
A Porcelain Crown Built Solidly from the Platinum Cap to the Proper 

Occlusion Without the Use of the Ordinary Facing Soldered to the 

Cap. Girling, W., 1902, p. 165. 
A Method of Anchoring Screw Posts in Frail Roots and Badly Broken 

Down Bicuspids and Molars. Brunson, G. M., 1902, p. 166. 
Porcelain Crown. Nyman, J. E., 1902, p. 169. 
Davis Banded Porcelain Crown. Schwartz, G. W., Supplement 1903, 

p. 5. 
Crown and Bridge Work. Miller, O. H., Supplement 1903, p. 12. 
Davis Crown. Combs, H. J., 1904, p. 30. 
Open Faced Crown. Jones, C. E., 1904, p. 30. 
Porcelain Crown. Weatherwax, W. J., 1904, p. 33. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



109 

An Improved Method of Adapting Porcelain Crowns Without a Band. 

Pritchett, R. A., 1905, p. 220. 
An Attachment for Davis Crown to First Bicuspid. Browning, H. O., 

1905, p. 220. 

A New Method of Adapting a Metal Pitting to the Prepared End of an 
Anterior Root. Haas, Alfred, 1905, p. 222. 

Gold Cuspids and Incisors and Articulating Molars and Bicuspids With- 
out Facings. Crigler, J. W., 1905, p. 226. 

Porcelain Crown. Cheeseman, F. B., 1905, p. 229. 

Baked Porcelain Crown. Gethro, F. W., 1905, p. 229. 

Porcelain Crown with Gold Coping. Combs, H. J., 1905, p. 229. 

Swaging Cope for Davis Crown. Starbuck, A. W., 1905, p. 229. 

All Porcelain Shell Crown. Ladewich, Louis, p. 279. 

Seamless Shell Crowns with Individually Carved Cusps. Boone, H. W., 

1906, p. 281. 

Banded Logan Crown Demonstrated with Giant Models. Brosman, W. 

H., 1906, p. 281. 
Seamless Gold Crown. Brown, G. E., 1906, p. 287. 

The Removal and Repair of Shell Crowns. Parker, F. W., 1906, p. 288. 
Baked Porcelain Brown Without Soldering Pins to Facing. Morey, 

C. L., 1906, p. 293. 
Porcelain Jacket Crown. Powell, C. B., 1906, p. 293. 
Contour That a Properly Shaped Artificial Crown Should Have. Ditt- 

mar, G. W., 1907, p. 228. 
Porcelain Jacket Crown. Young, W. B., 1907, p. 228. 
Porcelain Jacket Crown. Ladewich, L., 1907, p. 228. 
Accurate Fit of Cope for Porcelain Shell Crown. Harned, M. R., 1907, 

p. 234. 
Porcelain Jacket Crown. Powell, C. B., 1907, p. 235. 
Porcelain Jacket Crown. Frank, H. J., 1908, p. 261. 
Demonstrating Root Preparation for Bandless Detachable Pin, Por- 
celain Crown. Hughes, B. N., 1908, p. 262. 
Casting Gold Cope for Detached-Post Crowns. Smith, A. G., 1908, p. 

263. 
Gold Crown with Porcelain Cusp. Van Dervoort, B. M., 1908, p. 263. 
Richmond Bicuspid Crown. Luthringer, J. P., 1908, p. 265. 
Cast Base Porcelain Crown. Roach, F. E., 1908, p. 270. 
Carved Cusps in Mettaline Compound. Davis, L. P., 1908, p. 273. 
Porcelain Jacket Crown. Schneider, A. E., 1909, p. 232. 
Method of Making a Cast Gold Crown. Sims, S. C, 1909, p. 40. 
Porcelain Bicuspid Crown with Reenforced Root and Lingual Cusp. 

Whalem, W. F., 1910, p. 265. 
Porcelain Crown. Sitherwood, G. D., 1910, p. 266. 
Cement Model from Which a Cast Base for Replaceable Porcelain 

Crown is Obtained. Tilden, M. C, 1910, p. 269. 
Diatoric Teeth with Cast Bases as Crowns for Molars. Bachman, H. P., 

1911, p. 289. 
Moldine Models of Bell-shaped Teeth in Making Seamless Crowns. 

Broman, A. A., 1911, p. 289. 
Double Dowel for Bicuspids and Molars. Burkhardt, W. G., 1911, 

p. 290. 
Cast Gold Crown for Close Bite Posterior Teeth. Hoskins, T. S., 1911, 

p. 293. 
Porcelain Crown, Using Detached Post. Weart, E. R., 1911, p. 295. 
Acolite Casting for Porcelain Crowns. Foster, W. E., 1911, p. 301. 
Removable Band for Porcelain Work. Heaton, J. A., 1911, p. 302. 
The Tompkin's All Porcelain Crown Recommended for Anterior Teeth. 

Leonard, J. P., 1911., p. 303. 
Jacket Crowns. Schneider, A. E., 1911, p. 305. 
Short Method of Getting Perfect Occlusion for Gold Crown. Winters, 

M. E., 1911, p. 306. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



110 

Bicuspid Jacket Crown, Porcelain or Platinum Jacket. Schwartz, G. 

W., 1912, p. 290. 
A Crown, Using Ludwig's Anchor with Porcelain Cast on Same. Mc- 
intosh, F. H., 1912, p. 291. 
Seamless Gold Crown. Lundy, L. T., 1912, p. 291. 
A Quick Method of Carving Cusp for Shell Crown. Bowyer, S. P., 1912, 

p. 291. 
The Only Two Prophylactic Crowns in Dentistry To-day. Schneider, 

A. E., 1912, p. 294. 
Root Preparation and Construction of Base for Cast Base Crown. 

Jacobs, J. E., 1912, p. 295. 
Post for Lateral Incisor Porcelain Crown. Tharp, H., 1912, p. 295. 
A Coping with Countersunk Band Either Swaged or Cast. Kern, E. L., 

1912, p. 295. 
The Uses of the Gilmore Clasp as Applied to Plate and Crown Work. 

Hazell, E. F., 1912, p. 296. 
Bandless Molar Crowns. Hine, C. L., 1912, p. 299. 
Metal Base for Davis Crown. Head, L. D., 1912, p. 300. 
Helpful Hints on Porcelain Davis Crown. Shaw, W. M., 1912, p. 306. 
Cast Base Crown. Gould, E. E., 1913, p. 255. 
Building up of Broken Down Roots Using Weston's New Metal. Hillier, 

C. W., 1913, p. 257. 
A Short Accurate Method of Adapting a Porcelain Crown. Wilkes, 

A. M., 1913, p. 264. 



D332 Bridges. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Bridge Work. Disc, 1890, p. 145. 
Porcelain Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1905, p. 198; Disc, p. 205. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition of Two Cases of Bridge Work. Taggart, W. H., 1891, p. 
178. 

Exhibition of Samples of Teeth as Prepared for Mounting on a Bridge. 
Hunt, A. O., 1891, p. 180. 

Exhibition of Two Bridges. Fisher, J. W., 1892, p. 148. 
Bridge Work. Lakin, S. W., 1895, p. 183. 

Porcelain Bridge Work and Exhibition of an Electric Furnace. Tag- 
gart, W. H., 1895, p. 185. 

Replacing a Missing Second Bicuspid. Smith, A. G., 1896, p. 125; Disc, 
p. 134. 

Vulcanite Teeth for Bridge Work. Brigham, E. T., 1897, p. 205. 

Bridge Attachments to Teeth with Living Pulps. Wassail, J. W., 1898, 
p. 189. 

Attachment for Bridge to Anterior Teeth Without Amputation of Nat- 
ural Crown. Duncan, S. F., 1899, p. 104. 

Porcelain Bridge. Nyman, J. E., 1899, p. 112. 

Bridge Work. Sitherwood, G. D., 1899, p. 117. 

Bridge with Open Face Crown Attachment. Bridges, J. S., 1899, p. 123. 

Bridge Work. Wikoff, B. D., 1901, p. 136. 

Gold Dummy. Wilson, J. D., 1904, p. 28. 

Post Inlay Attachment for Anterior Bridge. Stewart, E. H., 1905, p. 
217. 

Invisible Bridge Attachment. Browning, H. O., 1905, p. 220. 

Gold Bridge. Wendell, P. J., 1905, p. 226. 

Removable Bridge. Schwartz, G. W., 1905, p. 226. 

Bridge Work. Breene, F. T., 1905, p. 229. 

Method of Anchoring Bridge for Restoration of Lower Incisor Lost 
Through Absorption. Snyder, C. L., 1906, p. 281. 

For index and key to classification nnmbers, see pink appendix. 



Ill 

A Method of Making Zinc or Babbit Metal Die Direct from Impression 
of the Mouth. Bullard, J. A., 1906, p. 286. 

A System of Bridge Work that Has Never Been Patented. Smith, B. 
M., 1906, p. 290. 

The Anchoring of Porcelain Bridges with Gold and Platinum Inlays. 
Willett, R. C, 1906, p. 290. 

Brewster's Replaceable Bridge Teeth. Baker, T. T., 1906, p. 292. 

Brewster's Replaceable Teeth. Keel, F. W., 1906, p. 292. 

Bridge Work. Evans, E. T., 1907, p. 228. 

Lingual Concealed Abutment Attachments for Anterior Bridges. Fell- 
man, W. O., 1907, p. 231. 

Anterior Bridge, Concealed Attachments, Two-Tooth Effect in Three- 
quarter Space. Philips, D. R., 1907, p. 235. 

Pontoon Bridge Work. Roach, F. E., 1907, p. 236. 

Practice Case of Removable Bridge Work. Keel, F. W., 1908, p. 259. 

Bridge Abutment on a Cuspid. Kennedy, G. L., 1908, p. 263. 

Exhibit of Sanitary Bridge for Lower Jaw. Wendell, P. J., 1908, p. 265. 

A Simple Method of Removing Bridges Without Mutilating the Abut- 
ments. Baker, T. T., 1908,, p. 266. 

Vulcanite Teeth in Bridge Work. Griffin, T. A., 1908, p. 266. 

Method of Replacing Bicuspid with a Bridge, Without Devitalizing or 
Using an Inlay in the Cuspids. Smith, B. M., 1908, p. 267. 

Showing Construction in Detail of Cast Bridge, Using Diatoric Teeth. 
Orr, H. Nelson, 1908, p. 267. 

Ordinary Facings as Replaceable Teeth in Cast Bridge Work. Bryant, 
L. F., 1908, p. 269. 

Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Bridges and Inlays. Johnson, 
C. N., 1908, p. 270. 

Strengthening Inlay Abutment for Bridge Work. Willett, R. C, 1909, 
p. 240. 

Replacing an Incisor Immediately after Extraction. McClure, T. H., 
1909, p. 243. 

Steel Removable Facing. Rowdybush, R. F., 1910, p. 266. 

Gold Cast Dummy, Using Steel Facings. Bowyer, S. P., 1910, p. 270. 

Method of Paralleling Abutments. Bryant, L. F., 1911, p. 290. 

Technic in Use of Diatoric Teeth in Bridge Work. Lind, C. L., 1911, 
p. 293. 

Inlay Abutment for Bridge Work. Coolidge, E. D., 1911, p. 300. 

Uses of Diatoric Teeth in Bridge Work. Davis, L. L., 1911, p. 301. 

Models Showing Method of Preparation of Teeth with Vital Pulps, and 
Gold Attachments to Same for Bridges. Fellman, W, O., 1911, 
p. 301. 

Removable Bridges. Kelly, J. L., 1911, p. 302. 

Some Reliable Abutments. Haskins, G. W., 1911, p. 308. 

Inlav Swing Bridge, Replacing Upper First Bicuspid; Inlay Abutments 
on Vital Teeth. Hodgson, E. S., 1912, p. 294. 

Accurate Method of Taking Impression and Bite for Bridge Work. 
Jordan, L. E., 1912, p. 304. 

Bridge Abutment. Stordock, P. G., 1913, p. 259. 

Anchorage for Fillings Intended as Abutments for Bridge Work. 
Hoover, W. A., 1913, p. 262. 

D34 Obturators and Similar Appliances. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Soft Rubber Palates for Congenital Clefts. Case, C. S., 1889, p. 154; 

1 Illus. 
The Velum Obturato. Case, C. S., 1903, p. 46; Disc, p. 52. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



112 

Clinics. 
Exhibited Models, Dies, Impression Cusps, Etc. Used in the Making 

of Artificial Vela and Obturators for Cleft Palate. Case, C. S., 1889, 

p. 142. 
Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. Case, C. S., 1899, p. 108. 
New Form of Artificial Palate. Case, C. S., 1902, p. 165. 
Velum Obturator. Case, C. S., Supplement, 1903, p. 10. 



D38 Dental Chemistry. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Chemistry. Taggart, W. H., 1884, p. 146; Disc, p. 153. 

D39 Dental Metallurgy. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



113 
D4 ORTHOPEDIC DENTISTRY. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Irregularities of the Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 21. 
Irregularities. Cushing, G. H., 1877, p. 114; 4 Illus. 
Regulating Teeth. Patrick, J. J. R., 1882, p. 163; 1 Illus.; Disc, p. 167. 
Best Methods of Correcting Irregularities. Morrison, W. N., 1883, 

p. 128; Disc, p. 131. 
Irregularities in Human Teeth; Or, Dental Teratology. Patrick, J. J. 

R., 1884, p. 127; 17 Illus. 
A Case in Practice. Irregularities. Pritchett, T. W., 1885, p. 130. 
Regulating Appliances. Roberts, N. J., 1887, p. 29; 3 Illus.; Disc, 

p. 34. 
Dental Morphyology and the Etiology of Irregularities. Patrick, J. J., 

R., 1S88, p. 83; 5 Illus.; Disc, p. 91. 
Efficiency and Simplicity in Regulating Appliances. Angle, E. H., 1891, 

p. 144; Disc, p. 146. 
Orthodontia: A Practical Case. Case, C. S., 1892, p. 84; 16 Illus.; 

Disc, p. 89. 
Reciprocation of Force in Orthodontia. Case, C. S., 1894, p. 108; 10 

Illus.; Disc, p. 118. 
Abnormal Lateral Bite. Case, C. S., 1895, p. 159; 4 Illus. 
The Relation of the Teeth to the Lips and Face. Hunt, A. O., 1897, 

p. 146; Disc, p. 150. 
Principles of Force and Anchorage in the Movement of Teeth. Case, 

C. S., 1897, p. 171; Disc, p. 182. 
New Methods and Appliances in Orthodontia. Case, C. S., 1898, p. 81; 

20 Illus.; Disc, p. 97. 
Orthodontia. MacDowell, J. N., 1901, p. 47; Disc, p. 49. 
Relation of the General Practitioner to Orthodontia. Barrett, T. H., 

1903, p. 22; Disc, p. 29. 
Some Common Mistakes in Orthodontia. Lourie, L. S., 19 07, p. 121; 

Disc, p. 126. 
The Index of Personality. Noyes, F. B., 1910, p. 133; Disc, p. 149. 
Some Psychological Phenomena Attending Orthodontia. Harned, M. 

R., 1911, p. 114; Disc, p. 135. 
Orthodontia in the Smaller Cities. Conroy, J. K., 1911, p. 117; Disc, 

p. 135. 
Regulating Teeth. Munroe, G., 1911, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. 
Retention in Orthodontia. Burrill, J. A., 1911, p. 125; Disc, p. 135. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition of Models Representing Irregularities and Method of Recti- 
fying. Campbell, J., 1892, p. 148. 

Orthodontia. Exhibition of a Torch. Matteson, A. E., 1892, p. 148. 

Regulating Appliance. Corbett, C. C, 1895, p. 184. 

Appliances for Regulating and Retaining the Teeth. Case, C. O, 1897, 
p. 187. 

Orthodontia. Sitherwood, G. D., 1898, p. 190. 

Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. Case, C. S., 1899, p. 108. 

Set of Models for Diagnosing Orthodontia Cases. Angle, E. H., 1899, 
p. 116. 

Immediate Regulation. James, A. F., 1899, p. 117. 

Orthodontia. MacDowell, J. N., 1900, p. 170. 

Casts Showing the Mai-Formation and Occlusion in Consequence of 
Premature Extraction of the Deciduous Molars. Taylor, C. R., 
1900, p. 174. 

Orthodontia. Case, C. S.. 1901, p. 140. 

Mai-Occlusion Resulting from Illtimed Extraction.' McMillan, H. W., 
Supplement 1903, p. 4. 

Orthodontia. Case, C. S., 1904, p. 30. 

Regulating Bands. Sitherwood, G. D., 1904, p. 32. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



114 

Orthodontia Models. Lourie, L. S., 1906, p. 280. 

Orthodontia; On Impacted Teeth, Their Diagnosis and Treatment. 

Lischer, B. E., 1906, p. 282. 
A Simple Method of Jumping the Bite of One or More Teeth. Tor- 

rence, L. B., 1906, p. 293. 
Two Orthodontia Cases. Munroe, G., 1908, p. 259. 
Orthodontia Wrench, Direct and Reverse Acting. Brown, G. E., 1908, 

p. 272. 
Means of Getting an In-locked Incisor into Position. Bates, C. D., 1909, 

p. 236. 
Raising the Bite with a Cast Gold Inlay. Hugo, C. J., 1910, p. 265. 
Orthodontia. Grisamore, T. L., 1910, p. 268. 
Model Making for Orthodontia. Burrill, J. A., 1910, p. 268. 
Orthodontia Models. Fahrney, S. W., 1911, p. 291. 
Orthodontia. Grisamore, T. L., 1911, p. 302. 
Simple Regulating Appliances for Common Irregularity. Hoover, W. S., 

1911, p. 302. 
Apparatus Used in Extracting Teeth. Hall, Alfred, 1911, p. 302. 
Orthodontia, Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. Willett, 

R. C, 1911, p. 307. 
Exhibit of Mai-Occlusion. Baldwin, J. O., 1912, p. 296. 
Orthodontia, Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. Willett, 

R. C., 1912, p. 302. 
Bilateral Resection of the Mandible. Models and Charts of a Case. 
Eisenstaedt, J., 1912, p. 307. 

Dental Radiograph. Ream, F. K., 1909, p. 238. 
Diagnostic and Therapeutic Value of the X-ray in Dentistry. Lewis, 

R. I., 1912, p. 299. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



115 
D5 ORAL. HYGIENE. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Dental Hygiene. Richards, W. P., 1881, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. 
A Survey of Oral Hygiene. Bentley, C. E., 1912, p. 208; Disc, p. 213. 

Clinics. 
Effect on Tooth Enamel of Mechanical Brushing with Pumice and 
Water, Equal to About Eighty or Ninety Years of Brushing by 
Hand. Arnold, L. H., 1911, p. 297. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



116 
D6 DENTAL PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT. DIAGNOSIS. 

Papers axd Discussions. 
Some Enquiries Relative to the Need of the Profession for a Text-book 
on Dental Pathology. Cushing, G. H., 1871, p. 93; Disc, p. 102. 

D6a Dental Bacteriology. Articles Applying to Bacteri- 
ology of a Particular Subject, Classified with 
Subject. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. Demonstrations with Incubator, 

Etc., and Lectures Each Day of the Meeting. Black, G. V., 1886, 

p. 180; 5 Illus. 
Micro-organisms. Demonstrations with Incubator, Etc., and Lectures 

Each Day of the Meeting. Black, G. V., 1887, p. 162. 
Dental Histology and Micro-organisms. Disc, p. 150. 
Results of Experiments in Bacteriology. (Antiseptics.) Peck, A. H., 

1897, p. 189. 
Microbiology and Office Clinic. Sitherwood, G. D., 1901, p. 90. 
Some Phases of Bacteriological Infection of the Human Mouth. Cook, 

G. W., 1912, p. 154; Disc, p. 164. 

Clinics. 
Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. Black, G. V., 1S86, p. 180; 5 Illus. 
Micro-organisms. Black, G. V., 1887, p. 162. 
Bacteriology. Cook, G. W., Supplement 1903, p. 9. 

D601 Systemic Condition and the Teeth. Pregnancy. 
Effects of Drugs on the Teeth. Tobacco, See Also 
613.84. (Diseases in Connection with Dentition, 
See D17. Foods and Diet in Relation to the 
Teeth, See 013.8. Conditions of Saliva in Rela- 
tion to the Teeth, See 612.311. Gouty and Uric 
Acid Diathesis, Etc., See D64.) 

Papers and Discussions. 

Diseased Conditions; Their Effects Upon the Teeth. Black, G. V., 1873, 
p. 129; Disc, p. 143. 

Pathological Conditions of the Teeth, and Their Effect Upon the Gen- 
eral System. Davis, J. A. W., 1876, p. 31; Disc, p. 34. 

The Effect of Eruptive Diseases on the Teeth. Patrick, J. J. R., 1893, 
p. 25; Disc, p. 31. 

A Good Set of Teeth One of the Most Important Attributes of Man. 
Peck, A. H., 1910, p. 156; Disc, p. 163. 

D602 Deciduous Teeth. (Absorption of Roots of Decid- 
uous Teeth, See Dll. Diseases in Connection 
with Dentition, See D17.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Proper Method of Treatment of Decay in Deciduous Teeth. Disc, 1866, 

p. 6. 
Under What Circumstances Should Deciduous Teeth Be Extracted to 

Avoid an Improper Arrangement of the Permanent Teeth? 1866, 

p. 7. 
Treatment of Deciduous Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 12. 
Observed Effects of the Premature Extraction of the Temporary Teeth. 

Freeman, A. W., 1868, p. 38; Disc, p. 39. , 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



117 

Care of Children's Teeth Between the Ages of Six and Fifteen. White, 

P. E., 1873, p. 145; Disc, p. 153. 
Operative Dentistry as Applied to Deciduous Teeth. Morrison, W. N., 

1887, p. 130; Disc, p. 133. 
The Care of the Deciduous Teeth. Entsminger, G. W., 1890, p. 120; 

Disc, p. 121. 
Calcification a Controlling Factor in the Treatment of the Teeth. Mun- 

roe, G., 1900, p. 94; Disc, p. 97. 
Preservation of the Deciduous Teeth. Harrison, A. M., 1903, p. 61; 

Disc, p. 68. 
Our Younger Patients. Munroe, G., 1906, p. 40; Disc, p. 47. 

Clinics. 

Saving Children's Teeth by the Use of Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement. 
Parker, R. W., 1908, p. 261. 



D61 Diseases of Enamel and Dentin. Caries. (Filling 
Teeth, Filing Teeth, Separation of Teeth, Inlays 
and Mechanical Procedures in Treatment of 
Caries, See D22 and D23. Effects of Foods, In- 
cluding Sugars, on the Teeth, See 613.2. Condi- 
tions of Saliva in Relation to Caries, See 612.31.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Causes and Prevention of Diseases of the Teeth. Cushing, G. H., 1S66, 

p. 12; Disc, p. 12. 
Dental Caries. Crouse, J. N., 1869; Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 272; Disc, Mo. 

Dent. Jnl., p. 276. 
Dental Caries. Koch, C. R. E., 1871, p. 14; Disc, p. 27. 
Prevention and Treatment of Decay on Proximal Surfaces of the Teeth. 

Cushing, G. H., 1873, p. 170; Disc, p. 188. 
The Part Which Vital Action Plays in the History of Dental Caries. 

Chase, H. S., 1873, p. 106; Disc, p. 110. 
Diseased Conditions: Their Effect Upon the Teeth. Black, G. V., 1873, 

p. 129; Disc, p. 143. 
Unusual Cases in Practice. Caries. Waide, A. J., 1S73, p. 193. 
Etiology of Dental Caries. Harlan, A. W., 1874, p. 59; Disc, p. 67. 
Some Points in the Natural History of Caries of the Teeth, and the 

Value of Filling for Its Arrest. Black, G. V., 1880, p. 77; Disc, 

p. 100. 
Suggestions Relative to the Cause of Rapid Dental Decay. Spalding, 

C. W., 1881, p. 155; Disc, p. 167. 
High Civilization Not the Cause of Tooth Decay. Patrick, J. J. R., 1882, 

p. 133; 1 Illus.; Disc, p. 160. 
The Incipiency of Dental Caries. Ottofy, Louis, 1883, p. 57; Disc, 

p. 64. 
Oral Chemistry. (Dental Caries.) Reid, J. G., 1886, p. 139; Disc, 

p. 143. 
Dental Histology and Micro-organisms. Disc, p. 150. 
Experimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents in 

Living Teeth and Pulpless Teeth. Harlan, A. W., 1891, p. 126; 

Disc, p. 13^5. 
Etiology of Dental Caries. Peck, A. H., 1894, p. 25; Disc, p. 33. 
Calcification a Controlling Factor in the Treatment of the Teeth. Mun- 
roe, G., 1900, p. 94; Disc, p. 97. 
Preventive Dentistry. Newkirk, G., 1901, p. 92; Disc, p. 98. 
A Presentation of Some Conditions of Caries of the Enamel. Noyes, 

F. B., 1908, p. 198; Disc, p. 226. 
Some Conclusions Growing Out of a Study of the Cause of Dental Caries. 

Jones, C. E., 1911, p. 252; Disc, p. 280. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



118 

Clinics. 
Diagnosis of Obscure Caries. McMillan, H. W., 1907, p. 225. 

D61a First Permanent Molars. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Proper Treatment of the First Permanent Molars. Disc, 1866, p. 7. 
Treatment of Six-Year Molars. Disc, 1866, p. 15. 
Treatment of Six-Year Molars. Kilbourne, E. H., 1868, p. 35; Disc, 

p. 36. 
Treatment of Sixth Year Molars. Swain, E. D., 1868, p. 35; Disc, 

p. 36. 
Treatment of Sixth Year Molars. Smith, C. S., 1868, p. 35; Disc, 

p. 36. 
Sixth Year Molars. Report of Special Committee. Kilbourne, E. H., 

1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 268. 
Extraction of First Molars. Harlan, A. W., 1879, p. 109; Disc, p. 111. 
The First Molar. Allen, E. H., 1890, p. 127; Disc, p. 130. 
First Permanent Molar. Crouse, J. N., 1902, p. 122; Disc, p. 125. 

D611 Sensitive Dentin. (Electricity in Treatment, See 
615.84.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Sensitive Dentine. 1867; Disc, p. 31. 
Penetration of Dentine by Fluids Under Pressure. Johnston, W. A,, 

1905, p. 122; Disc, p. 132. 
Painless Dentistry. Harned, M. R., 1913, p. 231; Disc, p. 236. 

Clinics. 
A Hot Vapor Pain Obtunder. Milton, S. A., 1890, p. 165. 
Painless Preparation of Sensitive Cavities Using Novocaine and Adre- 
nalin. Kennedy, G. L., 1913, p. 255. 

D613 Abrasion. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Odontotripsis. (Abrasion.) Mowbray, R. C, 1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., 

p. 279. 
Abrasion and Erosion. Koch, C. R. E., 1873, p. 37; Disc, p. 62. 

Clinics. 
Method of Cavity Preparation for Abraded or Fractured Anterior Teeth. 

Tym, W. B., 1910, p. 271. 
The Excessive Abrasion and Destruction of Tooth Substance by Strong 

Bite was Restored by Extensive Restoration by Means of Inlay 

Work. Munroe, G., 1912, p. 297. 

D614 Erosion. (Conditions of Saliva in Relation to Ero- 
sion, See 612.311.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Abrasion and Erosion. Koch, C. R. E., 1873, p. 37; Disc, p. 62. 
Effect on Tooth Enamel of Mechanical Brushing with Pumice and 

Water, Equal to About Eighty or Ninety Years of Brushing by 

Hand. Arnold, L. H., 1911, p. 297. 

D615 Atrophy. Hypoplasia. 
For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



119 

D62 Diseases of Cementum. Excementosis. Absorp- 
tions of Roots of Deciduous Teeth, See Dll.) 

D621 Excementosis. 

D622 Absorptions. 

D63 Diseases of Dental Pulp. (Treatment, See D24. 
Pulp Nodules, See D612.) ■ 

Papers and Discussions. 
Bacteriological Investigation of Pulp Gangrene. Cook, G. W., 1899, 

p. 19;' Disc, p. 23. 
A Brief Review of the Chemistry of Pulp Decomposition with a Rational 

Treatment for this Condition and Its Sequelae. Buckley, J. P., 

1907, p. 36; Disc, p. 148. 
Putrefaction and Pathological Changes in Tissue. Cook, G. W., 1908, 

p. 116; Disc, p. 125. 

D64 Diseases of Peridental Membrane. Gouty and Uric 
Acid Diathesis, Etc. (Replantation for Cure of 
Diseases of Peridental Membrane, See D73. Sali- 
vation, See 615.927.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Treatment of Diseased Gums and Alveolar Processes. Disc, 1866, 

p. 10%. 

Receding of the Gums in Persons of Middle Age; Cause and Treat- 
ment. Willson, O., 1868, p. 38; Disc, p. 38. 

Phagedena Pericementi. Black, G. V., 1882, p. 93; Disc, p. 110. 

Recent Additions to the Therapeutics of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, 
A. W., 1893, p. 61; Disc, p. 64. 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Wassail, J. W., 1897, p. 31; Disc, p. 36. 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Peck, A. H., 1900, p. 36; Disc, p. 45. 

Practical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. James, Austin F., 1905, 
p. 52; Disc, p. 56. 

Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. Beck, Rudolph, 1910, 
p. 171; Disc. p. 190. 

Chronic Oral Infections Associated with Teeth; and Their Treatment. 
Logan, W. H. G., 1913, p. 106; Disc, p. 128. 

Clinics. 
Method of Treating Pyorrhea Alveolaris by Electrolysis. Ames, W. 

V-B., 1887, p. 112. 
Operation for the Renewal of Receded Gums. Harlan, A. W., 1890, 

p. 162. 
Antiseptic Paste of inc Sulphate. Ames, W. V-B., 1890, p. 164. 
Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, A. W., 1896, p. 124; Disc, p. 130. 
Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Lawrance, R. N., 1897, p. 201. 
Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Good, Robert, 1899, p. 111. 
Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, A. W., 1899, p. 111. 
Method of Reproducing Gum Tissue. Carpenter, G. T., 1899, p. 120. 
Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Wassail, J. W., 1899, p. 123. 

Surgical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Cook, G. W., 1900, p. 171. 
Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Good, Robert, 1900, p. 172. 
Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, A. W., 1901, p. 134. 
Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Good, Robert, 1901, p. 137. 
Pyorrhea at Root Bifurcations and Its Treatment with Oxyphosphate 

of Copper. Carpenter, E. R., 1901, p. 137. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



120 

Individual Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Cook, G. W., 1902, 
p. 162. 

The Use of Kowarska's Cement as a Splint for Loose Teeth. Hinkins, 
J. E., 1902, p. 164. 

Treating and Wiring Loose Teeth. Sitherwood, G. D., 1902, p. 168. 

Pyorrhea Treatment. Good, Robert, 1904, p. 27. 

Treating Sensitive Teeth. Taylor, C. R., 1904, p. 32. 

Hints in the Prevention and Treatment of So-Called Pyorrhea. White- 
field, G. W., 1905, p. 216. 

Radium in the Treatment of Receded Gums, or Partial Atrophy of the 
Gums About the Necks of the Teeth. Beck, R., 1905, p. 216. 

Pyorrhea. Logan, W. H. G., 1905, p. 229. 

A Permanent Mechanical Fixture for Holding Loose Teeth. Sitherwood, 
G. D., 1906, p. 285. 

Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris and Prophylaxis. James, Austin F., 
1907, p. 232. 

Case of Pyorrhea. Logan, W. H. G., 1908, p. 259. 

Instrumentation in Prophylaxis and the Treatment of Pyorrhea. James, 
A. F., 1908, p. 260. 

Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. McCallin, S., 1909. p. 231. 

Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. Skinner, F. H., 1909, p. 238. 

Cast Splint for Loose Teeth. Hine, C. L., 1909, p. 241. 

Case with Pyorrhea Pocket. Harned, M. R., 1910, p. 268. 

Tooth Replantation or Root Amputation as Indicated in Pyorrhea Alve- 
olaris. Logan, W. H. G., 1911, p. 286. 

Oral Prophylaxis and Pyorrhea Alveolaris. James, A. F., 1911, p. 287. 

Retaining Appliance for Loose Teeth. Stewart, L. K., 1911, p. '295. 

Treatment of Pyorrhea Demonstrating Use of Logan-Buckley Instru- 
ments. Buscho, W. A., 1911, p. 296. 

A Cast Splint for Lower Loosened Anterior Teeth. Tym, W. B., 1911, 
p. 305. 

Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. Miller, G. A., 1912, p. 289. 

Pyorrhea Toothbrush. Funk, L. L., 1912, p. 293. 

Pyorrhea. James, A. F., 1912, p. 302. 

D641 Calculus, Deposits, Stains, Removal of Same. (Cal- 
culi and Diseases of Salivary Glands and Ducts, 
See 616.31.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Salivary Calculus and Its Removal. Marriner, J. F., 1883, p. 31; Disc, 
p. 36. 

Clinics. 
Removal of Deposits. Cattell, D. M., 1889, p. 143. 
Exhibition of a Set of Scalers. Newkirk, G., 1892, p. 148. 
Instruments for Removal of Deposits. Hinkins, J. E., 1899, p. 112. 
Pyorrhea Instruments. Lawrance, R. N., 1908, p. 263. 
Method of Using Tartar Solvent. Bowman, F. H., 1909, p. 237. 

D65 Alveolar Abscess. (Replantation for Cure of Ab- 
scess, See D73.) 

Papers and Discussions. 

Alveolar Abscess. Disc, 1867, p. 28, 

Alveolo-Dental Periostitis: Its Causes, Pathology, Diagnosis and Ther- 
apeutics. Smith, C. S., 1869, Mo. Den. Jnl., p. 308; Disc, p. 319. 

Alveolar Abscess: Its History, Pathology and Treatment. Judd, H., 
1869, p. 321; Disc, p. 328. 

Alveolar Abscess. Smith, C. S., 1871, p. 109; Disc, p. 123. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



121 

Treatment of Teeth with Dead Pulps and Alveolar Abscess. Koch, C. 
R. E. ( 1880, p. 40; Disc, p. 44. 

Treatment of Teeth with Dead or Dying Pulps; Also Treatment of Alve- 
olar Abscess. Townsend, H. H., 1881, p. 28; Disc, p. 41. 

Peridontitis: Cause and Treatment. Campbell, J., 1882, p. 176; Disc, 
p. 181. 

Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. Beck, Rudolph, 1910, 
p. 171; Disc, p. 190. 

Clinics. 

Treatment of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. Sitherwood, G. D., 1883, 

p. 152. 
Treatment of Abscess. Dunn, J. Austin, 1888, p. 131. 
Two Cases of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. Harlan, A. W., 1S88, p. 132. 
A New Method for Root Amputation. Buckley, J. P., 1911, p. 286. 
Treatment of Apical Pericementitis by Opening into the Apical Space 

Through the Outer Wall of the Alveolus. Welch, J. R., 1912, 

p. 296. 
Chronic Oral Infections Associated with Teeth; and Their Treatment. 

Logan, W. H. G., 1913, p. 106; Disc, p. 128. 
Surgery of Chronic Dento-Alveolar Abscess. Buckley, J. P., 1913, 

p. 254. 

D66 Diseases of Soft Tissues of the Mouth. (Hemor- 
rhage, See D721.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Stomatitis Materna. Wilson, I. P., 1871, p. 40; Disc, p. 44. 

D661 Systemic Diseases Manifested in the Mouth. Syphi- 
lis. (Systemic Conditions and the Teeth, See 
D601. Gouty and Uric Acid Diathesis, See D64.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
General Consideration of Syphilis with Special Reference to Differential 
Diagnosis Between Syphilitic and Non-Syphilitic Lesions as Mani- 
fested in the Mouth. Logan, W. H. G., 1908, p. 177; Disc, p. 191. 

D67 Dental and Facial Neuralgia and Reflected Pain. 
(Facial Paralysis, See 61G.842.) (Surgical Treat- 
ment of Same, See D77.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Neuralgia. Disc, 1867, p. 30. 
Facial Neuralgia. Cushing, G. H., 1868, p. 39. 
Dental Neuralgia. Black, G. V., 1878, p. 26; Disc, p. 40. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



122 
D7 ORAL SURGERY. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Oral Surgery. Brophy, T. W., 1886, p. 177; Disc, p. 178. 
Conservatism in Oral Surgery. Brophy, T. W., 1898, p. 147; Disc, 
p. 151. 

Clinics. 
Surgical Clinic. Gilmer, T. L., 1901, p. 138. 
Surgical Clinic. Brophy, T. W., 1905, p. 229. 

D71 The Maxillae. Reports of Accident Cases Involving 
Injuries of the Face and Jaws. 

•Papers and Discussions. 
Caries and Necrosis of the Maxillary Bones. Brophy, T. W., 1882, 
p. 85; Disc, p. 110. 

D711 Necrosis. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Necrosis of Lower Jaw. A Case. Disc, 1871, p. 54, 57, 105. 

Clinics. 
Operation. Removal of Necrosed Bone and Necrosed Germ. Black, 

G. V., 1883, p. 152. 
Surgical Operation. Necrosis. Brophy, T. W., 1904, p. 30. 



D712 Caries. (Articles on Both Necrosis and Caries, See 
D711.) 

D713 Fractures. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla. Gilmer, T. L., 1881, p. 67; 40 Illus.; 

Disc, p. 104. 
Forty Illustrations for Paper by Dr. T. L. Gilmer on Fractures of the 

Inferior Maxilla. Black, G. V., 1881, p. 67. 
Compound Fracture of the Inferior Maxillary. Tibbets, C. J., 1883, 

p. 125; Disc, p. 127. 
A Simple Manner of Treating Fracture of the Lower Jaw. Johnston, 

W. A., 1900, p. 115; Disc, p. 118. • 

Clinics. 
Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. Case, C. S., 1899, p. 108. 
Compound Comminuted Multiple Fracture of Lower Jaw. Van Tuyl, 
H. I., 1912, p. 290. 

D714 Dislocations. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Closure of the Jaws. Patrick, J. J. R., 1883, p. 100; 4 Illus. 

D715 Fixations. Trisms., Ankylosis, Arthritis, Etc. (Fix- 
ations on Account of Impacted Third Molars, See 
D74.) 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



123 

D72 Extraction. (Electricity in Extraction, See 615.84. 
Local Anaesthetic, See 615.7816.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Extracting Teeth: Indications for It and Best Methods. Murphy, J. D., 

1S82, p. 114. 
Extraction of Teeth. Olson, M. W., 1907, p. 217; Disc, p. 221. 

Clinics. 
Extraction of Teeth. Dorn, C. P., 1891, p. 179. 
Extractions. Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. 165. 
The Use of Nitrous Oxid in Extracting Teeth. Nevius, L. W., 1900, 

p. 172: 
An Extracting Instrument That Was Used Before the Turnkey. Cruise, 

R. J., 1902, p. 169. 
A Few Pointers on Instrumentation and the Necessity of the Radiograph 

in Diagnosis Before Extraction. Allen, A. B., 1909, p. 235. 
Table Talk on Extraction. Allen, A. B., 1911, p. 289. 
Extraction of Teeth. Ream, F. K., 1911, p. 297. 
Extracting Under Somnoform. Collins, O. G., 1912, p. 299. 

D721 Hemorrhages Following Extraction. Hemorrhage 
From Soft Tissues of Mouth. (See also 617.41, 
Arrest of Hemorrhage.) 

D73 Replantation, Transplantation, Implantation. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Transplanting Teeth. Morrison, W. N., 1876, p. 81. 
Is Implantation a Successful Operation? Disc, 1893, p. 171. 

Clinics. 
Implantation. Ottofy, Louis, 1887, p. 112. 
Replantation. Morrison, W. N., 1888, p. 133. 
Exhibition of Patient with Tooth Implanted in 1887. Ottofy, Louis, 

1S89, p. 145. 
Implantation. Morrison, W. M., 1893, p. 166. 
Case of Implantation in 1887. Ottofy, Louis, 1896, p. 128. 
Replanting for Cure of Pyorrhea. Keefe, J. E., 1899, p. 122. 
The Technique of Implanting a Silver Root, Showing Case in the 

Mouth, Orr, H. N., 1906, p. 278. 

D74 Unerupted and Malposed Teeth. Third Molars. 
(Orthopedic Treatment, See D4.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Impacted Lower Third Molars. Allen, A. B., 1910, p. 127; Disc, 
p. 131. 

Clinics. 
Models of Impacted Third Molars. Allen, A. B., 1905, p. 218. 
Use of Dental Engine in Removal of Impacted Lower Third Molars. 

Ream, F. K., 1906, p. 287. 
Demonstration of Instruments and Methods in Removal of Impacted 

Lower Third Molars. Allen, A. B., 1908, p. 262. 

D75 Plastic Operations. 

Clinics. 
Elimination of Scar Following Lip Injury. Gilmer, T. L., 1911, p. 295. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



124 

D751 Cleft Palate and Hare Lip. (Obturators, Artificial 
Vela, Etc., See D34.) 

Clinics. 
Cleft Palate. Brophy, T. W., 1901, p. 136. 
Operation for Cleft Palate. Brophy, T. W., 1906, p. 287. 
Operation for Cleft Palate. Brophy, T. W., 1906, p. 287. 
Cleft Palate. Moorehead, P. B., 1910, p. 259. 
Operation for Cleft Palate and Bilateral Hare Lip. Brophy, T. W., 

1911, p. 286. 
Cleft Palate. Moorehead, F. B., 1912, p. 287. 
A Case of Double Cleft Palate. Gilmer, T. L., 1912, p. 288. 



D76 Sinuses of Face, Diseases and Treatment. (Tumors 
of Antrum, Etc., See D78.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Diseases of the Antrum. Kilbourne, E. H., 1871, p. 126. 
The Maxillary Sinus and Its Diseases. Gilmer, T. L., 19Q5, p. 75; Disc, 

p. 86. 
Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. Beck, R., 1910, p. 171; 

Disc, p. 190. 

Clinics. 
Empyema of the Antrum. Brophy, T. W., 1897, p. 206. 
Engorgement of the Antrum of Highmore as a Result of Sinusitis. 

Gilmer, T. L., 1905, p. 218. 
Bismuth Paste in a Case of Empyema of the Antrum. Beck, R., 1909, 

p. 241. 

D77 Surgical Treatment of Dental and Facial Neuralgia. 
(Pathology and Medical Treatment, See D67.) 

Clinics. 

Hypertrophy of the Third Division of Nerves. Brophy, T. W., 18 98, 

p. 192. 
Facial Neuralgia. Gilmer, T. L., 1899. 
Facial Neuralgia. Brophy, T. W., 1899, p. 119. 
Case Operated Upon for Tri-Facial Neuralgia. Gilmer, T. L., 1900, 

p. 175. 
Surgical Operation — Neuralgia. Brophy, T. W., 1904, p. 29. 
Deep Injection of Alcohol for Relief of Tri-Facial Neuralgia. Potts, 

H. A., 1908, p. 268. 
Deep Injection of Alcohol for Relief of Tri-Facial Neuralgia. Potts, 

H. A., 1909, p. 230. 



D78 Tumors of Mouth and Face. Ranula, Cysts, Epulis. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Unusual Cases in Practice. Two Cases of Tumor of Lower Maxilla. 

Waide, A. J., 1873, p. 193. 
Removal of a Tumor from the Antrum Highmorianum. Patrick, J. J. 

R., 1883, p. 115; 3 Illus. 
Diagnosis of Oral Tumors. Brophy, T. W., 1887, p. 96; 3 Illus.; Disc, 

p. 102. 
Early Diagnosis and in Brief the Treatment of Tumors of the Jaw. 

Schuhmann, H. H., 1896, p. 72; Disc, p. 82. 
Removal of an Osteo-Sarcoma. Eames, W. H., 1883, p. 124; Disc, 

p. 125. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



125 
D782 Malignant. 

Clinics. 
Removal of Fibrous Tumor. Moorehead, F. B., 1913, p. 253. 

D783 Benign. 

Papers and Discussions. 
An Odontome. Black, G. V., 1879, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. 
Cyst. Brophy, T. W., 1898, p. 193. 
Cyst. Moorehead, F. B., 1912, p. 287. 



Pop index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



126 

D8 DENTAL JURISPRUDENCE, ETHICS AND ECONOMICS. 

Papers and Discussions. 

Dental Ethics. Dean, M. S., 1871, p. 79; Disc, p. 87. 

Dental Quacks. Howard, G. O., 1872, p. D34; Disc, p. 42. 

The Just Demands of the Public Upon Professional Men. dishing, G. 

H., 1872, p. 85; Disc, p. 90. 
Thoroughness and Honesty in Dental Operations. Townsend, H. H., 

1874, p. 40; Disc, p. 46. 
Duties of Dentist to Patient; Duties of Patient to Dentist. McCandless, 

A. W., 1895, p. 87; Disc, p. 100. 
Professional Ethics Versus Patents. Bentley, C. P., 1902, p. 34; Disc, 

p. 44. 
Ethics. Johnson, C. N., 1907, p. 104; Disc, p. 109. 
Report of the Committee Appointed to Revise the Code of Ethics. 

Johnson, C. N., 1909, p. 58. 
A Few Random Thoughts. Rohland, C. B., 1911, p. 70; Disc, p. 80. 
Thorough and Honest Dentistry. Evans, E. T., 1911, p. 199; Disc, 

p. 203. 
Some Thoughts Relative to the Present Status of Dentistry in the Rural 

Districts and the Outlook for the Future. Blair, E. K., 1912, p. 

135; Disc, p. 144. 



D81 



State Laws, Laws of Foreign Countries. 



Papers and Discussions. 

Goodyear Dental Vulcanite Co. Cushing, G. H., 1867, p. 32. 

Propriety of Legislation for the Protection of the People Against Dental 
Imposition, and for the Encouragement of Scientific Attainments by 
the Dental Profession. Cushing, G. H., 1870, p. 77; Disc, p. 87. 

Dental Legislation and Plate Work. Black, G. V., 1870, p. 82; Disc, 
p. 87, 102. 

Dental Legislation. Report of the Committee. Cushing, G. H., 1871, 
p. 7. 

Dental Legislation. Report of the Committee, 1874, p. 6. 

Miles, G. S., 1874, p. 93. 

Dental Legislation. Report of the Committee, 1875, p. 6. Blair, E. K., 
1892, p. 66; Disc, p. 71. 

A Commentary on the Illinois Statutes of 1881, Regulating the Prac- 
tice of Dentistry. Koch, C. R. E., 1895, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. 

Dental Legislation. Report of Committee. 



Koch, 


C. 


R. 


E., 


1907, 


P- 


243 


Koch, 


c. 


R. 


E., 


1908, 


P- 


254 


Koch, 


c. 


R. 


E., 


1909, 


p. 


48. 


Koch, 


c. 


R. 


E., 


1910, 


P- 


53. 


Koch, 


c. 


R. 


E., 


1911, 


P- 


59. 


Koch, 


c. 


R. 


E., 


1912, 


P- 


65. 


Koch, 


c. 


R. 


E., 


1913, 


p. 


76. 



D82 State Examining Boards. (Proceedings as a Whole 
of National Association of Dental Examiners, 
Etc.) 



Papers and Discussions. 
The State Board of Dental Examiners. Toast, Laurance, R. N., 1889, 
p. 162. 

The Duties and Obligations of the Members of State Boards of Dental 
Examiners. Taylor, C R., 1906, p. 127; p. 132. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



127 
D83 Litigations. 

DS4 Army antl Navy Dentists. 

D85 Dental Protective Associations. 

D89 Dental Economics. 

Papers asd Discussions. 
Dental Fees. Hurtt, J. M., 1872, p. 98. 
Some Thoughts Respecting the Theory and Ethics of Professional 

Fees. Noyes, Edmund, 1876, p. 75. 
A Simple Method of Keeping Daily Records. Rohland, C. L. B., 1895, 

p. 31; 2 Illus.; Disc, p. 38. 
Where Shall I Locate, or the Beauties of a Country Practice. Cormany, 

J. W., 1898, p. 69; Disc, p. 73. 
The Business Side of the Profession. Pearce, R. M., 1904, p. 155; Disc, 

p. 158. 
Advertising in Dentistry; or Commercialism Versus Professionalism. 

Henderson, G. H., 1905, p. 178; Disc, p. 184. 
Our Strongest Weakness. Luthringer, J. P., 1906, p. 175; Disc, p. 184. 
The Dentist of To-morrow. Cormany, J. W., 1907, p. 63; Disc, p. 65. 
The Prophylactic Treatment for Poverty in Old Age. McMillan, J. D., 

1909, p. 154; Disc, p. 161. 
Some Observations Bearing Upon the Business Side of Dentistry. 

Whalen, W. F., 1913, p. 138; Disc, p. 145. 

Clinics. 
Practical Office Records and Accounts. Arnold, L. H., 1906, p. 283. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



128 
THE FOLLOWING ARE WITHOUT THE STRICTLY DENTAL CLAS- 
SIFICATION (EXCEPT MATERIA MEDIC A AND THERAPEU- 
TICS) AND THE NUMBERS ARE THOSE OF DEWEY'S DECIMAL 
CLASSIFICATION. 

578 Microscopy. 

Papers axd Discussions. 
The Use of the Microscope in Progressive Dentistry. Davis, L. L., 1887, 
p. 145; Disc, p. 148. 

612 Physiology. 

612.3 Digestion. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Cold-Ground Attrition Flour. Smith, C. S., 1876, p. 81. 

612.31 Mouth, Tongue, Saliva, Mastication. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Abnormal Secretion. Willson, O., 1871, p. 72; Disc, p. 79. 
Chemistry of the Oral Secretions and Their Action on the Teeth. Chase, 

E. C, 1873, p. 56. 
Record of Tests of Saliva. Cushing, G. H., 1874, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. 
Record Tests of Saliva. Cushing, G. H., 1875, p. 125. 
Mastication. Ingersoll, L. C, 1877, p. 55; Disc, p. 64. 
Saliva: Its Characteristics in Health and Disease. Harlan, A. W., 

1880, p. 104; Disc, p. 110. 
Characteristics of Saliva in Syphilitics. Harlan, A. W., 1881, p. 162; 

Disc, p. 167. 
The Human Tongue. Taylor, C. R., 1895, p. 63; Disc, p. 68. 
Physiological Function of the Saliva. Dicus, J. B., 1901, p. 74; Disc, 

p. 80. 

612.8 Nervous System. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Nervous Reflex Action. Newkirk, G., 1880, p. 25; Disc, p. 32. 
Reflex Pain. Moody, Kate C, 1884, p. 49; Disc, p. 54. 
Nervous Matter and Principles of Nervous Action. Newkirk, G., 1885, 
p. 52; 3 Illus.; Disc, p. 60. 

612.3 Personal Hygiene. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Office Hygiene. Rohland, C. B., 1883, p. 41; Disc, p. 56. 

615 Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Notes on Remedies. Harlan, A. W., 1883, p. 147. 

Notes on New Remedies. Harlan, A. W., 1885, p. 119; Disc, p. 126. 
Practical Therapeutics, with Notes on the Application of Special Drugs. 

Harlan, A. W., 1887, p. 74; Disc, p. 78. 
Dental Medicine. Buckley, J. P., 1905, p. 157; Disc, p. 168. 

Clinics. 
Materia Medica. MaWhinney, Elgin. Supplement 1903, p. 6. 
Dental Drugs. Buckley, J. P., 1904, p. 26. 
Dental Medicines. Elliot, E., 1913, p. 257. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



129 
615.711 Stimulants. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Medical Stimulants. Ingersoll, L. C, 1887, p. 86; Disc, p. 92. 

615.716 

Papers and Discussions. 
Amyl-Nitrite. Gibbs, A. E., 1879, p. 22; Disc, p. 39. 

615.75 Antipyretics. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Quinine. Its Uses in Dentistry. Taylor, C. R., 1882, p. 169; Disc. 



p. 181. 



615.775 Escharotics. 



Papers and Discussions. 

Escharotics and Coagulants. Harlan, A. W., 1889, p. 113; Disc, p. 120. 

Carbolic Acid and Creosote — Their Chemistry and Therapeutical Appli- 
cation to the Practice of Dentistry. Brophy, T. W., 1880, p. 57; 
Disc, p. 62. 

615.778 Antiseptics. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Antiseptics and Disinfectants. Harlan, A. W., 1886, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. 
Results of Experiments in Bacteriology. (Antiseptics.) Peck, A. H., 

1897, p. 189. 
The Essential Oils and Some Other Agents, Their Antiseptic Value, Also 

Their Irritating and Non-irritating Properties. Peck, A. H., 1898, 

p. 154; Disc, p. 169. 
Antiseptics and Disinfectants. MaWhinney, E., 1900, p. 125; Disc, 

p. 142. 
Antiseptic, Germicide and Disinfectant. Peck, A. H., 1901, p. 65; Disc, 

p. 70. 
The Use of Antiseptics. Black, G. V., 1911, p. 88; Disc, p. 100. 

615.781 Anaesthetics. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Anaesthesia. Willson, O., 1867, p. 23; Disc, p. 24. 
Anaesthesia. Cushing, G. H., 1868, p. 39. 
Anaesthetics in Dentistry. Willson, O., 1869; Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 331; 

Disc, p. 340. 
Anaesthetics. Freeman, A. W., 1879, p. 90; Disc, p. 102. 
Introduction of Bromide of Ethyl as an Anaesthetic for Dental Pur- 
poses or Any Very Short Operation. Black, G. V., 1883, p. 67; 

Disc, p. 68. 
Things Old, New and Useful in the Operating Room. (Chloroform as 

an Obtundent.) Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. 82; Disc, p. 93. 
Local Anaesthetics. Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. .170. 
Narcotile as a General Anaesthetic. Weld, F. A., 1903, p. 71; Disc, 

p. 73. 
A Plea for the More Conservative Use of Anaesthetics, Narcotics and 

Sedatives in Dental Practice. Pruyn, C. P., 1906, p. 89; Disc, p. 94. 
Somnoform: Its Use and Few Personal Experiences with It. Ritter, 

J. W., 1906, p. 200; Disc, p. 207. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



130 

Clinics, 

Use of Cocaine. Pruyn, C. P., 1888, p. 131. 

Administration of Sulphuric Ether. Palmer, E., 1891, p. 179. 

Exhibition of an Excellent Method of Generating Gas. Antes, R. H., 
1893, p. 166. 

Nitrous Oxid Gas. Slonaker, J. W., 1901, p. 139. 

The Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Nitrous Oxid with Hurd's 
Inhaler and Gold Filling. Skinner, F. H., 1902, p. 168. 

Narcotile. Weld, F. A., Supplement 1903, p. 14. 

Nitrous Oxid Gas. Skinner, F. H., Supplement 1903, p. 12. 

Nitrous Oxid Gas. Harrison, H. E., 1905, p. 217. 

Extractions with Nitrous Oxid Gas Anaesthesia. Richardson, F. W., 
1905, p. 224. 

A Lesson in Administering Somnoform. De Ford, W. H., 1907, p. 232. 

Local Injection for Extraction. West, H. C, 1910, p. 268. 

Somnoform Anaesthesia. McRae, C. A., 1910, p. 268. 

Apical Injection to Desensitize Pulp for Its Removal or for Painless 
Cavity Preparation. Bennecke, E. R., 1911, p. 287. 

Apical Injection to Desensitize Pulp for Its Removal or for Cavity Prep- 
aration. Bennecke, E. R., 1911, p. 295. 

Extracting Under Somnoform. Collins, O. G., 1912, p. 299. 

Nitrous Oxid and Oxygen Anaesthesia. Bernard, F. J., 1912, p. 299. 

Analgesia Under N 2 and Air. Luxmore, W., 1913, p. 261. 

G15.84 Electricity, Electro-therapeutics. (Cataphoresis.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Some Applications of Electrolysis in Dentistry. Ames, W. B., 1884, 

p. 102. 
Cataphoresis. Moorehead, W. W., 1896, p. 99; Disc, p. 104. 
To What Extent Are We Justified in Using Cataphoresis and Is There 

Danger of Injuring the Dental Pulp and Other Tissues by Its Use? 

Disc, 1897, p. 208. 

Clinics. 

Illustrating the Use of a Galvanic Current to Produce Local Anaes- 
thesia. Davis, J. A. W., 1887, p. 112. 

Cataphoresis. Keefe, J. E., 1896, p. 124. 

Electro-Cocain Anaesthesia for Inflamed Pulps. Ames, W. V-B., 1897, 
p. 203. 

Cataphoresis. Kennerly, J. H., 1898, p. 187. 

615.851 Mind Cure. (Hypnotism.) 

Papers and Discussions. 
Dental Spiritualism. Ottofy, L., 1885, p. 74; Disc, p. 83. 

Clinics. 
Cavity Preparation, Using Hypnosis as a Means for Entire Relief from 
Pain. Cowen, W. H., 1909, p. 237. 

617.21 Shock. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Shock. Newkirk, G., 1896, p. 55; Disc, p. 61. 

617.22 Inflammation. 

Papers and Discussions. 
Inflammation. Judd, H., 1884, p. 79; Disc, p. 89. 
Inflammation. Spalding, C. W., 1885, p. 108; Disc, p. 115. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



PART III. 



PERSONAL INDEX 



To the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society, 
1865-1913. 



In the preparation of this personal index, an effort has been 
made to list the names of every person who has been a member of 
the Society, and also the names of others who have participated in 
its activities, from the time of its organization in 1865 to date. In 
the following pages there is published for each individual : 

1. Name, with the date of joining the Society (where two or 
more dates are given the person so indicated has joined two or more 
times, having allowed his membership to lapse between the dates 
given ) . 

2. Administration. List of official positions and committee 
appointments, in chronological order. 

3. Papers. List of papers read before the Society, with clas- 
sification number, year and page for each, in chronological order. 

4. Discussions. Classification numbers, with year and page 
for each paper discussed, in chronological order. 

5. Clinics. Titles of clinics, with classification number, year 
and page, in chronological order. 



132 

Abbott, L. F„ IS 6 6. 

Administration. 

1865. Executive Com. 
Abbott, S. G., 1909. 

Clinic. 

1912. Solila Gold Filling with Cement Lining, in Place of Inlay. D221, 
p. 288. 
Abell, T. C, 1S65, Charter Member. 
Abernathy, T. D., 1906. 
Abstein, Chas. E., 1905, 1912. 
Ackerman, C, 1905. 
Adams, David W., 1906. 
Adams, H. W., 1913. 
Adams, J. E., 1905. 

Administration. 

1908. " Com. on Necrology. 
1910. Com. on Public Press. 

Adams, J. Q., 1908. 
Adams, W. J., 1S97, 1905. 

1909. Obituary, p. 239, 299. 
Adams, W. R„ 1905. 

Adkins, R. A., 1905. 
Aigley, J. E., 1897. 

Clinics. 

1905. Removal of Pulp, Using Pressure Anesthesia. D242, p. 217. 
1907. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 226. 

1910. Root Canal Filling with Sandarac Varnish and Gutta-percha 

Points. D243, p. 268. 
Aiston, E., 1906. 
Albaugh, \¥m„ 1865, Charter Member. 

Discussions. 

1866. D24, p. 9. 
1871. D22, p. 55. 

Albrecht, C. H., 1905. 
Albright, H. A., 1913. 
Albright, L,. G., 1905, 1908. 
Alcombarck, A. W., 1912. 
Alderson, T. E., 1905. 
Alexander, E. V. H., 1S73. 
Alexander, H., 1909. 
Alexander, W. A., 1905. 
Alkire, L,. E., 1905. 
Allen, A. Brom, 1904. 

Papers. 

1910. Impacted Lower Third Molars. D74, p. 127; Disc, p. 131. 

Discussions. 

1907. D72, p. 221. 

Clinics. 
1905. Models of Impacted Third Molars. D74, p. 218. 

1908. Demonstration of Instruments and Methods in Removal of Im- 

pacted Lower Third Molars. D74, 1908. 

1909. A Few Pointers on Instrumentation and the Necessity of Radio- 

graph in Diagnosis Before Extraction. D72, p. 235. 

1911. Table Talk on Extraction. D72, p. 289. 
Allen, A. C, 1866. 

Allen, C. D., 1906. 
Allen, C. E., 1907. 
Allen, E. H., 1883. 

Administration. 

1893. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1894. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1895. Executive Council. 
1898. Executive Council. 
1898. Executive Com. 
1900. Executive Com. 

1905. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1906. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1909. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 

1910. President. 

Papers. 

1890. The First Molar. D61a, p. 127; Disc, p. 130. 

1893. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 162. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



133 
Allen, E. H. — Continued. v 

1S95. The Illinois State Dental Society and the Relation It Sustains to 
the Dentists of Illinois. D06, p. Ill; Disc, p. 117. 

1897. Opinions of Illinois Dentists Regarding Dental Societies. D06, 
p. 50; Disc, p. 63. 

1903. Porcelain Inlays as Viewed by the Country Dentist. D232, p. 79; 

Disc, p. 80. 

1904. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 75; Disc, p. 78. 

1905. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 29; 

Disc, p. 32. 

1906. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 25; 

Disc, p. 27. 

1907. A Comparative Review of the Last Twenty-five Years of Dentistry 

as Gathered from a Study of the Proceedings of this Society. 
D09, p. 203; Disc, p. 209. 

1910. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 16. 

Discussions. 

1894. D2, p. 133. 

1895. D243, p. 52. 

1896. D04, p. 26; D21, p. 135. 

1897. D04, p. 27; D22a, p. 86; D09, p. 277. 

1898. D04, p. 19; D222, p. 35; D89, p. 74, 75. 

1899. D141, D22a, p. 60. 

1900. D21, p. 168. 

1901. D32, p. 63. 

1902. D22a, p. Ill; D21, p. 161. 

1904. D06, p. 57; D221, p. 152. 

1905. D25, p. 56; D64, p. 56. 

1907. D07, p. 45; D89, p. 69; D221, p. 91; D231, p. 91; DS, p. 119. 

1908. D06, p. 89. 

1909. D32, p. 130. 

1911. D04, p. 33; D32, p. 237. 
1913. D231, p. 96, 97. 

Clinics. 

1S94. Gold Filling. D221, p. 155. 

1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 136. 

1904. Gold Filling. D221, p. 29. 

1909. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 239. 

1913. Gold Foil Filling. D221, p. 261. 
Allen, H. W., 1909. 
Alloway, M. C, 1912. 
A I! port, W. W., 1866, 1882. 

1893. Obituary, p. 234. 

Administration.. 

1866. Program Com. 
1868. Librarian. 
Paper. 

1872. Sensation and Nourishment in Dentine. D142, p. 95; Disc, p. 96. 

Discussions. 

1866. D221, p. 8; D24, p. 9; D3, p. 11; D602, p. 13; D22, p. 16, 17; D24, 

p. 18, 19; D3, p. 21. 
1S72. D2, p. 60. 
1882. D2, D22, p. 79, SI, 82, 84; D64, p. 110, 113; D07, p. 129. 

1885. D3, p. 50; D24, p. 71, 73, 74; D2, p. 104 

1887. D2, p. 126, 127. 
Ailshouse, C. E., 1905. 
Aim, G. T., 1911. 

Alsip, H. S., 1906. 

Alward, R. W., 1909. 

Ames, A., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1865. Com. on By-Laws. 
Ames, W. B., 1886. 
Ames, E. R., 1905, 1910. 
Ames, W. V-B., 1884. 

Administration. 

1886. Librarian. 

1887. Librarian. 

1888. Librarian. 

1889. Librarian. 

Com. on Dental Art and Inventions. 
1S92. Com. on Dental Art and Inventions. 

Papers. 

1884. Some Applications of Electrolysis in Dentistry. 615.84, p. 102. 

1888. Amalgams. D222, p. 123; Disc, p. 134. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



134 



Ames, YV. V-B. — Continued. 




1890. Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 82. 
1891 Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 51; Disc, 
p. 54. 

1894. Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 148; 

Disc, p. 152. 

1895. Combinations of Metals in Amalgams. D222, p. 73; Disc, p. 76. 

Discussions. 

1885. D2, p. 105. 

1886. D7, p. 178, 179. 

1888. D073, p. 74; D3, p. 184; D21, p. 195, 201. 

1890. D2, p. 170. 

1891. D24, p. 98. 

1892. D21, p. 141. 

1 CQA T1999 r\ Q7 



144. 



Clinics. 

1887. Method of Treating Pyorrhea Alveolaris by Electrolysis. D64, 
p. 112. 

1889. Prepared Copper Amalgam for Filling. D222, p. 144. 

1890. Retention of Full Upper Dentures by Means of Atmospheric Pres- 

sure. D32, p. 162. 
Antiseptic Paste of Zinc Sulphate. 1S90, p. 164. 
1892. Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement Filling. D223, p. 147. 

1894. Demonstration on Mixing of Oxyphosphates on a Chilled Surface. 

D223, p. 156. 

1895. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 1S2. 

1896. Vulcanite Plates with Flexible Rubber Edges for Securing Better 

Atmospheric Retention. D321, p. 127. 

1897. Electro-cocaine Anesthesia for Inflamed Pulps. 615.84, p. 203. 

1900. Some Cements Under the Microscope. D223, p. 171. 

1901. Utilization of Atmospheric Pressure. D32, p. 137. 
1903. Cements. D223, p. 5, supplement. 

1913. The Use of Water as Chilled in a Porous Jar for Controlling the 
Temperature of Cement Mixing Slabs. D223, p. 260. 
Amrine, Roscoe C, 1902, 1906. 
Anderson, A. It.. 1906. 
Anderson, D. S., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1911. Just Hints, That's All. D21, p. 297. 
Anderson, J. M., 1905. 
Anderson, E. A., 1910. 
Anderson, R. E., 1903. 
Andrew, L,. J., 1905, 1909. 
Andrews, Chas. F., 1905. 
Andrews, YV. H., 1912. 
Angle, E. H. 

Papers. 

1S91. Efficiency and Simplicity in Regulating Appliances. D4, p. 144; 
Disc, p. 146. 

Clinic. 

1899. Set of Models for Diagnosing Orthodontia Cases. D4, p. 116. 
Angle, F. C, 1905. 
Ankeny, R. L.., 1905. 
Antes, R. H., 1886. 

1911. Obituary, p. 32S. 

Clinic. 

1S93. Exhibition of an Excellent Method of Generating Gas. 615.7S11, 
p. 166. 
App, YV. H., 1908. 
Appel, George, 1905. 
Appel, YV. C, 1911. 
Ardner, A. J., 1909. 
Arment, G. D., 1913. 
Armstrong, A. J., 1906, 1910. 
Armstrong, Hugh F., 1905. 
Arnold, E. M., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



135 
Arnold, L. H., 1905. 

Discussion. 

1909. D2, p. 229. 
Clinics. 

1906. Practical Office Records and Accounts. D89, p. 283. 

1911. Effect on Tooth Enamel of Mechanical Brushing- with Pumice and 
Water, Equal to About Eighty or Ninety Years of Brushing by 
Hand. D5, D614, p. 297. 
Ashley, Edward H., 1907. 
Ash worth, Thos. A., 1909. 
Atchison, J. A., 1905. 
Atchison, George B., 1906. 
Atkinson, Florence, 1911. 
Atkinson, M. G. G., 1911. 
Atkinson, \V. 91. 

1891. Obituary, p. 185. 
Aughinbaugh, A. J., 1906. 
Austin, A. I*., 1911. 
Austin, C. E., 1905. 
Austin, J. F., 1886. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



136 

Babeock, A. M., 1910. 
Babeock, Sf. E., 1872. 
Babeock, S., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1865. Com. on By-Laws. 

1866. Treasurer. 
186S. Executive Com. 

Discussions. 

1870. D221, p. 74, 76; D3, p. 98. 
Bachman, A. J., 1905. 
Bachman, H. P., 1907. 

Clinic. 

1911. Diatoric Teeth with Cast Bases as Crowns for Molars. D331. 

d 2 8 9 
Backus, Claude, 1905. 
Bacon, C. G., 1905. 
Bacon, D. C, 1905. 
Bacon, L,. A., 1909. 
Bad&ley, Louis E., 1905. 
Bagfley, W. S., 1907. 
Baier, J. G., 1909. 
Bailey, E. B., 1912. 
Bailey, F. C, 1905. 
Bailey, O. C, 1910. 
Bailey, R. \V., 1885. 
Baird, H. G., 1908. 
Baird, J. F. 

1904. Obituary, p. 237. 
Baird, T. W., 1905. 
Baird, W. M., 1909. 
Bake, L. E., 1905. 

Administration. 

1910. Clinic Com. 
Clinics. 

1906. Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Porcelain Inlays. D232. 

p. 279. 

1907. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 234. 
Baker, A. E., 1912. 

Baker, B. M., 1865, Charter Member. 

Discussions. 

1S66. D602, p. 7; D221, p. 8. 
Baker, C. R., 1905. 

Administration. 

1914. Com. on Necrology. 
Baker, D. B., 1879. 

1885. Obituary, p. 26. 
Baker, E. II . 

Paper. 

1912. The Evolution of Dentistry. D07, p. 169; Disc, p. 189. 
Baker, Harry C, 1909. 

Baker, Hester J., 1S94, 1905. 
Baker, J. H., 1909. 
Baker, L. I,., 1909. 
Baker, T. T., 1905. 
Clinics. 

1906. Brewster's Replaceable Bridge Teeth. D332, p. 292. 

1908. A Simple Method of Removing Bridges without Mutilating the 

Abutments. D332, p. 266. 
1912. Inlay, Using Alexander's Plastic Gold. D231, p. 303. 
Balance, M. W., 1910. 
Baldwin, A. E., 1887. 
Baldwin, C. M., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1907. Ascher's Enamel Cements. D223, p. 235. 

1908. Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 272. 
Baldwin, C. V., 1879. 

Baldwin, D. H. 

Clinic. 
1906. Porcelain Restoration. D232, p. 285. 
Baldwin, J. O., 1905. 
Clinic. 
1912. Exhibit of Malocclusion. D4, p. 296. 

For iuilex and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



137 

Ball, G. H. W., 1910. 
Bandy, C. W., 1908. 
Bandy, O. Ii., 1898, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1898. Clamp and Press. D31, p. 195. 

1908. Vulcanite Rubber Inlays. D23, p. 274. 
Bane, B. W., 1907. 
Banes, J. I).. 1891. 
Banks, M. A., 1908. 
Banzet, G. T., 1902, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1904. Matrix Burnishing. D23, p. 26. 
Barackman, H. E., 1912. 
Barackman, \V., 1905. 
Barackman, W. G., 1908. 
Barber, B. D., 1907. 
Barber, Edward S., 1906. 
Barber, H. B., 1899. 

1902. Obituary, p. 231. 
Barber, H. E., 1909. 

Clinic. 

1911. Casting for Split Root. D23, p. 297. 
Barber, Laivson, 1905. 

Barber, R., 1908. 
Barber, W. S., 1907. 
Barclay, J. A., 1909. 
Barcus, J. M., 1889. 

Administration. 

1894. Executive Com. 

1894. Com. on Necrology. 

1895. Executive Com. 

1908. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1909. Program Com. 
1914. Executive Council. 

Discussions. 

1900. D602, D61, p. 100. 

1907. D22c, p. 197. 

1908. D09, p. 65. 

1912. D04, p. 27; D222, p. 252. 

Clinic. 

1890. Gold Filling. D221, p. 162. 
Barker, O. M., 1905. 
Barker, W. H. 

Discussion. 

1881. D5, p. 64. 
Barnes, A. D. C, 1906. 
Barnes, A. H., 1905. 
Barnes, Chas. T., 1905. 
Barnfield, J. E., 1907. 
Barnfleld, W. H., 1907. 

Clinic. 

1908. Demonstrating Method of Polishing Amalgam Filling. D222. 
p. 263. 
Barnett, J. R., 1906. 
Barnum, I,. D., 1906. 
Barnhart, P. B., 1909. 
Barnsback, C. T., 1910. 
Barnum, L.. D., 1908, 1912. 
Baron, W. F., 1908. 
Barr, A. C, 1905. 
Barr, James A., 1906. 
Barrett, T. H., 1903. 
Paper. 

1903. Relation of the General Practitioner to Orthodontia. D4, p. 22: 

Disc, p. 29. 
Barrett, W. C. 

Paper. 

1882. Description of a Case Having Roots of a Full Denture But No 

Crowns. D13, p. 35; Disc, p. 39. 
Discussions. 
1886. 615.778, p. 77, 82, 85, 86: D22a, D243, p. 110, 111, 112, 113; D07, 
p. 133; D61, p. 148; D24, p. 158, 160; D6a, p. 192. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



138 

Barrieklow, W. H., 1909. 
Barter, J. S., 1905. 
Bartholomew, A. E., 1911. 
Bartsch, F. G„ 1905. 
Bascombe, C. H., 1905. 
Batcheler, J. S., 1911. 
Bates, C. D., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1909. Means of Getting- an In-locked Incisor Into Position. D4, p. 236. 
Bates, O. L,., 1907. 

Administration. 

1913. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 
Bateson, B. F., 1907. 

Bauer, J. G. V., 1908. 
Baumjiarten, W. C, 1907. 
Baumsarth, H., 1905. 
Baumrueker, Otto, 1909. 
Baur, A. P., 1911. 
Bawden, A. C, 1905. 
Bayless, D. D., 1905. 
Bayne, R. S., 1905. 
Beach, Max, 1905. 
Beadles, R. O., 1905. 
Beau, A. M., 1911. 
Bear, G. K., 1909. 
Beatie, E. L,., 1905. 
Beatty, H. G., 1909. 

Administration. 

1914. Board of Censors. 
Beck, Clara E., 1905. 
Beek, R., 1901, 1905. 

1913. Obituary, p. 300. 

Administration. 
1911. Board of Censors. 

Papers. 
1902. Paraffin — An Ideal Material for the Filling- of Root Canals. D243, 

p. 52; Disc, p. 54. 
1910. Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. D64, D65, D76, p. 

171; Disc, p. 190. 

Discussion. 

1904. D101, p. 13S. 

Clinics. 

1905. Radium in the Treatment of Receded Gums, or Partial Atrophy of 

the Gums About the Necks of the Teeth. D64, p. 216. 
1909. Bismuth Paste in a Case of Empyema of the Antrum. D76, p. 241. 
Becker, G. H„ 1905. 
Becker, R. YV., 1911. 
Beckett, John M., 1905. 
Beckwith, T. W., 1881. 
Beecher, S. E., 1903. 
Beers, T. L.., 1871. 
Beesley, J. G., 1902. 
Behm, J. Wm., 1909. 
Behm, L. J., 1909. 
Behrens, F. C, 1910. 
Beidler, G. H., 1908. 
Beidler, Wm. A., 1906. 
Bell, F. T., 1903, 1909. 
Bell, F. W., 1909. 
Bell, J. A., 1911. 
Bell, J. B., 1S72. 

Discussion. 

1873. D24, p. 73. 
Bell, R. C, 1913. 
Bell, W. T., 1909. 
Bellchamber, C. E., 1905, 1912. 

Administration. 

1908. Board of Censors. 

1911. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1912. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

Paper. 

190S. The Use of Non-Cohesive Gold in Filling Teeth. D221, p. 141; 
Disc, p. 160. 
For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



139 
Bellchamber, C. E. — Continued. 
Clinics. 

1909. Ascher's Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 239. 

1911. Gold Inlay, Using- Alexander's Wax Gold. D231, p. 289. 

1913. Method of Applying- Gold Inlay to Porcelain Crown or Plate Tooth. 
D231, p. 257. 
Benham, Emma L., 1905. 
Bennecke, E. R., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1911. Apical Injection to Desensitize Pulp for Its Removal or for Pain- 
less Cavity Preparation. D22a, 617.7S16, p. 287. 
Bennett, Geo. L,., 1901, 1905. 
Bennington, E. K., 1899, 1905. 
Bentley, C. E., 1895. 

Administration. 

1904. Clinic Com. 

1905. Executive Council. 

1908. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1908. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1912. Public Service Commission. 

1912. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

Papers. 

1896. New Outlooks in Dentistry. D07, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. 

1902. Professional Ethics Versus Patents. DS, p. 34; Disc, p. 44. 

1904. Report of the Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 26. 

1906. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 11. 

1908. Report of the Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 19; 

Disc, p. 34. 

1911. Report of the Public Dental Education Com. D072, p. 65. 

1912. A Survey of Oral Hygiene. D5, p. 208; Disc, p. 213. 

Discussions. - 

1895. D243, p. 52. 

1899. D04, p. 13. 

1902. D073, p. 152. 

1903. D073, p. 43; D232, p. 84. 

1904. D04, p. 16; D221, p. 153. 
iqak D04, p. 24; D332, p. 213. 

D602, p. 57, 62; 615. 7S1, p. 102, 109; D072, p. 224, 231. 

D04, p. 19; D07, p. 48; DS9, p. 70, 71; DS, p. 114; D24, D63, p 

D06, D09, p. 216. 
D661, p. 191, 192. 

1909. D04, p. 23; D07, p. 79. 

1910. D04, p. 23; D072, p. 208 

1911. D04, p. 20. 

1912. D072, p. 2™ 
Bentley, G. H., 1905 
Berlau, L,., 1905. 
Bernard, F. J., 1909 

Clinic. 

1912. Nitrous Oxide and Oxygen. Anesthesia. 615.7813, p. 299. 
Bernhardt, John, 1909. 
Berry, E. B., 1913. 
Berry, H. T., 1907. 
Berry, W. H., 1910. 
Berryman, W. L.., 1905. 
Bertram, C. L,., 1910. 
Besley, Walter Cone, 1911. 
Best, W. I., 1905. 
Betty, P. A., 1909. 
Bevan, J. A., 1905. 
Bevan, W. F„ 1905. 
Bevier, G. 1., 1908. 
Bickel, F. X., 1905. 
Bigelow, B. H., 1905. 
Bigelow, C. S., 19-05. 
Biggs, G. C, 1908. 
Bigler, J. A., 1912. 
Bilek, J. B., 1905. 
Bills, Geo. H., 1872. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



140 



Bingham, S. R. 

1896. Portrait. Frontispiece. 
Obituary, p. 184. 

Discussion. 

1869. 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 340, 341. 
Birkland, J. W., 1903. 
Bisant, M., 1913. 
Bisewski, F. E., 1905. 
Bischof, J. L,., 1907. 
Bishof, J. L,., 1912. 
Bishopp, Harry B., 1909. 
Bishopp, J. A., 1909. 
Bissett, F. A., 1909. 
Black, Arthur D., 1902. 



1904. 

1906. 

1906. 
1907. 
1908. 
1909. 
1910. 
1913. 



1905. 
1906. 
1909. 
1910. 

1913. 



1902. 
1904. 
1905. 
1906. 
1907. 
1908. 
1910. 



1910. 



1911. 
1912. 
1913. 
Black, G, 

1883. 



1869. 
1870. 
1871. 

1873. 

1874. 
1877. 
1878. 

1879. 

1880. 
1881. 
1902. 
1903. 
1904. 



D06, p. 35; 



Administration. 

Reorganization of the Illinois State Dental Society. 

Disc, p. 55. 
Executive Council. 
Com. on Organization. 

Presentation for Work of Reorganization, p. 295. 
Secretary. 
Secretary. 
President. 

Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 
Executive Council. 

Papers. 

Report of Reorganization Com. D06, p. 103; Disc, p. 113. 

Report of Reorganization Com. D06, p. 29S. 

President's Address. D04, p. 10; Disc, p. 18. 

A System of Classifying Dental Literature and Its Application in 

Society Work and Daily Practice. • D073, p. 228; Disc, p. 243. 
Remarks on Reorganization of National Dental Association. D06, 

p. 247. 
Report of Com. on Reorganization of National Dental Assoication 

and Resolutions. D06, p. 272. 

Discussions. 

D031, p. 24. 

D101, p. 139. 

D04, p. 28; D76, p. 97; D89, p. 184. 

615.781: D06, p. 119; D89, p. 195. 

D24, D63, p. 148. 

D06, p. 84; D661, p. 196. 

D04, p. 25; D64, D65, D76, p. 197. 

Clinic. 

A Classified Index of About 40,000 Cards for Articles on All Sub- 
jects in Dental Journals from 1839 to Date. D073, p. 271. 

Discussions. 

D04, p. 36; D04, D8, p. S6; D072, p. 186; D072, p. 196; D32, p. 235. 
D04, p. 25; D072, p. 81; D07, p. 189; D222, p. 253. 
D04, p. 37; D25, p. 186, 187, 194, 195; D611, p. 242. 
V., 1868, Voted Life Membership, 1887. 

Presentation of Cane by Members of The Illinois State Dental 
Society, p. 21. 

Administration. 

Executive Com. 

Vice-President. 

President. 

Executive Com. 

Executive Com. 

Executive Com. 

Board of Censors. 

Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. '. 

Board of Censors. 

Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Board of Censors. 

Board of Censors. 

Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 



Papers. 

1869. Gold Foil. D221, p. 283, Mo. Dent. Jnl. 
1S70. Exposed Pulps. D24, p. 6; Disc, p. 18. 

Dental Legislation and Platework. D81, p. 82; Disc, p. 87, 102. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



141 
Black, G. V. — Continued. 

1871. Remarks of Retiring- President. D04, p. 105. 

1S73. Diseased Conditions — Their Effects Upon the Teeth. D61, D601, 
p. 129; Disc, p. 143. 

1875. Probabilities. (In Operative Procedures.) D2, p. 92. 

1S76. In What Does the Improvement in Dentistry During the Last Fif- 
teen Years Consist? D07, p. 58; Disc, p. 63.. 

1875. Dental Neuralgia. D67, p. 26; Disc, p. 40. 

1879. An Odontome. D7S3, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. 

1880. Some Points in the Natural History of Caries of the Teeth and the 

Value of Filling for Its Arrest. D61, p. 77; Disc, p. 100. 

1881. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 8. 

Forty Illustrations for Paper by Dr. T. L. Gilmer on Fractures of 
the Inferior Maxilla. D713, p. 67. 
18S2. Phagedena Pericementi. D64, p. 93; Disc, p. 110. 

1553. Chart Showing Lines of Contemporaneous Calcification of the 

Teeth. D14, Frontispiece. 
Introduction of Bromide of Ethyl as an Anesthetic for Dental 
Purposes or Any Very Short Operation. 615.7815, p. 67; Disc, 
p. 68. 

1554. Specialists and Specialties. D07, p. 90; Disc, p. 100. 

1886. Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. (Demonstrations with Incu- 

bator, etc., and Lectures Each Day of the Meeting.) D6a, p. 180, 
5 illus. 

1887. Micro-organisms. (Demonstrations with Incubator, etc., Each 

Day of the Meeting.) 1887, p. 162. 
1889. The Beneficent Influence of the Illinois State Dental Society. 
Toast. D06, p. 163. 

1892. The Interproximate Spaces. D22, p. 30; Disc, p. 42. 

1893. Anchorage of Proximate Fillings in the Bicuspids and Molars. 

D22a, p. 9, 6 illus.; Disc, p. 19. 

1902. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 136; 

Disc, p. 150. 

1903. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 36; 

Disc, p. 43. 

1904. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 21. 

1907. Limitations of Dental Education. D07, p. 25; Disc, p. 38. 

1908. Account of Dr. Miller's Work. D09, p. 251. 

1909. Some Problems in Dentistry Which Should Have Further Devel- 

opment, or A Wider Diffusion of Practical Information. D07, 
p. 134; Disc, p. 140. 
1911. The Use of Antiseptics. 615.778, p. 8S; Disc, p. 100. 

Discussions. 

1868. D61a, p. 36; D243, p. 37. 

1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 305; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, 

p. 329. 

1870. D22, p. 46, 48, 49; D22, p. 54, 58, 59, 60. 

1871. D65, p. 124, 125, 126. 
1872 D2 d 59' D142 p 97 

1873! D17, p. 86; D613,' D614, p. 63; D24, p. 69, 70; D22, p. 102, 103; 

D3, p. 158; D61, p. 191; D07, p. 32. 
1874. D22, p. 49, 50; 612.31, p. 57; D61, p. 70, 71, 72; D22, p. 87, 89; D072, 

p. 107; D325, p. 108. 

1876. D601, p. 34, 3S; D07, p. 46, 47; D22, p. 72; D325, p. 97; D24, p. 106. 

1877. D04, p. 29; D22, p. 51, 52; D24, p. 93, 95, 96; D2, p. 107, 112. 

1878. D04, p. 25; D07, p. 57, 59, 61, 62; D22, p. 59, 61, 62; D22, p. 67; 

D16, p. 75, 76; D21, p. SI; D26, p. 88; D07, p. 97. 

1879. 615.716, p. 39, 40; D24, p. 61, 63, 64, 65; D3, p. 75; D2, p. 78; D07, 

p. 86; 615. 7S1, p. 104; D2, p. 108; D61a, p. 112. 

1880. 612.8, p. 32, 34, 37: D64, D65, p. 46; 615.775, p. 63, 64 ; 612.31, p. 113. 

1881. D24, D65, p. 41; D5, p. 56, 65; D713, p. 104, 106; D141, p. 110, 112; 

D07, p. 133; D22, p. 152, 153, 154; D222, p. 123, 124; 612.31, p. 
168, 169. 

1882. D13, p. 39; D2, p. 83; D22, p. 83; D61, p. 160, 163; D4, p. 168; D65, 

p. 183. 

1883. D16, p. 77; D2, p. 96, 97, 99, 100; D7S1, p. 124; D713, p. 127; D4, 

p. 132; D32, p. 141. 

1884. D24, p. 44, 48; 612.8, p. 57; 612.8. p. 57; D141, p. 77, 78; 617.22, p. 

89, 90; D16, p. 127. 

1885. 612.8, p. 63; D3, p. 47, 48, 49, 50; D24, p. 71, 73, 74; D2, p. 100, 101, 

102, 103, 108; 617.22, p. 115, 117, US, 119; 615.5, p. 127, 128; 
D073, p. 141. 
1S86. 615.778, p. 77, 78, 81, 83, S4; D22a, D243, p. 119; D07, p. 134; D61, 
p. 143, 144, 145, 147, 14S, 149; D073, p. 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170. 

1887. D4, p. 36, 38, 39; D24, p. 64, 66, 68, 69, 70; 615.711, p. 94, 95; D78, 

p. 102, 104, 107; D2, p. 125, 126; D602, p. 142. 

1888. D073, p. 73; D4, p. 91, 97, 98, 99; D2, p. 143. 
1889.. 615.775, p. 121; D14, p. 127. 

1S90. D073, p. 71; D61a, p. 132; D6a, D61, p. 150, 153, 154, 155. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



142 
Black, G. V 

1891. 

1892. 
1893. 

1894. 
1895. 



1896. 
1898. 




D142, D24; D22a, p. 

p. 4 z, D61, p. 97, 99, 100; 

D21, p. 165, 166. 

3a, p. 36; D13, p. 43; 615.778, p. 71; D22, p. 105. 

34, p. 12; D031, p. 25; D8, p. 47; D09, p. 77; D07, p. 87; D22a, p. 
112, 114; D61a, p. 125, 127. 
±yus. jl>04, p. 17; D232, p. 85, 86. 

1904. D04, p. 20: D223, p. 93. 

1905. D04, p. 21; D25, D64, p. 60. 

1906. D04, p. 23; D602, p. 56, 58, 61; D09, p. 71: 615.7S1, p. 106; DS2, 

p. 150. 

1907. D89, p. 72; D4, p. 131; D24, D63, p. 160; D07, p. 178. 
190S. D04, p. 16; D073, p. 38; D63, p. 129; D22, p. 172; Dla, D3. 
1909. D073, p. 39; D07, p. 112. 

Clinics. 

1883. Operation. Removal of Necrosed Bone and Necrosed Germ. D711, 
p. 152. 

1S86. Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. D6a, p. 180. 

1887. Micro-organisms. D6a, p. 162. 

1889. Porcelain Filling. D232, p. 141. 

1894. Keeping Clean the Interproximate Spaces in the Several Positions 
of the Mouth. D22, p. 154. 

1900. Manudynamometer. D221, p. 173. 
Black, J. C, 1910. 
Black, B. E., 1905. 
Blackburn, C. H., 1900. 
Blackwell, J. D., 1911. 
Blackwell, W. A., 1905. 
Blaine, L,. E., 1909. 
Blair, E. K., 1887. 

Administration. 

1891. Vice-President. 

1892. Executive Council. 

1893. President. 

1894. Executive Council. 

1898. Clinic Com. 

1899. Executive Council. 

1903. Executive Council. 

1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1906. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1907. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1908. Executive Council. 

1911. Com. on Public Press. 
1913. Com. on Necrology. 

Papers. 

1892. Dental Legislation. D81, p. 68; Disc, p. 71. 
1898. Report of the Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 1S6. 

1904. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 173. 

1906. Membership Versus Non-membership of the Local Society. D06, 
p. Ill; Disc, p. 118. 

1912. Some Thoughts Relative to the Present Status of Dentistry in the 

Rural Districts and the Outlook for the Future. D8, p. 135; 
Disc, p. 144. 

1913. Report of the Com. on Necrology. 

Discussions. 

1891. D78, p. 107; D2, p. 126; D22a, p. 114; D4, p. 153. 

1893. D601, p. 33; D21, 615.7812. 

1895. D243, p. 45. 

1896. D04, p. 17, 18, 25. 

1897. D22a, p. 91, 92. 

1898. D04, p. 18. 

1900. D2, p. 33; D331, p. 64. 

1903. D4, p. 29. 

1904. D04, p. 19. 

1905. D24, D611, p. 133. 

1906. D09, p. 85; D89, p. 188; D072, p. 232. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



143 
Blair, E. K. — Continued. 

1907. DS, p. 109. 

1908. D09, p. 66; D06, p. 79, 92; D24, p. 99; D22, p. 160. 

1909. D07, p. Ill; D89, p. 161. 

1910. D072, p. 211. 

1911. D04, D8, p. 84; D231, p. 249. 

Clinics. 

1895. Root Canal Filling-. D243, p. 186. 

1897. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 201. 
Blair, G. M., 1910. 
Blair, W. E., 1909. 

1912. Obituary, p. 332. 
Blake. 

Discussion. 
1S93. D09, p. 124, 125. 
Blakeslee, P. E., 1905. 
Blanchard, Frank E., 1906. 
Blanck, W. H., 1911. 
Blaylock, G. F., 1911. 
Bliss, J. L,., 1909. 
Block, Hans. 

Discussions. 

1S93. D22a, p. 22; D21, 615.7812, p. 98, 103; D073, p. 15S. 
Blocker, E. T., 1910. 
Blome, A. H. A., 1910. 

Blomley, F. W., 1899, Corresponding Member. 
Bloom, A. B., 1908. 
Blount, Anna IS.. 1905. 
Blumenschein, F., 1913. 
Blunt, H. E., 1901. 
Blythe, J. M., 1883. 

Administration. 

1893. Com. on Infraction of the Code of Ethics. 
Boecker, J. C, 1910. 
Boer ins, H. A., 1905. 
Boewe, Ernest, 1906. 
Bohman, O. F„ 1905. 
Bohr, J., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1909. Inlay Metal, Casting without Machine, Using Jarring Method. 

Casting Aluminum Plate. D23, D323, p. 232. 

1910. Cast Aluminum Plate by Joining Method. D323, p. 271. 

1911. New Inlay Metal and Cast Aluminum Plate. D323, p. 297. 

1912. Cast Aluminum Plates. D323, p. 308. 
Bolton, R. M., 1910. 

Bonier, F. F., 1909. 
Bonier, Geo. H., 1907. 
Boubrake, Melchi, 1905. 
Bond, H. T., 1905. 
Bondreau, G. C, 1912. 
Bondy, R. M., 1910. 
Book, O. S. W., 1905, 1910. 
Boone, H. W., 1903, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1906. Seamless Shell Crowns with Individually Carved Cusps. D331, 

p. 281. 
1908. Swaging Gold Backing to Facings, Crowns and Bridge Teeth. 
D33, p. 271. 
Booth, F. W., 1905. 
Booth, R. P., 1906. 

Administration. 

1910. Local Com. 

1912. Local Com. 
Borah, J. L.., 1906. 
Borah, O. C, 1912. 
Born, W. T., 1912. 
Borovik, B. 31., 1909. 
Bostelmann, C. A., 1906. 
Bostelmann, Rudolph I)., 1906. 
Boston, E. R., 1905. 
Bosworth, R. R., 1909. 
Boughton, C. H., 1905. 
Bowe, J. H., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



144 

Bowers, F. H., 1905. 

Discussion. 

1907. D07, p. 173. 
Bowman, F. H., 1906. 

Clinics. 

1909. Method of Using Tartar Solvent. D641, p. 237. 

1912. Method of Removing Broken Broach. D242, p. 296. 
Bowyer, Rev. S. H. 

Discussion. 

1910. D04, p. 27. 
Bowyer, S. P., 1906. 

Administration. 

1913. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

Paper. 
1913. Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 62. 

Clinics. 
1910. Gold Cast Dummy, Using Steele Facings. D332, p. 270. 
1912. A Quick Method of Carving Cusp for Shell Crown. D331, p. 291. 
Boyad, G. T., 1912. 
Boyce, A. E., 1903, 1905. 
Clinics. 
1903. The Use of Vulcanizable Gutta-percha for Dentures. D321, p. 12. 

1909. Gold Filling. D221, p. 238. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 
Boyce, Thos. J., 1906. 

Boyd, E. L,., 1905. 
Boyer, I. E., 1906. 
Boys, X. D., 1909. 
Bradbury, John, 1905. 
Braden, Thos. B., 1906. 
Bradley, H. A., 1905. 

1908. Obituary, p. 249, 327. 
Bradley, James E., 1905, 1911. 
Brady, C. T., 1913. 

Brady, B. J., 1905, 1912. 
It ram in. B., 1907. 
Bramwell, Chas. H., 1911. 

Clinic. 

1912. Models Illustrating Newer Methods in Crown and Bridgework. 
D33, p. 305. 
Branch, Corydon A., 1905. 
Brand, A. A., 1913. 
Brand, L.. W., 1905. 
Bray, W. J., 1913. 
Breaks, E.-E., 1910. 
Breckenbridge, C. J., 1913. 
Breene, F. T. 

Clinic. 

1905. Bridgework. D332, p. 229. 
Brentlinger, J. T., 1905. 
Bressler, A. M., 1909. 
Clinic. 

1912. Dentition, Showing Perfectly Erupted and Developed Fourth 

Molar. D13, p. 306. 
Brevig, H. R. H., 1911. 

Brewer, T. H. A., 1869, Honorary Member. 
Breyer, P. M., 1910. 
Bridges, J. S., 1898. 

Clinics. 
1899. Bridge with Open-faced Crown Attachment. D332, p. 123. 
1901. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 139. 
Bridgford, J. L,. 

Clinic. 

1909. Correcting the Fit of Loose or Misfitting Plates. D321, p. 241. 
Bridwell, W. L„ 1906. 

1913. Obituary, p. 302. 

Brigham, E. T., 1889, Non-resident Member, 1900. 

Discussion. 

1897. D2, p. 167; 615.84, p. 212. 

Clinics. 
1893. Dies. D322, p. 166. 
1897. Vulcanite Teeth for Bridgework. D332, p. 205. 

For index and key to Classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



145 

Brigbtfield, O. T., 1905. 
Brightfield, O. F. 

1912. Obituary, p. 328. 
Brittain, H. D., 190S. 
Britzius, W. A., 1909. 
Broadbent, T. A., 1895, 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Necrology. 

1913. Com. on Public Press. 

Discussion. 

1913. D611, p. 246. 
Broering, H. A., 1911. 
Broman, A. A. 

Clinic. 

1911. Moldine Models of Bell-shaped Teeth in Making Seamless Crowns. 
D331, p. 289. 

1913. Obituary, p. 300. 
Bronstein, B. J., 1908. 
Brooking, P. V., 1903. 

Discussions. 

190S. D06, p. 81. 
1910. D072, p. 205. 

Clinic. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 26-1. 
Brophy, B. C, 1901, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1898. Casting Aluminum. D323, p. 188. 

1901. Denture Metal. D323, p. 140. 

1902. Porcelain Work. Baking with Gas and Gasoline, Using His Own 

Furnace. D31, p. 166. 

1903. Fusing Platinum Solder with Gasoline Blowpipe, and Baking Por- 

celain. D31, p. 11. 
Brophy, T. W., 1872, 1S76. 

Administration. 

1881. Executive Com. 

1882. Com. on Legislation. 
1891. President. 

1910. Com. on Legislation. 

1911. Com. on Legislation. 

1912. Com. on Legislation. 

1913. Com. on Legislation. 

1914. Com. on Legislation. 

Papers. 

1877. The Treatment of Exposed Pulps. D24, p. 76; Disc, p. 86. 

1880. Carbolic Acid and Creosote — Their Chemistry and Therapeutical 

Application to the Practice of Dentistry. 615.775, p. 57; Disc, 

p. 62. 

1882. Caries and Necrosis of the Maxillary Bones. D71, p. 85; Disc, 

p. 110. 

1883. Dental Education. D07, p. 88; Disc, p. 94. 

1886. Oral Surgery. D7, p. 177; Disc, p. 178. 

1887. Diagnosis of Oral Tumors. D78, p. 96, 3 illus.; Disc, p. 102. 
1894. The Relation of the Dental Profession to Our Dental Colleges. 

D07, p. 42; Disc, p. 48. 
1898. Conservatism in Oral Surgery. D7, p. 147; Disc, p. 151. 

Discussions. 

1876. 

1877. 
1878. 
1879. 




1884 
1S85 
1886 
1887. 
1888. 



U11, JJ. O i , 

D4, p. 132 



JJ4, p. L6Z. 

D24, p. 46. 

D2, p. 102; 617.22, p. 118; D073, p. 141. 
D22a, D243, p. 114; D07, p. 138; D073, p. 169. 
D2, p. 123, 127; D602, p. 135. 
. D073, p. 68, 69. 

Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



146 

Brophy, T. XV. — Continued. 

18S9. D22, p. 110; 615.775, p. 123; D2, p. 152. 
1890. D07, p. 93, 94: D6a, D61, p. 153; D2, p. 16S. 

1892. D04, p. 12; D22, p. 51; D4, p. 91; D21a, p. 107, 109; D21, p. 138, 
141, 142. 
D073, p. 145. 

D04, p. 20, 23: DS, p. 107; D81, p. 135, 139, 154; D33, p. 165; I 
p. 87. 



1894. 

1895. D04, p. 20, 23: DS, p. 107; DS1, p. 135, 139, 154; D33, p. 165; D2, 
p. 87. 
17.21, p. 66: D7S, p. S4, 90; D64, p. 130. 
_)141, D24, p. 109, 110, 112, 114; D09, p. 275. 
1898. D04, p. 17; D222, p. 40, 52. 
1900. D64, p. 56; D331, p. 62; D713, p. 120, 122. 
"15.778, p. 71; 612.31, p. 82. 



1896. 61 

1897. Dl 



1900. 1)64, p. fc>b; D6A1, p. bZ; 

1901. 615.778, p. 71; 612.31, p. 

1902. D243, p. 56. 



1904. D04, p. 17. 

1905. D04, p. 25: D25, p. 72; D64, p. 72; D76, p. 94, 99. 

1906. D89, p. 196: 615.7S15, p. 211, 216; D072, p. 223. 

1909. D07, p. 112; D07, p. 150. 

1910. D601, p. 168: D64, D65, D76, p. 190, 200. 

1911. D04, DS, p. 86; 615. 77S, p. 100, 111. 

1913. D611, p. 244; D89, p. 160. 

1914. D25, p. 191. 

Clinics. 

1SS8. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 132. 

18S9. Gold Filling. D221, p. 142. 

1897. Empyema of the Antrum. D76, p. 206. 

1598. Hypertrophy of the Third Division of Nerves. D77, p. 192. 
Cyst. D783, p. 193. 

1599. Facial Neuralgia. D77, p. 119. 
1901. Cleft Palate. D751, p. 136. 

1904. Surgical Operation. Neuralgia. D77, p. 29. 
Surgical Operation, Necrosis. D711, p. 30. 

1905. Surgical. D7, p. 229. 

1906. Operation for Cleft Palate. D751, p. 287. 
1908. Cleft Palate Operation. D751, p. 259. 

1911. Operation for Cleft Palate and Bilateral Harelip. D751, p. 2S6. 
Brosman, XV. H., 1905. 

Administration. 

1907. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Clinic. 
1906. Banded Logan Crown Demonstrated with Giant Models. D331, 

p. 281. 
Browman, A. A., 1908. 
Brown, A. E., 1865, Charter Member, 1S82. 

Discussions. 

1883. D2, p. 96. 

1SS6. D22a, D243, p. 118. 
Brown, B. L.., 1911. 
Brown, C. F., 1905. 
Brown, E. G., 1907. 
Brown, E. Family. 

Paper. 

1S92. Improvements in Porcelain Crown and Bridgework. D33, p. 58; 
Disc, p. 61. 
Brown, Frank N., 1S99. 
Brown, Fred, 1911. 
Brown, Fred E., 1905. 
Brown, F. F., 1905. 
Brown, G. E., 1901, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1906. Seamless Gold Crown. D331, p. 287. 

1908. Orthodontia Wrench, Direct and Reverse Acting. D4, p. 272. 
Brown, G. J., 1910. 

Brown, G. V. I. 

Discussions. 

1S90. D07, p. 91; D332, p. 148. 

1891. D21, p. 58, 65, 66, 6 illus.; D231, p. 180. 
Brown, G. W., 1870. 
Brown, H., 1905. 
Brown, H. T., 1905. 
Brown, J. A., 1905, 1912. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



147 
Brown, J. B., IS 92. 

Administration. 

1903. Local Com. 
Clinic. 

1S99. Bleaching-. D26, p. 104. 
Brown, J. O., 1S99, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 139. 
Brown, J. Boy, 1S95. 
Brown, J. V., 1905. 
Brown, Li. B., 1909. 
Brown, O. H., 1901. 
Browning, E. L.., 1905. 
Browning, H. O., 1903. 

Clinics. 

1903. Celluloid Matrices. D22b, p. 4, Supplement. 

1905. Invisible Bridge Attachment. D332, p. 220. 

An Attachment for Davis Crown to First Bicuspid. D331, p. 220. 
Bruce, O. C, 1907. 
Brunson, G. 31., 1S97. 

Discussions. 

1897. D4, p. 185; 615. S4, p. 214. 

1898. D222, p. 53, 54. 

1899. D04, p. 17. 

1901. D32, p. 61; D22, p. 102. 

1902. D3, p. 178. 

1906. 615.781, p. 105. 

1910. D601, p. 167. 
1912. D5, p. 218. 

Clinics. 

1902. A Method of Anchoring Screw Posts in Frail Roots and Badly 
Broken Down Bicuspids and Molars. D331, p. 166. 

1905. Lining Cavities and Using an Intermediate Before Filling. D24, 
p. 228. 

1911. Cavity Lining and Intermediates. D22c, p. 299. 
Bryant, C. F., 1902. 

Clinic. 

1902. Continuous Gum Denture. D324, p. 166. 
Bryant, Lester F., 1902. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Paper. 
1909. Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 192; Disc, p. 199. 

Clinics. 

1902. Construction and Shading of Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 16S. 

1903. Porcelain Restoration of Mesial Surface of Superior Right Lateral 

Involving the Angle. D232, p. 1. 

1904. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 26. 

1907. Prophylaxis. D25, p. 226. 

1908. Ordinary Facings as Replaceable Teeth in Cast Bridgework. D332, 

p. 269. 
1911. Method of Paralleling Abutments in Bridgework. D332, p. 290. 
Buck, L. F., 1905. 
Buckheit, A. J., 1910. 
Buckingham, J. T., 1908. 
Buckley, Frank S., 1907. 
Buckley, J. P., 1902. 

Administration. 

1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1906. Program Com. 

Com. to Cooperate with Chicago Medical Society. 

1907. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1909. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 

1910. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 

1911. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 
Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1912. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1913. Executive Council. 

Papers. 

1905. Dental Medicine. 615, p. 157; Disc, 168. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



148 
Buckley, J. P. — Continued. 

1907. A Brief Review of the Chemistry of Pulp Decomposition, with a 

Rational Treatment for this Condition and Its Sequelae. D24, 
D63, p. 136; Disc, p. 148. 

Discussions. 

1903. 615.781, p. 75, 76. 

1904. D06, p. 57; D223, p. 98. 
1906. 615.781, p. 214; D14, p. 268. 

1908. D073, p. 34; D06, p. 77, SO; D63, p. 130. 

1909. D89, p. 188; D232, p. 209. 

1910. D04, p. 23; D243, p. 123; D16, D4, p. 156; D64, D65, D76, p. 198. 

1911. 615.778, p. 104, 106. 

1912. D04, p. 25; D072, p. 83; D5, p. 217; D072, p. 275. 

1913. D64, D65, p. 136; D611, p. 242. 

Clinics. 

1904. Dental Drugs. 615, p. 26. 

1911. A New Method for Root Amputation. D65, p. 286. 

1913. Surgery of Chronic Dento-alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 254. 
Buckthorpe, B. B., 1905. 
Buehner, John B., 1905. 
Buff, G. O., 1909. 
Bull, H. B., 1S92, 1906. 

Clinics. 

1899. Backing Facings. D33, p. 104. 

1911. Replacing Broken Tooth in Gum Section, Rubber. D321, p. 290. 
Bull, H. D., 1905. 
Bullard, J. A., 1905. 

Discussion. 

1906. 615.7815, p. 207. 

Clinics. 

1906. A Method of Making Zinc or Babbitt Metal Die Direct from Im- 
pression of the Mouth. D322, p. 286. 

1911. A Method of Constructing Gold Inlays. D231, p. 299. 
Burkhardt, W. G. 
Clinic. 

1911. Double Dowel for Bicuspids and Molars. D331, p. 290. 
Burrell, David, 1872. 
Burress, A. E., 1905. 
Burrews, A. E., 18S4. 
Burrill, J. A., 1907. 

Paper. 

1911. Retention in Orthodontia. D4, p. 126, 8 illus.; Disc, p. 135. 

Discussions. 
1910. D4, D16, p. 150. 

Clinic. 
1910. Modelmaking for Orthodontia. D4, p. 26S. 
Burroughs, E. L.., 1903. 

Administration. 

1909. Board of Censors. 

1910. Executive Council. 

Discussions. 

1906. D06, p. 118. 

1907. D4, p. 130. 

1912. D072, p. 273. 
Burroughs, L,. L.., 1907. 
Burt, C. P., 1905, 1907. 
Burgess, G. F., 1912. 
Burgson, C. E., 1909. 
Burke, E., 1905. 
Burkhardt, F. H„ 1905. 
Burkhardt, \V. G., 1905. 
Burne, A. D., 1910. 
Burnett, F. E., 1908. 
Burnett, I. A., 1911. 

Burnett, J. M., 1865, Charter Member. 

Burnham, F. A., 1871. 

Bush, E. M., 1906. 

Bush, L,., 1865, Charter Member. 

Bushe, B. W., 1912. 

Bushnell, A. D., 1912. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



149 

Bushnell, C. W., 1905. 
Busho, \V. A., 1905. 

1912. Obituary, p. 330. 

Clinic. 

1911. Treatment of Pyorrhea, Demonstrating Use of Logan-Buckley 
Instruments. D64, p. 296. 
Bushong, E. W., 1895. 

1896. Obituary, p. 187. 
Bushpies, F. P., 1905. 
Butler, C. B., 1S74, Honorary Member. 
Butler, H. M., 1912. 
Bntler, L,., 1905. 
Butler, S. T., 1900. 

Clinic. 

1905. Preparing Gold Foil, and a Combination Gold and Amalgam Fill- 

ing. D22c, p. 272. 
Butler, W. O., 1S77, 1905. 

Discussions. 

1874. D22, p. 47, 50, 51; D24, p. 79; D22, p. 90. 
Button, George P., 1903. 
Byers, J. W., 1905. 
Byfield, J. H., 1905. 
Byington, C. E., 1905. 

Administration. 

190.S. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

Paper. 

1906. Dental Education in the Public Schools. D072, p. 218; Disc, p. 221. 
Byrne, Elmer, 1910. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



150 

Cabeen, J. D., 1905. 
Cadmus, J. H., 1909. 
Cady, E. E., 1887. 

Discussions. 

1887. D78, p. 108; D2, p. 119. 
Cahill, C. IV., 1909. 
Call, E. B., 1S70. 

1896.' Obituary. Portrait. P. 1S6. 

Discussions. 

1885. D3, p. 50. 
1890. D332, p. 146. 

Clinic. 

1SS9. Gold Crown. D331, p. 141. 
Callahan, J. R. 

Discussion. 

1901. D22, p. 107. 
Clinic. 

1901. Gold and Tin in Definite Proportions for Filling. D22c, p. 134. 
Calvert, C. W., 1909. 
Cameron, Geo. M., 1882. 
Cameron, M. D., 1908. 
Campbell, A. W., 1912. 
Campbell, C. O., 1905, 1909. 
Campbell, E. J., 1905. 
Campbell, J., 1875. 

Administration. 

1SS0. Executive Com. 

1884. Treasurer. 

1899. Executive Council. 

1900. Vice-President. 

Paper. 

1882. Peridontitis — Cause and Treatment. D65, p. 176; Disc, p. 181. 

Clinic. 

1S92. Exhibition of Models Representing Irregularities and Method of 
Rectifying. D4, p. 148. 
Campbell, P. A., 1905. 

1909. Obituary, p. 64. 
Campbell, R. F., 1905. 
Campbell, S. A., 1S86, 1905. 

Administration. 

1892. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1895. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1S99. Executive Council. 

1908. Com. on Necrology. 
Canek, David H., 1906. 
Cann, W. A., 1905. 
Canode, J. P., 1905. 
Carey, A. B., 1S98, 1905. 
Carey, B. W., 1905. 
Carey, Geo. B., 1897, 1905. 
Carl, P. M., 1905. 
Carl, W. H., 1905. 
Carlene, H. O., 1909. 
Carlstein, Aaron, 1909. 
Carney, W. G., 1905. 
Carolns, I. B., 1905. 
Carpenter, E. R., 1895. 

Administration. 

1910. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Paper. 
1902. Matrix in Compound Approximal Gold Fillings. D22b, D221, p. 116; 
Disc, p. 120. 
Discussions. 

1900. 615.778, p. 143. 
1908. D22, p. 175, 176. 
1910. D231, p. 224. 

Clinics. 

1901. Pyorrhea at Root Bifurcations and Its Treatment with Oxyphos- 

phate of Copper. D64, p. 137. 

1902. Removal of Pulp with Pressure Anesthesia. D242, p. 164. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



151 

Carpenter, E. R. E., 1S65, Charter Member. 
Carpenter, G. T., 1S78, 1897, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1S99. Method of Reproducing Gum Tissue. D64, p. 120. 
Carpenter, O., 1875. 
Carr, Hon. Clark E. 

Discussion. 

1895. D04, p. 23. 
Carr, S. L.., 1905. 
Carroll. 

Discussion. 

1S88. D4, p. 97. 
Carroll, W. P., 1908. 
Carruthers, G. C, 1905, 1908. 
Carson, C. W., 1892. 
Cary, M. G., 1910. 
Case, C. B., 1905. 
Case, C. S., 1892, Corresponding Member, 1894. 

Papers. 

1889. Soft Rubber Palates for Congenital Clefts. D34, p. 154, 1 illus. 
1892. Orthodontia — A Practical Case. D4, p. 84, 16 illus; Disc, p. S9. 

1894. Reciprocation of Force in Orthodontia. D4, p. 10S, 10 illus.; Disc, 

p. 118. 

1895. Abnormal Lateral Bite. D4, p. 159, 4 illus. 

1897. Principles of Force and Anchorage in the Movement of Teeth. 

D4, p. 171, 13 illus.; Disc, p. 1S2. 

1898. New Methods and Appliances in Orthodontia. D4, p. SI, 20 illus.; 

Disc, p. 97. 
1903. The Velum Obturator. D34, p. 46; Disc, p. 52. 

Discussions. 

1889. D22, p. 106, 112. 

1891. D22a, p. 113; D4, p. 146. 

1892. D141, p. 122, 124. 

1897. D4, p. 151; D2, p. 165; 615.S4, p. 210; D09, p. 275. 

1901. D4, p. 50. 

1903. D4, p. 31, 33. 

1906. D602, p. 49. 

1908. D073, p. 37. 

1911. D4, p. 138. 

Clinics. 

1889. Exhibited Models, Dies, Impression Cups, etc., Used in the Making 

of Artificial Vela and Obturators for Cleft Palate. D34, p. 142. 
1S98. Appliances for Regulating and Retaining the Teeth. D4, p. 187. 

1899. Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. D4, D713, p. 108. 

1901. Orthodontia. D4, p. 140. 

1902. New Form of Artificial Palate. D34, p. 165. 

1903. Velum Obturator. D34, p. 10, Supplement. 

1904. Orthodontia. D4, p. 30. 
Case, Elizabeth, 1913. 

Case, F. D., 1913. 
Cassell, C. Leonard, 1906. 

Clinic. 

1910. The Articulation of Teeth. D32, p. 267. 
Cassell, Owen E., 1907. 
Cassidy, T. J., 1913. 
Cathcart, J. A., 1913. 
Cattell, D. M., 1889. 

Administration. 

1890. Librarian. 

1892. Clinic Com. 

1893. Clinic Com. 

1899. Executive Council. 

Papers. 

1891. A Lantern View of Pulp Chambers and Canals Showing Typical 
Forms and Some of the Variations. D243, p. 142, 12 illus.; Dis., 

p 144. 

1892. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2 p. 147. 
1895. Results of Experimental Root Canal Fillings. D243, p. 43, Disc, 

1900. Emphasizing Some Things in Operative Procedure. D2, p. 66; 
Disc, p. 78. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 






152 
Cattell, D. M. — Continued. 
Discussions. 

1895. D2, p. 187. 
1902. D031, p. 25. 

Clinics. 

1889. Removal of Deposits. D641, p. 143. 
1901. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 137. 

Caulk, L. I). 

Paper. 

1871. Electromagnetic Plugger. D221a, p. 55. 
Chad wick, C. C, 1912. 
Chamberlin, C. W., 1886. 
Chamberlain, F. W., 1905. 
Chambers, P. H., 1888. 
Chandler, V. K., 1905. 
Changnon, 1909. 
Chapman, A. S., IS 73. 

Administration. 

1878. Executive Com. 
Chapman, E. M., 1909. 
Chapman, W. C, 1S95. 
1 happell, O. A., 1887, 1899, 1905, 1907. 

Administration. 

1890. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1887. D78, p. 108. 
1905. D332, p. 210. 

Clinic. 

1901. Dead Soft Gold. D221, p. 137. 
Chase, E. C. 

Paper. 

1S73. Chemistry of the Oral Secretions and Their Action on the Teeth. 
612.31, p. 56. 
Chase, H. S., Honorary Member. 
1898. Obituary, p. 246. 

Papers. 

1S73. The Part Which Vital Action Plays in the History of Dental 
Caries. D61, p. 106; Disc, p. 110. 

1875. Some Late Observations in Histology of the Dental Tissues. Dl, 

p. 100, 5 illus. 

1876. Oral Electricity. D22, p. 72. 

Discussions. 

1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 303, 306; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 
1, p. 320; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329, 330. 

1873. D61, p. 190; D613, D614, p. 62; D24, p. 76; D17, p. 87; D22, p. 103. 
Cheadle, E. M., 1888. 
Cheeseman, A. S., 1891, 1904. 
Cheesenian, Frank E., 1902. 

Administration. 

1907. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1904. D232, D31, p. 114. 
1909. D232, p. 199. 

Clinics. 

1904. Porcelain Inlay. 

1905. Porcelain Crown. 

1906. Solid Gold Inlay without the Use of Solder. D231, p. 280. 

1911. Division of Cast Inlays in Compound Cavities. D231, p. 301. 
Cheuoweth, Alfred W., 1897, 1906. 

ChenoTveth, J. D., 1910. 
Cherington, E. E., 1905. 
Childs, R. S., 1909. 
Childs, Timothy S., 1894, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. Duplex Gold and Tin as a Base for Filling. D22c, p. 304. 
Chinberg, H. S., 1906. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



153 
Chittenden, 1872, Honorary Member. 
Clinics. 
1S83. Filling-. D22, p. 152. 
1899. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 116. 
Christianer, F., 1883. 
Christnian, G. A., 1SS1, 1905. 

Administration. 

1885. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 
Christopher, C. J., 1905. 
Churchill, G. IE.. 1909. 
Cigrand, b. J., 1893. 

Papers. 

1S96. New Methods for Producing Bicuspid Band Crowns with Porcelain 
Facings and Cusps. D331, p. 29, 13 illus. ; Disc, p. 33. 

1901. The Philosophy of Mastication Relative to Dental Prosthesis 
D3a, p. 19; Disc, p. 31. 

1910. What Dentists Have. Contributed to Other Professions. D07. D09 
p. 70. 

Discussions. 

1895. D8, p. 103; D81, p. 144, 154. 

1S96. D04, p. 16. 

1899. D33, p. 86. 

1901. D21, p. 132. 

1902. D07, p. 88. 

1903. D04, p. 21; D34, p. 52. 

1904. D231, p. 78; D101, p. 141. 

1905. D32a, p. 173. 

1906. D89, p. 186. 
1913. D3, p. 222. 

Clinics. 

1898. Intradental Band. D331, p. 195. 

1899. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 115. 

1902. A Gnathomonic Mimic, Showing the Philosophy of Mastication. 

D3a, p. 163. 

1903. Mandibular Movements, Their Relation to Artificial Dentures. 

D3a, p. 5, Supplement. 
Cigrand, P. J., 1896. 

Clinic. 

1899. A Method of Filling Root Canals with Sandarac Varnish and 
Gutta-percha Points. D243, p. 108. 
Clapp, J. L,., 1865, Charter Member, 1875. 
Clark, A. B., 1876. 

Administration. 

1890. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Discussions. 

1878. D26, p. 8S. 

1879. D07, p. 47; D07, p. 88. 

1880. 612.8, p. 38, 39. 
Clark, Senator A. C. 

1906. Banquet Tendered in Honor of. P. 295. 
Clark, G. E., 1905. 
Clark, H. R., 1909. 
Clark, J. E., 1905. 
Clark, J. T., 1906. 
Clark, R. L.., 1911. 
Clark, S. J., 1909. 
Clark, Thos., 1905, 190S. 
Clark, W. G., 1899. 

Paper. 

1902. A Simple Matrix. D22b, p. 129; Disc, p. 130. 
Clinic. 

1905. Hollow Gold Inlay. D231, p. 223. 
Clarke. 

Discussion. 

1867. D611, p. 32. 
Clary, John R., 1906. 
Clayton, J. R. 

Clinic. 

1890. Gold Filling. 
Clemens, O. C, 1906. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



154 
Clemmer, P. B., 1911. 

Discussion. 
1913. D611, p. 241. 
Clendenen, I. B., 1909. 
Cleveland, C, 1909. 
Cleveland, C. L., 1906. 
Clevidence, E. A., 1910. 
Clickner, W. R. R., 1906, 1910. 
Cloes, C. L,:, 1909. 
Close, I. E., 1908. 
Clotfelter, E. M., 19.05. 
CInsmann, L,., 1892. 
Clyne, W. C, 1913. 
Cochran, R. L. 

Discussions. 

1905. D24, D611, p. 134. 
Cockrell. B. E., 1902, 1910. 
Voe; L. C, 19 OS. 

Coe, Thos. C, 1907. 
Coen, E. B., 1905. 
Coffey, W. G., 1909. 
Coffin, R. E., 1908. 
Coffman, A. B., 1909. 
Colin, I., 1905. 
Colby, O. C, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1906. Pressure Anesthesia in Connection with Pulp Preserver. D24, 

p. 276. 
Coleman, G. T., 1909. 
Coleman, Thos., 1909. 
Colhamer, Chas. E., 1S97. 
Collins, J. W., 1S83, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1892. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 147. 
1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 202. 
Collins, O. G., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. Extracting Under Somnoform. 615.781, D72, p. 299. 
Coltrin, C. W., 1905. 
Combe, J. E., 1909. 
Combs, H. J., 1903. 

Clinics. 

1904. Davis Crown. D331, p. 30. 

1905. Porcelain Crown with Gold Coping. D331, p. 229. 
Comer, C. F., 1907. 

Concklin, L. K„ 1908. 
Condit, C. H., 1906. 
Clinic. 

1911. Cast Gold Crowns and Bridges, Using in Their Construction Porce- 

lain Facings, Detachable-post Crowns and Diatoric Teeth. 

D33, p. 300. 
Condon, A. P., 1898. 
Condon, C. C, 1905. 
Condon, J. J., 1905. 

1910. Obituary, p. 49. 
Congrfsky, J. P., 1912. 
Conkey, F. 31., 1895, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. The New Use for the Old Broach. D242, p. 297. 
Conklin, B. A., 1905. 

Conley, Winifred, 1906. 
Conklin, P. G., 1909. 
Conklin, \V. R., 1907. 
Connors, J. T., 1909. 
Conrad, Wm., 1911. 

Discussion. 
1892. D2, p. 19, 28, 29; D141, p. 124, 125. 
Conroy, G. E., 1905. 
Conroy, J. K., 1905. 

Administration. 

1909. Clinic Com. 

1912. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1913. Vice-President. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



155 
Conroy, J. K. — Continued. 
Papers. 

1911. Orthodontia in the Smaller Cities. D4, p. 117; Disc, p. 135. 

1912. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 58. 

Discussions. 

1907. D221, D231, p. 88; D4, p. 133. 

1908. D06, p. 90. 

1910. D16, D4, p. 149; D072, p. 244. 

Clinics. 

1906. Matrix for Contour Amalgam Fillings. D22b, p. 27S. 

1907. Extension for Prevention. D22a, p. 228. 

1908. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 
1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. 

1913. Various Steps for Proper Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 258. 
Constant, C. K., 1910. 

Converse, A. E., 1905. 

Administration. 

1910. Local Com. 
1912. Local Com. 

Converse, C. H., 1905. 
Cook, Geo. W., 1S94. 
Cook, George W., 1S94. 

Administration. 

1907. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 
190S. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

Papers. 

1899. Bacteriological Investigation of Pulp Gangrene. D63, p. 19; Disc, 

p. 23. 
1907. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 54; 

Disc, p. 62. 

1905. Putrefaction and Pathological Changes in Tissue. D63, p. 116; 

Disc, p. 125. 

1912. Some Phases of Bacteriological Infection of the Human Mouth. 

D6a, p. 154; Disc, p. 164. 

Discussions. 

1899. D22a, p. 62. 

1900. 615.778, p. 144. 

1901. 615.778, p. 72. 

1902. D073, p. 153. 

1906. D04, p. 24; 615.781, p. 101, 102, 106; D06, p. 125; D072, p. 226; D14, 

p. 264, 269. 

1907. DS9, p. 74; D24, D63, p. 157; D07, p. 175. 

1908. D22, p. 174; D61, p. 228; D601, p. 165. 

1911. D61, p. 280. 

Clinics. 

1900. Surgical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 171. 

1902. Individual Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 162. 

1903. Bacteriology. D6a, p. 9, Supplement. 
Coolidge, E. D., 1909. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Paper. 

1913. Some Considerations of Gold Inlay Work. D231, p. 85; Disc, p. 92. 

Clinic. 

1911. Inlay Abutment for Bridgework. D332, p. 300. 
Coolet, F. D., 1909. 

Cooley, V. P., 1910, 1912. 
Coonradt, Lewis E., 1905. 

Administration. 

1914. Executive Council. 
Cooper, A. W., 1905. 
Copley, Harry, 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Board of Censors. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



156 
Corbett, C. C, 1892. 

Administration. 

1900. Board of Examiners. 

1904. Vice-President. 

1906. Executive Council. 

Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1910. Vice-President. 

1911. Program Com. 

1912. President. 

Papers. 

1907. The Advantages of Cement as a Cavity Lining. D22c, p. 185; 

Disc, p. 191. 
1912. President's Address. 

Discussions. 

1901. D22c, p. 56. 
1912. D222, p. 246. 

Clinics. 

1895. Regulating Appliance. D4, p. 184. 

1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 201. 

1898. A Detachable Spring for Retaining Artificial Dentures in Place. 

D32, p. 195. 

1901. Amalgam Filling with-Cement Anchorage, Using Fellowship Alloy. 

D22c, p. 135. 

1905. A Cemented Amalgam Filling. D22c, p. 260. 

1909. Amalgam Filling with Cement Dining. D222, p. 239. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 
Cordick, C. H., 1908. 

Corley, Guy F., 1905. 

Administration. 

1914. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Corley, Morris, E., 1906. 
Cormany, J. W., 1878. 

Administration. 

1884. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1885. Librarian. 
1888. Executive Com. 

1891. Executive Council. 

1894. Vice-President. 

1895. President. 

1896. Supervisor Clinics. 

1902. Executive Com. 

1911. Com. on Necrology. 

Papers. 

1892. Some Needed Reforms in the Practice of Dentistry. D2, p. 15; 

Disc, p. 19. 
1895. President's Address — The Saving of the First Tooth. P. 9; Disc, 

p. 20. 
1S96. Report of the Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 128. 
1898. Where Shall I Locate, or the Beauties of a Country Practice. DS9, 

p. 69; Disc, p. 73. 
1907. The Dentist of To-morrow. D89, p. 63; Disc, p. 65. 
1911. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 328. 

Discussions. 



1881. 
1885. 
1886. 

1887. 



D24, D65, p. 45. 
D3, p. 49; 615.5, p. 128. 
D22a, D243, p. 117. 
615.5, p. 80; D602, p. 143. 



1888. D21, p. 198. 
1890. D61a, p. 134 
1892. D22, p. 50. 



1893.' D601, p. 33. 

1894. D222, p. 87, 98; D21, p. 157. 



1895. D2 

1896. DO., 
1898. D04, 

1900. D2, , 

1901. D22, 

1902. D8, p~ 



1902. D8, p. 49; D61a, p. 125, 

1903. D602, p. 68; D232, p. 85. 
1905. D89, p. 191. 
1907. D89, p. 71, 75. 

D04, p. 16. 

D32, p. 236. 

D04, p. 27; D8, p. 150. 



1910. D04, p. 16 

1911 

1912 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



157 
C'ormany, J. W. — Continued. 
Clinics. 

1888. Gold Filling. D221, p. 131. 

1889. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 142. 

1894. Gold and Amalgam Lingual Cusp for a Bicuspid. D22c, p. 155. 

1898. Gold Filling. D221, p. 186. 

1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 104. 
1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 134. 

1913. Sure-stick Fit for Plates. D321, p. 262. 
Cornelius, J. J., 1905, 1907, 1910. 
Cornelius, J. YV., 1870. 

Discussion. 

1872. D3, p. 28. 
Corwin, John, 1895, 1905. 
Costner, H. A., 1892. 

Discussions. 

1892. D22, p. 53; D4, p. 92, 93; D21, p. 145. 

1895. D243, p. 46; D222, p. 80. 

Clinic. 

1892. A Method of Preparing and Filling Root Canals with Tin or Gold 

Points. D243, p. 147. 
Covell, G. M., 1907. 
Cowen, W. H., 1904. 

Clinic. 

1909. Cavity Preparation, Using Hypnosis as a Means for Entire Relief 
from Pain. D22a, 615.851, p. 237. 
Coulson, D. E., 1890. 

Administration. 

1895. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Local Com. 

1896. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1897. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1898. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1896. D07, p. 51. 

1897. D04, p. 18. 
Cowles, G. S., 1905. 
Cox, C. W., 1905, 1910. 

1909. Obituary, p. 65. 
Cox, N. W., 1912. 
Craig, Grant, 1905. 
Craig, G. A., 1905. 
Craig, H. M., 1906. 
Craig, T. D., 1909. 
Craig, W. P., 1905. 
Cramdal, L. E., 1905. 
Crane, E. A., 1908. 
Craver, A. S., 1909. 
Craver, J. A., 1905. 
Cravens, Junius E. 

Paper. 

1893. Immediate Root Filling. D243, p. 45; Disc, p. 50. 
Crawford, J. H., 1910. 

Crawford, S. W., 1897. 
Cress, G. H., 1905. 
Creswell, J. J., 1878, 1905. 

Paper. 

1880. Surgery in Dental Practice. D07, p. 52. 

Discussion. 

1881. D5, p. 60. 
Cretors, E. D., 1905. 
Crigler, J. W., 1903, 1910. 

Clinics. 

1904. Repairing Crown and Bridgework. D33, p. 26. 

1905. Gold Cuspids and Incisors and Articulating Molars and Bicuspids 

without Facings. D331, p. 226. 
1912. Method of Making Amalgam Fillings Adjoining with No Bad 
Results. D222, p. 297. 
Crigler, John, 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



158 
Crissman, Ira B., 1S90. 

Administration. 

1896. Assistant Clinic. 

Discussions. 

1892. D21a, p. 112. 

1894. D222, p. 92. 

1895. D243, p. 55; DS, p. 109; D81, p. 150. 

1897. D22a, p. 91; D2, p. 167. 

1899. D04, p. 17. 

1900. D2, p. 34. 
Crist, I. W., 1870. 
Cross, H. A., 1905. 
Crossan, «. A., 1909. ' 
Crouch, R. O., 1905. 

Crouse, J. IV., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1865. Treasurer. 
1S69. Executive Com. 

1872. Vice-President. 
Executive Com. 

1873. President. 

1877. Com. on Popular Education. 

1878. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1S79. Executive Com. 

Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1SS0. Executive Com. 

1881. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Papers. 

1S69. Dental Caries. D61, Mo. Dental Jnl., 1, p. 272; Disc, p. 276. 
1870. Separating- Teeth: When and How. D22, p. 50; Disc, p. 54. 
1873. President's Address. D04, p. 12. 

1877. Operative Dentistry — Special Points to Be Observed to Insure 
Success. D2, p. 99; Disc, p. 105. 

1882. Methods and Materials for Saving- Teeth. D22, p. 72; Disc, p. 79. 
1889. In Union Is Strength. Toast. D06, p. 164. 

1902. First Permanent Molar. D61a, p. 122; Disc, p. 125. 
1906. Reminiscences of Forty-odd Years of Practice. D09, p. 65; Disc, 
p. 71. 

Discussions. 

1866. D24, p. 9; D3, p. 11. 

1867. D22, p. 25; D24, p. 27; D611, p. 31. 

1868. D61a, p. 36. 

1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 303, 307; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 

1, p. 320. 

1870. D24, p. 18, 21, 22, 23; D242, p. 36, 37; D22, p. 43, 45, 46, 48; D22l, 

p. 73, 75; D81, p. 87, 88, 89. 
1S71. D61, p. 27, 28, 29, 30; D21b, p. 38; D22, p. 50, 53; D712, p. 57; 
D221a, p. 64; D3, p. 71; D8, p. 87; D6, p. 102; D65, p. 125. 

1872. D3, p. 27; D2, p. 58, 59; D07, p. 71, 72; D8, p. 90. 

1873. D3, p. 156; D61, p. 18S, 192; D24, p. 74; D22, p. 104; D61, p. 115. 

1875. D22, p. 39, 41; D22, p. 50, 51, 54; D07, p. 73; D221, p. S3; D3, p. 

119, 120. 

1876. D601, p. 35; D07, p. 43, 44, 48; D07, D22, p. 68, 71; D22, p. 74. 

1877. 612.31, p. 64; D24, p. 91; D2, p. 113. 

1878. D67, p. 40, 42; D07, p. 55, 60, 61; D22, p. 60, 61; D22, p. 66; D21, p. 

SI; D26, p. 88; D07, p. 98. 
1S79. D07, p. 46; D2, p. 77; D07, p. 85, 89; 615.781, p. 104; D2, p. 105, 107, 

108; D61a, p. 111. 
1880. 612. S, p. 35, 36; D24, D65, p. 44, 45, 48, 49; 615,775, p. 63; D22, p. 75; 

D14, D22, p. 103. 
1882. D65, p. 181. 
18S3. D641, p. 39, 40; 613, p. 56; D61, p. 64, 65; D07, p. 96; D2, p. 97; 

D713, p. 127; D4, p. 132. 

1884. D24, p. 41, 48; 617.22, p. S9. 

1885. D24, p. 73; D2, p. 102, 108; D073, p. 140. 

1888. D2, p. 116, 120; D2, p. 135, 136, 137, 142, 143, 149, 150; D24, p. 167, 

169, 175, 179; D21, p. 201. 

1889. D22, p. 108, 109; D2, p. 150. 

1890. D07, p. 92; D332, p. 145, 146; D2, p. 159. 
1892. D22, p. 46, 54. 

1894. D4, p. 122. 

1895. D04, p. 22; D243, p. 54; D31, p. 86; D8, p. 105; D06, p. 119; D33, 

p. 166. 

1898. D04, p. 26; D222, p. 43, 52, 55. 

1899. D141, D22a, p. 63. 

1900. D2, p. 31; D64, p. 50; D2, p. 88, 89, 90; D21, p. 166. 

1901. D04, p. 16; D22, p. 106; D21, p. 132. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



159 
Grouse, J. N. — Continued. 

1902. D04, p. 12; D031, p. 25; D8, p. 45, 4S; D09, p. 79; D22a, p. 114; 

D22b, D221, p. 120. 

1903. D073, p. 45; D232, p. 86. 

1904. D04, p. 16; D221, p. 149. 

1905. D04, p. 23; D25, p. 69; D64, p. 69; D223, p. 147, 154; DS9, p. 195. 

1906. D06, p. 122; DS9, p. 189. 

1907. D07, p. 43; D221, D231, p. 92. 

190S. D09, p. 64; D3, p. 114; D22, p. 167, 169. 

1909. D04, p. 21; D073, p. 39; D24, p. 100; D07, p. 149; D89, p. 187. 

1910. D04, p. 19; D223, p. 66; D243, p. 124; D601, p. 167; D231, p. 225; 

D073, p. 247. 

1911. D32, p. 236; D231, p. 247, 249. 

1912. D04, p. 32; D6a, p. 166; D072, p. 2S2. 

1913. D231, p. 98; DS9, p. 159; D25, p. 183. 

Clinics. 

1883. Demonstration of the Use of Robinson's Metallic Filling-, Finish- 
ing with Gold. D22c, p. 152. 
1892. Gold Filling. D221, p. 147. 

1902. Cement Filling. D223, p. 169. 
Crouse, R. M., 1912. 

Crowe, J. P., 1911. 

1912. Obituary, p. 331. 
Crowley, E. T., 1904, 1909. 
Crowley, J. F., 1913. 
Croxen, E. B., 1911. 
Cruise, J. P., 1905. 
Cruise, R. J., 1899. 

Administration. 

1904. Com. on Publication. 

1905. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1911. Clinic Com. 

1913. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

Papers. 

1911. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 286. 

1913. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature., D073, p. 42. 

Discussions. 

1903. 615.7815, p. 77. 

1912. D222, p. 252. 

Clinics. 

1902. An Extracting Instrument That Was Used Before the Turnkey. 
D72, p. 169. 

1906. Practical Methods in the Use of Gutta-percha for the Cementing 

. of Crowns and Bridges. D33, p. 288. 
1909. Uses and Abuses of Gutta-percha in the Cementation of Crowns 
and Bridges. D33, p. 234. 

1913. Synthetic Cement Filling. D223, p. 254. 
Cry or, C. M., 1905. 

Culhane, A. B., 1905. 
Culvert, R. P., 1909. 
Cummings, Earl, 1909. 
Cummin^s, J. E., 1906. 
Cummins, H. R., 1909. 
Cummins, J. T., 1888. 

Administration. 

1901. Librarian. 

1902. Librarian. 

1903. Librarian. 

1904. Librarian. 

1905. Librarian. 

1906. Librarian. 

1907. Librarian. 

1908. Librarian. 

1909. Librarian. 

1910. Photograph Custodian. 

1911. Photograph Custodian. 

1912. Photograph Custodian. 

1913. Photograph Custodian. 

1914. Photograph Custodian. 

Discussion. 

1888. D24, p. 178. 

Clinic. 

1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 116. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



160 

Cummins L. P., 1910. 

Cunningham, Geo., 1SSS, Corresponding Member. 

Paper. 

1S91. On the Relative Advantages of a Low-fusing Continuous Gum. 
D324, p. 170. 
Curless, C. J., 1906. 
Currier, C. R., 1909. 
Currier, S. T., 1905. 
Curry, A. J., 1892. 

Administration. 

1894. Com. on Necrology. 
Curry, O. W., 1905. 
Curtis, W. W., 1897. 
Cusen, E. J., 1913. 
Cushing, G. H., 1S65, Charter Member. 

1901. Obituary. Portrait. P. 188. 



Administration. 

1866. Program Com. 

1867. Executive Com. 

1868. President. 

1870. Com. on Legislation. 
Executive Com. 

1872. Executive Com. 
1877. Executive Com. 

Legislative Com. 
1S7S. Executive Com. 

Com. on Legislation. 

1879. Com. on Legislation. 

1880. Com. on Legislation. 

Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1881. Com. on Legislation. 
1889. President. 

1891. Executive Council. 

1892. Executive Council. 
1895. Executive Council. 
1898. Executive Council. 

Papers. 

1S66. Causes and Prevention of Diseases of the Teeth. D61, p. 12; Disc, 
p. 12. 

1565. Facial Neuralgia. D67, p. 39. 

Anesthesia. 615.781, p. 39. 
1S69. Filling Teeth. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., 1, p. 297; Disc, Mo. Dental 
Jnl., 1, p. 302. 

1870. Heavy Foils and Heavy Mallets. D221, p. 61; Disc, p. 77. 
Propriety of Legislation for the Protection of the People Against 

Dental Imposition, and for Encouragement of Scientific Attain- 
ments by the Dental Profession. D81, p. 77; Disc, p. 87, 102. 

1871. Report of Com. on Dental Legislation. D81, p. 7. 

Some Enquiries Relative to the Need of the Profession for Text- 
books on Dental Pathology. D6, p. 93; Disc, p. 102. 
1S72. The Just Demands of the Public Upon Professional Men. D8, p. 
85; Disc, p. 90. 

1873. Prevention and Treatment of Decay on Proximal Surfaces of the 

Teeth. D61, p. 170; Disc, p. 188. 

1874. Record of Tests of Saliva. 612.31, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. 

1875. Dental Education. D07, p. 68; Disc, p. 73. 
Record Tests of Saliva. 612.31, p. 125. 

1877. Irregularities. D4, p. 114, 4 illus. 

1878. Bleaching Teeth. D26, p. 82; Disc, p. S7. 
1883. Tempering Instruments. D21, p. 149. 

1885. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 88; Disc, p. 96. 

1889. President's Address. D04, p. 57. 

1892. Contour Fillings — What They Should Be. D22, p. 76; Disc, p. 80. 

Discussions. 

1566. D60.2, D61a, p. 7; D221, p. 8; D64, p. 10^. 

1867. D611, p, 31. 

1868. D243, p. 37; D64, p. 39. 

1869. D61, p. 276; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329; 615.781, Mo. Dental 

Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 340. 

1870. D24, p. 20; D22, p. 45, 46, 47, 49; D22, p. 55; D3, p. 98. 

1871. D61, p. 27, 28, 31; D21a, p. 38; D22, p. 49, 50; D65, p. 123. 

1874. D07, p. 31; D22, p. 49; D22, p. 85, 86, 90, 91; D072, p. 105. 

1875. D22, p. 41; D22, p. 51; D3, p. 120. 

1876. D601, p. 35, 36; D07, p. 50; D22, p. 72. 

1877. D04, p. 28; D3, p. 38; D22, p. 50; 612.31, p. 65; D24, p. 87; D2, p. 

109. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



161 
dishing, G. H. — Continued. 

1878. D04, p. 25; D07, p. 58, 61; D22, p. 61; D22, p. 67; D26, p. 87. 88" 

D07, p. 97. 

1879. D07, p. 45, 47; D24, p. 62, 63; D07, p. 87; 615.781, p. 104, 105; D2. 

p. 108; D61a, p. 114. 

1880. 621.8, p. 35, 40; D24, D65, p. 45; 615.775, p. 62; D22, p. 74; 612 31 

p. 112. 

1881. D24, D65, p. 44; D222, p. 124. 

1882. D13, p. 40. 

1883. D2, p. 98, 99. 

1884. D24, p. 47; D07, p. 100. 

1885. 615.5, p. 129; D073, p. 140, 141. 

1886. D04, p. 64, 65; 615.778, p. 80, 83; D61, p. 146, 148; D24, p. 157; 

D073, p. 166, 168. 

1887. D602, p. 142. 

1888. D073, p. 71, 75; D2, p. 136; D24, p. 171, 173, 178; D21, p. 191, 194, 

195, 201. 

1890. D61a, p. 131; D332, p. 148. 

1891. D22a, p. 108, 117; D24, D61, p. 137, 139. 

1892. D04, p. 11; D21, p. 138, 140, 141, 142, 146. 

1893. D22a, p. 19; D601, p. 36; D09, p. 119, 124; D221, p. 174, 178. 

1894. D2, p. 129, 134; D073, p. 145. 

1895. D04, p. 21; D06, p. 27; D289, p. 41; D243, p. 53; 612.31, p. 70; D222, 

p. 79; D06, p. 120. 

1896. D21, p. 95; 615.84, p. 108, 109, 110, 111; D21, p. 128; D64, p. 132. 

1897. D04, p. 26; D64, p. 43, 44; DOS, p. 63, 65; D073, p. 193. 
Coster, L.. E., 1896, Corresponding- Member. 

Paper. 

1898. A New Process of Fusing Platinum. D31, p. 76, 1 illus.; Disc, p. 

79. 

Discussions. 

1896. 615.84, p. 106, 107, 108. 
1904. D232, D31, p. 107. 

Clinics. 

1895. Electric Oven. D31, p. 182. 

1897. Electric Furnace. D31, p. 205. 

1898. Fusing Platinum. D31, p. 186. 

1899. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 116. 
1904. Electric Furnaces. D31, p. 33. 

Cutrera, E. O., 1906. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



162 

Dace, W. M., 1906. 
Dahlin, C. T., 1905. 
Dalbey, J. H., 1905, 1909. 
Dalbey, W. C, 1910. 

Discussion. 

1912. D33, p. 130. 
Clinics. 

1912. Some New Original Instruments. D21, D31, p. 301. 

1913. A New Application of the Bonwill Theory with Original Anatom- 

ical Articulator. D3a, 264. 
Daly, T. H„ 1905. 
Damon, W. H., 1905. 
Damron, G. H., 1S92, 1902. 

Clinic. 

1895. Gold Filling. D221, p. 185. 
Dana, Rev. 

1889. Tribute to Dr. Gilmer. P. 161. 
Daniels, Richard H., 1906. 

Administration. 

1913. Local Com. 

Clinic. 

1911. Hollow Dowel for Crown and Bridge. D33, p. 290. 
Danks, C. P., 1913. 
Dantes, R. H., 1873. 
Darmer, J. C, 1907. 
Davenport, H. W., 1905. 
David, E. R., 1873. 

Administration. 

1877. Librarian. 

1878. Librarian. 

1896. Executive Com. 

1897. Vice-President. 

Discussion. 

1877. D2, p. 106. 
David, V. R., IS 66. 
Davis, Crosbie W., 1901. 
Davis, C. R., 1910. 
Davis, E. E., 1905. 

1910. Obituary, p. 50. 
Davis, E. F., 1870. 

1883. Obituary, p. 27. 

Administration. 

1871. Executive Com. 
Davis, G. H., 1910. 
Davis, H. E., 1904. 

Discussion. 

1907. Ethics. DS. p. 112. 
Davis, John C, 1905, 1907. 
Davis, J. A. W., 1872. 

1903. Obituary, p. 136. 

Administration. 

1873. Executive Com. 

1876. Executive Com. 

1881. Vice-President. 
1S95. Local Com. 

1898. President. 

Papers. 
1S76. Pathological Conditions of the Teeth and Their Effect Upon the 
General System. D601, p. 31; Disc, p. 34. 

1878. Filling Proximal Cavities in Bicuspids and Molars. D22, p. 62; 

Disc, p. 66. 
1898. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 13. 

Discussions. 

1875. D22, p. 40; D22, p. 47, 51; D3, p. 124. 

1877. D04, p. 27; D3, p. 42; D2, p. 112. 

1878. D67, p. 42, 43; D07, p. 59; D07, p. 9S. 

1879. D2, p. 77, 78; D07, p. 88. 

1880. 612.8, p. 38. 

1882. D3, p. 52. 

1886. D22a, D243, p. 97. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



163 
Davis, J. A. Yv. — Continued. 

1590. D602, p. 122. 
1891. D3, p. 123. 

1897. D06, p. 69; 615.84, p. 209, 214. 

Clinics, 

1883. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 152. 

1887. Illustrating the Use of a Galvanic Current to Produce Local Anes- 
thesia. 615.84, p. 112. 
Davis, J. D., 1905. 
Davis, J. M., 1905, 1910. 
Davis, K. B., 1869. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 300. 
Portrait, p. 301. 

Administration. 

1872. Executive Com. 

1876. Vice-President. 

1877. President. 
Legislative Com. 

Com. on Popular Education. 

1578. Com. on Legislation. 

1579. Board of Censors. 
Com. on Legislation. 

1550. Board of Censors. 
Com. on Legislation. 

1551. Board of Censors. 
Com. on Legislation. 

1882. Board of Examiners. 
Com. on Legislation. 

1889. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1891. Executive Council. 

1896. Local Com. 

Papers. 

1871. Keeping Cavities Dry. D21b, p. 32; Disc, p. 38. 

1872. Dental Societies. D06, p. 73; Disc, p. 84. 

1873. Contour Fillings. D22, p. 98; Disc, p. 101. 

1875. Gold Screws for Retaining Fillings. D221, p. 79; Disc, p. S3. 

1877. President's Address. D04, p. 19; Disc, p. 26. 

1879. Dental Education. D07, p. 78; Disc, p. 84. 

1S82. Operative Dentistry — Essential Elements. D2, p. 63; Disc, p. 79. 

1885. Prosthetic Dentistry. D3, p. 34; Disc, p. 40. 

Discussions. 

1872. D3, p. 33. 

1873. D07, p. 169. 

1874. D07, p. 36; D22, p. 87; D072, p. 106. 

1875. D07, p. 76; D3, p. 122. 

1876. D601, p. 36; D22, D07, p. 63. 

1877. D2, p. 109. 

1878. D04, p. 26; D07, p. 57; D21, p. 82; D07, p. 98. 

1879. D07, p. 47; D2, p. 78; D07, p. 89; D61a, p. 112. 

1880. D24, D65, p. 51; 617.775, p. 62; D22, p. 74. 

1881. D22, p. 151, 152. 

1883. D07, p. 94. 

1886. D243, p. 105. 
18S7. D602, p. 133, 143. 

1890. D332, p. 145, 147; D6a, D61a, p. 154. 

Clinics. 

1SS8. Gold Filling. D221, p. 131. 

1891. Porcelain-faced Crown. D331, p. 179. 
Davis, Lloyd, 1911. 

Davis, L. L.., 1885, 1905. 

Administration. 

1SS7. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1890. Com. on Publication. 

1591. Com. on Publication. 

1892. Com. on Publication. 

1893. Com. on Publication. 

Paper. 

1887. The Use of the Microscope in Progressive Dentistry. 578, p. 145; 

Disc, p. 148. 

Discussions. 

1886. D22a, D243, p. Ill; D073, p. 167, 169. 
1889. D14, p. 129. 

1891. D21, p. 66, 69. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



164 
Davis, Li. Li. — Continued. 

1892. D4, p. 91. 

1895. D89, p. 41; D81, p. 152; D2, p. 187. 

Clinics. 

1901. Celluloid Cement Filling. D223, p. 140. 

1911. Uses of Diatoric Teeth in Bridgework. D332, p. 301. 
Davis, Li. P. 

Clinic. 

1908. Carved Cusps in Mettaline Compound. D331, p. 273. 
Davis, T. A., 1899, 1905. 
Davis, W. C, 1905. 
Davison, Dexter H., 1902. 
Dawkins, R. C, 1870. 
Dawson, C. H., 1906. 
Day, A. H., 1867. 

Discussion. 

1867. 615.781, p. 25. 
Day, B. W., 1872. 
Day, F. W., 1906. 
Day, H. N., 1905. 
Day, O. A., 1912. 
Dayan, L,. F., 1885, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. Three Stages in Continuous Gum for Full Dentures. D324, p. 294. 
Daymude, O. M., 1893. 

Administration. 

1903. Executive Council. 

1910. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

Discussions. 

1896. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 130. 

1911. Thorough and Honest Dentistry. D8, p. 207. 
Dean, C. O., 1868. 

Administration. 

1869. Executive Com. 

1870. Librarian. 
Dean, C. W., 1905. 

Dean, F. W., Corresponding Member, 1884. 

Administration. 

1875. Librarian. 

Discussions. 

1871. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 71. 

1872. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 33. 
1874. Dental Students. D07, p. 33. 

Popular Education with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry. D072, 
p. 106. 
Dean, Jas. C, 1865, Charter Member. 
Dean, M. S., 1865, Charter Member. 
1882. Portrait. Frontispiece. 
Obituary, p. 23. 

Administration. 

1866. Executive Com. 

1867. Executive Com. 

1868. Secretary. 

1869. Librarian. ■ 

1870. President. 
1874. Executive Com. 

1876. Executive Com. 

1877. Executive Com. 

Com. on Popular Education. 

1878. Board of Censors. 

1879. Board of Censors. 

1880. Board of Censors. 

1881. Board of Censors. 

Papers. 

1868. Plugging Pulp Cavities and Canals. D243, p. 36; Disc, p. 37. 

1869. Annual Address. D04, p. 257. 

1870. Complicate Fillings. D22, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. 
Address of Retiring President. D04, p. 100. 

1871. Dental Ethics. D8, p. 79; Disc, p. 87. 

1872. Sound Practice, Sound Philosophy. D2, p. 42; Disc, p. 57. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



165 
Dean, M. S. — Continued. 

1873. May the Calcific Elements of the peciduous Teeth Be Appropriated 
in the Formation of Any Portion of the Permanent Ones? D17, 
p. 79; Disc, p. 86. 

1878. The Epithelia and Some of Their Derivatives, Especially the Den- 
tal Germs. D16, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. 

1881. Development of the Enamel. Dill, p. 107; Disc, p. 110. 

Discussions. 

1866. D602, p. 7: p. 7; D61a, p. 7; D24, p. 9; D24, p. 17; D3, p. 20. 

1868. D64, p. 38. 

1870. D24, p. 20; D22, p. 60; D221, p. 75. 

1871. D61, p. 31; D21b, p. 3S, 39; D22, p. 52. 

1872. D3, p. 32; D8, p. 91. 

1873. D24, p. 70; D61, p. Ill, 114; D61, D601, p. 144. 

1874. D07, p. 31; D22, p. 46, 50; D61, p. 67, 75. 

1875. D22, p. 38: D22, p. 49; D07, p. 75; D3, p. 121. 

1876. D07, p. 4 1, 49; D22, p. 73. 

1877. D04, p. 26, 28: D2, p. 110. 

1878. D07, p. 60; D22, p. 60; D07, p. 98. 

1879. D783, p. 69; D07, p. 89. 

1880. 612.8, p. 34; D24, D65, p. 4S; D14, D22, p. 101; 612.31, p. 110. 

1881. D24, D65, p. 43. 
Dean, W. W., 1870. 
DeCrow, Warren, 1869. 

Administration. 

1876. Executive Com. 
Discussions. 

1872. D2, p. 59. 

1873. D24, p. 72; D22, p. 101. 

1874. D07, p. 35. 

1875. D22, p. 38; D22, p. 47, 48. 

1876. D601, p. 37; D325, p. 98. 
1879. D24, p. 63. 

DeFord, W. H. 

Clinic. 

1907. A Lesson in Administering Somnoform. 615.7815, p. 232. 
DeKrause, L. II., 1910. 
Dellibac, L. R„ 1905. 
Demling, E. A., 1909. 
Deming, George A., 1905. 
Demarest, C. A., 1902. 
Demorest, Clyde S., 1905, 1907. 
Dempsey, G. M„ 1910. 
Dennis, G. J„ 1890. 

Administration. 

1896. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 
Papers. 

1895. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 178; Disc, 

p. 181. 

1896. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 116. 

Discussions. 

1892. D22, p. 46. 
1894. D61, p. 38. 
1S95. D33, p. 167. 

Clinic. 

1896. Fusing Porcelain Gum Section. D323, p. 126. 
Dennis, G. W., 1886. 

Paper. 

1890. Desperate Cases and What to Do to Be Saved. D2, p. 134; Disc, 

p. 142. 

Clinic. 

1891. Gold Filling. D221, p. 17S. 
Dennis, J. W. 

Clinic. 

1897. Copper Amalgam. D222, p. 203. 
Dent, Geo. L„ 1903, 1905. 

De Riemer, A. E., 1908. 
Deschauer, J., 1867. 
Desser, Louis B., 1907. 
Devlin, J. B., 1897. 
Devlin, Wm., 1908. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



166 

Dewey, H. C, 1908. 
Diamond, P. T., 1905. 

Discussions. 

1906. D82, p. 151; 615.7815, p. 215. 
Dickinson, A. N., 1905. 
Dickinson, Emma L.., 1912. 
Dickinson, H. L,., 1908. 
Dickson, J. G., 18S8. 

Administration. 

1893. Com. on Infraction of the Code of Ethics. 
1S94. Com. on Infraction' of the Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1890. D2, p. 167; D602, p. 123. 
1892. D14, p. 123; D073, p. 130. 

Clinic. 

1890. Gold Filling. D221, p. 163. 
Dicus, J. B., 1898. 

Paper. 

1901. Physiological Function of the Saliva. 612.31, p. SO. 
Dicus, YV. O., 1905. 

Dieul, F. D., 1909. 
Diestelow, J. A., 1906. 
Dieterich, J., 1905. 
Dillard, J. P., 1905. 
Dillon, E. H., 1897. 

1902. Obituary, p. 230. 
Dillon, G. B., 1886, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 204. 
Dinwiddie, J. A., 1905. 
Dittmar, G. YV., 1901. 

Administration. 

1903. Com. on Publication. 

1904. Executive Council. 

1906. Com. on Organization. 

1907. Com. on Publication. 

1910. Program Com. 

1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1912. Com. on Legislation. 

1913. Clinic Com. 

Com. on Legislation. 

1914. Com. on Legislation. 

Papers. 

1902. Dental Nomenclature — With Reference to Its Development, Bear- 
ing Especially on That of Descriptive Dental Anatomy, Cavities 
and Instruments. D031, p. 14; Disc, p. 23. 

1908. The Cast Gold Inlay. D231, p. 143; Disc, p. 160. 
1913. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 252. 

Discussions. 

1902. D243, p. 56. 

1906. D06, p. 124; D89, p. 192. 

1907. D221, p. 85; D231, p. S5: D8, p. 119; D22c, p. 197. . 

1908. D06, p. 81. 

1909. D2, p. 223. 

1910. D231, p. 225. 

1911. D231, p. 167; D32, p. 230. 

1912. D071, p. 82; D8, p. 151; D6a, p. 168; D222, p. 250. 

1913. D231, p. 103. 

Clinics. 

1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 139. 

1903. Preparation of Mesio-occlusal Cavity. D22a, p. 3, Supplement. 

1906. Screw Anchorage for Large Incisal Foil Restorations. D221, p. 

275. 

1907. Contour That a Properly Shaped Artificial Crown Should Have. 

D331, p. 228. 

1909. Casting. Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Bridgework, Cast Gold Shell 

Crown and Cast Partial Lower Plate. D32, D33, p. 236. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 

1911. Anatomical Occlusion of Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 301. 

1912. Anatomical Occlusion. D3a, p. 303. 
Ditty, Amos, 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



167 
Dixon, J. T., 1902. 

Discussion. 

1902. D3, p. 179. 
Dodd, Geo. R., 1912. 
Dodez, E. W. 

Clinic. 

1904. Pulp Mummifier. D242, p. 29. 
Dodge, C. A.. 1905. 

Doepp, Albert G., 1905. 
Dolson, J. E., 1909. 
Donaldson, R. P., 1902. 
Donelan, J. J., 1906. 

Administration. 

1912. Local Com. 
Donelan, T. P., 1900. 

Administration. 

1902. Local Com. 

1906. Local Com. 

1907. Vice-President. 

1905. Local Com. 

1912. Treasurer. 

1913. Treasurer. 

1914. Treasurer. 
Doolittle, M. J., 1S86. 
Dormer, John, 1912. 
Dorn, C. P., 1905. 

Discussions. 

1881. D222, p. 125. 
1886. D22a, D243, p. 117. 
1891. D24, p. 97; D72, p. 179. 

Clinic. 

1899. Setting Logan Crown with Gold Band. D331, p. 116. 
Dorn, C. T., 1880. 
Dorsey, H. P., 1905. 
Doss, C. Howard, 1907. 
Dostahl, J. W., 1905. 
Douglas, Percy E., 1911. 
Douglass, Charles E., 1906. 
Dowell, B. F., 1905. 
Downar, J. C, 1911. 
Downing, J. 31., 1871. 

Administration. 

1882. Executive Com. 
Downs, F. E., 1905. 
Drake, H. A., 1905. 
Drake, L,. S., 1905. 
Dressel, H. G., 1905. 
Drozdowitz, A., 1906. 
Drozdowitz, I., 1905. 
Duff, C. E., 1905, 1913. 
Duffy, B. A., 1907. 
Dugan, J. C, 1906, 1910. 
Dugger, M. H„ 1911. 
Duguid, R. O., 1909, 1913. 
Duncan, E., 1877. 

Administration. 

1885. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1883. 615.7815, p. 68, 69. 
1885. 615.5, p. 129. 

. 1895. D243, p. 50; D33, p. 166; D2, p. 188. 
Duncan, L. M., 1913. 
Duncan, S. F., 1881. 

Administration. 

1891. Executive Com. 

1894. Executive Council. 

1S95. Vice-President. 

1901. Board of Examiners. 

1905. Clinic Com. 

1906. President. 

1910. Com. on Necrology. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



168 

Duncan, S. F. — Continued. 

Papers. 

1884. Exposed Dental Pulps and Their Treatment. D24, p. 33; Disc, 

p. 41. 
1890. Dentists. D07, p. 85; Disc, p. 88. 

1905. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 217. 

1906. President's Address. 

Discussions. 

1897. D04, p. 21; D22a, D221, p. 142; D2, p. 163; 615.84, p. 209. 

• 1900. D713, p. 122. 

1901. D22c, p. 56. 

1902. D2, p. 175; D3, p. 179. 

1906. D232, p. 168. 

1907. D04, 1907, p. 15. 

1908. D04, p. 14; D06, p. 87. 

1909. D04, p. 18. 
1911. D8, p. 203. 

Clinics. 

1894. Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 156. 

1899. Attachment for Bridge to Anterior Teeth without Amputation of 
Natural Crown. D332, p. 104. 

1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 138. 
Duncan, W. T., 1905. 
Dunlop, \\ in., 1906. 
Dunn, I-;. C. 

1901. Address of Welcome. 
Dunn, J. A., 1909. 
Dunn, J. Austin, 1887. * 

1913. Obituary, p. 301. 

Paper. 

1896. Cervical Fillings and Clamps. D21, p. 92, 3 illus.; Disc, p. 95. 

Clinics. 
1888. Treatment of Abscesses. D65, p. 131, 133. 

1892. Exhibition of Hand Matrix for Plastic Fillings. D22b, p. 148- 
1899. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 120. 

Dunn, J. Elwood, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1906. Continuous Gum Plate. D324, p. 281. 
Dunn, J. O., 1905. 
Dunn, M. W., 1909. 
Dunn, W. H., 1905. 
Duth, Cara E„ 1902. 
Dvorak, L.. J., 1912. 
Dwigiit, C. R., 1870, 1879. 

1893. Obituary, p. 233. 

Administration. 

1884. Executive Com. 

1885. Treasurer. 

Paper. 

1874. Why So Many Failures in Dental Operations? D07, p. 36; Disc 
p. 46. 
D wight, J. II.. 1909. 
Dyblie, J. 11.. 1908. 
Dyer, Chas. F., 1873. 
Dyer, W. C, 1867. 

Discussion. 

1873. D22, p. 103. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



169 

Eagles, A. 1... 1909. 
Eagleson, J. II., 1905. 
Eagleson, J. I!.. 1907. 

Eames, W. H., 1867. 

1894. Obituary, p. 205. 

Papers. 

1874. Celluloid. D325, p. 107; Disc, p. 108. 

1880. Conservation of the Teeth. D14, p. 93; Disc, p. 100. 

1883. Removal of an Osteo-sarcoma. D781, p. 124; Disc, p. 125. 

Is the Defective Structure of Teeth with Pitted, Furrowed or Crib- 
riform Enamel the Result of an Arrest of Development? D14, 
p. 141. 

1884. The Origin of Defective Enamel. D141, p. 60; Disc, p. 69. 

1889. The Development of the Roots of Teeth. (Paper Read But Not 
Published in Society's Proceeding's.) D14, p. 126. 
Dental Journalism. Toast. D05, p. 159. 
Discussions. 

1867. D22, p. 27; D65, p. 29; D611, p. 31. 

1868. D64, p. 38. 

1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 305, 306; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol 

1, p. 320; 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 341. 

1870. D22, p. 47, 48; D22, p. 57, 59; D81, p. 87; D3, p. 98. 

1871. D221a, p. 64; D3, p. 66, 67. 
1874. D24, p. 76; D22, p. 90. 

1876. D07, D022, p. 66, 67; D22, p. 72, 73; D07, p. 89. 

1877. D22, p. 54; D24, p. 95, 98; D2, p. 110, 112. 

1882. D4, p. 168; D65, p. 183. 

1883. D16, p. 77; D4, p. 131. 

1884. D24, p. 43. 
1891. D24, p. 96. 

Earlley, W. F., 1913. 
Early, W. F., 1910. 
Eastman, F. A., 1905. 
Eaton, A. V., 1887. 
Eaton, Chas. D„ 1909. 
Ebert, F. E., 1909. 
Eccle, J. W. R., 1912. 
Eddleman, M. D., 1908. 
Eddy, O. T., 1902. 
Eddty, W. E., 1905. 
Edgar, W. M., 1910. 
Edgerton, G. H., 1905. 
Kill u ml. E. W., 1913. 
Edmonds, \. II.. 1S98. 
Clinic. 
1898. A Continuous Gum Plate. D324, p. 195. 
Edwards, Arthur, 1905. 
Edwards, A. IT., 1913. 
Edwards, L,. A., 1899. 
Edwards, H. N. 

Discussion. 

1893. D21, 615.781, p. 105. 
Edwards, S. L,., 1868. 

Administration. 

1873. Vice-President. 
Paper. 

1872. Our Failures. D07, p. 63; Disc, p. 70. 

Discussions. 

1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 303. 

1870. D24, p. 22; D22, p. 49; D22, p. 55; D221, p. 74, 75; D3, p. 98. 

1871. D8, p. 87, 89; D65, p. 125. 

1872. D3, p. 28, 33. 
Egan, M. J., 1913. 
Eggen, W. N., 1910. 
Eicke, Adolph, 1905. 
Eiles, F. Stanley, 1893. 
Eles, F. S., 1905. 
Eisenstaedt, Jos., 1908. 

Clinic. 

1912. Bilateral Resection of the Mandible. Models and Charts of a Case. 
D4, p. 307. 
Eisenstaedt, M., 1905. 
Eisenstaedt, BE. K., 1905. 
Elser, L. E., 1906. 

For index and key to classification nuniliers, see pink appendix. 






170 

Elder, J. E., 1911. 
Eldred, C. H., 1905. 
Eldred, J. F., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1906. A Method of Separating Teeth and Retracting Gums. D22, p. 2S9. 
Elliott, E. O., 1910. 
Elliott, E. VV., 1905. 

Administration. 

1914. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussion. 
1913. Painless Dentistry. D611, p. 239. 

Clinic. 
1913. Dental Medicines. 615, p. 257. 
Elliott, G. B., 1905. 
Elliott, Joseph H., 1912. 
Ellis, B. F„ 1905. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 
Ellis, J. Ward, 1865, Charter Member. 

Discussions. 

1866. D24, p. 10: D64, p. 10%; D3, p. 10%; D602, p. 11, 14; D61a, p. 15; 

D22, p. 16, 17; D3, p. 20; D07, p. 11. 

1867. D24, p. 28; D65, p. 28. 
Elmer, A. B., 1887, 1905. 
Elmer, A. J., 1S99. 

1909. Obituary, p. 64. 

Administration. 

1905. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Discussions. 

1905. D25, p. 72;- D64, p. 72. 

1906. D072, p. 230. 

Clinic. 

1902. Gold Filling Restoration. D221, p. 169. 
Elmer, G. D., 1907. 
Elslaprer, J. E., 1907. 
Ely, J. O., 1905. 
Emerson, Henry, 1905. 
Emi?rh, B. T., 1905, 1909. 
Emmert, J. W., 1885.. 
Entsminger, G. W., 18S8, 1905. 

Administration. 

1892. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1893. Executive Com. 

1907. Com. on Necrology. 

Papers. 

1890. The Care of the Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 120; Disc, p. 121. 

1900. Habits Incident to the Dental Profession. D2, p. 18; Disc, p. 22. 
Entsminprer, J. E., 1907. 
Erausquin, V. C, 1909. 

1910. Obituary, p. 4S. 
Ercanbrack. W. C, 1909. 
Erickson, Alfred, 1913. 
Erickson, Arthur, 1912. 
Ervay, E. L,., 1906. 
Eshelman, B. F. 

Clinic. 

1S93. Gold Crown. D331, p. 165. 
Etcheparehorda, IV., 1912. 
Evans, C. C:, 1903. 
Evans, C. E., 1905. 
Evans, D. W., 1905. 
Evans, E. T., 1902. 

Administration. 

1904. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1908. Clinic Com. 

Papers. 

1908. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 259. 

1911. Thorough and Honest Dentistry. D8, p. 199; Disc, p. 203. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



171 
Evans, E. T. — Continued. 
Clinics. 

1907. Bridgework. D332, p. 228. 

1912. A Special Matrix for Large Amalgam Restoration. D22b, p. 292. 
Evans, G. D., 1905. 
Evans, J. H., 1908. 
Evans, Jos. K., 1911. 
Evans, YV. A. 

Paper. 

1911. Dental Inspection in the Public Schools. D072, p. 170; Disc, p. 181. 
Evans, Win. M., 1910. 
Evans, W. W., 1913. 
Everett, G. E., 1905. 
Everett, Mell. M„ 1905. 

Clinic. 

1911. A Demonstration of the Olivian Plate Swager in Making Metal 

Plates. D322, p. 291. 
Evey, D. H., 1894, 1905. 
Evey, J. M., 1903, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1907. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 226. 

1912. The Cast Gold Inlav; Some Defects and How to Overcome Them. 

D231, p. 304. 
Ewing, J. YV., 1899. 






For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



172 

Fahnestock, J. C„ 1866. 
Fahr, H. P., 1912. 
Fahrney, S. W., 1906. 

Clinic. • 

1911. Orthodontia Models. D4, p. 291. 
Farley, G. E., 1912. 

Farmer, H. B., 1898. 

Farnham, B. W., 1865, Charter Member. 

Farns worth, F. B., 1913. 

Farwell, H. B., 1912. 

Fawcett, A. C, 1909. 

Fay, H. M., 1910. 

Fee, Asa, 1910. 

Felcher, F. B., 1910. 

Feldscher, N. Z., 1909. 

F« -I tm a ii. A. F., 1909. 

Fellman, W. O., 1903. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Necrology. 

Clinics. 
1907. Lingual Concealed Abutment Attachments for Anterior Bridges. 
D332, p. 231. 

1911. Models Showing Method of Preparation of Teeth with Vital Pulps, 

and Gold Attachments to Same for Bridges. D332, p. 301. 
Fernandez, E. M. S., 1899. 

Discussions. 

1907. D221, D231, p. 93. 

1909. D32, p. 125; D232, p. 208. 

1910. D231, p. 222. 

Clinic. 

1912. A Simple and Definite Method of Marking Dental Instruments for 

the Proper Arrangement and Placing. D21, p. 306. 
Fickensher, E. L... 1905. 
Ferries, A. C, 1865, Charter Member. 
Ferrell, J. C, 1906. 
Ferner, D. A. J., .1910. 
Fickes, Wm. L... 1909, 1912. 
Fiddyment, G. F., 1909. 
Field, D. M., 1905. 
Field, W. S., 1909. 
Fielding. A., 1911. 
Fietsch, J. F., 1912. 
Finckam, E. I-.. 1904. 
Findlay, B. I., 1905. 
Fink, H. K., 1908. 
Finley, Frank O., 1906. 
Fischer, Vincent, 1892, 1906. 
Fischer, H. G. 

Clinics. 

1903. Preparing and Filling with Gold a Compound Cavity on the Disto- 
incisal of a Left Upper Central Incisor. D221, p. 2, Supplement. 
1905. Gold Filling. D221, p. 224. 
Fishburn, James M., 1884, 1913. 

Administration. 

1887. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Fishell, E. W., 1905. 
Fisher, A. T., 1909. 
Fisher, J. W., 1876. 

1897. Obituary, p. 269. 

Clinic. 

1892. Exhibition of Two Bridges. D332, p. 148. 
Fisher, L,. E., 1910. 
Fitch, Henry H., 1883. 

1895. Obituary. Portrait. P. 240. 

Administration. 

1886. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Discussion. 

1885. 612.8, p. 63. 

Clinics. 

1889. Root Filling. D243, p. 142. 

Prepared Roots for Filling. D243, p. 144. 
Fithian, D. W., 1909. 

For index and key to classification numhers, see pink appendix. 



173 

Fitzwater, Grant B., 1906. 
Fitzwater, G. B. 

Clinic. 

1908. Cast Plate, Using Aardentalloy. D323, p. 263. 
Flanagan, 1,. II.. 1908. 

Flannery, E. E., 1913. 
Flannery, J. A., 1913. 
Flatt, C. R., 1905. 
Fleinming, G. K., 1905. 
Fletcher, F. F. 

Clinic. 

1900. Gold Fillings without Use of Rubber Dam. D221, p. 172. 
Flick, A. A., 1905. 
Flynn, H. V., 1907. 
Foley, C. L., 1908. 
Foley, T. J., 1911. 
Foltz, J. P., 1866. 

Administration. 

1866. Program Com. 

1867. Executive Com. 

Discussions. 

1866. D602, p. 6, 7; D602, p. 7; D61a, p. 8; D24, D64, p. 9; D3, p. 10%. 
Forbes, I., 1867, Honorary Member. 
1886. Obituary, p. 54. 

Discussions. 

1S67. D22, p. 26; D67, p. 30. 

1868. D64, p. 3*. 

1870. D22, p. 44, 45, 46, 47, 49; D22, p. 56, 58, 59; 60; D221, p. 75; D81, p. 

89; D3, p. 97. 

1871. D22, p. 50, 51, 52; D221a, p. 65. 
1874. D61, p. 67, 69, 70, 72; D24, p. 79. 

Ford, B. M., 1905. 
Fortelka, C. G., 1909. 
Foster, C. H., 1905. 
Foster, O. F., 1908. 
Foster, B. O., 1909. 
Foster, W. E., 1905. 

Administration. 

1909. Local Com. 

Clinics. 

1908. Crystal Gold for Cervical Fillings. D221, p. 265. 

1911. Acolite Casting for Porcelain Crowns. D331, p. 301 

1912. Method of Using Crystal Gold. D221, p. 303. 
Fouser, J. B., 1899. 

Administration. 

1907. Board of Censors. 

Discussion. 

1908. D06, p. 92. 
Fowler, W. F., 1899. 
Fowler, W. F., 1905. 
Fowler, W. F., 1912. 
Fowser, F. E., 1905. 
Fox, (.'has. S., 1905, 1910. 
Fox, M. G., 1906. 

Fox, W. H., 1905. 
Foyle, A. C, 1913. 
Fraenkel, Wilhelm, 1883. 
Discussion. 

1883. D07, p. 94, 96. 
Fraker, Guy C, 1905, 1911. ' 

Frank, Harris J., 1906. 
Clinic. 

1908. Porcelain-jacket Crown. D331, p. 261. 
Franke, Geo. E., 1905. 
Franke, J. C, 1905. 
Frankel, David A., 1911. 
Frankel, H. L,., 1905. 
Frankel, J. D., 1908, 1912. 
Franz, Hugo, 1902. 

Discussion. 

1904. D232, D31, p. 107. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



174 



Frazee, D. S., 1905. 
Frazee, O. L,., 1897. 





Administration. 


1898. 


Local Com. 


1900. 


Local Com. 


1902. 


Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics 




Local Com. 


1905. 


Executive Council. 


1907. 


Clinic Com. 



Discussions. 

1911. D231, p. 245. 

1913. D64, D65, p. 130. 
Fredericks, E. M., 1905, 1907. 
Freeman, A. B., 1889. 

Administration. 

1891. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Freeman, A. W., 1865, Charter Member. 
1S99. Obituary, p. 170. 

Papers. 

1S68. Observed Effects of the Premature Extraction of the Temporary 

Teeth. D602, p. 38; Disc, p. 39. 
1879. Anesthetics. 615. 7S1, p. 90; Disc, p. 102. 

Discussions. 

1867. D611, p. 31. 

1868. D64, p. 38. 

1871. D61, p. 29, 31; D21b, p. 38; D22, p. 50; D8, p. SS; D65, p. 125. 

1872. D8, p. 93. • 
1875. D07, p. 74. 

1879. D3, p. 75; D2, p. 76. 

1881. D5, p. 60. 

1884. D24, p. 45; 612.8, p. 57. 

1885. D2, p. 106. 

1SS7. D24, p. 63, 69, 70; 615.5, p. SI; D2, p. 119. 

1888. D073, p. 72, 74; D2, p. 146; D24, p. 177; D3, p. 185; D21, p. 194. 200 

1889. D2, p. 146. 
1891. D24, p. 93. 

1894. D61, p. 40; D322, p. 74; D222, p. 99, 100. 
Freeman, D. B., 1872. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 298. 

Clinic. 

18S8. Gold Filling. D221, p. 131. 
Freeman, H. W., 1905. 

Administration. 
1909. Board of Censors. 
Clinic. 

1908. Abbey's Non-cohesive Gold Foil. D221, p. 269. 
Freeman, I. A., 1872, 1905. 

Discussions. 
1887. 615.711, p. 95; D602, p. 138, 141. 
1891. D21, p. 67; D24, p. 87; D22a, p. 111. 
Freeman, L,. G., 1913. 
Freiberg, Charles F., 1906. 
Freivogel, W. C, 1906. 
French, A. W., 1867. 

Administration. 

1868. Vice-President. 
Executive Com. 
Program Com. 

1869. Treasurer. 

1870. Treasurer. 
Executive Com. 
Com. on Legislation. 
Publication Com. 

Paper. 
1S70. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. S9; Disc, p. 97. 
Discussions. 

1867. 615.781, p. 25; D22, p. 26; D65, p. 29; D67, p. 31. 

1868. D61a, p. 36. 

1869. D61, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 276, 27S; D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol 

1, p. 302, 307; 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 340. 

1870. D242, p. 35; D22, p. 54; D221, p. 76; D81, p. 103. 
1908. D073, p. 36. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



175 

French, Chas. R., 1913. 
French, D. Gale. 

Discussion. 

1881. D22, p. 155. 
Freund, F. G., 1909. 
Frey, H. A., 1912. 
Frey, J. P., 1909. 
Fribley, J. F., 1904. 
Fribley, W. E., 1903. 
Friedman, S. D., 1905. 
Friessell, H. E., 1909. 
Frink, J. L,., 1904. 
Fritz, G. E., 1905. 
Froeschle, W. F., 1905. 
Fry, F. A., 1912. 
Fry, J. W., 1903. 
Fry, S. P., 1905. 
I'uhr, W. S., 1906, 1912. 
Fuller, A. H. 

1913. Obituary, p. 302. 

Paper. 

1902. Some of Our Predecessors. D09, p. 5S; Disc, p. 77. 

Discussions. 
1889. D2, D09, p. 101. 

Clinic. 
1S83. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 152. 
Fuller, J. C, 1S65, Charter Member. 
Fullerton, K. M. 

Clinic. 

1893. Bands for Logan Crowns. D331, p. 167. 
Funk, L,. E., 1905. 
Funk, L. L.., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1912. Apex-treating Broach. D242, p. 293. 
Pyorrhea Toothbrush. D64, p. 293. 
Fulton, J. M., 18S5. 
Fulton, Joseph, 1905. 
Fulton, M. D., 1870. 
Fulton, T. A., 1905. 
Furby, J. H., 1909. 
Fuqua, V. H., 1899, 1905. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



176 



Gable, J., 1905. 
Gallie, D. M. t 1894. 

Administration. 

1900. Executive Council. 

1902. Clinic Com. 

1903. Executive Council. 

1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1906. Clinic Com. 

Com. to Codperate with Chicago Medical Society. 

1907. Com. to Cooperate with 111. State Medical Society. 

1909. Com. on Legislation. 

1910. Com. on Legislation. 

1911. President. 

Com. on Legislation. 

Papers. 

1902. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 162. 
1905. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 11. 
1907. Gold Fillings. D221, D231, p. 76; Disc, p. 85. 
1911. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 30. 



Discussion*. 




... 1». 
1904. D06, p. 55; D221, p. 151 
D04, p. 18; ™° - 1 "° 
D07, p. 44, 



1906. 
1907. 
1908. 
1909. 
1910. 
1911. 
1912. 
1913. 

1899. 
1907. 



D06, p. 55; 1J221, p. 11 

D04, p. 18; D82, p. 14! 

D07, p. 44, 54. 

D073, p. 34. 

D242, p. 186; D2, p. 227. 

D04, p. 20; D223, p. 62. 

D072, p. 198. 

D04, p. 20; D5, p. 210; D072, p. 277. 

D25, p. 184. 



Clinics. 

Gold Filling. 
Gold Filling. 



1907. Gold .Filling 
Gardner, F. L,., 1905. 
Gardner, R. A., 1902, 1 
Gardiner, F. H., 1877. 



D221, p. 120. 
D221, p. 234. 



905. 



Administration. 

1882. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1885. Clinic Com. 

1886. Clinic Com. 
1889. Clinic Com. 

Paper. 

1886. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 175. 

Discussions. 

1880. D24, D65, p. 52. 

1882. D3, p. 53; D2, p. 83; D22, p. 83. 

1885. 615.5, p. 129. 

1887. D4, p. 41; 615.5, p. 81, 83. 

1888. D073, p. 69; D24, p. 179. 
Gardiner, J. C, 1905. 
Gardiner, T. D., 1889, 1907. 
Garman, Jared >!., 1906. 
Garnett, W. F., 1910. 

Garrett, C. M., 1905. 

Garrett, F. M., 1910. 

Garriott, J. P., 1910. 

Garrison, G. G., 1905. 

Garrison, Hy. L,., 1912. 

Gasparovich, S., 1913. 

Gatons, John II.. 1905. 

Ganmer, R. R., 1907. 

Geary, H. Logan, 1911. 

Geenen, G. S., 1905. 

Geiger, Emil D., 1906, 1911. 

Geiger, P. H., 1905. 

Gelder, F. A., 1905. 

George, E. D., 1906. 

George, Isaac, 1871, Honorary Member. 

Gerhold, Elsa J., 1911. 

Gethro, F. W., 1901. 



1907. 



Administration. 

Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



177 
Gethro, P. W. — Continued. 

1908. Clinic Com. 

1910. Executive Council. 

Papers. 

1907. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 97. 

1909. Some Mistakes in Operative Dentistry — Their Causes and Correc 

tion. D2, p. 212; Disc, p. 220. 

Discussions. 

1910. D243, p. 120. 
1913. D231, p. 92, 98. 

Clinics. 

1903. Gold Filling. D221, p. 11, Supplement. 

1904. Cavity Preparation. D22a, p. 29. 

1905. Baked Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 229. 

1907. Cavity Formations for Gold Filling's. D22a, p. 236 
1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. 
Gibbs, A. E., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1867. Executive Com. 
Paper. 

1879. Amyl-nitrite. 615.716, p. 22; Disc, p. 39. 
Gibson, Robert, 1867. 

Discussions. 

1867. 615.781, p. 24; D24, p. 27; D67, p. 30; D611, p. 31. 
Gift, J. R., 1905. 
Gilbert, G. N.„ 1912. 
Gilbertson, T. L.., 1907. 
Giles, George, 1905. 
Gill, F. C, 1905. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 299. 
Gill, Harry G., 1911. 
Gill, H. C, 1878. 
Gill, J. H., 1908. 
Gillis, R. It.. 1908. 
Gilmer, A. L,., 1895. 
Gilmer, T. L., 1872. 

Administration. 

1874. Executive Com. 

1883. Board of Examiners. 
1886. President. 

1888. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 
1891. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 
1902. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1906. Com. on Publication. 

Com. to Cooperate with Chicago Medical Society. 

1907. Com. to Cooperate with 111. State Medical Society. 

1908. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1909. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1910. Com to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1911. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

Papers. 

1881. Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla. D713, p. 67, 40 illus.; Disc, 

p. 104. 
1886. President's Address. D04, p. 57; Disc, p. 63. 

1889. Tribute to, by Rev. Dana. P. 161. 

The Beautiful City of Quincy. (Toast.) P. 164. 

1890. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 58; 

Disc, p. 66. 
1893. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 149: 

Disc, p. 158. 
1905. The Maxillary Sinus and Its Diseases. D76, p. 75; Disc, p. 86. 

Discussions. 

1874. D24, p. 78. 

1876. D07, p. 48. 

1879. D07, p. 47. 

1881. D24, D65, p. 45. 

1882. D3, p. 51; D331, p. 61; D64, p. 112. 

1884. 612.8, p. 54. 

1885. 615.5, p. 128. 

1886. D7, p. 179. 

1887. 578, p. 148. 

1888. D2, p. 144; D24, p. 171. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



178 
Gilmer, T. L. — Continued. 

1891. D21, p. 54, 55, 56, 57, 64; D24, p. 90, 91; D22a, p. 114. 

1892. D21a, p. 108. 
D21, 615.781, p. 96, 107; D072, p. 144. 
D222, p. 96, 97; D4, p. 123; D073, p. 143, 144, 146. 
D7S, p. 89; D21, p. 128. 
D64, p. 42, 43; D22a, p. 88. 
D04, p. 27; D222, p. 36, 37; D7, p. 152. 

i»uu. D2, p. 91; D713, p. 122. 

1903. 615.7815, p. 76. 

1904. D06, p. 58. 



1894. 
1896. 
1897. 
1898. 
1900. 



1905! D04^ p! 24. 
1907. D07, p. 50 



UUi, p. ov. 

D661, p. 194. 

D073, p. 39; D07, p. 109. 

D04, p. 38. 

D8, p. 151; D6a, p. 164. 



1908 
1909. 
1911. 
1912. 

Clinics. 

1888. Gold and Platinum Crown. D331, p. 133. 

1890. Exhibition of a Storage Battery and Mouth Lamp. D21, p. 163. 

1S92. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 147. 

1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 201. 

1899. Facial Neuralgia. D77. 

1900. Case Operated Upon for Tri-facial Neuralgia. D77, p. 175. 

1901. Surgical Clinic. D7, p. 138. 

1905. Engorgement of the Antrum of Highmore as a Result of Sinusitis. 
D76, p. 218. 

1911. Elimination of Scar Following Lip Injury. D75, p. 295. 

1912. A Case of Double Cleft Palate. D751, p. 288. 
Gilmore, J. M., 1905. 

Gilmore, T. E., 1906. 
Gilson, A. II. 

Discussion. 

1895. D243, p. 48. 
Gilster, G. B., 1905. 
Girling, Winthrop, 1899. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

Clinic. 

1902. A Porcelain Crown Built Solidly from the Platinum Cap to the 

Proper Occlusion without the Use of Ordinary Facing Soldered 

to the Cap. D331, p. 165. 
Gismorc, L. L,., 1911. 
Glass, A. W., 1905. 
Glenn, Carl I., 1907, 1910. 
Glidden. 

Discussion. 

1873. D24, p. 69, 71. 
Gluesing, J. W., 1893. 
Godejohann, A., 1905. 

Administration. 

1913. Board of Censors. 
Goble. 

Discussion. 

1873. D24, p. 72. 
Goebel, Robert, 1884, 1905. 

Administration. 

1896'. Executive Council. 

1898. Board of Examiners. 
1910. Com. on Necrology. 

Paper. 
1910. Report of Com. on Necrology of Illinois State Dental Society. 
D09, p. 48. 
Discussions. 

1904. D331, p. 168. 

1909. D24, p. 99. 

1910. D072, p. 207. 

Clinic. 
1909. Filling the Ascher's Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 231. 
Goetz, O. A., 1905. 
Goggin, J. W., 1905. 
Goldbeck, W. C, 1905. 
Golding, Ij. E., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



179 

Goldring, James, 1909. 
Goldthorp, E., 1905. 
Goldthorp, F. J., 1906. 
Good, Robert, 1898. 

Clinics. 

1899. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 111. 

1900. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 172. 

1901. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 137. 
1904. Pyorrhea Treatment. D64, p. 27. 

Gooderl, H. W., 1905. 
Goodmanson, J. Sidney, 1S93. 
Goodrich. 

Discussion. 
18S2. D61, p. 163. 
Goodrich, J. R., 1905. 
Goodson, L,. J., 1905. 

Administration. 

1910. Local Com. 

1911. Clinic Com. 

1912. Executive Concil. 
Gordon, Byron, 1893. 
Gordon, J. S., 1911. 
Gorney, Wm. A., 1906. 

1912. Obituary, p. 331. 
Gorsline, W. P., 1905. 
Goslee, H. J., 1897. 

Administration. 

1899. Local Com. 

1900. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1901. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1902. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1903. Secretary. 

1904. Secretary. 
1908. Com. on Publication. 

Papers. 

1899. Modern Manipulative Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. 

p. 65, 2 illus.; Disc, p. 80. 

1900. Report of Com. on Art and Invention. D21, p. 155; 

1901. Report of Com. on Art and Invention. D21, p. 116; 

1902. Report of Com. on Art and Invention. D21, p. 154; 

1905. Porcelain Bridgework. D332, p. 198; Disc, p. 205. 

1912. Newer Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 87; Disc, p. 

120. 

Discussions. 

1898. D4, p. 97. 

1900. D331, p. 63, 64. 

1901. D3a, p. 36. 

1902. D232, p. 182. 

1903. D32a, p. 58. 

1904. D331, p. 165. 

1905. D32a, p. 175, 176. 

1906. D232, p. 251. 

1908. D073, p. 37; D22, p. 160; D232, p. 163; D221, p. 163; D222, p. 163. 
1911. D231, p. 163; D32, p. 234. 

Clinics. 

1898. Crowns and Bridges. D33, p. 191. 

1899. Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. P33, p. 121. 

1902. Construction of Saddles for Porcelain Bridges and Carving Cusps 
for Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 163. 
Goss, Arthur, 1905. 
Gottlieb, L,., 1905. 
Gould, Arthur W., 1911. 
Gould, Earl E., 1906. 

Clinic. 

1913. Cast Base Crowns. D331, p. 255. 
Gould, S. C, 1908. 

Gouse, M. W\, 1905. 
Graber, R. L., 1905. 

Administration. 

1911. Local Com. 

1914. Board of Censors. 

1913. The Esthetics of Prosthetic Dentistry. D3, p. 198, 16 illus.; Disc, 
p. 217. 
For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



D33, 



Disc, p. 164. 
Disc, p. 132. 
Disc, p. 161. 



180 

Graflund, Fred, 1905, 1909. 
Grafts, C. D., 1871. 
Graham, D. M., 1909. 
Graham, Herman J., 1906. 
Graham, Oliver J., 1907. 
Graham, H. S., 1905. 
Graham, W. M., 1905. 
Grafton, C. W., 1910. 
Granger, J. C, 1910. 
Gramm, C. T., 1902, 1910. 

Discussions. 

1902. D243, p. 55. 

1903. D34, p. 53. 

Clinic. 

1903. Gold Points for Root Canals. D243, p. 5, Supplement. 
Grant, J. C, 1906. 

Clinic. 

1912. Removable Bridges; Attachment for Porcelain Crowns. D33, p 
305. 
Gray, A. G., 1885. 
Gray, Geo. T., 1905. 
Gray, G. W., 1905. 

1911. Obituary, p. 331. 
Gray, J. R., 1870. 
Gray, L.. R., 1912. 
Graybeal, W., 1905. 
Green, B. F., 1907. 
Green, E. J., 1877, 1905. 

Administration. > 

1886. Executive Com. 
Discussions. 

1885. D2, p. 107; 615.5, p. 128. 

1886. D22a, D243, p. 113. 

1887. D2, p. 117, 125, 126;.D602, p. 138, 141, 143. 

1888. D2, p. 140. 

Clinic. 

1889. Phosphate Cement Filling-. D223, p. 143. 
Green, J. E., 1910. 

Green, J. L. 

Paper. 

1911. Care of the Teeth in the State Institutions. D072, p 191 : Disc. 
p. 194. 
Green, L.. O., 1905. 

Discussion. 

1899. D33, p. 88. 
Green, R. R., 1905. 
Green, W. F., 1892. 



Discussions. 

1894. D222, p. 106; D21, p. 153. 
1900. 615.778, p. 145; D21, p. 167. 



Clinic. 

1900. Canal Filling-, Bucalypto-percha. D243, p. 170. 
Greene, Theodore, 1906. 
Greenhow, B. F., 1904, 1909. 
Greenleaf, C. W., 1871. 
Greenwood, A. S., 1909. 
Gregory, C. L,., 1884. 

Grovers, John E., 1888, Corresponding Member. 
Griffin, J. B., 1897. 
Griffin, T. A., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1908. Vulcanite Teeth in Bridsrework. D332, p. 266. 
Griffith, D. D., 1905, 1913- 

Griffith, E. L., 1905. 
Griffith, J. J., 1907, 1912. 
Griffith, P. R„ 1891. 
Griffith, R. A., 1905. 
Grisamore, T. L., 1904. 

Administration. 

1909. Clinic Com. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



181 
Grisamore, T. L.. — Continued. 
Paper. 

1909. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 230. 

Discussions. 

1907. D24, D63, p. 155. 
190S. D61, p. 226. 

Clinics. 

1910. Orthodontia. D4, p. 268. 

1911. Orthodontia. D4, p. 302. 
Griswold, D. J., 1905. 

Griswold, N. R., 1865, Charter Member. 

Griswold, W. E., 1906. 

Groff, W. E., 1908. 

Grossman, M.. 1908. 

Grove, E. C, 1909. 

Grnnn, A. P., 1905, 1910. 

Guest, I. H., 1909. 

Guffin, E. L,., 1882, Voted Life Membership, 1889. 

Guffin, L. E. 

1911. Obituary, p. 330. 
Guild, George R., 1905. 
Giiniiell,.J. L.., 1S91. 
Gunther, H. A., 1892, 1905. 

Discussion. 

1892. D21, p. 146. 
Clinic. 

1899. Crystalloid Gold. D221, p. 121. 
Gunning, T. P., 1906. 
Gurley, F. G., 1907. 
Guthrie, A., 1905. 
Guthrie, N. A., 1905. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



182 

Haas, Alfred L. 

Clinic. 

1905. A New Method of Adapting a Metal Fitting to the Prepared End 

of an Anterior Root. D331, p. 222. 
Hackett, J. V., 1912. 
Hadfield, H. C, 1905. 
Hadley, C. J., 1907. 
Haessler, F. J., 1908. 
Hagland, c. E., 1912. 
Hague, Albert S., 1903. 
Mainline. E. L.., 1910. 
Hainz, Chas., 1911. 
Hajicek, J. E., 190S. 
Hall, A. W., 1908. 

Clinic. 

1911. Apparatus Used in Extracting Teeth. D4, p. 302. 
Hall, Henry, 1865, Charter Member. 

Hall, O. C., 1905. 
Hall, R. S., 1908. 
Hall, S. W., 1905. 
Hall, W. B., 1909. 
Hallenbeck, R. J., 1905. 
Halsted, A. S., 1905. 
Hamel, C. W., 1909. 
Hamil, E. L,., 1905. 
Hamil, John C, 1905. 
Hamilton, B. A., 1909. 
Hamlin, George B., 1906. 
Hamm, H., 1905. 
!i.-i in ni.-i ii. H. Howard, 1905. 
Hammer, E. C, 1905. 
Hammond, C. R., 1908. 

1909. Obituary, p. 64. 
Hammond, J. J., 1905. 
Hannnford, M. L,., 1878. 

Administration. 

1S86. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1892. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1901. Vice-President. 
Executive Council. 

1902. President. 

1905. Executive Com. 

1907. Com. on Necrology. 
1909. Com. on Necrology. 

Papers. 
1887. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 158. 
1SS8. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 58; 

Disc, p. 68. 
1898. The Preparation of Cavities. D22a, p. 99; Disc, p. 106. 
1902. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 11. 

1909. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 63. 

1910. The Filling of Root Canals. D243, p. 109; Disc, p. 116. 

Discussions. 

1881. D22, p. 152. 

1886. D22a, D243, p. 101. 

1902. D04, p. 13. 

1906. ' 615.781, p. 94. 

1908. D04, p. 13. 

1909. D04, p. 19. 

1912. D33, p. 124. 

Clinics. 
1889. Gold Filling. D221, p. 143. 

1900. Gold Filling. D221, p. 172. 
190S. Gold Filling. D221, p. 269. 

Hanchen, S. A., 1912. 
Hancock, J. E., 1897, 1905. 
Discussions. 
1905. D25, p. 57; D64, p. 57. 

1911. D231, p. 250. 

Clinic. 

1901. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 134. 
Hand, M. E., 1872. 

1891. Obituary, p. 184. 

Administration. 
1885. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



183 

Hanley, Geo. M., 1905. 
Hannah, S. B., 1905. 
Hanson, A. A., 1906, 1909. 
Hanson, F. E., 1S68. 
Hanson, Grier, 1902. 
Hanson, O. T., 1902. 

1903. Obituary, p. 138. 
Harden, O. H., 1905. 
Hardin, J. XV., 1903. 
Hardin, J. W., 1911. 
Hare, D. A., 1898, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1905. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 224. 
Harsett, A. V., 1899, 1906. 
Harlan, A. W., 1872. 

1909. Obituary, p. 64, 298, 299. 

Administration. 

1875. Executive Com. 

1881. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1882. President. 

Com. on Legislation. 

1892. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1894. Com. on Publication. 

1895. Com. on Publication. 

Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1896. Com. on Publication. 

Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1897. Cpm. on Publication. 

Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1898. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1899. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1900. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1901. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

Papers. 

1874. Aetiology of Dental Caries. D61, p. 59; Disc, p. 67. 

1879. Extraction of First Molars. D61a, p. 109; Disc, p. 111. 

1880. Saliva — Its Characteristics in Health and Disease. 612.31, p. 104; 

Disc, p. 110. 

1881. Characteristics of Saliva in Syphilitics. 612.31, p. 162; Disc, p. 

167. 

1882. President's Address. D04, p. 30. 

1883. Notes on Remedies. 615.5, p. 147. 

1885. Notes on New Remedies. 615.5, p. 119; Disc, p. 126. 

1886. Antiseptics and Disinfectants. 615.778, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. 

1887. Practical Therapeutics, with Notes on the Application of Special 

Drugs. 615.5, p. 74; Disc, p. 78. 
1889. Escharotics and Coagulants. 615.775, p. 113; Disc, p. 120. 

The International Dental Congress. Toast. D06, p. 163. 
1891. Experimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents 

in Living Teeth and Pulpless Teeth. D24, D61, p. 126; Disc 

p. 135. 

1893. Recent Additions to the Therapeutics of Pyorrhea Alveolaris 

D64, p. 61; Disc, p. 64. 

1894. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 138 

Disc, p. 143. 

1895. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 173 

Disc, p. 175. „ ..„ 

1896. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 112 

1897. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 191 
Disc, p. 193. „ , _ 

1898. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 177 
Disc, p. 180. . _„„ 

1899. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 90 
D i s c X) 94 

1900. Report" of' Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 149 

1901. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 109 

Discussions. 

1873. D61, p. 191; D331, p. 128. 

1874. D07, p. 33; D22, p. 49; D22, p. SS. 

1875. D22, p. 47, 48: D07, p. 77. 

1876. D601, p. 38; D07, p. 48. 

1877. D04, p. 30; 612.31, p. 66. 

1878. D07, p. 62; D22, p. 62; D26, p. 87. 

1879. D07, p. 47; D07, p. 87. 

1880. D24, D65, p. 50: 615.775, p. 62, 63, 64. 

1881. D5, p. 60; D222, p. 125; D22, p. 152. 

1882. D65, p. 182. 

1883. D2, p. 98. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



184 
Harlan, A. W. — Continued. 




1891 
1892 
1893 
1893 



1894 
1896 
1897 
1899 
1900 
1901 



D222, p. 105. 

D04, p. 21; D07, p. 47. 

D04, p. 23; D64, p. 36; D142, D24, p. 103, 104, 118. 

D04, p. 15; D141, D22a, p. 62. 

D64, p. 53; D21, p. 167. 

D04, p. 17. 



Clinics. 

1888. Two Causes of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 132. 

1890. Operation for the Renewal of Receded Gums. D64, p. 162. 

1891. An Ingenious Method of Attaching Crowns. D331, p. 180. 
1893. Bleaching. D26, p. 166. 

1896. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 124; Disc, p. 130. 

1899. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 111. 

1901. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 134. 
Harlan, Paul H., 1899. 

Harned, M. R., 1898. 

Administration. 

1900. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1901. Local Com. 

1906. Executive Council. 

1909. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1912. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 

Papers. 

1902. Preliminary Dental Education. D07, p. 81; Disc, p. 86. 

1908. The Romance of Dentistry. D09, p. 49; Disc, p. 59. 

1909. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 26: 

Disc, p. 38. 

1911. Some Psychological Phenomena Attending Orthodontia. D4, p 

114; Disc, p. 135. 

1913. Painless Dentistry. D611, p. 231; Disc, p. 236. 

Discussions. 

1902. D2, p. 174. 

1905. D25, p. 59; D64, p. 59. 

1907. D04, p. 16. 

1909. D07, p. 147. 

1910. D243, p. 126. 

1912. D04, p. 39. 

Clinics. 

1902. Preparation of Cavities in Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 162. 

1905. Home-made Electric Ovens for Baking Inlays. D31, p. 218. 

1907. Accurate Fit of Cope for Porcelain-shell Crown. D331, p. 234. 

1910. Case with Pyorrhea Pocket. D64, p. 26S. 
Harned, J. E., 1901, 1905. 
Harp, W. H., 1905. 
Harper, A. J., 1906. 

Clinic. 

1912. How to Check the Wear on Badly Worn Teeth by Using the Gold 
Inlay. D231, p. 293. 
Harper, John G., 1892, Corresponding Member. 

Discussions. 

1891. D24, p. 99. 

1892. D21a, p. 110. 

Clinics. 
1892. Exhibition of an Electric Fan. D231, p. 148. 

1896. Aluminoid for Lining Plates. D321, p. 127. 
Harper, W. E., 1893. 

Papers. 

1897. Classification of Cavities, and Rules Governing Their Preparation. 

D22a, p. 71, 14 illus.; Disc, p. 79. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



185 

Harper, W. E. — Continued. 

1912. The Character of the Adaptation of Amalgam to the Walls of 
Cavities Attained by Present Methods of Instrumentation and 
the Use of the Best Known Alloys, as Indicated by the Air- 
pressure Test. D222, p. 224; Disc, p. 243. 

Discussion. 

1898. D22a, p. 106. 
Clinics. 

1893. Casting Aluminum Plates. D323, p. 167. 

1905. Enamel Cleavers. D33, p. 227. 
Harris, A. D., 1909. 

Harris, A. J., 1865, Charter Member, 1886, 1905. 
Harris, Sarah S., 1906. 
Harriman, E. V., 1905. 
Harrington, G. H., 1870. 

1891. Obituary, p. 185. 

Administration. 

1880. Librarian. 

1881. Librarian. 
Harrison, A. G., 1909. 
Harrison, A. M., 1901. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

Papers. 
1903. Preservation of the Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 61; Disc, p. 68. 
1912. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 37. 

Discussions. 

1902. D06, p. 34. 

1907. D22c, p. 194. 

Clinic. 

1908. Oxide of Zinc Lining for Attachment of Porcelain Inlays. D232, 

p. 264. 
Harrison, B. T., 1875. 

Discussion. 

1880. 615.775, p. 64. 
Harrison, H. E., 1905. 

1908. Obituary, p. 249, 326. 

Clinic. 

1905. Nitrous Oxide Gas. 615.7811, p. 217. 
Harsch, B. T., 1911. 
Hartenger, J. H., 1901. 
Hart, C. P., 1905. 
Hart, C. Ii., 1905. 
Hart, H. V., 1905. 
Hart, P. H., 1909. 
Hart, W. W., 1905. 
Hartinger, J. H., 1905. 
Hartley, Chas. G., 1906. 
Hartley ,"R. R., 1909. 
Hartley, T. A., 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Harvey, Earl V., 1905, 1907. 
Harvey, J. P., 1904. 
Haskell, L. P., 1865, Charter Member, 1882. 

Administration. 

1866. Executive Com. 
Program Com. 

1867. Librarian. 

Papers. 

1881. The Past, Present and Future of Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 48. 

1882. Random Thoughts from the Laboratory. D3, p. 45; Disc, p. 49. 
1888. Prosthetic Dentistry. Papers Read But Not Published in Society's 

Proceedings. D3, Disc, p. 180. 
Discussions. 
1866. D3, p. 10y 2 , 20. 

1883. D32, p. 140. 

1908. D06, p. 80; D3, p. 114. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



186 
Haskell, L. P. — Continued. 
Clinic. 

1913. Models of Abnormal and Difficult Cases, Some Thirty Years Old, 
Upon Which Successful Dentures Have Been Made. D32, p. 265. 
Haskins, G. W., 1901. 

Administration. 

1908. Program Com. 

Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1910. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

1912. Executive Council. 

Discussions. 

1906. 615.781, p. 108, 110; D232, p. 170; DS9, p. 194. 

1907. DS9, p. 72; D4, p. 132, 135. 

1908. D22, p. 166, 175; D231, p. 166, 175; D232, p. 166, 175; D221, p. 166, 

175; D222, p. 166, 175. 

Clinic. 

1904. Gold Filling. D221, p. 30. 

1905. Non-cohesive Foil in Filling the Upper Three-quarters of Approxi- 

mal Cavities in Molars and Bicuspids. D221, p. 228. 

1907. Removable Dentures, Using Tube and Split Pins. D32, p. 236. 

1911. Some Reliable Bridge Abutments. D332, p. 308. 
Hastings, H. W., 1909. 

Hauge, N. A., 1907. 
Hawkes, A. J. — 1905, 1910. 

Administration. 

1913. Public Service Com. 

1914. Public Service Com. 
Hawley, A. T., 1885. 
Hawxhurst, D. C 

Paper. 

18S2. Resolutions in Memory of, p. 28. 
Hay, C. A., 1909. 
Hay, E. T., 1909. 
Hay, William G., 1905. 
Hayden, R. E., 1907. 
Hayes, F. P., 1909. 
Hayes, Harry, 1908. 
Hayes, H. H., 1899. 
Clinic. 

1913. Demonstrating the Making of Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 256. 
Hays, Owen C, 1905. 
Hazell, E. P., 1898. 

Administration. 

1900. Clinic Com. 
Local Com. 

1902. Local Com. 

1903. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1906. Local Com. 

1908. Local Com. 

1909. Vice-President. 

1910. Com. on Public Press. 

1912. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 

Discussions. 
1900. D713, p. 120. 

1905. D89, p. 190. 

1906. 615.781, p. 96. 

1907. D89, p. 65. 

1911. D04, p. 28. 

Clinics. 
1902. Gold Filling, Using Matrix. D221, p. 164. 
1907. Gold Filling. D221, p. 226. 

1912. The Uses of the Gilmore Clasp as Applied to Plate and Crown 

Work. D331, D32, p. 296. 
Head, L. D., 1905. 

Clinic. 
1912. Metal Base for Davis Crown. B331, p. 300. 
Heaton, J. A., 1905, 1909. 

Discussion. 

1910. D223, p. 64. 

Clinic. 

1911. Removable Band for Porcelain Work. D331, p. 302. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



187 

Hebarger, J. R., 1904. 
Hebert, A. W„ 1S94, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1S94. Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 156. 
Heck, E. G., 1905, 1907. 
Heely, E. Q,., 1912. 
HeKKlsiud, H. M„ 1905. 
Heidenger, R. G., 1908. 
Heidorn, H. \V., 1909. 
Heine, O. C, 1906, 1910. 
Heisey, D. J., 1908, 1909. 
Heisey, J., 1905. 
Helck, Sol. A., 1905, 1911. 
Held, Henry, 1901. 
Hellwig, C. V., 1911. 
Helm, C. B., 1893, 1901, 1905, 1912. 

Discussion. 

1905. D76, p. 89. 
Clinic. 

1905. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 224. 
Helm, Chas. S., 1910. 
Helmer, P. A., 1905. 
Helmick, O. W., 1910. 
Helper, R. W., 1901. 
Hemphill, J. I».. 1905. 
Hendell, J. W., 1869. 

1872. Obituary, p. 108. 
Henderson, G. H., 1896, 1905. 

Administration. 

1898. Local Com. 
1900. Local Com. 

Paper. 

1905. Advertising in Dentistry; or Commercialism Versus Professional- 

ism. D89, p. 178; Disc, p. 184. 

Discussions. 

1898. D04, p. 21. 

1900. D3, p. 107; D713, p. 119. 
1902. D06, p. 34; D61a, p. 127. 
1904. D89, p. 158. 

1906. D89, p. 191. 

1912. D072, p. 283. 

1913. D89, p. 157. 

Clinic. 

1907. Swaging a Plate, Using the Olivian Plate Swage. D322, p. 237. 
Henderson, H. S., 1905. 

Henderson, L.. D., 1896. 
Henderson, Olive M., 1909. 
Henline, B. H., 1905. 
Henn, E. J., 1912. 
Henning, A. S., 1905. 
Henning, J. A., 1907, 1912. 
Henry, (has.. 1S68. 

1895. Obituary, p. 236. 

Administration. 

1S70. Executive Com. 
1874. Executive Com. 
188S. Vice-President. 
1891. Executive Council. 

■ Discussions. 

1869. D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 330. 

1S70. D22, p. 58, 59; D221, p. 77. 

1874. D22, p. 50. 
Henry, H. F., 1909. 
Henry, S. A., 1906, 1913. 
Henry, T. P., 1S96. 

Administration. 

1904. Board of Examiners. 

1905. Board of Examiners. 

1906. Board of Censors. 

Paper. 

1901. Why Fillings Fail. D22, p. 100; Disc, p. 101. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



188 . 
Henry, T. F. — Continued. 
Discussions. 
1897. D04, p. 20. 

1902. D06, p. 34. 
Henry, S. A., 1906. 
Henshaw, W. E., 1910. 
Hepburn, W. It., 1905. 
Heper, Carl, 1905. 
Herbert, Frank Y., 1897. 
Herndon, P. M., 1911. 
Herr, W., 1905. 
Herring, E. D., 1911. 
Herring, W. H., 1905. 
Herriott. 

Discussion. 

1879. D07, p. 84; 615.781, p. 104. 
Herron, J. C, 1885. 
Hetu, E. G., 1906. 
Heuer, C. August, 1907. 
Hewes, C. T., 1896, 1906. 

Administration. 

1914. Com. on Publication. 

Discussion. 
1913. D611, p. 236. 

Clinic. 
1911. Gold Filling. D221, p. 296. 
Hewett, A. C, 1905. 

Papers. 

1893. Things Old, New and Useful in the Operating Room. (Chloro- 
form as An Obtundent.) D21, 615.7812, p. 82; Disc, p. 93. 
Local Anesthetics. 615.7816, p. 170. 

Discussions. 

1893. D601, p. 33, 35; D73, p. 172. 

1905. D04, p. 21. 

1907. D073, p. 62; D22c, p. 198. 

Clinics. 

1893. Extractions. D72, p. 165. 
1907. Amberoid Cement. D223, p. 238. 
Hewett, Ashley M., 1903. 

Discussion. 

1905. D89, p. 192. 
Clinic. 

1903. Electric Furnace and Other Dental Appliances. D31, p. 8, Supple- 

ment. 
Hewitt, W. H., 1911. 
Hewitt, Wm. H., 1905. 
Heyer, H. C, 1902. 
Heyne, E. L,., 1906, 1911. 
Hick, D. F., 1912. 
Hickman, E. H., 1902, 1905. 

Discussion. 

1909. D24, p. 98. 

Clinics. 
1907. Contour Amalgam Filling, Using Matrix. D222, p. 232. 
1909. "Vulcanized Base Plates for Full Upper and Lower Dentures. 

D321, p. 240. 
Hickman, G. W., 1908. 
Hickman, J. D., 1907. 
Hicks, W. S., 1905. 
Higgason, J. C, 1911. 
Higgins, T. E., 1913. 
Hill, H. M., 1908. 
Hill, Stanley, 1909. 
Hillenbrand, G. A., 1905. 
Hilller, Chas. W., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1913. Building Up Broken-down Roots, Using Weston's New Metal. 
D331, p. 257. 
Hilton, John, 1893. 

1897. Obituary, p. 270. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



189 

Hinckley, C. A., 1907. 
Hine, C. L., 1906. 

Clinics. 

1909. Cast Splint for Loose Teeth. D64, p. 241. 

1912. Bandless Molar Crowns. D331, p. 299. 
Hine, W. G., 1909. 
Hinkins, J. E., 1S88. 

Administration. 

1900. Clinic Com. 

1901. Clinic Com. 

1902. Vice-President. 

1909. Com. on Publication. 
1912. Program Com. 

Papers. 

1900. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 170. 

1901. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 134. 

1906. On the Composition of the Dentine and Enamel of Human Teeth. 

D14, p. 259; Disc, p. 264. 

Discussions. 

1891. D24, p. 99. 

1895. D243, p. 59. 

1897. D142, D24, p. 99, 112. 

1898. D142, D24, p. 61. 

1900. D21, p. 167. 

1901. 615.778, p. 70; 612.31, p. 83. 

1903. D32a, p. 59, 60. 

1904. D223, p. 94. 

1905. D32a, p. 175. 

1907. D221, D231, p. 94; D07, p. 182. 

1908. D63, p. 125. 

1912. D6a, p. 167. 

1913. D611, p. 246. 

Clinics. 

1897. Platinum and Gold Filling. D22, p. 203. 

1899. Instruments for Removal of Deposits. D641, p. 112. 

1902. The Use of Kowarska's Cement as a Splint for Loose Teeth. D64, 

p. 164. 
Hinman, It. B., 1905. 
Hite, Harry J., 1911. 
Hite, J. H., 1905, 1908. 
Hite, O. E., 1911. 
Hitz, Victor, 1906. 
Hixon, W. N., 1908. 
Hoadley, G. P., 1878. 
Hoadley, G. P., 1905. 
Hoadley, P. L.., 1905. 
Hoagland, C. \.. 1907. 
Hobbs, lo B., 1905. 
Hobert, C. S., 1873. 

Administration. 

1875. Executive Com. 
Hoblit, S. G., 1905. 
Hodgman, C. W., 1897, 1905. 
Hodgson, E. S., 1906. 

Clinics. 

1910. Simple Compressed-air Attachment for the Engine Hand-piece. 

D21, p. 269. 
1912. Inlay Swing Bridge, Replacing Upper First Bicuspid; Inlay Abut- 
ments on Vital Teeth. D332, p. 294. 

Hoermann, A. H., 1909. 

Hoffman, A., 1909. 

Hoffman, E. ('.. 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. Cast Reinforcements Applied to Denture Made for a Protruding 
Superior Maxillary Ridge. D32, p. 295. 
Hogan, W. E., 1906. 
Hohenadel, J. F., 1907. 
Hohman, E. H., 1908. 
Holland, C. M., 1913. 
Holland, C. P., 1905. 
Holland, K. J., 1909. 

Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



190 

Holland, W. E., 1889. 

Administration. 

1893. Clinic Com. 

1895. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1896. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1897. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1898. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1899. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1902. Executive Council. 

1903. Vice-President. 
Hollen, E. H., 1906. 
Hollenbeak, W. L,., 1905. 
Hollenbeak, E. E., 1905. 
Hollinger, Otto, 1905. 

Discussions, 

1906. D602, p. 59; 615.781, p. 99. 
Hollingswortli, J. G. 

Clinic. 

1S93. Porcelain-faced Crown. D331, p. 165. 
Hollingswortli, R. S., 1905. 
Holmes, F. W., 1905. 
Holmes, Harold, 1912. 
Holmin, O. R., 1905, 1909, 1912. 
Honsinger, E., 1865, Charter Member. 

1909. Obituary. Portrait. P. 63. 

Administration. 

1565. Temporary Secretary. Meeting- of Organization. 

1866. Vice-President. 
Program Com. 

1874. Vice-President. 

Discussions. 

1566. D221, p. 8; D24, p. 0; D3, p. 10V>, 11; D602, p. 11; D61a, p. 15; 

D22, p. 16; D24, p. 17, 19. 

1867. D22, p. 27; D65, p. 29. 

1871. D22, p. 50, 51, 54; D221a, p. 64. 65; D65, p. 125. 

1872. D3, p. 28; D07, p. 70, 71; D06, p. 84; DS, p. 0; D142, p. 96. 

1873. D3, p. 157; D22, p. 102. 

1874. D07, p. 33, 34; D61, p. 69. 
Hood, R. J., 1905. 

Administration. 

1908. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1909. Secretary. 

Papers. 

1908. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 40. 

Importance of the Local as a Component of the State Society. 
D06, p. 67; Disc, p. 72. 
Hood, R. W., 1905. 
Hooker, M. W., 1909. 
Hooper, Joseph L,., 1906. 
Hoover, T. E., 1908. 
Hoover, C. W., 1909. 
Hoover, J. L.., 1902. 

Administration. 

1912. Clinic Com. 
Paper. 

1912. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. 

Clinic. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 
Hoover, YV. A., 1897. 

Administration. 

1899. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1911. Executive Council. 
1914. Vice-President. 

Discussion. 

1906. D89, p. 185. 

Clinics. 

1911. Simple Regulating Appliance for Common Irregularity. D4, p. 302. 

1913. Anchorage for Filling Intended as Abutments for Bridgework. 

D332, p. 262. 
Hope, O. P., 1905, 1909, 1912. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



191 
Hopkins, Frank, 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Hopkins, Hugh, 1909. 
Hopkins, H. IS., 1912. 
Hopkins, I,. I... 1912. 
Hopkins, R. L.., 1905. 
Hopkinson, YV., 1905. 
Hopper, Charles, 1905. 
Horley, G. R., 1909. 
Horner, R. C, 1905. 
Horr, D. G., 1913. 
Hoskins, Thomas S., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1911. Cast Gold Crown for Close-bite Posterior Teeth. D331, p. 293. 
Hospers, J. H., 1905, 1907. 
Hotch, L. G., 1905. 
Hothan, J. C, 1905. 
Houchen, S. A., 1905. 
Hough, C. R., 1909. 
House, E. R., 1909. 
House, E. E., 1872. 

1875. Obituary, p. 12. 
House, F. V., 1909. 
Houser, W. H., 1905. 
Houston, J. T., 1897. 

1910. Obituary, p. 50. 
Howard, C. P., 1905. * 
Howard, George O., 1870, 1878. 

Papers. 

1871. Smooth-faced Plug-gers and Gutta-percha-faced Mallets. D221a, 

p. 58; Disc, p. 64. 

1872. Dental Quacks. DS, p. 34; Disc, p. 42. 

1873. The Removal of Pulps, Preparations and Filling of Pulp Canals 

D24, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. 

Discussions. 

1870. D24, p. 22, 23; D242, p. 36; D22, p. 57; D81, p. 89. 

1871. D21b, p. 38; D221a, p. 64. 

1872. D3, p. 27. 
Howard, H. H., 1905. 
Howe, A. O., 1891. 
Howland, Percy C, 1905, 1910. 
Howser, W. A., 1913. 

Hoyt, A. W., 1909. 
Hoyt, F. A., 1909. 
Hoy, H.H., 1910. 
Hubbard, E. D., 1909. 
Hubbard, H. H., 1905. 
Huckstep, J. W., 1873. 

Discussions. 

1874. D07, p. 34; D61, p. 75. 
Huff, J. A., 1905. 

Huff, R. E., 1913. 
Huff, R. T., 1905. 
Hughes, B. N., 1903. 

Clinic. 

1908. Demonstrated Root Preparation for Bandless Detachable Pin, Por- 
celain Crown. D331, p. 262. 
Hughes, D. J., 1905, 1910. 
Hughes, L,. E., 1905. 
Hugo, C. J., 1905. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Clinics. 
1910. Raising the Bite with a Cast Gold Inlay. D4, D231, p. 265. 
Hulick, W. O. 

Clinic. 
1900. Mason Detachable-tooth Crown. D33, p. 173. 
Hullherst, L,., 1909. 
Hume, E. J., 1905. 
Humfreville, 1905, 1909. 
Clinic. 

1912. Little Things. D21, p. 295. 

hFor index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



192 

Humphrey, J. H., 1906. 
Humpidge, G. H., 1909. 

Iluun, R. G M 1898. 

Hunt, A. O., 1900, Honorary Member. 

Papers. 

1893. Iowa's Share in the History and Progress of Dentistry. ' D09, p. 128 
1897. The Relation of the Teeth to the Lips and Face. D4, p. 146; Disc. 

p. 150. 
1901. Use and Abuse of Air Chambers. D32, p. 58; Disc, p. 61 

Discussions. 

1893. D21, 615.781, p. 93. 

1900. D3, p. 108, 111. 

1901. D3a, p. 35. 

Clinics. 

1891. Exhibition of Samples of Teeth as Prepared for Mounting- on s 

Bridge. D332, p. 180. 
1901. Uses and Abuses of Air Chambers. D32, p. 139. 
Hunt, Geo. I :. 

Discussions. 

1897. D22a, p. 87; D4, p. 150. 
Hunter, H. L,., 1892. 

1898. Obituary, p. 247. 
Hunting, JV. C, 1868. 
Huntington, R. E., 1912. 
Huntington. 

Discussion. 
1905. D76, p. 98, 99. 
Hurdle, C. E., 1905. 
Hurdle, R. V., 1904. 
Hurlbut, C. H., 1899. 

Administration. 

1909. Com. to CoSperate with State Medical Society. 
1913. Com. on Necrology. 
Hurtt, J. M. 

Administration. 

1872. Librarian. 

1873. Librarian. 
1879. Executive Com. 
1881. Executive Com. 

1883. Com. on Infractions of Code of Ethics. 

Papers. 

1872. Dental Fees. D89, p. 98. 

1881. Fillings. D22, p. 144; Disc, p. 150. 

1883. Operative Dentistry. (Education.) D07, p. 78; Disc, p. 96. 

Discussions. 

1872. D07, p. 71; D8, p. 91. 

1876. D07, p. 47. 

1877. D24, p. 99. 

1879. D07, p. 48; D3, p. 76. 

1880. 612.8, p. 37; 615.775, p. 62, 63, 64. 

1882. D3, p. 54. 
Hutchinson, E. T., 1874. 
Hutchinson, F. M.. 1908. 
Hyde, J. H., 1879. 

Discussion. 

1882. High Civilization Not the Cause of Tooth Decay. D61, p. 162. 
Hyde, W. L., 1910. 
Hyer, G. J., 1872. 

Discussions. 

1876. D07, p. 46, 49; D24, p. 106. 

1877. D04, p. 30. 
Hyndman, H. S., 1905. 
Hyler, B. B., 1905. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



193 

Idler, P. II. D., 1905. 
Ilyes, E. O., 1907. 
Use, J. VV., 1905. 

liiKcrsnli. L. C, 1873 Honorary Member. 
1897. Obituary, p. 272. 

Papers. 

1873. Address to Joint Session, Illinois and Iowa. D04, p. 26. 

1875. Alternation a Law of Vital Action. D141, p. 55. 

1S77. Mastication. 612.31, p. 55, Disc, p. 64. 

1879. Extirpation of the Dental Pulp, and Root Filling. D24. p. 49, 

1887. Medical Stimulants. 615.711, p. 86; Disc, p. 92. 

Discussions. 

1873. D3, p. 158; D24, p. 72, 77; D61, p. 112. 

1875. D07, p. 77; D3, p. 121, 123. 

1877. D24, p. 86, 90. 

1879. D24, p. 62; D3, p. 74. 

1882. D64, p. 110. 

1883. D4, p. 133. 

1884. D24, p. 45; D141, p. 69,78; D16, p. 127. 

1885. D2, p. 100; 617.22, p. 118; 615.5, p. 129. 
1887 D2 x> 122 

1893." D601, p. 36, "37; D243, p. 56; D21, 615.781, p. 95; D09, p. 125. 
Ivy, F. H., 1908. 
Ireland, E. L,., 1906. 

Clinic. 

1906. Gold Filling'. D221, p. 275. 
Ireland, T. J., 1905. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



194 

Jackson, J. D., 1901, 1910. 
Jackson, N. H., 1905, 1909. 
Jacobs, C. T., 1910. 
Jacobs, J. E., 1909. 

Clinics. 

1912. An Ideal Form of Cavity Preparation Applicable to Certain Cases 

of Cast Incisal Angle Restoration. D231, p. 295. Root Prepara- 
tion and Construction of Base for Cast Base Crown. D331, p. 
295. 
James, Anstin F., 1895. 

Administration. 

1913. Com. on Necrology. 

Paper. 

1905. Practical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 52; Disc, 

p. 56. 

Clinics. 

1899. Immediate Regulation. D4. p. 117. 
1901. Ladmore-Bi'imton Matrix. D221, p. 137. 

1907. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris and Prophylaxis. D64, p. 232. 

1908. Instrumentation in Prophylaxis and the Treatment of Pyorrhea. 

D25, D64, p. 260. 

1911. Oral Prophvlaxis and Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 287. 

1912. Pyorrhea. D64, p. 302. 
James, (has. W., 1894. 

James, J. A., 1905. 
.lames, L. E., 1905. 
James, P. R„ 1897, 1905. 
Jennelle, J. J., 18S7, 1909. 

Administration. 

1888. Clinic Com. 

1889. Vice-President. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1890. Executive Com. 

1891. Executive Council. 

1893. Executive Council. 

Paper. 

1894. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 125; Disc, p. 129. 
Jennings, R. A., 1905. 

Jarrett, O. J., 1905. 
Jclinek, L. E., 1905. 
Jensen, A. G. W., 1907. 
Jirka, Irwin G., 1911. 
John, Robert M., 1911. 
Johnsen, E. U., 1912. 
Johnson, A. F., 1910. 
Johnson,' A. G., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1900. Cleavage of Enamel Prenaratory to Crowning. D331, p. 172. 

1906. Manipulation of Keeton Gold. D221, p. 294. 

1908. Keeton-Williams Dental Gold. D221, p. 268. 

1909. Table Clinic with Keeton-Williams Crystal Gold. D221, p. 232. 
Johnson, A. N., 1911. 

Johnson, C. E., 1905. 
Johnson, C. ST., 1886. 

Administration. 

1889. Board of Examiners. 

1890. Com. on Publication. 

1891. Com. on Publication. 

1892. Executive Com. 

1893. Vice-President. 

1894. Executive Council. 
1898. Com. on Publication. 
1S99. Com. on Publication. 

1900. Treasurer. Com. on Publication. 

1901. Treasurer. Com. on Publication. 
-1902. Treasurer. 

1903. Treasurer. 

1904. Treasurer. 

1905. President. 

1909. Com. on Legislation. 

1910. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



195 
Johnson, C. N. — Continued. 

1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. Com. on Public Press. 

1912. Com. on Public Press. 

Papers. 

1900. Response to Address of Welcome. 

1902. Operative Dentistry — Incidents of Office Practice. D2, p. 170; 
Disc, p. 173. 

1905. President's Address. D04, p. 13; Disc, p. 19. 

1907. Ethics. D8. p. 104; Disc, p. 109 

1909. Report of Com. Appointed to Revise the Code of Ethics. D8, p. 58. 

1910. Report of the Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 30; 

Disc, p. 39. 

Discussion. 

1886. D07, p. 131. 

1888. D2, p. 141, 142. 

1889. D22, p. 109. 

1890. D07, p. 91. 

1891. D21, p. 57;D24, p. 87; D22a, p. 111. 

1892. D22, p. 42; D073, p. 131. 

1893. D64, p. 69; 615.781, p 97; D073, p. 158; D221, p. 176, 177, 179. 

1894. D07, p. 53; D073. p. 144. 

1895. D04, p. 20; D222, p. 80; D8, p. 107; D06, p. 117. 

1896. D04, p. 14, 18, 28; 617.21, p. 61. 

1897. D04, p. 16; D22a. p. 83, 84. 85, 90; D22a, D221, p. 137. 

1898. D04, p. 13; D222, p. 43; D89, p. 73; D22a, p. 113; 615.778, p. 174. 

1899. D04, p. 16; D141, D22a, p. 61. 

1900. D2, p. 22; D2, p. 84, 89. 

1901. D04, p. 15; D61, p. 98; D22. p. 103. 

1902. D8, p. 49; D073. p. 150. 

1903. D04, p. 21; D073, p. 44; D232, p. 86. 

1904. D04, p. 14. 

1904. D221, p. 150; D89, p. 159. 

1906. D04, p. 20; D89, p. 184. 

1907. D04, p. 21; D07, p. 38; D89, p. 73. 

1908. D06, p. 76; D22, p. 163; D61, p. 228. 

1909. D04. p. 22; D073, p. 38; D07, p. 107. 

1910. D072, p. 206; D073, p. 243. 

1911. D04, p. 87; D072, D8, p. 181. 

1912. D04, p. 33; D072. p. 79; D072, p. 271. 

Clinics. 

1889. Prepared Roots for Filling. D243, p. 141. 

1892. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 147. 

1898. Preparation of Cavities in Natural Tooth Forms. D22a, p. 192. 

1900. Compound Proximal Gold Filling with Tin and Gold. D22c, p. 174. 

Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. D221, p. 174. 

1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 138. 

1908. Models Showing Cavitv Preparation for Bridges and Inlays. D23, 

D332, p. 270. 
1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 
Johnson, E. !'... 1905. 
Johnson, E. T., 1905. 

Administration. 

1909. Local Com. 
Johnson, F. M., 1905. 
Johnson, I. B., 1898. 

Administration. 

1913. Librarian. 

1914. Librarian. 
Johnson, J. P., 1909. 
Johnson, J. W., 1905. 

Johnson, K. B.. 1872, Honorary Member. 

Johnson, I.. R., 1909. 

Johnson, N. E., 1905. 

Johnson, Oscar T., 1906. 

Johnson, Walter W., 1905. 

Johnson, W. A., 1883, 1891. 

Administration. 

1891. Board of Examiners. 

1895. Clinic Com. 

1896. Executive Com. 

1897. Local Com. 

1898. Vice-President. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



196 



p. 163. 
D713, 



Johnson, W. A. — Continued. 

1900. Executive Council. 

1904. Executive Council. 
1908. President. 

Papers. 

1888. What Shall We Do With Inflamed Pulps? D24, p. 158; Disc 
1900. A Simple Means of Treating Fracture of the Lower Jaw. 
p. 115; Disc, p. 118. 

1905. Penetration of Dentine by Fluids Under Pressure. D611, p. 122 

Disc, p. 132. 
1908. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 13. 

Discussions. 

1895. D223, p. 170. 

1896. D21, p. 128. 
1898. D222, p. 34. 

1906. D072, p. 229. 

1907. D07, p. 170. 

1908. D073, p. 39. 
1912. D8, p. 144. 

Jones, C. E., 1905. 

Administration. 

Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 



1906. 



1906. 
1911. 



Papers. 

Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 28. 
Some Conclusions Growing Out of a Studv of the Cause of Dental 
Caries. D61, p. 252; Disc, p. 280. 

Clinics. 

1904. Open-Faced Crown. D331, p. 30. 

1905. Gold Inlay for Restoration of Devitalized Anterior Teeth. D231, 

p. 222. 
Jones, C. H., 1905." 
.tones, E. E., 1905. 
Jones, E. X., 1905. 
Jones, Fred C, 1905. 

Discussion. 

1907. D8, p. 118. 
Jones, George A., 1905. 
Jones, H. L,., 1910. 
Jordan, J. D., 1909. 
Jordan, L. E„ 1902. 

Administration. 

1909. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 

Clinic. 
1912. Accurate Method of Taking Impression and Bite for Bridge Work. 

D332, p. 304. 
Joyce, P. P., 1907. 
Judd, Homer, Honorary Member 1867, "Voted Life Membership 1884. 

Administration. 
1885. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 
1891. Portrait. Frontispiece. Obituary, p. 184. 

Papers. 
1869. Alveolar Abscess — Its Historv, Pathology and Treatment. D65, 

Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 321; Disc, p. 328. 
1884. Inflammation. 617.22. p. 79; Disc, p. 89 
1887 The Retention of Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. D24, p. 45; Disc, 

p. 5 9. 

Discussions. 

1867. D24, p. 28; D65, p. 29; D67, p. 30; D611, p. 31. 

1868. D243, p. 37, 38; D64, p. 38. 

1871. D66, p. 44; D22, p. 51; D712. p. 57; D8, p. 89; D6, p. 102, 103. 

1872. D2, p. 57; D8, p. 92; D142, p. 97. 
1S73. D3, p. 157; D17, p. 86. 

1873. Dl, p. 94. 95, 96; D601, D61, p. 143. 

1876. D07, D22, p. 64, 70, 71. 

1877. D22, p. 53; D24, p. 92, 96, 97; D2, p. 108, 109, 111, 112. 

1883. D16, p. 78; D07, p. 95. 

1884. D141; p. 79. 

1885. 612.8, p. 60, 62. 

Judd, S. Ii., 1872, Honorary Member. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



197 

Kaas, There.se, 1905. 
Kahell, C, 1909. 
Kasy, J. R., 1908. 
Kalk, G. P., 1905. 
Kallnuder, David, 1907. 
Kane, J. K., 1896. 
Karcher, YV. H., 1905, 1909. 
Kargen, E., 1905. 
Kartack, E. A„ 1902. 

Administration. 

1906. Local Com. 

1910. Local Com. 

Clinic. 

1908. Extraordinary Things in Vulcanite Work. D321, p. 262. 
Kashee, J. W., 1897, 1095. 

Administration. 

1914. Board of Censors. 1914. 
Kasen, Herman, 1912. 
Kaufman, C. H., 1905. 
Kaufman, S. H., 1905. 
Keefe, George P., 1907. 
Keefe, J. E., 1888. 

Administration. 

1897. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1898. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1899. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

Papers. 

1897. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 194. 
, 1898. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 181. 

1899. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 100. 

Discussions. 

1896. 615.84, p. 104, 107. 108. 

1898. D222, p. 53. 

Clinics. 

1896. Cataphoresis. 615.84, p. 124. 

1899. Replanting- for Cure of Pyorrhea. D73, p. 122. 
Keel, F. W. 

Clinics. 

1903. Gold Filling. D221. p. 12. Supplement. 

1906. Brewster's Replaceable Teeth. D332, p. 292. 

1908. Practical Case of Removable Bridge Work. D332, p. 259. 
Keeley, G. W. 

Discussions. 

1866. D3, p. 20; D4. p. 21. 
Keeney, J. T., 1905. . 
Keith, H. H. 

Discussions. 

1888. D24, p. 175. 
18-91. D24, p. 94, 96. 

Clinic. 

1891. Exhibition of Instruments. D21, p. ISO. 181. 
Keith, R. P., 1905. 
Keller, D. H., 1905. 
Kelley, E. J., 1905, 1909. 

Clinic. 

1906. Ascher's Enamel. 
Kelley, J. A., 1905. 
Kelley, Nathan, 1905. 

1913. Obituary, p. 301. 
Kelly, E. H., 1911. 
Kelly, F. H., 1909. 
Kelly, J. J., 1909. 
Kelly, J. L,., 1908. 

Clinic. 

1911. Removable Bridges. D332, p. 302. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



198 

Kelsey, A. M., 1870. 
Kennedy, A. E., 1873. 
Kennedy, D. A., 1906. 
Kennedy, G. L,., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1908. Bridge Abutment on a Cuspid. D332, p. 263. 

1913. Painless Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Novocaine and 
Adrenalin. D611, p. 255. 
Kennedy, J, H., 1905. 
Kennedy, J. M., 1908. 
Kennerly, J. H., 1897, Corresponding Member. 

Clinic. 

1898. Cataphoresis. 615.84, p. 187. 
Kennicott, J. A., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1867. Program Com. 
Discussions. 

1866. D602, p. 13, 14; D22, p. 16; D24, p. IS, 191. 

1S67. 615.781, p. 23; D22, p. 26; D24, p. 28; D65, p. 29; D67, p. 30, 31. 

1872. D2, p. 60; D07, p. 72; D142, p. 96. 
Kennicott, J. H., 1881. 
Kenny, A. F„ 1910. 
Kent, C. W., 1911. 
Kenward, E. D., 1905. 
Kenyon, E. F., 1909. 
Keppler, C. W., 1907. 
Kepler, H. C, 1907. 
Kerch, Kent, 1905, 1907. 
Kerf oot, G. O., 1905. 
Kern, E. !■„ 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. A Coping with Countersunk Band Either Swaged or Cast. D331, 
p. 295. 
Kerr, Bryant, 1905, 1909. 
Kern, E. L,., 1886. 
Kerr, R. A. 

Discussion. 

1911. D072, p. 184. 
Kerrigan, Jos. J., 1907. 
Kershaw, Bert, 1905. 
Kester, P. J., 1882. 

Administration. 

Ass't. Secretary. 

Ass't. Secretary. 

Executive Com. 

Clinic Com. 

Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

D61, p. 146. 
D602, p. 140. 
D62, D61, p. 154. 
D24, D61, p. 135. 
D2, p. 50. 
D2, p. 187. 
615.84, p. 211, 215. 
D04, p. 25. 
D073, p. 96. 

Clinic. 

1898. Separating Varnish. D31, p. 195. 
Kibler, O. L,. 1904. 

Kilbourne, E. H., 1865, Charter Member. 
Administration. 

1867. Program Com. 

1868. Executive Com. 

1869. President. 

Papers. 
1868. Treatment of Sixth Tear Molars. D61a, p. 35; Disc, p. 36. 
• 1869. Report of Special Com. on Six Year Molars. D61a, p. 268. 
1871. Diseases of the Antrum. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



1885. 


1886. 


1887. 


1895. 


1899. 


1886. 


1887. 


1890. 


1891. 


1892. 


1895. 


1897. 


1898. 


1899. 



199 
Kilbourne, E. H. — Continued. 
Discussions. 

1866. D602, p. 13; D22, p. 16; D24, p. 17; D3, p. 20. 

1869. D61. Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 276, 277; D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 304, 305; 

615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 344. 
1871 D3, p. 71; D8, p. 90; D6, p. 104; D65, p. 123 

1872. D3, p. 27, 30, 33; D2, p. 61. 

1873. D24, p. 78; D22, p. 104; D331, p. 127. 

1874. D07, p. 33, 36; 612.31, p. 57. 

1874. D24, p. 77; D22, p. 87, 92; D072, p. 106. 

1875. D22, p. 37; D22, p. 49, 52; D07, p. 73. 

1876. D07, p. 45, 47; D2, p. 66, 67; D22, p. 73; D325, p. 96. " 

1877. D22, p. 50, 51. 
Kilbourne, J. D., 1866. 
Kile, A. M., 1909. 

Kimball, R. H., 1885, 1898, 1905. 



D221, p. 174. 



Discussion. 

1898. D222, p. 45. 

Clinic. 

1899. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 123. 

1900. Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. 
Kimmell, Nathan, 1913. 

Kinder, W. J., 1905. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 299. 
Kindt, H., 1910. 

Clinic. 

1912. Rapid Method of Filling- Simple Occlusal Cavity with Longproll 
Gold. D221, p. 298. 
King-, A. C, 1905. 
Kins, E. F., 1882. 
Kin;--, Mary E., 1910. 
King, Elbert W., 1911. 
Kinii, R. E., 1913. 
King-, W. L., 1905, 1913. 
Kingsley, A. C, 1910. 
Kingsley, Geo. P. 

Administration. 

1869. Vice-President. 

1870. Publication Com. 

1871. Treasurer. 

1872. Treasurer. 

Discussion. 

1870. D22, p. 57; D221, p. 74. 

1871. D221a. p. 64. 

1873. D3, p. 159. 
Kintzer, I.. 1911. 
Kirby, B. L,., 1907. 

Administration. 

1912. Local Com. 
Kirk. P. S., 1905. 
Kitchen, C. A., 1865 Charter Member. 1872 Honorary Member. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 304; Portrait, p. 305. 

Administration. 

1872. Executive Com. 

1875. Treasurer. 

1876. Treasurer. 

1877. Treasurer. 

1878. Treasurer.. Executive Com., Publication Com. 

1879. Vice-President. 

1880. President. 
1883. Executive Com. 

Papers. 

1874. Dental Students. D07. p. 27; Disc, d. 31. 
1876. Celluloid. D325, p. 90: Disc, p. 96. 
18S0. President's Address. D04, p. 19. 

1881. What Must Be the Preparation for the Successful Practice of 
Dentistvv in the Future? D07. p. 127; Disc, p. 131. 

1889. A Quarter Centurv of Operative Dentistry. D2. D09. p. 95; Disc. p. 
101. Unitv and' Fraternity in the Illinois State Dental Society. 
Toast. D06, p. 160. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



200 

Kitchen, C. A. — Continued. 
Discussions. 

1S69. D61, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1. p, 278; D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, 
p. 306; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329. 

1870. D242, p. 36; D22, p. 54; D221, p. 74; D81, p. 88. 

1871. D22, p. 53; D3, p. 71; D8, p. 88. 

1872. D8, p. 42. 

1872. D07, p. 72. 

1573. D3, p. 157;D22, p. 103. 

1574. D61, p. 72; D22, p. 86. 

1875. D22, p. 52; D3, p. 123. 

1876. D601, p. 37; D07, p. 48. 

1877. D04, p. 28; D3, p. 43; D24, p. 99. 
1879. D07, p. 47, 48;D2, p. 77;D07, p. 88. 
1881. D24, D65, p. 47. 

1884. D06, p. 168. 

1886. D07, p. 136. 

1887. D4, p. 37. 

1892. D22, p. 48; D21a, p. 109. 

1893. D21, 615.781, p. 97. 

Clinic. 

1885. Tin and Gold Filling-. D22c, p. 131. 
Kittoe, P. F\, 1905. 

KJollerstrom, Wilhelin, 1905. 

Klein, Carl, Jr., 1905. 

Klicke, G. K., 1907. 

K n n ii p, C. W., 1906, 1911. 

Knapp, G. G., 1905. 

Knap in I., 1875. 

Discussions. 
1875. D22, p. 46, 50; D07, p. 74. 
Kuapp, L. A., 1905, 1910. 

Clinic. 

1913. Hand Piece Preservation. D21, p. 263. 
Knights, K. B., 1911. 
Knoche, K. G., 1910. 
Knoll, T. F., 1905. 
Knowles, Sidney, 1901. 
Knowles, S. J. 

Paper. 
1911. The Present Status of the Gold Inlay. D231, p. 241; Disc, p. 244. 
Clinics. 

1902. Porcelain Inlay (Wassail's Method.) D232. p. 167. 

1903. Porcelain Inlaw D232, p. 13, Supplement. 
Koch, C. R. E., 1867. 

Administration. 

1873. Secretary. 

1874. Secretary. 

1875. Secretary. 

1876. Secretary. 

1877. Publication Com. 

1878. President. 

1879. Publication Com. 

1.885. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1896. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1897. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1898. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1905. Com. on Necrology. 

1906. Com. on Necrology. 

1906. . Com. on Necrology. Com. on Legislation. 

1907. Com. on Legislation. 
190S. Com .on Legislation. 

1909. Com. on Legislation. 

1910. Com. on Legislation. 

1911. Com. on Legislation. 

1912. Public Service Commission. 

1912. Com. on Legislation. 

1913. Com. on Legislation. 

1914. Com. on Legislation. 

Papers. 

1871. Dental Caries. D61, p. 14; Disc, p. 27, 31. 

1873. Abrasion and Erosion. D613, D614, p. 37; Disc, p. 62. 

Fpr index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



201 
Koch, C. It. E. — Continued. 

1876. Electicism in Dental Practice. DOT, p. 39; Disc, p. 43. 
187S. President's Address. D04, p. 14; Disc, p. 24. 

1880. Treatment of Teeth with Dead Pulps. D24, D65, p. 40; Disc, 
p. 44. 

1554. Illinois State Dental Societv. What Has It Accomplished? DOC 

p. 156; Disc, p. 168. 

1555. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 131 

Disc, p.. 140. 
18S6. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 161 

Disc, p. 165. 
1887. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 154 
18S9. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D06, p. 77 

Report of Com. on History of the Society. D09, p. 77. 

1894. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 143. 

1895. A Commentary on the Illinois Statutes of 1881 Regulating the 

Practice of Dentistry. D81, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. 

1904. The Advantage of Organization. D06, p. 50; Disc, p. 55. 

1907. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 243. 

1908. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 254. 

1909. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 48. 

1910. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 53. 

1911. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 59. 

1912. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 65. 

1913. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 76. 

Discussions. 

1877. D3, p. 38, 41; D22, p. 49. 

1886. D04, p. 63; 615.778, p. 86; D073, p. 167. 

1887. D24, p. 63, 6S, 72. 
18S8. D2. p. 138. 

1889. D22, p. Ill; 615.778, p. 122. 

1892. D81, p. 71. 

1894. D07, p. 52; D222, p. 86, 87. 

1896. D04, p. 18; D64, p. 133. 

1905. D073, p. 32. 

1906. D09, p. 85; D82, p. 140. 

1907. D04, p. 21; D07, p. 46. 

1908. D09, p. 63. 

1910. D04, p. 21; D072, p. 210. 

1911. D04, p. 39; D072, p. 194. 

1912. D04, p. 30; D07, p. 201. 

1913. D89, p. 145. 
Kolar, F. J., 1905. 
Kolar, O. J., 1909. 
Kolm, F. F., 1905. 
Konantz, 1869. 
Kopperl, G. H., 1904. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 
1913. Board of Censors. 

Discussions. 

1911. D072, p. 196. 

1912. D33, p. 129. 

1906. D232, p. 285. 

1907. D232, p. 232. 

1908. D223, p. 259. 

1913. D223. p. 258. 
Kraft, L.. H., 1905, 1909. 
Kramm, E., 1905, 1910. 
Kramni, Wm„ 1913. 
Krape, W. W., 1876. 

Discussions. 
1SS0. D22, p. 75. 
Kraus, Maurice, 1895. 
Krause, J. L.., 1912. 
Krebs, W. A., 1907. 
Kreis, E. H., 1910. 
Kremer, F. B. 

Clinic. 

1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 105. 
Krog, Robert W., 1906. 
Krombas, A. J., 1912. 
Krupp, P. C, 1911. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



1871. 


1873. 


1880. 


1881. 


1882. 


1885. 


1891. 


1893. 



202 

Kuderling, C. R., 1905. 

Kuester, VVm., 1906. 

K nh ii, C. F., 1911. 

Kulp, W. O., 1871. Honorary Member. 

1S95. Obituary. Portrait, p. 237. 
Kulp, Wm. O. 

Paper. 

1873. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 154; Disc, p. 156. 
Discussions. 

D61, p. 28, 29, 30; D 21b, p. 38; D712, p. 57; D221a, p. 65; 612.31, 

p. 79; D8, p. 90. 
D07, p. 169; D61, p. 191; D24, p. 73; Dl, p. 96; D22, p. 102, 104; 

D601, D61, p. 143. 
D24, D65, p. 48; 615.775, p. 62; 612.31, p. 112, 113. 
D5, p. 57. 

D2, p. 81; D22, p. 81. 
D2, p. 98. 
D3, p. 124, 126. 
D601, p. 38, 41; D33, p. 79; D09, p. 120; D221, p. 177. 

Clinic. 

1890. Polishing Strips. D21, p. 164. 
Kuns, D. J., 1905. 
Kuttler, F. G., 1909. 
Kutyn, Michael. 
Kuyper, C. A. 1911. 
Kyner, A. D., 1904. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. 

1912. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. 

Paper. 

1909. Pulp Mummification, Its Desirability, Experience and Sequelae. 

D242, p. 167; Disc, p. 181. 

Discussions. 

1910. The Filling of Root Canals. D243, p. 116. A System of Classifying 

Dental Literature and Its Application in Society "Work and 
Daily Practice. D073, p. 246. 

1911. The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. D32, p. 233, 

238. 

Clinic. 

1911. Gum Sandarac Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 293. 
Kyle, A. M., 1905. 
Kyle, W. E„ 1905. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



203 

Lacharite, II. C, 1906. 
Ladwieh, Louis, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1906. All Porcelain Shell Crown. D331, p. 279. 

1907. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 228. 
LaDue, J. 11.. 1910. 

Lager, V. E., 1913. 
Laign, 10. A., 1906. 
Lakin, S. W., 1895. 

Clinic. 

1895. Bridge Work. D332, p. 183. 

1897. Restoration of the Incisal Third of the Crown of a Left Upper 
Central Incisor. D221, p. 203. 

1899. Golding Filling. D221, p. 117. 
Lamb, W. T., 1906. 

Lambert, A., 1905. 
Lambert, E., 1890, 1905. 

Administration. 

1892. Local Com. 
Lambert, Elmer E., 1905. 
Lambert, Nella, 1905. 
Lambert, N. M., 1900. 
Lamoreaux, J. 31., 1895, 1905. 
Lancaster, H. A., 1912. 
Lancaster, H. N„ 1905. 

1909. Obituary, p. 63. 
Land, W. H., 1905. 
Lander, F. C, 1904. 
Lane, F. A., 1898. 

Discussions. 

190S. D06, p. 88; D3. Dla., p. 241. 
Lane, Wni. J., 1883. 
Landon, L. O., 1913. 
Lane, A. L., 1909. 
Lange, F. C, 1908. 
Lange, Olof, 1906. 
Langstead, R. I).. 1912. 
Lanter, D. 10. . 1912. 
Laon, Gottfrid, 1901. 
Lark, A. HI., 1913. 
Lark, G. M., 1905. 
Larkin, Wm., 1906. 
Larkin, W. F., 1906. 
Larson, J. A., 1909. 
Larseneur, T. L., 1906. 
Larson, L. A., 1909. 
Lasbury, Vincent, 1906. 

Clinic. 

1912. A System of Making Gold Crowns and Bridges. (Cast Cusps.) 
Lasker, Herman, 1911. 
Lassagne, Edmund J., 1906. 
Laswell, J. L., 1906, 1909. 
LaTouche, A. C, 1905. 
Lattan, L. F., 1889. 
Laughlin, F. D., 1868. 
Lawrance, E. P., 1905. 
Lawrance, P. I., 1899. 
Lawrence, C. R., 1902. 

Paper. 

1907. Dental Research Work. D07, p. 163; Disc, p. 170. Disc. 

Discussion. 

1908. D06, p. 72. 

Clinic. 

1908. How I Teach My Patients Dentistry. D072, p. 271. 
Lawrence, I. G., 1909. 
Lawrence, R. N., 1879. 

Administration. 

1884. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1897. Executive Council. 

1900. President. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



204 
Lawrence, R. N. — Continued. 

1906. Com. on Legislation. 

1907. Com. on Legislation. 

1905. Com. on Legisaltion. 

Papers. 

1889. The State Board of Dental Examiners. D82, p. 162. 
1900. President's Address. 

Discussions. 

1879. D07, p. 48. 

18S8. D2, p. 150. 

1894. D07, p. 48. 

1897. D64, p. 40; D22a, p. 93; 615.84, p. 214; D09, p. 275. 

1898. D04, p. 27; D7, p. 151. 

1899. D33, p. 80. 

1900. D64, p. 56. 

1904. D331, p. 126. 

1906. D09, p. 83; D602, p. 63. 

Clinics. 

1897. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 201. 

1898. Tempering Instruments. D21, p. 187. 

1902. The Use of a Flexible Rubber as a Lining for Lower Dentures. 

D321, p. 169. 

1903. Flexible Rubber Lining for Lower Dentures. D321, p. 3, Sup. 

1908. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D641, p. 263. 
Lawyer, H. E., 1910. 

Layman, S. H., 1913. 
Lazear, \V. W„ 1901, 1905 
Lazier, H A., 1909, 1911. 
Leach, A. D., 1912. 
Leach, J. D., 1909. 
Leake, C. W., 1894. 

Clinic. 

1894. Gold Filling. D221, p. 154. 
Leathers, Thomas H.. 1907. 
LeCron, D. O. M., 1892. 

Clinics. 

1892. Demonstration of a Method of Attaching Porcelain Facings. D33, 
p. 148. 

1895. Porcelain Crowns. D331, p. 185. 

1905. The Fusion of Porcelain. D232, p. 219. 
LeCron, S. L., 1891. 

Administration. 

1892. Local Com. 

1894. Local Com. 
Lederle, J. P., 1905. 
Lee, A. B., 1908. 
Lee, H. C, 1905. 
Lee, H. W., 1910. 
Lee, W. H„ 1906. 
LePevre, C. H., 1910. 
LeFebre, R. D., 1911. 
Leggett, John, 1901, 1905. 

1913. Obituary, p. 301. 
Leg-void, G. P., 1911. 
Leib, E. H., 1905. 
Leibrock, J. P., 1909. 
Leigh, J. P., 1905. 

Administration. 

1914. Executive Council. 
Keininger, M., 1909. 
Lemon, W. M., 1908. 
Lence, Wm. H., 1907. 
Leonard, P. A., 1911. 
Leonard, J. P., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1911. The Tompkin's All Porcelain Crown Recommended for Anterior 
Teeth. D331, p. 303. 
Lerche, T. L, 1912. 
Leseman, Philip IS.. 1906. 

Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



205 

Lesenian, P. B. 

1909. A Simple Method of Making- a Band Matrix Without Soldering. 
D22b, p. 242. 
Lesenian, S. J., 1906. 
Lettermen, W. G., 1906. 
Leunig, I. A., 1912. 
Leutscher, G. B., 1910. 
Levett, M. 91., 1888. 
Levin, S. A., 1909. 
Levy, David A., 1906. 
Levy, 91. B., 1909. 
Lewis, C. W., 1888. 

1891. Obituary, p. 184. 
Lewis, Geo. G., 1865, Charter Member. 

Discussion. 

1866. D602, p. 6. 

Lewis, H. N„ 1865, Charter Member. 
1885. Obituary, p. 26. 

Administration. 

1S66. Executive Com. 

1867. President. 

1868. Executive Com. 

1869. Executive Com. 

Discussions. 

1868. D243, p. 38. 
1S69. 615.781, p. 344. 
Lewis, R. I., 1910. 

Clinic. 

1912. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Value of the X-Ray in Dentistry. 
D4a, p. 299. 
Libbertin, R. E., 1905. 
Lickley, J. J., 1897, 1910. 
Lieb, J. R., 1905. 
Liepart, G. H., 1905. 
Lietzman, 1908. 
I.iuv if «. R. C, 1905. 
Light, Wm., 1909. 
Liken, C. T„ 1905. 
Linacher, John A., 1905. 
Lind, C. L., 1908. 

Clinic. 

1911. Technic in Use of Diatoric Teeth in Bridge "Work. D332, p. 293. 
Linder, F. E„ 1905. 
Linderoth, H. W„ 1905. 
Lindholm, E., 1905. 
Lindley, 91. R., 1900, 1912. 
Lindstrom, Carl, 1905. 
Liniuger, C. S., 1905. 
Link, J. J., 1905. 
Link, W. J., 1912. 
Lionberger, J. 91., 1871. 
Lipton, G. C, 1910. 
Lischer, B. E., 1909. 



Clinic. 

1906. Orthodontia; on Impacted Teeth, Theii 
D4, p. 282. 
Lob. 

Discussion. 

1898 
Lockart, W. T., 1905. 
Lockett, L. B., 1913. 
Lockie, Thomas, 1907. 
Loesener, Chas. 91., 1907. 
Logan, H. G., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1895. Aluminum Plate. 
Logan, AV. H. G., 1899. 



gnosis and Treatment. 



D323, p. 1S4. 



Administration. 
1908. Executive Council. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



206 
Logan, W. H. G. — Continued. 

1911. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. 

1912. Public Service Commission 
Logan, W. H. G. 

1912. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. 

1913. Public Service Com. 

1914. President. 

Papers. 

1908. General Consideration of Syphillis With Special Reference to 

Differential Diagnosis Between Syphilitic and Non-Syphilitic 
Lesions as Manifested in the Mouth. D661, p. 177; Disc, p. 191. 

1912. Report of Public Service Commission. 

1913. Report of Public Service Commission. 

1913. Chronic Oral Infections Associated With Teeth; and Their Treat- 
ment. D64, D65, p. 106; Disc, p. 128. 

Discussions. 

1903. 615.7815, p. 73, 75, 76. 

1905. D76, p. 92. 

1906. 615.781, p. 102, 104. 

1907. D24, D63, p. 159. 

1909. D07, p. 82. 

1910. D65, D76, p. 198. 

1911. D04, p. 25; 615.778, p. 107. 

1912. D072, p. 284. 

Clinics. 

1905. Pyorrhea. D64, p. 229. 

1908. Case of Pyorrhea. D64, p. 259. 

1911. Tooth Replantation or Root Amputation as Indicated in Pyorrhea 
Alveolaris. D64. p. 286. 
Lombard, F. S., 1899. 
Long, Chas. J., 1912. 
Long, E. L., 1908. 
Long, J. E., 1909. 
Loomis, A. G., 1910. 
Lotts, E. M., 1907, 1912. 
Lotz, Harry F., 1905. 

Administration. 

1910. Librarian. 

1911. Librarian 

1913. Public Service Com. 

1914. Public Service Com. 
Lotz, H. F. 

1910. A Svstem of Classifying Dental Literature and Its Application in 
Society Work and Daily Practice. D073, p. 245. 

Clinic. 

1912. Free Dental School Inspection. D072, p. 296. 
Louderback, A. V., 1907. 

Discussions. 

1912. D33, p. 130, 131; D89, p. 157. 

Clinic. 

1912. A Time-Saving Polishing Disk. D21, p. 305. 
I o uric, L. S., 1905. 

Paper. 

1907. Some Common Mistakes in Orthodontia. D4, p. 121; Disc, p. 126. 

Discussion. 

1906. D602, p. 60. 

Clinic. 

1906. Orthodontia Models. D4. p. 280. 
Lovcring, G. M„ 1905. 
Loventhal, Louis, 1909. 
Lovitt, C. O., 1904. 

1910. Obituary, p. 48. 

Clinic. 

1908. Veneer Gold Inlavs. D231, p. 272. 
Low, C. H., 1906. 

Lowry, F. M., 1897. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



207 

Low, J. E., 1865, Charter Member, 1872. 

1873. Care of Children's Teeth Between the Ages of Six and Fifteen. 

D602, p. 153. Prevention and Treatment of Decay on Proximal 
Surfaces of the Teeth. D61, p. 191. The Part Which Vital 
Action Plays in the History of Dental Caries. D61, p. 114. 

1874. Dental Students. D07, p. 32. Record of Tests of Saliva. 612.31, 

p. 56. Etiology of Dental Caries. D61, p. 73. The Changes in 
the Shapes of Teeth That Are Necessary, or Proper, for the 
Treatment of Decay. D22, p. 86, 92. 

Low, R. J., 1909. 

Lowder, O. H., 1910. 

Lowe, Clarence, 1910. 

Lowry, F. M., 1910. 

Lowry, H. S. 

Discussions. 

1897. D142, D24, p. 109; D2, p. 165. 

Clinic. 

1897. Dies for Swaging Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 202. 
Ludvvig, Alphonse, 1905. 
Ludwig, R. F., 1910. 

Clinic. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. 
Luenzmann, C. A., 1912. 
Luieberg, E. V., 1912. 
Lumpkin, I. A., 1886. 
Lumpkin, W. C, 1905. 
Lund, A. St., 1905. 

1912. Obituary, p. 332. 
Lundy, L. T„ 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. Seamless Gold Crown. D331, p. 291. 
I. ui to ii, W. H., 1912. 
Luthringer, J. P., 1903. 

Administration. 

1907. Board of Censors. 

1909. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1910. Com. on Public Press. 

1911. Local Com. 

1912. Vice-President. 

1913. Program Com. 

Paper. 

1906. Our Strongest Weakness. D89, p. 175; Disc, p. 184. 

1909. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 42. 

Discussions. 

1910. D74, p. 131. 

1912. D33, p. 125. 

Clinics. 

1908. Richmond Bicuspid Crown. D331, p. 265. 

1913. Enlarging Root Canals. D243, p. 262. 
Lyding, J. B., 1909. 

Lyding, J. D., 1909. 
Lyle, A. G„ 1909. 
Lynott, N. J., 1907. 
Lyons, C. J., 1909. 
Lyons, Geo. J., 1905. 
Lyons, Henry E., 1907. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



208 

Mabee, O. P., 1902, 1905. 
Mabee, W. E., 1895, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1903. Gold Filling- With Screw Post Retention. D221, p. 5, Supplement. 
NacArthur, Johu E., 1905. 
MacBoyle, R. E., 1907. 
MacDonald, D., 1910. 
Ms icDo ii a 1(1. H. E., 1905. 

1908. Obituary, p. 249, 327. 
MacDonald, P. F., 1906. 
MacDowell, J. N., 1905. 

Paper. 

1901. Orthodontia. D4, p. 47; Disc, p. 49. 

Discussion. 
1901. D3a, p. 3.8. 

Clinic. 

1900. Orthodontia. D4, p. 170. 
Mace, R. H„ 1884. 
Maefarlane, G. B., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1909. Adjustment of Matrices and Separator for Amalgam Fillings. 

D222. p. 237. 
Mach, Adolph, 1905. 
Maeh, George, 1906. 
Macintosh, J. E„ 1905. 
Mackenzie, A. R., 1912. 
Mackinson, J. C, 1908. 
Madill, Geo. H., 1905. 
Maddock, W. T., 1912. 
Magarian, G. K„ 1905. 
Magee, C. J., 1907. 
Magill. L,. M., 1911. 

Administration. 
Magill, W. T„ 1871. 

1873. Executive Com. 

1881. Executive Com. 

1882. Vice-President. 

1883. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1S86. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 
1887. President. 

1893. Local Com. 

Papers. 

1887. President's Address. D04, p. 24. 

1S88. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 78. 

1891. Prosthetic Dentistry. D3, p. 118; Disc, p. 123. 

Discussions. 

1875. D3, p. 120. 

1878. D07, p. 61; D22, p. 61. 

1885. 615.5, p. 128. 

1887. 615.5, p. 81. 

1893. D601, p. 41; D21, p. 168. 

1894. D222, p. S6. • 

1S95. D06. p. 28; D243, p. 49. 

1897. D4, p. 185. 
Maginnis, E., 1905. 
Maginnis, F. N., 1905, 1907. 
Magitot, E., 1888, Corresponding Member. 

1897. Obituary, p. 274. 
Magnisson, J. E., 1897. 
Magnire, J. K., 1897. 
Mahaffy, W. J., 1913. 
Maker, C. A., 1905. 
Mahle, A. A., 1906. 
Mahoney, Wm. D., 1907. 
Mannahan, L. A., 1911. 
Manosevitch, G. H., 1912. 
Manton, J. M., 1905. 
Manz, A. C, 1906. 
Margason, Nannie, 1906. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



209 

Markle, A. M., 1898. 
Marks, W. C, 1906. 
>l arqu is. M. M., 1910. 
Marquis, R. L.., 1908. 

Marr, «. D., 1907. 
Marriner, J. F., 1872. 

1904. Obituary. Portrait, p. 239. 

Administration. 

1875 Executive Com. 

1878. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1879. Executive Com. 

Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethiis. 

1880. Vice-President. 

1881. President. 

1885. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1887. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1888. Board of Examiners. 

1890. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1893. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1894. Com. on Necrology. 

1895. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

Papers. 

1874. Popular Education with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry. D072, 
p. 102, Disc. p. 105. 

1877. Relative Merits of Certain Materials for Filling Teeth. D22, p. 

44, Disc. p. 49. 

1878. Are We Progressing? D07, p. 43, Disc. p. 55. 
1881. President's Address. D04, p. 23, Disc. p. 131. 

1883. Salivary Calculus and Its Removal. D641, p. 31, Disc. p. 36. 

1886. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 172. 

1888. Making and Tempering Dental Instruments. D21, p. 186, Disc. p. 

191. 

1889. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 74. 

1892. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 133, Disc. p. 

137. 
1895. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 176, Disc. 

p. 181. 

Discussions. 

1874. D22, p. 92. 

1877. D3, p. 39. 
Marsh, Clark W., 1907. 
Marsh, J. S., 1865, 1867, 1905. 

Discussions. 

1871. D3, p. 68. 

1873. D61, p. 190. 

1874. D07, p. 35. 
D22, p. 49. 

Marsh, John W., 1902. 

Administration. 

1907. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1906. D072, p. 221. 

Clinic. 
1906. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 284. 
Marshall, John S., 1883, 1905. 

Discussions. 

1885. 615.5, p. 126, 127, 12S. 

1887. D24, p. 61, 69. 
Martin, C. E., 1908. 
Martin, IV. J. S., 1913. 
Martin, W. C, 1881. 

Administration. 

1885. Executive Com. 
Discussion. 

1885. 615.5. p. 127. 
Martin, W. E., 1912. 
Martindale, K. J., 1905. 
Marxmiller, H. W., 1908. 
Mason, C. L.., 1907. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



210 

Mason, George, 1900. 
Mason, G. N., 1906. 
Mason, L,. C, 1909. 
Mason, L,. L,., 1912. 
Massman, V. V., 1905. 
Mathias, J. C, 1908. 
Mathieu, W. J., 1905. 
Matter, Louis H., 1901, 1905. 
Matter, S. H., 1905. 
Matteson, A. E„ 1869. 

Administration. 

1873. Executive Com. 

1883. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Papers. 

1875. Methods and Materials Most Conducive to Success in Filling 

Teeth. D22, p. 41, Disc. p. 46. 
1883. Porcelain-Faced Metallic Crowns. D331, p. 133. 1 Illus. 



Discussions. 

1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 304. 
1871. D22, p. 55. 
1875. D22, p. 46. 

1879. D2, p. 77. 

1880. D24, D65, p. 45; D22, p. 74. 
1882. D3, p. 52; D331, p. 60. 

t->9 r> i ni 



1885. D2, p. 101. 
D22a, p. 1 
D332, p. 14o, lis. 
D21, p. 61, 64; D4, p. 152. 
D4. n. 92. 93. 5 Tllus • D 



D22a,' p. 112. 
D332, p. 146, 149 



1890. 

1891. 

1892. 

1894. 

1895. D243, p. 56 

1901. D4, p. 49. 

D232, p. 205, 208 



D21, p. 61, 64; D4, p. 152. 

D4, p. 92, 93. 5 Illus.; D21, p. 144. 

D222, p. 92; D4, p. 118, 121. 

T1949 r. r.R 



1909. 



Clinics. 

1883. Porcelain Faced Gold Crown. D331, p. 152. 

1890. Enameled Inlav. D232, p. 163. 

1892. Orthodontia. Exhibition of a Torch. D4, p. 148. 

1894. Gasoline Blast Furnace. D31, p. 156. 

1895. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 183. 
1905. Electric Furnace. D31, p. 229. 
1913. Pyrometric Cones. D231, p. 262. 

Matteson, C. F., 1872. 

1908. Obituary, p. 249, 328; Portrait, p. 329. 

Administration. 

1885. Executive Com. 
1887. Clinic Com. 

Paper. 

1887. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 112. 

Discussion. 

1883. D61, p. 64. 
Matteson, Murray, G., 1906. 
Matthews, J. H., 1895. 
Matthews, R., 1869. 

Administration. 

1874. Librarian. 

Discussions. 

1875. D22, p. 47, 51; D07, p. 78; D221, p. 83. 
Maturzynska, T. M., 1909. 

Mauerman, Hugo, 1912. 
Mauerman, H. C, 1909. 
MaWhinney, Elgin, 1899. 

Administration. 

1905. Secretary. 

1906. Secretary. 

1907. President. 

1909. Com. on Post-Graduate Study Course. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



211 

MaWhinney, Elgin. — Continued. 
Papers. 

1900. Antiseptics and Disinfectants. 615.778, p. 152, Disc. p. 142 
1907. President's Address. D04, p. 9, Disc. p. 19. 

1909. Report of Com. on Post Graduae Courses. D07, p. 6fi. 

Discussions. 

1899. D073, p. 97. 
1903. D32a, p. 59. 
1905. D25, p. 67; D64, p. 67; 615, p. 168. 

Clinic. 

1903. Materia Medica. 615, p. 6, Supplement. 
Maxon, L. J., 1908. 
Maxwell, G. H., 1908. 
Maydwell, B., 1905. 
Mayer, O., 1913. 
Maynard, C. H., 1909. 
Maypole, H. W., 1908. 
McCall, R. A., 1907. 
McCall, W. G., 1909. 
MeCallin, S. G., 11)05. 

Clinic. 

1909. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 231. 
McCallum, J. T., 1913. 
McCandless, A. H., 1892, 1905. 

Administration. 

1893. Local Com. 

1894. Clinic Com. 
1896. Assistant Clinics. 

Discussion. 

1895. D8, p. 100. 
McCandless, A. W., 1892, 1905. 

Papers. 

1895. Duties of Dentist to Patient — Duties of Patient to Dentist. D8 

p. 87, Disc. p. 100. 
Report on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 181. 
1902. Porcelain Work Incidents of Office Practice. D232, p. 181, Disc. 

p. 1S2. 

Discussions. 

1895. D243, p. 52, 53; D33, p. 165. 

Clinics. 

1892. Demonstrating- of a Method of Producing Porcelain Faced Bicus- 
pids on Extracted Roots with Gutta Percha Drawings, etc. 
D331, p. 148. 

1896. Demonstrating Use of No. 60 Fellowship Foil. D221, p. 123. 
1898. Preparation of Roots for Porcelain Crowns. D331, p. 188. 

1901. Setting Crowns and Bridges with Gutta-Percha. D33, p. 136. 
McCandless, C. B., 1910. 

McCann, G. C, 1906. 

Administration. 

1909. Local Com. 

1910. Clinic Com. 

1911. Vice-president. 
1913. Executive Council. 

Paper. 

1910. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 259. 
Discussion. 

1913. D64, D65, p. 128. 
McCarthy, J. L,., 1905. 
McCarthy, W. J., 1910. 
McClenahan, P. C, 1909. 
McClevey, C. R., 1907. 
McClung, R. T., 1913. 
McClure, T. H., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



212 

McClure, T. H. — Continued. 
Clinics. 

1909. Replacing- an Incisor Immediately After Extraction. D332, p. 243. 
1911. A Combination of Gold and Continuous Gum Partial Denture. D32, 

p. 304. 
McCorkle, E. J. H., 1912. 
McCormick, H. G., 1905, 1910. 
McCowen, E. P., 1907. 
3IcCoy, Thomas H., 1870. 

Administration. 

1883. Executive Com. 

1888. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1870. D24, p. 23; D242, p. 35; D22, p. 49. 
McCreight, J. S., 1908. 
McCullouwh, J. M., 190fi. 
McCuinfoer, C. I., 1909. 
McDanicl, J. A., 1897. 
McDonald, A. J., 

Clinic. 

1898. Engine Exhibit. D21, p. 187. 
MeGarvey, 

Discussion. 
1873. D61, p. 112. 
McDonald, J. T., 1909. 
McDonald, Silas, 1913. 
McDonnell, E. J., 1905. 
McDonough, Martin L., 1897. 
McDoug-all, C. D., 1900, 1910. 
McDowell, Elmer N„ 1907. 
McDowell, J. N., 1900. 
McElroy, Joseph D., 1906. 
McEwen, D. W., 1909. 
McGill, C. B., 1912. 
McGuire, Eugene, 1905, 1909. 
Mcintosh, F. H., 1S84. 

Administration. 

1888. Com: on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1891. Librarian. 

1892. Librarian. 

1893. Librarian. 

1894. Librarian. 

1900. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1903. Local Com. 

1904. President. 

1910. Com. on Necrology. 

Paper. 

1904. President's Address. D04, p. 9, Disc. p. 14. 

Discussions. 

1891. D24, p. 88, 96, 102. 

1893. D601, p. 32. 42; D64, p. 68; D21, 615.7812 p. 102, 107. 

1894. D222, p. 100. 

1896. 617.21, p.- 69. 

1897. D64, p. 47; D09, p. 276. 

1900. D2, p. 90; D602, D61, p. 100; D3, p. 107; 615.778, p. 146. 

1902. D09, p. 80. 

1903. D602, p. 69. 
1906. D602, p. 47. 
1909. D24, p. 100. 

1911. D8, p. 206. 

1912. D33, p. 120. 

Clinics. 

1895. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 186. 

1899. Hatch Clamp and Ivory Matrix, D21, p. 105. ■ 

1901. Building Up Broken Down Bicuspids and Molars Preparatorv to 

Receiving a Gold Crown. D331, p. 136. 

1905. Wax Model for Inlay. D231, p. 264. 

1911. Arsenical Paste Sealed into the Cavity for the Destruction of a 
Pulp, with Pellets of Cotton Saturated with Chloro Percha. 
D242, p. 304. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



213 

Mcintosh, F. H. — Continued. 

1912. A Crown, Using Ludwig's Anchor with Porcelain Cast on Same. 
D331, p. 291. 
McKay, N. B., 1911. 
McKee, Mary B., 1909. 
McKee, H. M„ 1905. 
McKee, W. A., 1906. 

Administration. 

1910. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 
1914. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1906. 615.7815, p. 209. 
McKellops. H. J., 186S, Honorary Member. 
1901. Obituary, p. 1ST. 

Discussions. 

1868. D243, p. 37; D64, p. 39. 

1880. D24, D65, p. 49; D22, p. 76; D14. D22, p. 102. 104. 

1883. D641, p. 37, 39; D07, p. 94; D2, p. 97. 

1885. D2, p. 99, 101, 104, 107. 

1886. 615.778, p. 82; D22a, D243, p. 112; D6a, p. 198, 199. 

1887. D4, p. 42, 43. 

1S92. D04, p. 14; D2, p. 22; D33. p. 64; D4, p. 91, 92, 93; D21, p. 138. 

1894. D61, p. 40, 41; D222, p. 101. 
McKenna. D. W., 1908. 
McKinney, G. B„ 1900, 1905. 

Discussion. 

1901. D21, p. 132. 
McLain, D. B., 1905. 
McLaren, J. S., 1907. 
McLaughlin, J. E., 1905. 
McLaughlin, J. E., 1910. 
McLean, P. B., 1897. 

Administration. 

1909. Local Com. 
McLemore, W. Y., 1899. 
MeManifsle. W. B., 1871. 
McMillan, Geo. A., 1S91', 1905. 

Administration. 

1899. Librarian. 

Discussions. 

1897. D04, p. 24. 

1900. D64, p. 51. 

Clinics. 

1892. Tin Filling. D225, p. 14S. 
1894. Gold Filling. D221, p. 155. 

1898. Bleaching. D26, p. 190. 
McMillan, H. W., 1897. 

Administration. 

1906. Board of Censors. 
Paper. 

1908. Superiority of Natural Teeth over Artificial Substitutes. Dla, D3, 

p. 231, Disc. p. 241. 

Discussions. 

1903. D602, p. 69. 

1906. 615.781, p. 96. 

1907. D07, p. 40. 

1909. D89, p. 166. 

Clinics. 

1902. Some Convenient Things About an Office. D21, D31, p. 162. 

1903. Mal-occlusion Resulting from Illtimed Extraction. D4, p. 4. Sup- 

plement. 

1907. Diagnosis of Obscure Caries. D61, p. 224. 

1908. Demonstrating the Superiority of Natural over Artificial Teeth, 

Using the Gnathodynamometer. D3, Dla, p. 273. 
McMillan, P. A., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



214 
McMillen, J. D., 1897. 

Administration. 

1909. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Paper. 

1909. The Prophylactic Treatment for Poverty in Old Age. D89, p. 154, 

Disc. p. 161. 

Clinic. 

1913. Method of Inserting- Sprue with Minimum Amount of Danger 

of Distorting Wax Form. D231, p. 258. 
McMullen, H. C, 1911. 
McRae, A., 1906. 
McRae, C. A. 

Clinic. 

1910. Somnoform Anesthesia. 615.7815, p. 268. 
McVay, A. B., 1905. 

Discussion. 

1907. D89, p. 6S. 
McWethy, W. C, 1001. 

Discussion. 

1911. Symposium on Orthodontia. D4, p. 147. 
MeYVilliams, W. H., 1905. 

Mead, C. B., 1909. 
Meade, C. M., 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Necrology. 

Paper. 

1912. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 328. 

Discussions. 

1906. D04, p. 24; D602, p. 63; D89, p. 193; D072, p. 228. 

1907. D04, p. 18; D8, p. 119, 120. 

1909. D2. 

1910. D072, p. 211. 

1911. D04, p. 35. 

1912. D072, p. 82; D5, p. 214, 218. 
Meade, Mary B. 

Discussion. 
1912. D072, p. 82. 
Mears, Arthur J., 1905. 
Medsker, Ora L,., 1911. 
Meek, D. H., 1905. 
Meeks, D. II.. 1909. 
Meerhotf, C. E., 1905. 
Melaik, IV., 1905. 
Melde, M. T.. 1909. 
Mel linger. H. A., 1910. 
Mens, Charles F., 1905. 
Mens, C. F., 1909. 
Menkes, M. L,., 1901. 
Menges, Theodore, 1899. 
Merck, Herman G., 1907. 
Meerhoff, C. E., 1891. 
Merriman, Chas J., 1891. 
Merrill, F. B., 1905. 
Merz, F. R., 1905. 
Methven, H. F., 1905. 
Meyer, Geo. E., 1910. 

Administration. 

1914. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 
Meyer, W. L,., 1906. 

Meyers, A. C, 1909. 
Meyers, F. C, 1908. 
Meyers, O. C, 1908. 
Michaelis, \V. F., 1905. 
Midkiff, A. I., 1905. 
Midkiff, C. D., 1910. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



215 
Miles, G. S., 186S. 

Administration. 

Executive Com. 
Executive Com. 
President. 
Executive Com. 



1871, 
1874. 
1S75. 
1877. 


1878. 
1S7S. 
1879. 
1880. 



Legislative Com. 

Board of Censors. 
Com. on Legislation. 
Com. on Legislation. 
Executive Com. 

Com. on Legislation. 

1881. Com. on Legislation. 

1882. Com. on Legislation. 

Papers. 

1874. Dental Legislation — Its Aim, How Accomplished. D81, p. 93. 

1875. President's Address. D04, p. 21. 

1876. The Duty of Practitioner to Patient in Filling Teeth. D07, p. 51, 

Disc. p. 63. 

1878. Operative Instruments. D21, p. 77, Disc. p. 81. 

1881. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 137. 

Discussions. 

1870. D22, p. 55; D81, p. 88; 

1874. D22, p. 91. 

1875. D3, p. 123, 125. 

1877. D04, p. 27, 29; D3, p. 40. 

1879. D07, p. 86. 

1882. D3. p. 52. 
Miles, Geo. 

1893. Obituary, p. 232. 
Miller, Fred'k. G., 1905. 
Miller, F. H., 1909. 
Miller, F. L., 1905. 
Miller, F. L., 1909. 
Miller, G. A., 1898. 

Administration. 

1913. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1910. D04, p. 28. 

Clinic. 

1912. Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. D64, p. 289. 
Miller, Jesse, 1900, Non-Resident Member. 
Miller, John T., 1905. 

Miller, Louis, 1907. 
Miller, O. H., 1905. 

Clinic. 

Sup. 1903. Crown and Bridge Work. D331, p. 12. 
Miller, O. J., 1910. 
Miller, P. E., 1913. 
Miller, P. W„ 1905. 
Miller, Roy C, 1911. 
Miller, S. E., 1909. 
Miller, W. D., 

1908. Obituary, p. 249, 326. 

Paper. 

1908. Account of Dr. Miller's Work. p. 251. 
Mills, Geo. A., 1905. 

Discussion. 

1913. D04, p. 32. 
Mills, G. F., 1913. 
Mills, W. H., 1872. 
Millyard, W. A., 1905. 
Milton, S. A., 

Clinic. 

1890. A Hot Vapor Pain Obtunder. D611, p. 165. 
Mindlin, Albert, 1906, 1909. 
Minnis, H. L., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



216 

Ylinnis, H. L.. — Continued. 

Administration. 

1909. Local Com. 
Winer, 

Discussion. 
1873. Dol. p. 189. 
Mitchell, C. D., 1912. 
Mitchell, W. G., 1910. 
Mitton, C. L., 1909. 
Moelmann, E. H., 1909. 
Moelmann, Ernest O., 1906. 
Mohan, J. F., 1906. 
Moll, B. C, 1907, 1912. 
Molt, F. P., 1905. 

Administration. 

1913. Public Service Com. 
1913. Public Service Com. 

Paper. 

1912. Working Out the Problem of the School Dental Inspection. D072, 

p. 255, Disc. p. 271. 

1913. D04, p. 25. 
Monfort, J. B. 

Clinic. 

1S93. Gold Filling. D221, p. 165. 
Monson, Geo. S. 

Clinic. 

1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 105. 
Montas., C. P., 1899. 
Montague, T. H., 1905. 
Monteith, E. B., 1907. 
Montgomery, Win. J., 1906. 
Moody, J. D.. 1882. 

1910. Obituary, p. 4S. 

Administration. 

18S9. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 
1891. Executive Council. 

Payers. 

1886. Post-Graduate Study. D07, p. 121. Disc. p. 131. 

1888. Some Main Points Touching the Conservative Treatment of Teeth 

Whose Pulps are Nearlv or Quite Exposed. D24, p. 152, Disc. 

p. 165. 
1S91. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 70, 

Disc. p. 75. 

Discussions. 

1886. D61, p. 145. 

1888. D2, p. 147. 

1889. D2, p. 146. 
1891. D073, p. 79. 

Moody, Mrs. Kate C, 1882. 

Administration. 

1890. "Vice-president. 

Papers. 

1884. Reflex Pain. 612.8, p. 49, Disc. p. 54. 

1889. Women in Dentistry. Toast. D07, p. 161. 
Moon, R. E., 1905. 
Moore, Ed. C, 1905. 
Moore, Geo. 1905. 
Moore, J. C. Y., 1905. 
Moore, T. G., 1907. 
Moore, V. A., 1910. 
Moore, W. D. N„ 1905. 
Moore, W. D. Hi. 

Discussion. 

1911. D231, p. 165, 169. 

Clinic. 
1911. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 304. 
Moore, W. E„ 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



217 

IHoore, W. L., 1905, 1908. 
Moure, W. P., 1905. 
Moorehead, F. it.. 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Public Service Commission. 

1912. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 
1914. Public Service Commission. 

Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 

Paper. 

1912. Report of Com. on Closer Relations and Co-operation with the 

Illinois State Medical Society. D07. p. 70. 

Discussions. 

1910. D64, D65, D76, p. 194. 

1911. 615.778, p. 108. 

1913. D64, D65, p. 134, 135. 

Clinics. 

1910. Cleft Palate. D751, p. 259. 

1912. Cleft Palate. D751, p. 287. Cvst. D783, p. 287. 

1913. Removal of Fibrous Tumor. D782, p. 253. 
Hoorehead, W. W., 1895, 1905, 1910. 

Papers. 

1896. Cataphoresis. 615.84, p. 99, Disc. p. 104. 

1900. Some Thoughts on Prosthetic Dentistrv. D3, p. 102, 7 Illus. Disc, 
p. 105. 
Morange, R. Bf., 1909. 
Moreland, H. A., 1910. 
Moreland, H. A., 1913. 
Moreland, R. I., 1909. 
Morey, A. E., 1899. 
Morey, C. L,., 1905. 

Clinie. 

1906. Baked Porcelain Crown Without Soldering- Pins to Facing. D331, 
p. 293. 
Morgan, E. R., 1905. 
Morrell, C. G., 1905. 
Morrical, I. C, 1909. 
Morris, F. E„ 1905. 
Morris, R. E., 1905, 1907. 
.Morris, R. J., 1905. 

Morrison, A. W., 1S69, Honorary Member. 
Morrison. D. H., 1905. 
Morrison, John H., 1882, Corres. Member. 

Discussions. 

1890. D07, p. 90: D07, p. 94; D221, p. 160. 
Morrison, J. B., 1869, Honorary Member. 
Morrison, Jos. S., 1905. 
Morrison, P. H. 

Clinic 

1894. Gold Filling. D221, p. 155. 
Morrison, T. D., 1909. 
Morrison, W. X., 1871, Honorary Member. 

1S97. Obituary, p. 273. 

Papers. 

1876. Transplanting Teeth. D73, p. 81. 

1882. Metallic Crowns. D331, p. 55. 8 Illus. Disc, p. 60. 

1S83. Best Methods of Correcting Irregularities. D4, p. 128. Disc, p. 

131. 
1887. Operative Dentistry as Applied to Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 130, 

Disc, p. 133. 

Discussions. 

1869. D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 306. 

1871. D61, p. 28; D3. p. 67, 68; D6. p. 104. 

1872. D2, p. 59. 

1873. Dl. p. 97. 

1874. D07, p. 36; D22, p. 50; D22, p. 88. 

1875. D22, p. 46, 49; D221. p. 83; D3, p. 120. 

1877. D24, p. 97; D2, p. 111. 

1881. D24, D65, p. 43, 47; D713, p 106; D22, p. 155. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



218 

Morrison, W. HT. — Continued. 

1882. D13, p. 41; D3, p. 50. 

1883. D61, p. 66; D2, p. 96, 99; D21, p. 150. 
1885. 612.8, p. 63; D24, p. 69, 71; D2, p. 100. 

1887. D24, p. 72. 

1888. D2, p. 140; D24, p. 173; D21, p. 196, 198. 

1889. D22, p. Ill; D2, p. 151. 

1891. D24, p. 99, 100. 
1892 D22 p 49 

1893! D601, p. 32; D21, 615.7812, p. 98; D73, p. 171. 

1895. D243, p. 53. 

1896. D331, p. 36. 

Clinics. 

1888. Replantation. D73, p. 133. 

1889. Gold and Platinum Filling-. D221, p. 144. 

1893. Implantation. D73. p. 166. 
Morrow, E. A., 1905. 

Morrow, E. D., 1913. 

Morrow, W. J., 1898. 

Mobsman, C. S., 1905. 

Moss, Z. W., 1901. 

Motter, G., Jr., 1865, Charter Member. 

Mount, Janies J., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1911. Gold Inlav Showing- Advantage of Amalgam Base Under It. D231, 

p. 296. 

1912. Extension for Prevention in Cast Gold Inlay. D231, p. 289. 
Movius, W. G., 1906. 

Mowbray, R. C, 1869. 

Papers. 

1869. Odontotripsis (Abrasion), D613, Mo. D. Jnl., 1, p. 279. 

1871. Essential Principles in Filling- Teeth. D22, p. 45, Disc. p. 49. 

Discussions. 

1869. D61, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 277, 279; D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol 1, p. 303, 
304, 305; D65, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 319; D65. Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 
1, p. 328, 330. 

Mueller, C. W., 1910. 

Mueller, H. C, 1905. 

Mulford, T. T., 1909. 

Mullett, E. 15. 

Clinic. 

1905. Mullet's Gas Furnace. D31, p. 222. 
Mullin, Wm., 1906. 

Clinics. 

1908. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 273. 

1911. Method of Handling the Wax Model in Inlay Work. D231, p. 293. 
Mundell. R. R., 1910. 
Munn, R. B., 1904. 
U in i ii, R. B., 1908. 
Munroe, Grafton, 1890. 

Administration. 

1892. Local Com. 

1894. Local Com. 

1895. Librarian. 

1896. Chairman Local Com. 
1898. Librarian. 

Local Com. 
1904. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Munroe, G. 

1914. Com. on Necrology. 
Papers. 

1893. Guardianship of the Teeth — Parental, Personal, Professional. 

D072, p. 138 ; Disc, p. 144. 
1900. Calcification a Controlling Factor in the Treatment of the Teeth. 
D602, D61, p. 94: Disc, p. 97. 

1906. Our Younger Patients. D602, p 40 ; Disc, p. 47. 
1911. Regulating Teeth. D4, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. 

Discussions 

1890. D602, p. 123. 

1894. D222, p. 73; D21, p. 152. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



219 
Munroe, G. — Continued. 



1896. 


D331, p. 37 


617.21, p. 69 


1897. 


D04, p. 28; 


D64, p. 45. 


1898. 


D04, p. 20. 




1901. 


D4, p. 50. 




1 902. 


D06, p. 34. 




1903. 


D4, p. 33. 




1907. 


D4, p. 126. 




1910. 


D16, p. 153; 


D4, p. 153. 


1911. 


D04, p. 34. 




1912. 


D8, p. 146. 





Clinics. 

1895. Demonstration of the Use of Sodium and Potassium in the Treat- 
ment of Putrid Pulp Canals. D243. p. 185. 
1902. Taking Impressions for Crown and Bridgework. D33, p. 168. 
1905. 1-1000 Platinum Instead of Clasp Metal. D32, p. 528. 

1908. Two Orthodontia Cases. D4, p. 259. 

1909. An Adjunct to the Rapid Filling of Large Molar Cavities. D22c, p. 

239. 

1912. The Excessive Abrasion and Destruction of Tooth Substance by 

Strong Bite was Restoied by Extensive Restorations bv means 
of Inlav Work. D613, p. 297. 
Murdoch, J. C, 1905, 1911. 

Administration. 

1913. Local Com. 
Murdow, A. H., 1905. 
Murphy, C. J., 1908. 
Murphy, E. H., 1906. 
Murphy, J. D., 1875. 

Paper. 
1882. Extracting Teeth — Indications for It and Best Methods. D72, p. 
114. 

Discussions. 

1882. D13, p. 41; D3, p. 53; D2, p. 81; D22, p. 81. 
1886. 615.778, p. 83. 
Murphy, Hon. Mayor. 

Paper. 

1873. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 25. 
Murphy, J. R., 1905. 
Murray, C. J. I., 1875. 
Murray, J. L,., 1906. 
Muzzy, D. B., 1905. 
Myers, L. A., 1913. 
Nannestad, S. H., 1911. 
Napper, Syl\-ia M., 1911. 
Naunian, A. G„ 1906. 
Nauman, H. F., 1902, 1905. 
Weal, C. N., 1905. 
Neatz, E., 1912. 
Neece, W. A., 1905. 

• Clinics. 

1911. Contour Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 287. 

1912. Contour Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 298. 
Neff, Will R., 1905. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Necrology. 
Neidigh, S. R., 1905. 
Welch, H. G., 1906. 
Nelson, G. Arthur, 1911. 
Nelson, G. A. E., 1912. 
Nelson, John, 1905. 
Nelson, Nels, 1882. 

Discussions. 

1885. 612.8, p. 63; D24, p. 74. 

1888. D21, p. 199. 

1890. D332, p. 146. 
Nelson, Wm., 1906. 
Nertney, Ed. G., 1911. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



220 
Neuhort, F. A„ 1910. 

Administration. 

1913. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1913. D231, p. 96. 

Clinic. 

1913. Pilling Root Canals with the Improved Paraffin Compound For- 
mula, That of Dr. Herman Prinz. D243, p. 259. 
Nevius, Geo. \V., 1905, 1912. 
Nevius, I... W„ 1899. 

Clinic. 

1900. The Use of Nitrous Oxid in Extracting. Teeth. D72, p. 172. 
Newell, Aiirsil B., 1905. 

Newkirk, Garrett, 1880, Non-resident Member,' 1889. 

Administration. 

Board of Examiners. 
Secretary. 
Com. on Publication. 
Secretary. 
Secretary. 
Secretary. 

Com. on Publication. 
President. 
Clinic Com. 
Local Com. 

Papers. 

Nervous Reflex Action. 612.8, p. 25 ; Disc, p. 32. 

Nervous Matter and Principles of Nervous Action. 612.8, p. 52, 3 

Illus. ; Disc, p. 60. 
Antiseptic Dentistrv. D21a, p. 98: Disc, p. 106. 
Shock. 617.21, p. 55 ; Disc, p. 61. 
Vice-president. 
Com. on Publication. 

1901. Preventive Dentistry. D61, p. 92; Disc, p. 98. 

Discussions 

D24, D65. p. 45, 52; D14, D22, p. 101, 103. 

D61, p. 162. 

D641. p. 36; D61, p. 64; 615.7815, p. 69; D07, p. 94. 

D24. p. 45. 

D3, p. 49; 612.8, p. 62, 63; D2, p. 99; D073, p. 140. 

D04, p. 65. 

D4, p. 38, 39; 615.711, p. 92; D2, p. 120; D602, p. 136. 

D2, p. 148, 149, 150; D21, p. 194. 

615.775. p. 123. 

D602, p. 124, 125; D2, p. 142. 

D21, p. 65; D24, D61, p. 139, 140; D4, p. 153, 154, 157. 

D073. p. 132. 

615.7812. p. 104; D072, p. 146; D21, p. 104; D64, p. 64. 

D04, p. 9; D4, p. 124. 

D04, p. 21; D06, p. 28; 612.31, p. 68; D2, p. 187. 

D04, p. 23 ; D07, p. 46, 52 ; D78, p. 90 ; D64, p. 132. 

D04, p. 25: D64, p. 45; D22a, p. 84; D142, D24, p. 116; D22a, D221, p. 

142, 144; D4, p. 182. 
D04, p. 15, 27; D222, p. 45; D142, D24, p. 65; 615.778, p. 175. 
D073, p. 97. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition of a Set of Scalers. D641, p. 148. 

Sterilizer, D21a, p. 167. 

Forming and Tempering of Instruments. (Broken and Discarded 
Points.) D21, p. 126 : Disc, p. 135. 
Newlin, Allien R., 1905. 
Newlin, C, N„ 1910. 
Newsome, B., 1894. 
Newsome, B. 

Administration. 

1897. Clinic Com. 

1898. Executive Council. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



1885. 


1888. 


1889. 


1890. 


1891. 


1893. 


1894. 


1897. 


1899. 


1880. 


1885. 


1892. 


1896. 


1S92. 



1880. 


1882. 


1883. 


1884. 


1885. 


1886. 


1887. 


1888. 


1S89. 


1890. 


1891. 


1892. 


1893. 


1894. 


1895. 


1896. 


1897. 


1898. 


1899. 


1892. 


1S93. 


1896. 



221 



Newsome, II. — Continued. 
Clinics. 

1896. Upper Central Incisor Crown. D331, p. 126. 

1907. Methods of Adjusting- the Parts of a Broken Vulcanite Plate, of 
Plaster xModels and Dislodged Abutments in Bridge Work to 
Their Proper Places and Retaining them There. D31, p. 231. 
Newton. H. C, 1905. 
keymark, D. E., 1912. 
leymark, J. L., 1910. 
Nicol, J. D., 1898. 

1912. Obituary, p. 329. 

Administration. 

1901. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1910. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1911. Local Com. 
Nicholas, A. J., 1905. 
Nichols, C. M., 1911. 
Nicola, J as. H., 1907. 
Nichols, 

Discussion. 
1867. D65, p. 29.' 
Niece, O. R., 1908. 
Nielson, J. P., 1905. 
Noble, S. B., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1867. Program Com. 
Executive Com. 

Discussions. 

1S66. D3, p. 20; D602, 
Nord«reu, R. G., 1910. 
Norman, S. C, 1909. 
Normojle, D. J., 1909. 
North, (iustavus. 



p. 6. 



1897. 

1905. 

North, G 

1907. 



Clinics. 

Partial Lower Vulcanite Dentures. D321, p. 202. 
Temperaments. D12, p. 227. 



Replacing Porcelain Facings Without Removing Bridge or 
Crown. D33. p. 22 7. 
Norton, J. P., 1905. 
Norton. J. W., 1905. 
Norwood, Benj. I., 1906. 
Nourie, E. J., 1909. 
Noyes, E., 1872. 



Administration. 

1879. Secretary. 
18S0. Secretary. 

1881. Secretary. 

1882. Secretary. 

1883. Secretary. 

1884. President. 

1886. Executive Com. 

1888. Com. on Publication. 

1889. Com. on Publication. 

1890. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1893. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1894. Com. on Publication. 

1895. Com. on Publication. 

1896. Executive Council. 
Com. on Publication. 

1S97. Com. on Publication. 
1898. Com. on Publication. 

1901. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1902. Com. on Publication. 
Board of Examiners. 

1905. Editor of Transactions. 
Com. on Necrologv. 

1906. Editor of Transactions. 
Board of Censors. 
Com. on Necrology. 

1907. Editor of Transactions. 

1908. Editor of Transactions. 

For index aud key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



222 

Noyes, E. — Continued. 

1909. Editor of Transactions. 

1910. Editor of Transactions. 

1911. Editor of Transactions. 

1912. Editor of Transactions. 

1913. Com. on Publication. 
Editor of Transactions. 

Papers. 

1874. The Changes in the Shapes of Teeth that are Necessary or Proper 
for the Treatment of Decay. D22, p. 80 ; Disc, p. 85. 

1876. Some Thoughts Respecting the Theory and Ethics of Professional 
Fees. D89, p. 75. 

1878. Why Do Operations Pail? D22, p. 49; Disc, p. 55. 

1880. Filling Teeth — Some Special Points to be Observed. D22, p. 64 ; 

Disc, p. 74. 
1884. President's Address. D04, p. 27. 
1886. The Retention of the Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. D24, p. 150 ; 

Disc, p. 157. 

1891. The Preparation of Teeth for Filling. D22a, p. 102; Disc, p. 108. 

1892. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 126 ; 

Disc, p. 130. 
1900. Improvements in Operative Dentistry During Recent Years and the 
Betterments to be Expected in the Future. D2, p. 72 ; Disc, p. 78. 

1904. Gold Fillings. D221, p. 143; Disc, p. 149. 

1905. History of the Illinois State Dental Society. D06, p. 230. 

Discussions. 

1876. D07, p. 45, 46; D07, D22, p. 64; D22. p. 74. 

1881. D22, p. 151. 

1882. D07, p. 131. 

1884. D24, p. 46. 

1885. D3, p. 50; D2, p. 104; 615.5, p. 129; D073, p. 142. 

1886. D61, p. 149; D073, p. 165. 

1887. D4, p. 41; D24, p. 65; D2. p. 113, 129; D602, p. 137. 

1888. D073, p. 70, 72; D2, p. 137; D24, p. 175. 

1889. D22, p. 104, 111; D2, p. 147. 

1890. D332, p. 149. 

1891. D21, p. 64; D24, D61, p. 141. 

1892. D2, p. 25; D22, p. 82; D141, p. 124. 

1893. D22a, p. 22; D243, p. 53. 

1894. D61, p. 37 ; D07, p. 55 ; D222, p. 84, 86, 87, 94, 101 ; D073, p. 144. 

1895. D243, p. 55, 57; D8, p. 104. 

1896. D07, p. 46. 

1897. D04, p. 22; D06, p. 69; D22a, p. «5; D22a, D221, p. 142, 143; D2, p. 

162; D4, p. 186; 615.84, p. 211; D09, p. 277. 

1898. D04. p. 14; D222, p. 36; D142, D24, p. 65, 66. 

1899. D073, p. 94. 

1900. D2, p. 28, 29; D602, D61, p. 100; 615.778, p. 146. 

1901. D04, p. 18; D32, p. 63; 615.778, p. 72; D22, p. 104; D21, p. 132. 

1902. D06, p. 32; D8, p. 47, 48, 49; D09, p. 80; D07, p. 86, 88; D22b, D221, 

p. 120; D61a, p. 128; D2, p. 175. 

1903. D04, p. 18; D073, p. 44; D232. p. 84. 

1904. D04, p. 18. 

1905. D04, p. 27; D89, p. 193. 

1906. D04, p. 20; D82, p. 132. 

1907. D07, p. 50; D89, p. 71; D8, p. 116, 119; D06, D09, p. 209; D72, p. 223 

1908. D04, p. 15; D09, p. 59; D06, p. 75. 

1909. D32, p. 131; D242, p. 181, 189; D2, p. 227, 229. 

1910. D073, p. 39; D16, D4, p. 155; D601, p. 167; D072, p. 209. 

1912. D04, p. 29; D6a, p. 166; D07, p. 199; D5, p. 214, 218; D222, p. 243. 

1913. D231, p. 101; D89, p. 155; D25, p. 195; D611, p. 244. 

Clinics. 

1890. Gold Fillings. D221, p. 161. 

1894. Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 154. 

1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 117. 

1902. Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 165. 

1904. Gold Filling. D221, p. 27. 

1907. Gold Foil Filling. D221, p. 232. 
Noyes, F. B., 1895. 

1904. Executive Com. 

1908. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1909. Executive Council. 

1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1911. Com on Public Dental Education. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



223 

IVoyes, P. B. — Continued. 
Papers. 

1S99. The Structure of the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and 
the Lines and Angles of Cavity Margins. D141, D22a, p. 29, 30 
Illus. Disc, p. 60. 

1908. A Presentation of Some Conditions of Caries of the Enamel. D61, 

p. 19S; 3S Illus.; Disc, p. 226. 
1910. The Index of Personality. D16, D4, p. 133, 12 IIus.; Disc, p. 149. 

Discussions. 

1901. D13, p. 45; 612.31, p. 80, p 82; D6a, p. 90; D22, p. 106. 

1902. D031, p. 24; D8, p. 49. 

1903. D073, p. 45; D602, p. 69. 

1904. D223, p. 100. 

1905. D223, p. 152. 

1906. D14, p. 269. 

1907. D4, p. 127, 135; D07, p. ISO; D22c, p. 200. 

1909. D07, p. 140. 

1910. D223. p. 67. 

1911. D4, p. 135. 

Clinics. 

1898. Amalgam. D222, p. 194. 

1902. Test of Amalgams for .Shrinkage or Expansion. D222, p. 167. 
1907. Cavities for Gold Inlays. D22c, p. 236. 
\oyes, F. C, 1905, 1910, 1912. 
JVydegger, Carl, 1907. 
XTluns, O. C, 1905. 
•',;.• in a n. J. E., 1894. 
Papers. 
1898. The Ceramic Art in Dentistry. D232, D33, p. 117, 2 Illus.; Disc, 

p. 139. 
1900. A Gold Crown with Carved Solid Cusps. D331, p. 59. 
1902. Conditions and Circumstances Modifving Extension for Preven- 
tion. D22a, p. 89 ; 12 Illus. ; Disc, p. 111. 

Discussions. 

1897. D22a, p. 87, 92; D142, D24, p. 115; D22a, D221, p. 141. 

1898. D7, p. 153. 

1899. D33, p. 83. 
1902. D8, p. 49. 

1904. D232, D31, p. 110, 114; D221, p. 150. 

1905. D25, p. 64, 69; D332, p. 207, 212, 213. 

Clinics. 

1898. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 190. 

1899. Porcelain Bridge. D332, p. 112. 

1900. Carving Gold Cusps. D33, p. 171. 

1901. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 140. 

1902. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 169. 

1905. Construction of a Hollow Gold Inlay. D231, p. 229. 
Oake, A. J., 1892. 
Ocasek, Win.., 1906. 
Olfil, R. H., 1905. 
Oa.le, Clifford C, 1906, 1911. 
O'Hara, G. R., 1905. 

1907. Obituarv, p. 239, 300. 
Ohlwein, John G., 1905. 
Olafson, Olaf, 1907. 
Olcott, H. L,., 1905. 
Oldfteld, E. L., 1901. 
Olmstead, A. T„ 1885, 1905, 1911. 

Discussion. 

1907. D89, p. 67. 
Clinics. 

1912. Bridge and Crown Anchorage. D33, p. 305. 

1913. Small Gold Fillings Along the Gingival Border of Labial and 

Buccal Surfaces. D221, p. 256. 
Olson, Aaron M., 1905. 
Olson, Mayor Andrew. 

1905. Address of Welcome, p. 9. 
Olson, Fred A. H., 1906. 
Olson, M. W., 1905. 
Paper. 
1907. Extraction of Teeth. D72, p. 217; Disc, p. 221. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



224 

Olson, M. W. — Continued. 
Clinic. 

1912. Gold Filling. D221, p. 2SS. 
Olwin, F. B., 1910. 

Administration. 

1913. Com. on Publication. 
Omsberg, Chas. S., 1907. 
O'Neill, A. D., 1905. 
Onthauk, J. J., 1911. 
Opheim, M. L., 1901, 1909. 
Opits, Herman H., 1906. 

Ormsbee, \V. W., 1S65. Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1879. Librarian. 

1881. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 298. 
Orr, H. jV., 1905. 

Discussion. 

1909. D232, p. 202. 

Clinics. 

1906. The Technique of Implanting a Silver Root, Showing Case in the 

Mouth. D73, p. 278. 
• 1907. A Method of Obtaining an Accurate Model in Melotte's Metal. D23, 
p. 230. 

1908. Showing Construction on Detail of Cast Bridge, Using Diatoric Teeth. 

D332, p. 267. 
Orr. Clark, 1905. 
Orth, John, 1905. 
Orth, P. Ii., 1905. 
Osher, J. C, 1905. 
Osten, R. C. V., 1913. 
Otteson, I., 

Clinic. 

1901. Swedger, D322, p. 140. 
Ottofy, Louis, 1881. 

Administration. 

1886. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1887. Assistant Secretary. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

1891. Clinic Com. 

1892. Secretary. Com. on Publication. 

1893. Secretary. 

1894. Secretary. Com. on Publicity. 

1895. Secretary. 

1896. Secretary. 

1897. Secretary. 

Papers. 

1883. The Incipiency of Dental Caries. D61, p. 57; Disc, p. 64. 
1885. Dental Spiritualism. 615.851, p. 74 ; Disc, p. 83. 

1888. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 102 ; Disc, p. 110. 

1889. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 61 ; Disc, 

p. 72. 
1891. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 178 ; Disc, p. 183. 
1895. A Review of the Illinois State Dental Society for a Quarter of a 

Century. D06, p. 25 ; Disc, p. 27. 

1902. Present Status of Dentistry in the Phillipine Islands. D041, p. 131. 

Discussion. 

1882. D3, p. 50; D64, p. 110. 

1883. 615.7815, p. 69. 

1885. D2, p. 106; 617.22, p. 118; D073, p. 140, 141. 

1886. D04, p. 64; 615.778, p. 75, 85; D22a, D243, p. 108, 112; D61, p. 145. 

1887. D24, p. 62; D602, p. 129, 141. 

1888. D073, p. 76; D2, p. 139, 144. 

1889. 615.775, p. 122. 

1890. D073, p. 71; D61a, p. 130, 131. 

1891. D073, p. 75. 
1893. D73, p. 173. 

1895. D243, p. 59; 612.31, p. 69, 70; D81, p. 147. 

1S97. D04, p. 21, 26; D06, p. 65, 67. 

1898. D142, p. 65. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 






225 

Ottoby, Louis. — Continued. 
Clinic. 

1887. Implantation. D73, p. 112. 

1889. Exhibition of Patient with Tooth Implanted in 1S87. D73, p. 145. 

1896. Case of Implantation in 18S7. D73, p. 128. 
Outten. L. T. E., 1905, 1912. 
Overholzer, D. L,., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1S66. Program Com. 
Discussion. 

1866. D24, p. 9. 
Overholzer, W. A., 1897, 1905. 
Overmeyer, W. H., 1907. 
Owen, F 31., 1911. 
Paden, C. M., 1906. 
Paae, C. S., 1912. 
Page. J. C, 1905. 
Paine, F. A., 1899. 
Paine, Frank A., 1906. 
Paine, R. M„ 1899. 

Pallock, Jno., 1865, Charter Member. 
Palmer, Byron L., 1889. 

Discussion. 

1891. D221a, p. 179. 

Clinic. 

1900. Palmer Plastic Swager and Moulding Flask. D322. p. 173. 
Palmer, D. G., 1872. 
Palmer, Edgar. 

Clinic. 

1891. Administration of Sulphuric Ether. 615.7813, p. 179. 
Palmer, G. F., 1905. 
Palmer, J. L,., 1905, 1912. 
Palmer, J. V., 1899. 
Pank, W. L., 1909. 
Parcell, E. L,., 1910. 
Park, 1867, Honorary Member. 
Park, Edgar, 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1865. Secretary. 

1S66. D602, p. 6 ; D221, p. 8. 

Discussions. 

1866. Secretary. 

1867. D67, p. 30. 

1869. D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 306, 307. 
Park, E., 

1893. Obituary, p. 230. 
Park, W. S., 1905. 
Parker, Chas. H., 1905. 
Parker, E..D., 1905. 
Parker, F. D., 1907. 
Parker, F. W., 1902. 
Parker, F. W., 

1903. The Uses of Black's Knives and Files. D221, p. 2, Supplement. 

1904. Matrix. D22b, p. 27. 

1906. The Removal and Repair of Shell Crowns. D331, p. 288. 

1907. Solid Gold Inlay Without Investment, Showing Patient and Model. 

D231, p. 233. 

1905. Cavity Preparation for Gold Inlay. D231, p. 270. 
Parker, R. W., 1902. 

Clinic. 

1903. Threaded Matrix for the Insertion of, Amalgam Fillings. D22b, p. 3; 

Supplement. 

1904. Cavity Preparation. D22a, p. 31. 

1908. Saving Children's Teeth by the Use of Oxyphosphate of Copper 

Cement. D223, D602, p. 261. 
Parkes, J. J. 

Paper. 

1881. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 7. 
Parkhurst, J. I., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



226 

Parks, Pearl, 1905. 

Parr, A. C, 1906. 
Parsons, G. H., 1905. 
Partridge, Ben. S., 1907. 
Pashley, R. R., 1907. 

1912. Obituary, p. 331. 
Paterson, J. D., 1909. 
Patrick, John J. R., 1881. 

1895. Obituary, Portrait, p. 239. 

Administration. 

1883. Vice President. 

Papers, 
1882 Regulating Teeth. D4, p 1C3, Illus. Disc, p. 167. High Civilization 

Not the Cause of Tooth Decay. D61, p. 133 ; 1 Illus. ; Disc, p. 160. 

1883. Closure of the Jaws. D715, p. 100, 4 Illus. Removal of a Tumor 

from the Antrum High-Morianum. D78, p. 115, 3 Illus. 

1884. Irregularities in Human Teeth; Or, Dental Teratology. D4, 127, 

17 Illus. 

1885. Errors in Practice Not Always Disadvantageous. D24, p. 64; Disc, 

p. 69. 
1888. Dental Morphology and the Etiology of Irregularities. D4, 83 ; 5 Illus. ; 
Disc, p. 91. 

1888. A Decture on the Rationale of Constructing and Attaching Artificial 

Crowns to Natural Roots of Teeth. D331, p. 202, 2 Illus. 

1889. The First Period in the History of Dentistry. D09, p. 130. 
1S90. The Second Period in the History of Dentistry. D09, p. 99. 

1893. The Effect of Eruptive Diseases on the Teeth. D601, p. 25 ; Disc, p. 31. 

Discussions. 

1883. D641, p. 38, 40; D61, p. 64, 65, 66; D2, p. 97. 

1884. D24, p. 43; 612.8, p. 58. 

1885. D3, p. 44; 612.8, p. 62; 612.851, p. 83. 

1888. D073, p. 74. 

1889. D073, p. 72; D22, p. 107, 109; 615.775, p. 121; D14, p. 126; D2, p. 151. 

1890. D073, p. 66, 78; D07 p. 92. 

1891. D21, p. 65, 69. 

1892. D33, p. 61, 64; D4. p. 89, 91: D21, p. 142, 143. 

1893. D22a, p. 20, 22. 

Clinic. 

1SSS. Gold Crown. D331, p. 132. 
Patrous, H. E., 1913. 
Patten, J. F., 1902. 
Patten, M. H., 1872. 

Administration. 

1884. Executive Com. 

1885. Vice President. 

Paper. 

1879. What is Progression in Dentistry. D07, p. 40 ; Disc, 45. 

Discussions. 

1874. D07, p. 36. 
1876. D325, p. 97. 

1880. 612.8, p. 39. 
Patterson, A. B., 1906. 

Clinic. 

1913. Many Uses for the Gillmore Attachment. D32, p. 262. 
Patterson, C. A., 1905. 

Patterson, C. M., 1909. 
Patterson, F. J., 1896, 1905. 
Patterson, J. D„ 

Discussions. 

1901. D22c, p. 56. 
Payan, Z. J., 1909. 
Payne, E. I., 1913. 
Peacock, Jesse, 1908. 
Pearce, J. H., 1910. 

Clinic. 

1912. Some Practical Hints in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 307. 
Pearce, R. M., 1891. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



227 

Pearce, R. M. — Continued. 

Administration. 

1893. Local Com. 

1910. Com. on Publication. 

Discussions. 

1897. D22a, D221. p. 140. 

1904. D89, p. 155; Disc, p. 158. 

1906. D602, p. 52. 

1912. D33, p. 122. 
Pearce, T. R., 1913. 
Peck, A. H., 1891. 

Administration. 

1895. Chairman Executive Com. 

1897. Executive Council. 

1898. Secretary. 

1899. Secretary. 

1900. Secretary. 

1901. Secretary. 

1902. Secretary. 

1903. President. 

1904. Executive Council. 
1906. Com. on Organization. 

Papers. 

1894. Etiology of Dental Caries. D61, p. 25 : Disc, p. 33. Report of the 

Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 154 ; Disc, p. 157. 
1897. Results of Experiments in Bacteriologv (Antiseptics). 615.778 D6a, 

p. 189. 
1S9S. The Essential Oils and Some Other Agents, Their Antiseptic Value, 

Also Their Irritating or Non-irritating Properties. 615.778, p. 154 ; 

Disc, p. 169. 

1900. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64. p. 36 ; Disc, p. 45. 

1901. Antiseptic Germicide and Disinfectant. 615.778, p. 65 ; Disc, p. 70. 
1903. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 17. 

1910. A Good Set of Teeth One of the Most Important Attributes of Man. 

D601, p. 156 ; Disc, p. 163. 

Discussions. 

1895. D2, p. 187. 

1897. D22a, p. 8S; D142, D24, p. 106, 107, 113; D2, p. 167; D4, p. 187; 

615.84, p. 208, 210. 
1899. D63, p. 23. 
1909. D07, p. 145. 

Clinic. 

1896. A Porcelain Faced Bicuspid Crown. D331, p. 124. 

1908. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 270. 

1909. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 238. 
Peck, J. W., 1881. 

Peck, Sheldon, 1907. 
Peck, Prof. 

Discussions. 

1873. Dl, p. 94, 96. 
Pederson, C. X., 1912. 
Peebles, II. E. 

1871. Obituary, p. 107. 
Peitsch, Henry C, 1906. 
Peisch, H. C. 

Administration. 

1912. Board of Censors. 
Pellett, F. M., 1905. 
Pence, H. C, 1905, 1909 
Pence, W. D., 1908. 
Pendleton, Elbert C, 1911. 
Pennock, O. A., 1904. 
Penny, A. D., 1888. 
Percival, F. R., 1908. 
Perisho, V. P., 1905. 

Administration. 

1913. Com. to Co-operate With State Medical Society. 

Clinic. 

1911. Technique in the Treatment of Both Vital and Putrescent Pulps That 

Will Prevent Pain After the Patient Leaves the Office. D241, p. 294. 
Perry, E. J., 1875. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



228 

Perry, E. J. — Continued. 
Papers. 

1906. Roach's Mouldable Porcelain. D232, p. 156; Disc, p. 167. 

Discussions. 

1899. D04. p. 16; D33, p. 81. 
1901. D3a, p. 31. 
1906. D232, p. 174. 

Clinic. 

1892 Demonstration of a Method of Articulating Crowns with Models, Etc. 
D331, p. 14S. 
Perry, Geo. B., 1899, 1905. 
Perry, John, 1905. 
Peters, C. F., 1897. 
Peters, E. H., 1S97. 
Peters, W . A., 1905. 
Peterson, ('. .1., 

Payers. 

1895. Crown and Bridge Work (Not Published in Transactions.) D33, 
Disc, p. 165. 
Peterson, C. \V„ 1907. 
Peterson, D. A., 1909. 
Peterson, O. A., 1912. 
Peterson, O. I*., 1909. 

1912. Obituary, p. 328. 
Peterson, P. IS. C, 1905. 
Pettit, J. W. 

Papers. 

1875. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 17. 

1909. The Possibilities of Closer Co-operation Between the Dental and 

Medical Professions. D07. p. 102; Disc, p. 107. 
Peyton, Emmet, 1905, 1909. 
Piatt", K. A., 1905. 
Pt'eit'er, Josephine, 1894. 

Clinic. 

1S95. Gold Crown. D331, p. 1S4. 
1898. Frosting Aluminum Plates. D32. p. 194. 
1901. Filling Root-Canal. D243, p. 137. 
Phelps, W. S. 

Clinic 

1910. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 269. 
Pinter, L,. H., 1909. 

Phillips, Albert E., 1906. 
Phillips, B. L., 1910. 
Phillips, D. L„ 1905, 1912. 

Papers. 

1904. Cervical Outline Preservation and Crowns. D331, p. 117, 4 Illus. ; 

Disc, p. 126. 

Clinic. 

1905. Crowns, Bridges, Retention of Gingival Harmony. D33, p. 221. 
1907. Anterior Bridge, Concealed Attachments Two-Tooth Effect in Three 1 

Quarter Space. D332, p. 235. 
Phillips, Frank E., 1910. 
Phillips. H. E., 1905. 
Phillips, H. J., 1909. 
Phillips, L.. T., 1883, 1909. 
Phillips, \V. J. 1905. 
Phelps, J. R., 1882. 
Phelps. W. S., 1905. 
Pickard, Edward C, 1907. 
Pierce, A, J., 1912. 
Pinkerton. B. K„ 1909. 
Pinney, H. B. 1905. 
Piper, O. H., 1906. 
Pituer, H. YV., 1906. 
Pitwood, E., 1883. 
Pitt, H. N., 1905. 
Pitt, W. A., 1905. 
Pitts, G. VV., 1905. 
Plaee, Eugene, 1891. 
Place, E. H., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



'229 

iMankerton. II. A., 1905. 
Plattfl, l.. .v., 1909. 
Hummer, J. H. 1900. 
Plnmmer, P. H.. 1906. 
IMutsehow, Otto. 1005. 
Poessel. H. K. E., 1005. 
I'oindex i<t. J. E., 1913. 
Pollard, (has. E., 1911. 
Pollock, D. J., 1878, 1905. 

Administration. 

1SS5. Executive Com. 
Ponce, Francisco, 1909. 
Pontius, AV. H., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1900. Combination Porcelain and Gold Inlay. D23, p. 232. 
Pooler, L,. F., 1909. 
Pope, Alexander, 1913. 
Purges, A. I., 1905. 
Porre, It. J., 1S68, Honorary Member. 

Discussions. 

1S69. D22„ Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1. p. 30fi. 

1870. D22, p. 49. 
Porter, C. A., 1897. 
Porter. 

Discussions. 

1873. D24, p. 74, 75; D61, p. 116. 
Potter, Samuel H., 1897. 
Pottle, Love joy, 1909. 
Potts. II. A., 1897, 1908. 

Administration. 

1900. Librarian. 

Clinic. 

1S9S. Cold Filling. D221, p. 192. 

190S. Deep Injection of Alcohol for Relief of Tri-Facial Neuralgia. D77 
p. '268. 

1909. Deep Injection of Alcohol for Relief of Tri-Facial Neuralgia. D77, 

p. 230. 
Poiindstone, t.ieo. C, 1904. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Dental Art and Invention, 
1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

Papers. 

1904. Microscopic Study of Cements. D223, p. 82 : 6 Tllus. ; Disc, p. 03. 

1905. Cements. D223, p. 136, 13 Plus.; Disc, p. 147. 

1910. The Silicate Cements. D223. p. 5S ; Disc. p. 62. 

1911. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 52. 
Powell, C. A., 1912. 

Powell, C. B., 1894. 

Administration. 

1900. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1908. Board of Censors. 

Discussions. 

1900. D331, p. 62. 

Clinics. 

189S. Gold Filling. D221. p. 1S7. 

1901. Broach-Holder. D242. p. 140. 

1906. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 293. 

1907. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 235. 
Powell, T. E., 1904, 1912. 

Paper. 

1904. Masticatorv Changes Induced by Food Envoronment. D101, p. 132: 
Disc, p. 13S. 

Discussions. 

1904. D231, p. 80. 
1906. D82, p. 138. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



230 

Powell, T. E. — Continued. 
Clinic. 
1904. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 31. 
Powers, S. B., 1906. 
Poyner, F. A., 1913. 
Prendergast, M. J., 1905. 
Prescott, Albert J., 1905. 
Prettyman, R. B„ 1912. 
Price, P. J. R., 1906. 
Price, Weston A. 

Papers. 

1904 The Color Problem in Porcelain Work, and Its Solution by Means of 
the New Pyrometer Furnace. D31, D232, p. 101 ; Disc, p. 106. 

Clinic. 

1904. Pyrometer Furnace. D31, p. 27. 
Prickett, R. M. 

Administration. 

1894. Local Com. 
Prichett, H. M., 1890. 
Prietnian, Wm. H., 1883. 
Prideout, O. C, 1906. 
Primrose, F., 1892. 

Administration. 

1894. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1896. Local Com. 
Printz, M. M., 1905. 
Prinat, Herman, 1904, Corres. Member. 

Discussions. 

1904. D223, p. 96, 99. 

1905. D76, p. 100. 
Pritchett, G. C, 1910. 
Pritchett, R. A., 1901. 

Paper. 

1904. The Bandless Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 161, 5 Illus. ; Disc, p. 165. 

Discussions. 

1906. Our Younger Patients. D602, p. 62. 

Clinic. 

1905. An Improved Method of Adapting Porcelain Crowns Without a Band. 

D331, p. 220. 
Pritchett, T. W., 1877. 
1913. Obituary, p. 303. 

Administration. 

Treasurer. 

Treasurer. 

Treasurer. 

President. 

Board of Examiners. 

Clinic Com. 

Executive Council. 

Com. on Necrology. 

Papers. 

A Case in Practice, Irregularities. D4, p. 130. 

Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 141 ; Disc, p. 145. 

President's Address. D04, p. 53. 

Amalgam Fillings. D222, p. 77 ; Disc, p. 82. 

To What Extent Is the Washing of Amalgam Masses An Important 

Feature in the Production of a Good Filling? D222, p. 96. 
Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 201. 
The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. D32, p. 210 ; 

Disc, p. 230. 

Discussions. 

D3, p. 49. 

D4, p. 38. 

D21, p. 57; D22, p. 117. 

D64, p. 69; D2, p. 168. 

D89, p. 38. 

617.21, p. 71. 

D06, p. 66; D22a, p. 84. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



1887. 


1888. 


1889. 


1890. 


1895. 


1897. 


1900. 


1909. 


1885. 


1889. 


1890. 


1894. 


1896. 


1897. 


1911. 


1885. 


1887. 


1891. 


1893. 


1895. 


1896. 


1897. 



231 



Pritchett, T. W. — Continued. 
1898 



ft. »» • V^UIILIUUCU. 

D04, p. 24; D222, p. 31, 40. 

1900. D3, p. 107, 108. 

1901. D3a, p. 36; D32, p. 61. 

1902. D22b, D221, p. 120. 

1903. D32a, p. 59. 



1904. D06, p. 59. 

1906. 615.781, p. 108; D82, p. 136. 

1907. D22c, p. 19S. 

1908. D09, p. 62; D06, p. 91; D3, Dla, p. 246. 

1909. D32, p. 129; D2, p. 228. 

1910. D601, p. 170. 

1911. D04, p. 84, 85. 



Clinic. 

1892. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 148. 

1895. Cavity Preparation. D22a, p. 183. 

1903. The Practical Value of Bonwill's Method of Occlusion of Artificial 

Dentures. D3a, p. 12, Supplement. 

1906. Oxvphosphate Cement. D22c, p. 282. 

1907. Using of Cement in Starting Gold Foil Fillings. D22c, p. 230. 
Probnsco, E. B., 1911. 

Prothero, J. H., 1896. 

Administration. 

1899. Local Com. 

1904. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1905. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

Papers. 

1903. Expansion of Plaster of Paris and Tts Bearings on the Use of this 

Material for Impressions and Models. D32a, p. 55 ; Disc, p. 58. 

1904. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 22. 

1905. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 36. Com- 

pressibility of Plaster of Paris. D32a, p. 170; Disc, p. 173. 

1908. Some Phases of Prosthetic Procedure. D3, p. 95, 33 Illus. ; Disc, 

p. 112. 

1911. The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. D32, p. 220; 

Disc, p. 230. 

Discussions. 

1901. D3a, p. 33. 
1905. D332, p. 211. 

Clinics. 

1896. Preparation and Filling of a Proximal Incisor Step Cavity. D221, 

p. 124. 
1901. Arrangement and Conclusion of Teeth. D3a, p. 139. 

1903. Plaster of Paris Tests D32a, p. 3, Supplement. 

1904. Expansion of Investments. D32, p. 29. 

1905. Phvsical Properties of Plaster. D32a, p. 229. 
1908. Occlusion of Artificial Teeth. D3a, p. 263. 

1912. Anatomical Occlusion. D3a, p. 293. 
Pruner, W. E., 1910. 

Pruyn, C. P. — Continued. 

Administration. 

1884. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1888. Clinic Com. 

1891. Executive Council. 

1899. President. 

1903. Clinic Com. 

1905. Treasurer. 

1906. Treasurer. 

1907. Treasurer. 

1908. Treasurer. 

1909. Treasurer. 

1910. Treasurer. 

1911. Treasurer. 

1913. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 

Papers. 

1891. What Shall Be Done with the Condemned Pulp? L24, p. 79 ; Disc, 

p. 85. 
1898. Amalgam. D222, p. 29 ; Disc, p. 31. 
1S99. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 13. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



232 

Pruyn, C. P., 1876. 

1901. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 142. 

1902. Prosthetic Dentistry — Incidents of Office Practice. D3, p. 177; Disc, 

p. 178. 

1903. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 1, Supplement. 

nn5S. A Plea for the More Conservative Use of Anesthetics, Narcotics. Sed- 
atives in Dental Practice. 615.781, p. 89; Disc, p. 94. 
190S. Amalgam. D22, p. 13S ; Disc, p. 160. 



Discussions. 



1888 
1890 
1896 



D2, p. 137, 144. 

D07, p. 96; D2, p. 142; D2, p. 156. 

D07, p. 49; D78, p. 82 

CI K T7Q r> 1 79 




120; D2, p. 176. 



1898. 615.778, p. 172. 

1900. D64, p. 56; D3, p. 107; D713, p. 118. 

1901. ™° - 1AO 
1902. 
1903. 
1905. 
1907. 
1909. 
1910. 

1888. Use of Cocaine. 615.7816, p. 131, 132. 

1897. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 204. 

1898. Rubber Dam. D21b, p. 186. 

1900. Two Large Amalgam Fillings. D222, p. 174. 

1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 140. 

1902. Removal of Pulp bv Pressure Anesthesia. D242, p. 164. 
1905. Root Filling. D243, p. 229. 

1907. Study of Amalgam. D222, p. 230. 
Pruyn, Walter N., 1912. 
Pnckett, Harry C, 1905. 
Puffer, Geo. R., 1907. 
Pullen, L,. G„ 1905. 
Pumpelly, B. I., 1909. 
Pureell, W. M., 1902, 1905. 
Purdy, A. G., 1905. 
Puterbaugh, P. G., 1911. 
Pye, A. C 1912. 
Pyper, P. A., 1898. 

Administration. 

1911. Board of Censors. 

Papers. 

1912. Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 110; Disc, p. 120. 

Discussions. 

1909. D32, p. 127. 

1913. D3, p. 217. 

Clinics. 

1900. Contour Filling, Platinum and Gold. D221, p. 170. 

1903. Gold Filling. D221, p. 12. 
1905. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 225. 

1912. Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 300. 

Quick, A. F„ 1908. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



233 

Kaedel, E. H., 1907. 
Raflety, O. J., 1904. 
Rafferty, G. A., 1905. 
Rainey, A. H., 1905. 

1910. Obituary, p. 50. 
Raleigh, Robert E„ 1906. 
Rand, E. G., 1905. 
Randall, Frederick, 1905. 
Rankine, C. M., 1905. 

Ha seh. C. A., 1908. 

nnihl.un. R. S., 1872, Honorary Member. 

Rawlins, L,. A., 1909. 

Hayburn, J. R., 1896. 

Administration. 

1897. Librarian. 

1902. Executive Council. 

Clinic. 

1900. Gold Filling. D221, p. 171. 
Rea, Owen L., 1906. 

Rea, V. H., 1905, 1909. 
Read, C. E., 1912. 
Read, J. I).. 1905. 
Read, M. O., 1902. 
Read, Olive M., 1907. 
Reader, J .C, 1905^ 

Clinic. 

1906. Astral Cement. D223, p. 282. 
Reagin, T. B., 1909. 
Ream, F. K„ 1906. 

Clinics. 

1906. Use of Dental Engine in Removal of Impacted Lower Third 
Molars. D74, p. 287. 

1909. Dental Radiograph. D4a, p. 287. 

1911. Extraction of Teeth. D72, p. 297. 
Reber, A, S., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1865. Com. on By-Laws. 

Discussion. 

1867. D65, p. 29. 
Reber, W. F., 1905. 
Reece, J. S., 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Com. on Publication. 

Discussion. 

1910. D072, p. 210. 

Clinic. 
1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 
Reed, Forrest D., 1905. 
Reed, Frank, 1905. 
Reed, J. J., 1896. 

Administration. 

1901. Local Com. 

Paper. 

1901. Cement Anchorage for Fillings. D22c, p. 51; Disc, p. 55. 

Discussion. 

1901. 612.31, p. 82. 

Clinics. 

1890. Exhibition of a Gasoline Blow Pipe. D31, p. 165. 

1902. Cement Anchorage for Gold Filling. D28c, p. 163. 
Reed, L. A., 1899. 

Reed, Thos. W. 

1897. Obituary, p. 274. 
Reed, W. H., 1905. 
Reese, C. N., 1898. 
Reese, George \V., 1906. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



234 
Reeves, W. T„ 1899, 1905. 
Discussions. 

1903. D232, p. 82, 86. 

1907. D231, D221, p. 92. 

1908 D 22, p. 174, 175; D223, D224, p. 174, 175; D222, p. 174, 175; D221, p. 

174, 175; D232, p. 174, 175. 
1910. D231, p. 221. 

Clinics. 

1895. Exhibition With Models of Porcelain Inlay Work. D232, p. 186. 

1901. Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 136. 

1902. Porcelain Inlays, D232, p. 163 

1903. Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 2. Sup. 1903. 
Rehnstrom, J. E., 1905. 

Reiber, F. J., 1906. 
Reid, J. D., 1898. 

Discussion. 

1913. D89, p. 152. 
Reid, James G., 1882. 

Administration. 

1885. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1890. Clinic Com. 

1897. Executive Com. 

1901. President. 

1902. Executive Council. 
1905. Com. on Publication. 
1909. Executive Council. 

Papers. 

1886. Oral Chemistry. D61, p. 139; Disc, p. 143. 

1890. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 160; Disc, p. 166. 
1901. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 15. 



Discussions. 

1882. D22, p. 85; D2, p. 85. 

1883. D. 2. n. 98. 



1883. D. 2, p. 9„. 
1885. D2, p. 106. 

1887. D3, p. 42; 615.5, p. 81, 82; D602, p. 140, 141, 142 

1888. D2, p. 136- 
1889 
1891 
1S92 
1895 
1896 
1897 



JJZ, p. 13b. 
615.775, p. 120, 124. 
D24, p. 85; D22a, p. 110, 111. 
D21a, p. 106; D21, p. 138. 
D243, p. 53; D073, p. 175; D2, p. 187. 
D04, p. 22; D331, p. 35. 

D04, p. 27; D64, p. 44, 45; D06, p. 66, 69; D22a, p. 90; D24, D142, p. 
105; D4, p. 186; 615.84, p. 212. 

1898. D04, p. 22, 23; D222, p. 54; D24, D142, p. 63. 

1899. D073, p. 94, 95. 

1900. D2, p. 26, 28. 35. 

1902. D04, p. 12; D22a, p. 114; D3, p. 180. 

1903. D232, p. 83. 

1904. D04, p. 19; D231, p. 79. 



1905. D04, p. 27. 

1906. D82, p. 151; D232, p. 167, 169 

1907. D04, p. 22. 
1908. 



D04, p. 22. 

D04, p. 17; D06, p. 88, 88; D22, p. 169; D223, D224, p. 169; D222, 

p. 169; D221, p. 169; D232, p. 169. 

D04, p. 28. 



1910. D04, p. 28. 

1912. D222, p. 252 

1913. D231, p. 98 



Clinics. 

1888. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 132. 

1908. Models for Inlay Work. D331, p. 271. 
Reid, J. H., 1897. 
Reid, Thomas, 1905. 
Reinders, F. \V., 1906. 
Reischauer, E. F., 1910. 
Reh, Geo. J., 1905. 
Renfrow, B. L,., 1906, 1910, 1912. 
Rennie, A. L,., 1912. 
Reynolds, F. E., 1905. 
Rice, Frederick F., 1906. 
Rice, H. C, 1909. 
Rice, J. O., 1908. 
Rice, L. B., 1905. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



235 

Rice, S. T., 1894. 
Rich, Albert, 1911. 
Rich, H. W., 1900, 1905. 
Richards, Frank, 1905. 
Richards, F. A., 1905. 
Richards, M. T., 1909, 1912. 
Richards, W. P., 1871, 1886. 

Administration. 

1880. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1888. Clinic Com. 

Papers. 

1875. Treatment of the Mouth Preparatory to Filling-. D22, p. 84. 

1881. Dental Hvgiene. D5, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. 
1888. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 131. 

Discussions. 

1871. D3, p. 71. 
1875. D22, p. 40. 
1879. D07, p. 87. 
1881. 612.31, p. 168. 
1888. D2, p. 136. 

Clinic. 

1887. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 113. 
Richardson, A., 1905. 
Richardson, A. A., 1910. 
Richardson, F. M., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1905. Extractions With Nitrous Oxide Gas Anesthesia. 615.781, p. 224. 
Richardson, G. R., 1905. 

Richardson, R. C, 1905. 
Richardson, Ulysses M., 1906. 
Richey, W. S., 1870. 

Discussions. 

1871. D8, p. 88. 
1873. D24, p. 72. 

Rideout, J. L,., 1903. 

Administration. 

1907. Board of Censors. 
1909. Local Com. 

Kitiii*. R. M., 1905. 

Riley, D. H„ 1906. 

Riley, H. T., 1906. 

Rimmerman, V. H., 1904. 

Rink, H. T., 1909. 

Rink, L. C, 1905. 

Rising, C. R., 1865, Charter Member, 1872. 

Administration. 

1866. Executive Com. 

Discussion. 

1872. D3, p. 30, 32. 
Risinger, H. R., 1905. 
Ritchey, Jesse M. 

Discussion. 

1890. D602, p. 123. 
Ritchie, S. W., 1907. 
Rittenhouse, F. M., 1905. 
Ritter, J. W., 1904. 

Administration. 

1906. Com. on Legislation. 

1908. Com. on Legislation. 



1906. 



Paper. 

Somnofrome; Its Use and a Few Personal Experiences With It. 
615.7815, p. 200; Disc, p. 207. 



Discussions. 

1907. D72, p. 222. 

1908. D06, p. 74, 78. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



236 

Rivers, C. W., 1S6S. 

Administration. 

1869. Executive Com. 

Discussions. 

1868. D243. p. 37. 

1S69. D61, Mo. D. Jnl.. Vol. 1, p. 279: D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 306, 
307; D65, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329: 615.781, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 
1, p. 344. 
Rivers, G. W., 1S74, Honorary Member 
Roach, F. E., 1899. 

Administration. 

1909. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1910. Executive Council. 
Roach, F. E. 

Paper. 

1909.. A Simple Method of Changing the Colors and Modifying the Shades 
of Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 115; Disc, p. 120. 

Discussion. 

1904. D331, p. 167. 

1906. D232, p. 172, 174. 

1907. D231, D221, p. 94. 
1909. D24, p. 100. 

Clinics. 

1900. Removable Facing of His Own Design. D33, p. 170. 

1901. Practical Application of the Fellowship Replaceable Facing. D33, 

p. 135. 

1905. A New Fusible Cement. D232, p. 219. 

1906. Mouldable Porcelain. D232, p. 280. 

1907. Pontoon Bridgework. D332, p. 236. 

1908. Cast Base Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 270. 
Robhius, E. M., 1882. 

Administration. 

1S87. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
IS 91. flora, on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
1893. Executive Council. 
1899. Board of Examiners. 

1911. Board of Censors. 

Discussions. 

1883. D4, p. 132. 

1905. D06, p. 113. 

1908. D06, p. 88, 89. 

1911. D04, D8, p. SG; D32, p. 237, 239. 

Clinics. 

1893. Aluminum Foil Filling. D22, p. 165. 

1896. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 124 ; Disc, p. 129. 

1906. Combination of Gold and Tin Foils. D22c, p. 285. 
Robbins, Joseph, M. D. 

Paper. 

1SS9. The Relation of Practitioners of Medicine to Practitioners of Dentistry. 
Toast. D07, p. 160. 
Robbins, W. C, 1905. 
Robbins, W. S., 1909. 
Roberts, B. J., 1906. 
Roberts, J. S., 1905. 
Roberts, Norman J., 1886. 

Paper. 

1SS7. Regulating Appliances. D4, p. 29, 3 Illus. ; Disc, p. 34. 
Roberts, Ruius J., 1907. 
Robeson, Mary G., 1905, 1912. 
Robertson, D. P., 1905. 
Robinson, C. R., 1906. 
Robinson, Earl C, 1906. 
Robinson, E. G., 1892. 
Robinson, Frank H., 1906. 
Roeke, Alfred E., 1906. 
Rodenhauser, H. C, 1903, 1905. 
Rodosy, A., 1908. 
Roe, Frank C, 1906. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



237 

Roe, P. A. 

Clinic. 

1899. Gold Crown. D331, p. 106. 
Roe, Frank E., 1911. 

Rogers, A. W., 18S9, 1S99. 
Rogers, Diago, 1913. 
Rogers, Rev. Euclid B. 

Paper. 

1900. Address of Welcome. D04. p. 179. 
Rogers, R„ 1901, 1905. 

Rohland, C. B., 1S74. 

1911. Obituary. Portrait. P. 331. 

Administration. 

1SS6. Treasurer. 

1857. Vice-President. 

1858. President. 

1894. Board of Censors. 

1895. Board of Examiners. 
1S97. Board of Examiners. 

1901. Executive Council. 

1905. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Com. on Necrology. 

1906. Com. on Necrology. Com. on Legislation. 

1908. Com. on Necrology. 

Papers. 

1877. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 31 ; Disc, p. 38. 

1S83. Office Hygiene. G13 p. 41 ; Disc, p. 5fi. 

18SS. President's Address. D04, p. -47. 

1S93. Conservatism in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 72 ; Disc, p. 7S 

1895. A Simple Method of Keeping Daily Records. DS9, p. 31; 2 Illus. ; 

Disc, p. 38. 
1905. A Few Observations on Oral Prophylaxis. D25, p. 41 ; Disc, p. 56. 
190S. The Cements and Gutta-Percha as Pilling Materials. D223, D224, 

p. 132 ; Disc, p. 1C0. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 249. 

1909. A Sermon on the Lack of Ambition Along Intellectual Li-ies in the 
Profession. D07, d. 70 ; Disc, d. 79. 

1911. A Few Random Thoughts. D8, D04, p. 70; Disc, p. SO. 



Discussions. 

1877. D22, p. 52. 

1885. 612. S, p. 63 : D24. p. 

1886. 615.778, p. 81. 
1888. D073, p. 69. 
1890. D602, p. 123. 





, D64, p. 131, 132. 

1897. D04, p. 24; D22a, p. 79, 83, 84; D09, p. 275. 

1898. D33, D232, p. 139. 
1900. D04, p. 14; D64, p. 45; D3, p. 111. 

1902. D61a, p. 127; D232, p. 182. 

1903. D04, p. 18. 

5; D89, p. 186. 

22; D09, p. 76; D232, p. 249, 25' 

i • nno r> OQQ 

32, p. 169. 
14 ; D232, p. 203, 208 ; 1)232, p. 2f ~ 

Clinic. 

1903. The Advantages of Vulcanite Gutta-Percha as a Base Plate Upon 
Which the Wax Articulation Is Taken in th« Making of Rubber 
Dentures. D321, d. 11. Supplement. 

Roll weil. I cr. H. H., 1905. 

Rood, A. B., 1909. 

Rood, Hon. E. H. 

Paper. 

1S80. Address of Welcome. D04. p. 5. 
Root, M. A., 1905. 
Rork, C. L,., 1905. 
Rose, F. M., 1913. 
Rose, W. E., 1906. 

1909. Obituary. P. 63. 
Roslyn, J. P., 1910. 
Ross, A. T., 1909. 

For index and key to classification nam hers, see pink appendix. 



238 

Ross, B. C, 1908. 
Ross, D. W., 1909, 1912. 
Ross, F. R. 1891. 
Ross, F. R. 

' Clinic. 

1893. Removal of Pulp. D242. p. 165. 
Ross, J. Harry, 1905, 1910. 
Rossman, Ceylon, 1906. 
Roth, W. A., 1907. 
Rowdybush, R. F., 1909. 

Clinic. 

1910. Steele Removable Facing. D332, p. 266. 
Rone, Chas. E., 1910. 
Rowland. 

Discussion. 

1888. D24, p. 176, 177. 
Rownsvilld, C. F., 1905. 
Royce, E. A., 1886. 

Administration. 

1893. Clinic Com. 

1894. Clinic Com. 

1903. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Paper. 

1893. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 165. 

Discussions. 

1893. D221, p. 178. 
Clinics. 

1909. D32, p. 120. 

1889. Gold Filling. D221, p. 144. 
1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 122. 
1901. Tooth Shades. D32, p. 137. 

Ruckenbrod, W. G., 1907. 
Ruddick, \V. B., 1910. 
Rue, A. W., 1897, 1905. 
Ruff, G. O., 1910. 
Kunyan, R. S., 1907. 
Russell, Frank L,., 1907. 
Russell, G. W., 1908. 
Russell, W. R., 1905. 
Ryan, F. J., 1905. 

Discussions. 

1910. D072, p. 211. 
1912. D222, p. 247. 

Clinic. 

1912. Amalgam Pitfalls. D222, p. 303. 
Ryan, W. V., 1908. 
Rybstat, W. L,., 1906, 1909. 

1912. Obituary. P. 331. 
Ryder, F. J., 1909. 
Ryder, J. F., 1905. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



239 

Sackett, H. R., 1899. 
Safford, Narg. L.., 1905. 
St. John, I. C. 

Clinic. 

1899. Gold Filling. D221. p. 119. 
Sale, Frank O., 1903. 

Clinic. 

1910. Instantaneous Investment for the Tacking of Backings and Posts to 
Facings. D33, p. 267. 
Salomon, Godfrey S., 1885. 

Discussions. 

1885. D3, p. 49. 

1886. D243, A22a, p. 109. 
Salter, Geo. B., 1866, 1871. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 297. 
Sanborn. 

Discussions. 

1873. D17, p. 87 ; D61, p. 113. 
Sandberg, F. E., 1909. 
Sandblom, John \.. 1905. 
Sargent, A. I., 1905. 
Sauer, Raymond J., 1907. 
Sauer, R. J., 1908. 
Saucerman, J. M., 1901, 1905. 
Saville, Gup P., 1903. 
Saville, J. P., 1905. 
Sawtill, F. H., 1883. 
Sawyer, C. B., 1887. 

Administration. 

1891. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1901. Executive Council. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1903. Board of Examiners. 

1906. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Clinics. 

1897. Filling with Dr. G. V. Black's Modified Alloy. D222, p. 205. 

1898. Gold Crown. D331, p. 190. 

1902. Gold Filling in Labio-Cervical Cavity, Using Clamp of Own Design. 

D221, p. 164. 

1904. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 31. 

1907. Spence Metal. D322, p. 230. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. 

1913. Supernumerary in Upper Incisor. D13, p. 264. 
Sawyer, C. K., 1868. 
Sawyer, Charles K. 

1894. Obituary, p. 207. 
Scanland, R. M., 1905. 
Schadle, A. C, 1871. 
Schaefer, A. F., 1912. 
Schaeffer, J. E., 1912. 
Schaeper, J. E., 1909. 

Clinic. 

1909. Anatomical Arrangement of Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 235. 
Schaer, Charles, 1910. 
Schermerhorn, W. W., 1898. 
Schlegel, H., 1913. 
Schloesser, C. D., 1912. 
Schmeckebier, W. F., 1909. 
Schmitz, BE. L., 1907. 
Schmuck, E. A., 1909. 

Clinic. 

1912. Prophylaxis as a Necessary Factor in General Practice. D25, p. 290. 
Paper. 
Schneider, A. E., 1905. 
Discussions. 

1909. D232, p. 207. 
Clinic. 

1909. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 232. 

1911. Jacket Crowns. D331, p. 305. 

1912. The Only Two Prophylactic Crowns in Dentistry Today. D331, p. 294. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



240 

Schnell, T. W., 1912. 
Sehoch, A. C, 1902. 
Schoen, John, 1905. 
Schoenbrod, M. S., 1909. 
Schoiield, H. S., 1905. 
Schoonmaker, J. €., 1906. 
Schoondermark, S., 1905. 
Schrock, Berton, 1901. 
S«>h ii«' rni 11 it, C. S., 1905. 
Schuhmann, H. H„ 1S92. 1905. 

Paper. 

1896. Earlv Diagnosis, and in Brief, the Treatment of Tumors of the Jaw. 
D7S, p. 72 ; Disc, p. 82. 

Discussion. 

1895. D243, p. 58. 
Schultz, Louis, 1906. 
Schuyler, Colfax, 1905. 
Schwartz, E. H., 1905. 
Schwartz, G. \V„ 1898. 

Discussions. 

189S. D232, D33, p. 140. 

Clinic. 

1898. Porcelain Crown, D331, p. 186. 

1903. Davis Banded Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 5, Supplement. 

1904. Teeth Separation. D22, p. 27. 

1905. Removable Bridge. D332, p. 226. 

1911. Attachments for Removable Dentures. D32, p. 305. 

1912. Bicuspid Jacket Crown, Porcelain or Platinum Jacket. D331, p. 290. 
Schwartz, J. G., 1905. 

Schwartz, G. C, 1908. 
Sch wi ml, J. A., 1905. 
Schwind, J. A., 1912 
Schwind, W. E., 1905. 
Schofield, H. S., 1872. 
Scott, B. P., 1905. 

1910. Obituary, p. 51. 
Scott, D. P., 1905. 
Scott, James, 1909. 
Scott, J. T., 1903. 
Seal, H. B., 1911. 
Search, J. T., 1902. 
Searl, C. L., 1907. 
Searles, Chas. S., 1904. 
Sears, H. E., 1909. 
Seawriffht, E. W., 1912. 
Sedwick, H. L,., 1909. 
Seeglitz, O. E., 1905. 
Seeley, Boy M., City Attornev. 

1906. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 9. 
Seifert, O. H., 1905, 190S. 

Selby, T. J„ 1910. 

Sellery, Ira Benson, 1905. 

Discussion. 

1905. D32a, p. 174. 
Senesac, J. B., 1909, 1912. 
SemielV. A. C, 1906. 
Severns, E. C„ 1905. 
Shade, W. P., 1912. 
Slim! tile. C. D., 1910. 
Shafer, Charles, 1905. 
S hater. C. H., 1888. 
Shaffer, L,. H„ 1913. 
Shaffer, W. H., 1907. 
shallenheriier, W. C, 1909. 
Shannon, P. H., 1909, 1909. 
Shannon, B. B.. 1905. 
Shannon, T. A., 1905. 
Shapinsky, J. T„ 1909. 
Sharnsan, P. J., 1906. 
Sharp, B. B., 1905. 
Sharp, J. W., 1905. 
Sharp, Boyal, W., 1903. 
Sharp, B. W., 1905. 

Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



241 

Sharp, S. J., 1905, 1909. 
Sharpe, Willnrd, P., 1905. 
Shattuck. 

1S73. D24, p. 73. 
Shaw, Clifford W., 1911. 
Shaw, W. 31., 1905. 

Administration. 

190S. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 
1909. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 

Clinic. 

1912. Helpful Hints on. Porcelain Davis Crown. D331, p. 306. 
Shay, Amanda, 1912. 
Shay, Wm. 31., 1906. 
Shedd, John YV., 1905. 
Shedd, J. W., 1897. 

Clinic. 

1S99. Gold Filling. D221, p. 107. 
Sheeby, Wm. J., 1906. 
Sheeran, 3i. J., 1909. 
Sheet?., N., 1875. 
Sheets, R. 31., 1912. 
Shelp, H. \V., 1905. 
Shephard, A. J., 1910. 
Sheppard, I. N., 1905. 
Sherard, B. H., 1912. 
Sherer, YV. H., 1909. 
Sherman, L. A., 1905. 
Sherman, O. 31., 1909. 
Sherril, C. L.., 1908. 
Sherwood, C. H., 1905. 
Sherwood, 31. \V., 1865, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

. 1866. Program. Com. 
1867. Treasurer. 

Discussion. 

1S66. D602, p. 6. 7; D61a, p. 7, 8 ; D221. p. S; D24, p. 10; D3, p. 10V 2 - 
D61. d. 12 : D602. d. 14 ; D24. p. IS. 

1S72. D3, p. 2S; D8, p. 42; D2, p. 60; D07, p. 72: DS, p. 90; DS. p. 93. 
Shibley, Alfred H., 1S67, 1S73. 
Shryock. 

1598. President's Address, p. 23. 

Clinics. 

1S94. Exhibition of Gold Crowns. D331, p. 156. 

1599. Removable Facing for Crown and Bridge Work and Applying the 

Countersunk Nut in Orthodontia. D33, p. 105. 
1901. Seamless Gold Crown. D331, p. 13S. 
S luil or. I, T. E., 1910. 
Shurtz, W. A., 1906. 
Shurtz, VV. A., 1909. 
Shnttleworth, Thos., 190S. 
Sill, E. J., 1909. 

Discussion. 

1891. D24, p. 95. 
Silliman, H. II.. 1890. 

1893. Obituary, p. 229. 

Clinic. 

1891. Specimens Showing the Calcification of Teeth at Birth. D14, p. ISO. 
Silvas, Chas. L., 1905. 
siK.-riiiin, <;. P., 1907. 
Silvers, Harry T., 1905. 
Simmons, E. L., 1909. 
Simmons, H. 1... 1905. 
Simmons, W. H., 1899. 
Sims, S. C, 1905. 

Administration. 

190S. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 
1910. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 

Discussion. 

1912. D07, p. 198. 
Clinic. 

1909. Method of Making a Cast Gold Crown._ D331, p. 240. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



242 

Sims, Stella, 1905. 
Simpkins, A. B., 1909. 
Simpkins, A. B., 1912. 
Simpson, P. H., 1908. 
Sitherwood, G. D., 1880. 

Administration. 

1882. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1887. Board of Examiners. 

1903. Local Com. 

1905. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 

1906. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 

1907. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 
1909. Com. on Necrology. 

Papers. 



1894. Swaged Aluminum Plates. D322, p. 61 ; 6 Illus. ; Disc, p. 73. 
1901. Microbiology and Office Clinic. D6a, p. 84 ; Disc, p. 90. 

Discussions. 

1880. D24, D65, p. 51. 

1881. D5, p. 59, 66. 

1882. D3, p. 51, 53; D64, p. Ill; D07, p. 133; D65, p. 181; D641, p. 38. 

1883. D61, p. 65, 66; 615.7815, p. 69; D2, p. 98. 

1884. D24, p. 45. 

1885. D3, p. 50; D2, p. 106. 

1886. D22a, D243, p. 107, 118; D06, p. 135. 

1887. D4, p. 42; D24, p. 65, 69; 615.5, p. 78; D2, p. 119. 

1888. D073, p. 73.; D2, p. 138, 146, 150; D24, p. 175. 

1889. D22, p. 110; 615.775, p. 122. 

1890. D07, p. S8 ; D602, p. 125; D2, p. 143; D2, p. 166. 

1891. D22a, p. 113; D2, p. 183. 

1892. D2, p. 26 ; T>22, p. 51 ; D22, p. 65 ; D21, p. 137, 143, 144. 

1893. D243, p. 55 ; D64, p. 68 ; 615.7812 ; D21, p. 95, 105. 

1894. D222, p. 103; D4, p. 122; D2, p. 137. 

1895. D243, p. 48, 58; D222, p. 80; D8, p. 105; D81, p. 151. 
1S96. D04, p. 24; D331, p. 33, 35; D22c, p. 130; D64, p. 133, 134. 

1897. D24, D142, p. 115 ; D2, p. 164, 165 ; D4, p. 1S4, 186. 

1898. . D04, p. 22. 
1899 D073 D 97 

1900! D2, p. 29, 34; D64, p. 52; D2, p. 84; D2, p. 90; D3, p. 108. 

1901. D04, p. 17; D21, p. 132. 

1902. D06, p. 34; D8, p. 47; D07, p. 88; D2, p. 175; D3, p. 179, 180. 

1904. D04, p. 20; D31, D232, p. Ill; D221, p. 153. 

1905. D223, p. 154 ; D89, p. 190. 

1906. 615.7815, p. 210, 211. 

1907. D09, D06, p. 210. 

1908. D06, p. 78. 

1909. D073, p. 40; D32, p. 128. 

1910. D223. P. 66; D601. p. 168. 

1911. D04, DS, p. 85; D4, p. 143. 

1912. D072, p. 80, 81; D33, p. 129; D8, p. 148; D07, p. 203. 

1913. D231, p. 101; DS9, p. 162; D611, p. 246. 

Clinics. 

1883. Treatment of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 152. 

1898. Orthodontia. D4, p. 190. 

1899. Bridge Work. D332, p. 117. 

1902. Treating and Wiring Loose Teeth. D64, p. 168. 

1904. Regulating Bands. D4, p. 32. 

1906. A Permanent Mechanical Fixture for Holding Loose Teeth. D64, 
p. 285. 

1910. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 266. 

1911. Gold Filling. D221, p. 287. 

1912. Making Amalgam Dies, Reproducing Cavity for Gold or Porcelain 

Inlays. D23, p. 296. 
Skalstad, Carl A., 1904. 
Skidmore, L.. W., 1891. 

1906. Obituary, p. 353. Portrait, p. 355. 

Administration. 

1897. Executive Council. 

1905. Local Com. 

1906. Vice-President. 

Papers. 

1897. Anchoring Large Contour Fillings in Incisors. D221, p. 134 ; 6 Illus. ; 

Disc, p. 137. 
1899. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 104. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 






243 
Skidmore, Ii. W. — Continued. 
Discussion. 

1894. D222, p. 96 ; D04, p. 25. 

Clinics. 

1895. Gold and Tin Filling. D22c, p. 184. 

1898. Natural Teeth as Guide in Setting Up Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 189. 

Clinics. 
Skidmore, W. G., 1901, Corresponding Member. 
Paper. 

1904. Letter from W. G. Skidmore. 
Skinner, E. P., 1905. 
Skinner, P. H., 1901. 

1901. D22, p. 102. 

1902. D22a, p. 114; D2, p. 175. 

1903. D602, p. 69; 615.7815, p. 75; D232, p. 86. 
1909. D232, p. 207. 

Clinics. 

1902. The Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Nitrous Oxid with 

Hurd's Inhaler. 615.7811, D221, p. 168. 

1903. Nitrous Oxide Gas. 615.7811, p. 12, Supplement. 

1904. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 27. 

1907. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 236. 

1909. Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. D64, p. 238. 
SIn.U-. S. M., 1866. 

Discussion. 

1866. Treatment of Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 13. 
Slagle, C. E., 1905. 
Slonaker, J. W., 1899. 

1905. Obituary, p. 281. 

Clinic. 

1901. Nitrous Oxid Gas. 615.7811, p. 139. 
Sluss, P. L,., 1910. 
Sluss, F. L,., 1912 
Slyfield, G. H., 1887. 

Clinic. 

1891. Gold Filling. D221, p. 179. 
Smalley, D. A.. 1910. 
Sniedberg, E. <>.. 1905. 
Smith, A. C, 1901. 
Smith, A. C, 1905. 
Smith, A. G., 1896, 1905. 

Administration. 

1897. Local Com. 

1911. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

Papers. 

1S97. How Shall We Best Insert a Gold Filling. D221, p. 121 ; 9 Illus. 

1911. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 43. 
1897. D04, p. 19 ; D4, p. 185. 

1908. D231, p. 161 ; D232, p. 161 ; D221, p. 161 ; D222, p.' 161 ; D222, p. 161. 

1910. D223, p. 65. 

1911. D04, p. 32. 

1912. D07, p. 195. 

Clinics. 

1896. Replacing a Missing Second Bicuspid. D332, p. 125; Disc, p. 134. 
1908. Casting Gold Cope for Detached Post Crowns. D331, p. 263. 

Smith, A. H., 1905. 
Smith, A. P., 1905. 
Smith, B. A., 1908. 
Smith, B. ML, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1906. A System of Bridge Work That Has Never Been Patented. D332, 

p. 290. 
1908. Method of Replacing Bicuspid with a Bridge Without Devitalizing or 
Using an Inlay in the Cuspids. D332, p. 267. 

1912. Casting Copper and Tin for Large Restoration Instead of Amalgam. 

D23, p. 296. 
Smith, C. C, 1872. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



244 



Smith, C. C, 1905. 
Smith, C. E., 1905. 

Discussions. 

1878. D07, p. 58. 
Smith, Clias. F., 1898. 
Smith, C. G., 1905. 
Smith, C. L,., 1901, 1905. 
Smith, C. M„ 1908. 

Administration. 

1913. Local Com. 

1914. Public Service Com. 
Smith, C. S., 186S, 1887. 

Administration. 

IS 70. Publication Com. Com. on Legislation. 

1870. Secretary. 

1871. Secretary. 

1872. Secretary. 

1574. President. 

1575. Executive Com. 

1876. Executive Com. Legislative Com. 

1878. Com. on Legislation. 

Papers. 

186S. Treatment of Sixth Year Molars D61a, p. 36. 

1869. Alveolo-Dental Periostitis — Its Causes, Pathology, Diagnosis and 

Therapeutics. D65, p. 308 ; Disc, p. 319. 

1870. Arsenious Acid; When and How to I'se It. D242, p. 23; Disc, p. 35. 

1871. Alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 123. 

1873. The Elevation of the Dental Profession. D07, p. 160 ; Disc, p. 169. 

1574. President's Address. D04, p. 19. 

1575. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 19. 
1876. Cold-ground Attrition Flour. 612.3, p. 81. 

1878. Is Dentistry a Specialty of Medicine? D07, p. 88; Disc, p. 97. Cellu- 
loid. D3"25, p. 99. 

Discussions. 

186S. D243, p. 37. 

1869. D65 Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329. 

1870. D24, p. 20; D242, p. 37; D221, p. 75; DS1, p. 105. 

1871. D21b, 3S ; D3, p. 68. 

1873. Dl, p. 93, 94; D61, p. 110; D22, p. 88. 

1875. D22, p. 51 ; D07, p. 77 ; D3, p. 117. 

1876. D07, D22, p. 69. 
1890. D602, p. 123. 

Smith, D. D. 



Paper. 

1913. Oral Prophylaxis. Its Place and Its Importance in Dental Practice. 
D25, p. 165 ; Disc, p. 1S3. 
Smith, Daniel H., 1905. 
Smith, D. H., 1912. 
Smith, E. H., 1907. 
Smith, F. G., 1913. 
Smith, F. L,., 1S99. 
Smith, Geo. C, 1912. 
Smith, Geo. E., 1897. 
Smith George H., 1906. 
Smith, Gilman T„ 1865, Charter Member, 1885. 

Administration. 

1S66. Executive Com. 
1867. Secretary. 

Discussion. 

1867. 615.781, p. 25. 
1903. D34, p. 52. 

Smith, G. V., 1909. 
Smith, G. W., 1900. 
Smith, H. J., 1867, 1883. 

Administration. 

1868. Program Com. 

1869. Secretary. 
Smith, H. O., 1906. 
Smith, H. S., 1913. 

■ For index and key to classification numhers, see pink appendix. 



245 
Smith, John C. 

Clinic. 

1903. Electric Furnace and Other Dental Appliances. D31, p. 8, Sup. 
Smith, Joanna, 1S75. > 

Paper. 

1876. The Treatment of Teeth Containing Dead Pulp. D24, p. 98 ; Disc, p. 
106. 

Discussions. 

1S76. D601, p. 39; D325, p. 97; D24, p. 106. 
Smith, J. D., 1903, 1906. 
Smith, J. H. 

TS92. Obituary, p. 194. 
Smith, J. P., 1905. 

Administration. _ 

1911'. Clinic Com. 

1913. Public Service Com. 
Smith, J. Walter. 

Smith, .1. W., 1865, Charter Member. 
Smith, J. W., 1905. 1912. 
Smith. M. E„ 1905. 
Smith, M. W., 1905. 
Smith, N. J., 1905. 
Smith, Norton V., 1911. 
Smith, O. It.. 1901. 
Smith, Olin H., 1881, 1905. 
Smith, O. R., 1905. 

1912. Obituary, 332. 
Smith, Potter, 1905. 
Smith, P. L.., 1905. 
Smith, P. L.., 1909. 
Smith, P. T. 

Discussion. 

1873. D24, p. 73 ; D61, p. 116 ; D22, D07, p. 67. 
Smith, R. A., 1905. 
Smith, R. E., 1907. 
Smith, T. H., 1891. 
Smith, T. T., 1904. 
Smith, W. H., 18S5. 
Smith, W. C, 1902. 
Smith, W. C, 1905. 
Smith, YV. T., 1871. 
Smyser, J. H., 1S9S. 

Discussion. 

1899. D04, p. 15. 
Snell, Issacher, 1872. 
Snodgrass, I-;. G., 1905. 
Snow, J. M., 1905. 
Snowden, L,. R., 1902. 

Administration. 

1909. Board of Censors. 

1912. Com. on Public Press. 

1913. Com. on Public Press. 

Clinics. 

1905. Some Things to be Done with a Casting Machine. D231, p. 267. 

1912. Restoration of Dower First Molar with Amalgam. D221, p. 289. 
Snyder, C Ii. 

Administration. 

1907. Program Com. 

1910. Board of Censors. 

1913. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1913. D231, p. 94. 

Clinics. 

1906. Method of Anchoring Bridge for Restoration of Dower Incisor Dost 

Through Absorption. D332, p. 281. 
190S. Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 260. 
Snyder, Harry C, 1906. 
Snyder, S. C, 1886. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



246 

Soeder, F. A., 1911. 
Sohm, A. H., 1905. 
Soules, G. W., 1905. 
Southwell, Chas. C. 

Papers. 

1895. Compressed Air in Dentistry. D31, p. 81 ; Disc, p. 85. 

1910. The Compressed Air Test for Adaptation. Condensing Gold. The 
Powe Methods. D221, p. 248. 

Clinics. 

1910. Competitive Gold Filling Clinic in Bovine Teeth. D221, p. 261. Gold 
Filling. D221, p. 261. 
Sowle, Chas. J., 1901, 1905. 

Administration. 

1903. Executive Com. 

1908. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1902. D2, p. 174; D22b, 130; D232, p. 182; D32a, p. 59. 

Clinics. 

1902. Gold Filling, Using Matrix and Separate Rubber. D 221, p. 162. 
1905. Gold Filling. D221, p. 229. 
SpaUing, C. W. 

1896. Obituary, p. 188. 

Papers. 

Suggestions Relative to the Cause of Rapid Dental Decay. D61, p. 
155 ; Disc, p. 167. 
Inflammation. 617.22, p. 108 ; Disc, p. 115. 

Discussion. 

615.781, p. 104, 105 ; D2, p. 106, 107, 108, 109. 

D24, D65, p. 51: 615.775, p. 62; D14, D22, p. 102; 612.31, p. 110, 
112, 113. 

D5, p. 63; D222, p. 123, 124, 125, 127; D07, p. 131, 136; 612.31, p. 168, 
169. 

D24, p. 44. 

D3, p. 49, 50; 612.8, p. 61; D24, p. 74; D2, p. 107. 
Spangler, H. P., 1909. 
Spans, L,. P., 1910. 
Spears, George W., 1903, 1910. 

Speer, A. R., 1905. , 

Spera, P. S., 1912. 
Sperling, I. D., 1902, 1905. 
Sperry, J. W., 1905. 
Spires, L,. E., 1905. 
Spitz, O. I., 1905. 
Sprague, T. H., 1909. 
Springer E. S., 1911. 
Sprinkle, J. 31., 1893. 
Spurrier, Jennie, 1905. 
Spurrier, Jennie S., 1898. 
Staehle, P. J., 1905. 
Stafford, P. H„ 1896. 

Clinic. 

1898. Gutta-Percha Cusp. D33, p. 193. 
Staley, H. Reid, 1894. 

Discussion. 

1894. D322, p. 75. 

Clinic. 

1895. Cements in Retaining Gold and Amalgam Fillings. D22c, p. 186. 
Staley, H. R., 1913. 

Stander, W. A., 1913. 
Stannard, J. B., 1908. 
Stapleton, C. L,., 1903, 
Stapleton, C. L,., 1911. 
Starbuck, A. W. 

Clinics. 

J™£- Swaging Cope for Davis Crown. D331, p. 229. 

1907. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p 227 
Starks, J. W., 1873. 
Starr, S. P., 1913. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



1881. 


1885. 


1879. 


1880. 


1881. 


1884. 

1885. 



247 

Steel, E. H., 1905, 1910. 
Steele, J. A., 1905. 
Steele, Robert, 1906. 
Steele. 

Discussions. 

1893. D073, p. 160. 
Steft'ens, W. R., 1909. 
Stein, Alexander, 1906. 
Stein, Samuel, 1911. 
Steinbauer, Charles F., 1905. 
Stephens, A. G., 1905. 
Stephens, C. E., 1903. 
Stephens, Earl, 1907. 
Stephens, F. W. 

Discussion. 

1877. D2, p. 107. 
Stephens, J. M., 1905. 
Stephens, J. W., 1876, 1905. 
Stephens, W. H., 1912. 
Stephenson, W. A., 1906. 
Sterne, M. L.., 1905. 
Stevens, B. O. 

Clinic. 

1890. Root Filling. D243, p. 160. 
Stevens, B. L,., 1903. 
Stevens, B. L,., 1910. 
Stevens, E., 1870. 
Stevens, P. G., 1908. 
Stevens, R. J., 1908. 
Stevens, W. A., 1865, Charter Member, 1876. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 303. Portrait, p. 302. 

Administration. 

1890. Treasurer. 

1891. Treasurer. 

1892. Treasurer. 

1893. Treasurer. 

1894. Treasurer. 

1895. Treasurer. 

1896. Treasurer. 

Papers. 

1882. The Mechanics of Dentistry. D3, p. 41 ; Disc, p. 49. 
1896. President's Address. D4, p. 9 ; Disc, p. 14. 

Discussions. 



1876. D24, p. 107. 

1877. D2, p. 106, 107, 113. 

1878. D07, p. 60 ; D22, p. 60. 
1882. D3, p. 49, 51. 

1882. D641, p. 40. 

1883. D61, p. 66; D713, p. 12S. 
1885. D3, p. 48. 

615.778, p. 78, 82, 83. 

D22a, p. 113, 117. 

D4, p. 40 ; 615.5, p. 84 ; D78, p. 

D24, p. 169, 179; D21, p. 195. 

D06. d. 159. 



1886. UZZsl, p. 113, 117. 

18S7. D4, p. 40; 615.5, p. 84; D78, p. 107; D2, p. 117, 123, 125, 126. 

1888. D24, p. ■" 

1889. D06, p. 
1890. 
1891. 
1892. 
1893. 
1894. 
1895. 
1897. 
1898. 
1900. 
1901. 
1903. 

Clinics. 

1893. Gold Filling. D221, p. 167. 
Stevenson, G. A., 1906. 
Stevenson, Harry A., 1902. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 




248 
Stewart, E. H., 1S72. 1880. 

Discussion. 

TS77. Relative Merits of Certain Materials for Teeth. D22, p. 50. 

Clinic. 

1905 Post Inlay Attachment for Anterior Bridge. D332, p. 217. 
Stewart, F. A., 1906. 1909. 
Stewart, Frank A., 1910. 
Stewart, L,. K„ 1S97. 

Clinics. 

1X99. Gold Crowns. D331, p. 115. 

1900. Continuous Gum Case. D324, p. 171. 

1901 Long Bites in Continuous Gum Work. D324, p. 138. 

1908. Gold Inlay from Cement Model. D231, p. 267. 

1911. Retaining Appliance for Loose Teeth. D64, p. 295. 
Stewart, M. E„ 1910. 
Stewart, K. W., 1905. 
Stewart, Paul E„ 1909. 
Stimson, Henry S., 1907. 
Stiver, D. S.. 1905. 
Stocker, A. D„ 1908. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1912. Librarian. 
Stockton, L. L., 1907. 
Stoddert, T. E., 1906, 1909. 
Stoetzer, E„ 1909. 
Stokes, H. C„ 1905. 
Stokes, J. F„ 1905. 
Stone, A. J*., 1905. 

Stone, E. C, 1866. 

1911. Obituary, p. 330. Portrait, p. 329. 

Administration. 

1871. Librarian. • Executive Com. 

1876. Executive Com. 

1877. Vice-President. 

1879. Treasurer. 

1880. Treasurer. 

1881. Treasurer. 

1882. Treasurer. 

1883. President. 

1893. Executive Council. 

1895. Local Com. 

Paper. 

18S3. President's Address. D04, p. 28. 
Stordock, P. G., 1906. 

Clinic. 

1913. Bridge Abutment. D332, p. 259. 
Stott, H. W., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1910. Gold Inlav. D231, p. 269. 

1911. Gold Inlay, p. 287. 

1912. Some Practical Points in Casting M. O. D. Inlays, p. 231, p. 306. 
Stott, Joseph. 

Clinic. 

1893. Steel and Brass Die Plates. U322, p. 166. 
Stott, Joseph, 1909. 
Stout. R. L,., 1913. 
Stover, F. G., 1893. 
Stowell, C. F. B., 1909. 
Stowell, W. <;., 18S9. 

Discussion. 

1889. D2, p. 150. 
Strange, Algry F., 1902, 1905. 
Strange, E. B., 1906. 

Clinic. 

Cms. Demonstrated Use of Ideal Base Plate and a Correct Method of Taking 
the Bite. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



249 

Stiiruiss, S. M., 1S69. 

1SS0. Obituary, p. 17:'.. 

Administration. 

1S73. Treasurer. 
1874. Treasurer. 

1878. Vice-President. 
IS 79. President. 

1882. Executive Com. 

Paper. 

1879. President's Address. D04. p. 16. 

Discussions. 

1870. D22, p. 47; D22, p. 57; DS1. p. S9 ; D3. p. 9S. 

1871. D61. p. 30; D221a, p: 64; D3. p. 71; D65, p. 126. 

1872. D3, p. 29 ; D07, p. 71. 

1874. D07, p. 35; D22, p. 86. 

1875. D22, p. 38; D22. p. 53; D3, p. 124. 

1876. D22, p. 74; D601, p. 37. 

1877. D04, p. 27, 30; D22, p. 52; 612.31, p. 63; D2, i>. 111. 

1878. D04, p. 24 ; D07, p. 56. 

1879. D07, p. 85. 

1880. 612.8, p. 35; D24, p. 49; D65, p. 49; 615.313, p. 64; D22, p. 74. 
. 1882. D3, p. 49 ; D4, p. 16S. 

1883. 613, p. 56 ; D07, p. 95. 
1SS5. D073, p. 141. 

1S86. D04, p. 65. 

1887. D24, p. 62. 
Strauss. O. A., 1908. 
Street, C. A., 1909. 
Strong, L. W., 1905. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Publication. 
Stryeker, F., 1872. 
Stryker, F„ 1905. 
Stryker, H. M., 1901. 1906, 1912. 
Study, C. A., 1905. 

Stutenroth, C. W., 1881, 1SS4, Correspondinsr Member. 
Sudduth, Will X., 1881. 

Papers. 

1853. Dento-Embrvonal Histology. D16. p. 70; Disc, p. 77. 

1854. Dento-Embryonal Histology. D16. p. 110; 12 Illus. ; Disc, p. 127. 

Discussions. 

1S88. D24, D65, p. 45; D16. p. 77. 
Sullivan, W. X., 1910. 
Summerfield, O. E., 1905. 
Summers, C. A., 1910. 
Sundberg-, Isaac, 1909. 
Sunderland, D. I-:.. 1883. 
Sunderland, J. H., 1908. 
Sunder ma a. W. E., 1912. 
Swain, E. D., 1867. 

1904. Obituary, p. 233. Portrait, p. 236. 

Administration. 

1872. Executive Com. 

1875. Vice-President. 

1876. President. 

1877. Secretary. 

1878. Secretary. 

1880. Publication Com. 

1881. Publication Com. 

1882. Publication Com. 

Com. on Legislation. 

1883. Board of Examiners. 

Com. on Publication. 

1884. Com. on Publication. 
1886. Board of Examiners. 
1890. Board of Examiners. 
1893. Board of Examiners. 
IS 95. Board of Examiners. 

1896. Treasurer. 

Board of Examiners. 

1897. Treasurer. 

1898. Treasurer. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



250 



Swain, E. D. — Continued. 



1899. Treasurer. 

1904. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Papers. 

1868. Treatment of Sixth Year Molars. D61a, p. 36. 

1872. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 18 ; Disc, p. 27. 

1873. Pivot Teeth. D331, p. 118 ; Disc, p. 127. 

1875. How Far Are We Justified in Anticipating Proximate Decay? D22, p. 

31 ; Disc, p. 37. 

1876. President's Address. D04, p. 23. 

1877. The Tooth Pulp and Its Treatment. D24, p. 66; Disc, p. 86. 
1879. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 70 ; Disc, p. 74. 

1882. Dental Education. D07. p. 120 ; Disc, p. 128. 

1889. "Our Semi-Centennial — The N^;t Twenty-Five Years of the Illinois 

State Dental Society, The Experience of the Past a Prophecy of 

the Future. D06, p. 162. 

Discussions. 

1871. D61, p. 30; D3, p. 67, 71. 

1872. D3, p. 27, 29, 33. 
i q 7 q T~)i -Q 93 

1874.' D07, p. 34; D22, p. 48, 50; D61, p. 71. 

1875. D22, p. 48; D3, p. 117, 125. 

1876. D325, p. 96. 

1877. D3, p. 43 ; D24, p. 96. 

1C70 nf!7 t-> A.Z ■ r>9d n KA 




1886. D61, p. 148. 

1888. D2, p. 139; D3, p. 180. 

1889. D2, p. 146. 

1892. D22, p. 80; D4, p. 93; D21a, p. 112; D21, p. 139. 

1894. D222, p. 82, 83, 86, 87. 

1895. D222, p. 76. 

1896. D04, p. 26. 

Clinics. 

1888. Gold Filling. D221, p. 132. 

1890. Arrangement of Teeth of Artificial Denture. D32, p. 162. 
Swain, E. G., 1906. 

Swain, P. M., 1901. 
Swain, O. D., 1905. 
Swain, O. D., 1912. 
Swartz, F. H., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1909. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 240. 

1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 264. 
Swartz, M. W., 1892. 

Swasey, J. A., 1882. 

1897. Obituary, p. 271. 

Administration. 

1885. Com. on Dental Art and Mechanism. 
Papers. 

1885. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 143. 

1887. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 152. 

Discussions. 

1882. D65, p. 181. 

1888. D21, p. 200. 
Swatek, E. P., 1909. 
Sweeney, J. P., 1909. 
Sweetland, P. A., 1904. 
Swierczek, A., 1905. 
Swift, Ralph, 1912. 
Swinehart, P. M„ 1909. 
Switzer, A. P., 1905. 

Sylvester, A. H., 18S8, Corresponding Member. 



Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



251 

Taeker, H. R., 1912. 

Taft, D. E., 1905, 1912. 

Taft, J., 1874, Honorary Member. 

Paper. 

1S93. History of the Progress of Dentistry in the West. D09, p. 112; Disc, 
p. 119. 

Discussions. 

1S74. 612.31, p. 58. 

1881. D5, p. 61; D222, p. 125; DOT, p. 135; D24, p. 77, 78. 

1882. D07, p. 128 ; D61, p. 160, 161. 
1884. 617.22, p. 89; D07, p. 101. 

Tassart, W. H., 1880. 

Administration. 

1884. Assistant Secretary. 

1885. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

1886. Executive Com. 
1S91. Executive Council. 
1892. President. 

1906. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Papers. 

1S84. Chemistry. D3S, p. 146 ; Disc, p. 153. 
1892. President's Address. D04, p. 9 ; Disc, p. 11. 

1894. Advantages, Disadvantages and Peculiarities of Inlays. D23, p. 60 ; 

Disc, p. 78. 
1911. The Scientific Casting of Gold. D231, p. 151; Disc, p. 163. 

Discussions. 

1885. D2, p. 96, 103. 

1888. D24, p. 177; D21, p. 198, 199. 

1889. 615.775, p. 122. 

1892. D2, p. 22 ; D21, p. 145. 

1893. D33, p. 78. 

1895. D31, p. 85; D33, p. 165, 166. 

1896. D331, p. 34, 35; D21, p. 128. 

1897. D221, D22a, p. 143. 

1900. D331, p. 62. 

1903. D232, p. 80. 

1904. D232, D31, p. 112, 114. 

1905. D332, p. 205. 

1906. D232, p. 246, 24"9. 

1908. D073, p. 38; D22, p. 170; D232, p. 170; D221, p. 170; D222, p. 170; 
D224, D223, p. 170. 

Clinics. 

1891. Exhibition of Two Cases of Bridge Work. D332, p. 178, 179. Dem- 
onstration of a Method of Facing Emery Paper on Wheels and 
Files. D31, p. 180. 

1894. Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 154. 

1895. Porcelain Bridge Work and Exhibition of an Electric Furnace. D332, 

p. 185. 
1S96. An Accurate Process for Fitting Bands to Badly Decayed Roots. 
D331, p. 123. 

1897. Application of Rubber Dam. D21b, p. 202. 
1899. A Process for Drying Root Canals. D243, p. 115. 

1901. Something About Inlays. D23, p. 135. 
1904. Matrix Burnishing. D231, p. 28. 

1907. Cast Gold Inlay. D231, p. 234. 
Talbot, E. S., 1875. 

Administration. 

1882. Executive Com. 

1883. Treasurer. 

1898. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

Paper. 

1876. Dental College Education. D07, p. 83; Disc, p. 89. 
1881. The Chemistry and Physiological Action of Mercurv as Used in Amal- 
gam Fillings. D222, p. 112 ; Disc, p. 123. 

Discussions. 

1875. D3, p. 121, 125. 

1876. D07, p. 49; D325, p. 97, 98. 

1877. D3, p. 39 ; D22, p. 49 ; D24, p. 87. 

1878. D67, p. 42 ; D22, p. 66 ; D21, p. 82. 

1879. 615.716, p. 40 ; D07, p. 46 ; D24, p. 59 ; D2, p. 77 ; D07, p. 88. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



2fS2 

Talbot, E. S. — Continued. 

1550. 612. S, p. 33, 3S; D24, p. 4S, 49; 615.775, p. 62, 63; D22, D14, p. 100, 103. 

1551. D24, D65. p. 46; D22, p. 150, 152. 

1S82. D13, p. 41: D331, p. 62; D64, p. 112; D4, p. 167. 

1553. D641, p. 38, 40; D01, p. 65. 

1554. D38, p. 153. 

1886. 615.778, p. 7S ; D073, p. 166, 167. 

1887. D4, p. 34. 
1904. D331, p. 126. 

Tawney, P. L,., 1913. 
Taylor, C. R., 1880. 

1906. Obituarv, n. 354. Portrait, p. 356. 

1907. Obituary, p. 239, 2 97. 

Administration. 

1884. Executive Com. 

1S91. Board of Examiners. 

1895. Clinic Com. 

1896. Vice-President. 

1897. President. 

1901. Executive Com. 

Papers. 

18S2. Quinine — Its Uses in Dentistry. 615.75, p. 169 ; Disc, p. 181. 

1SS6. Preparation of Pulp Canals, and of Cavities for Filling. D243, D22a, 
p. 90 ; Disc, p. 9 7. 

1895. The Human Tongue. 612.31, p. 63; Disc, p. 68. Report of Super- 
visor of Clinics. D2, p. 182 ; Disc, p. 1S6. 

1S97. President's Address. D04, p. 9 : Disc, p. 16. 

1902. Good Fellowship. D06, p. 27 ; Disc' p. 32. 

1906. The Duties and Obligations of the Members of State Boards of Dental 
Examine'rs. DS2, p. 127; Disc, p. 132. 



Discussions. 

18S0. D24, D65, p. 52; 615.775, p. 64. 

1881. D5. p. 59. 66; D141. p. 110, 111; D22, p. 151, 



D5, p. 59, lie : 1)141. p. HO. Ill; D22, p. 151, 152. 
D13,. p. 40; D3, p. 53; D65, p. 182. 
D641, p. 37, 39, 40; Dill, p 64; 1)2, 98, 99. 

D3, p. 49; 612.8, p. 62; D2, p. 107: 615 5, p. 128; D073. p. 141. 
615.778, p. 80, S5; D243, D22a, p. 118; D61, p. 143, 144, 14S; D24, p. 
159; D073. p. 170. 

1SSS. D4. p. 98; D2, p. 115; D222, p. 134; D2, p. 134, 136, 142, 150; D3, 
p. 1S3. 
0072. n. 79: T)07. n. 96- 1)61 r> IRS- F>fi1 n fKS 



1SS2 
1SS3. 
1SS5. 
1SS6. 




D073, 



132 



Clinics. 

1900. Casts Showing the Mai-Formation and Occlusion in Consequence 
of Premature Extraction of the Deciduous Molars. D4. p. 174. 

1904. Treating Sensitive Teeth. D64, p. 32. 
Taylor, E. E„ 1908. 
Taylor, D. W., 19 OS. 
Taylor, G. E., 1905. 
Taylor, John A., 1910. 
Taylor, J. B., 1905. 
Taylor, J. T., 1905. 
Taylor, Walter C, 1906. 
Teasdale, E. R„ 1913. 
Teeliugr, M. A., 1910. 
Tees, Ambler. 

Paper. 

1SS3. Atmospheric Pressure in Its Relation to Artificial Dentures. D32, 
p. 136 ; Disc, p. 140. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



253 

Teinmeiiiau, F. It.. 1899. 
Templeton, C. A., 1909. 
I 'empl Hon, .1. G. 

Taper. 

1897. Practical Things in Dental Practice. D2, p. 154; Disc. p. IG2. 

Discussions. 
1881. D5, p. 58; D222, p. 124, 125; D22, p. 153. 154. 
1886. 615.778. p. 84; D6a, p. 204. 

1891. D242. p. 98; D22a, p. 113; D61, p. 140; D24, p. 140. 
1897. D64, p. 47; D22a, p. S8 ; D142, p. 113; D24, p. 113. 
Tenney, L,. S., 1901. 

Administration. 

1903. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

Paper. 
1908. Cohesive Gold. D221, p. 155 ; Disc, p.' 160. 
Discussions. 

1902. D243, p. 54; D22b, p. 120; D221, p. 120. 

Clinic. 

1902. Gold and Platinum Restoration, Using- Engine Mallet. D221, p. 164. 
Terry, C. S., 1905. 

Teskey, E. L,., 1905. 
Tharp, H. J., 1909. 

Administration- 

1914. Com. on Necrology. 
Discussion. 

1912. D072, p. 275. 

Clinic. 

1912. Post for Lateral Incisor Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 295. 
Thayer, C. A., 1S72. 
Thayer, C. H., 1885. 
Thexton, Richard E., 1906. 
Thill, H. R., 1905. 
Thomas, C. C, 1905. 
Thomas, C. R., 1911. 
Thomas, E. S., 1905. 
Thomas, Geo. A., 1897, 1905. 

Clinics. 

1897. Continuous Gum Denture. D324, p. 205. 

1898. Platinum Band Fitted for Porcelain Crown, Using Pure Gold for 

Solder D331, p. 188. 
1S99. Continuous Gum. D324, p. 123. 
Thomas, L. E„ 1905, 190S, 1912. 
Thomas, W. A., 1905. 
Thomas, Wm. E., 1911. 
Thompson, Alton H. 

Paper. 

1891. The Architecture of the Upper First Molar. D12. p. 160. 
Thompson, (has. B., 1906. 
Thompson, C. ST., 1894. 

Administration. 

1907. Clinic Com. 

1911. Executive Council. 

Papers. 

1904. Cavity Preparation for Inlays. D23, p. 64 ; 22 Illus. ; Disc, p. 7S. 
1907. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 225. 

1910. Experiences with Cast Metal. D231, p. 213; Disc, p. 221. 

Discussions. 

1904. D232. D31, p. 106; D221, p. 153; D232, p. 253; D3, p. 112. 

Clinics. 
1S94. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 156. 
1900. Porcelain Inlav. D232, p. 172. 

1903. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 1, Supplement. 

1904. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 32. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



254 

Thompson, E. C, 1905. 

Thompson, Edna M., 1905. 

Thompson, Florence E., 1896, 1905. 

Thompson, G. H., 1905, 1907, 1912. 

Thompson, G. P., 1909. 

Thompson, G. W., 1894. 

Thompson, J. C, 1909. 

Thompson, J. F., 1865, Charter Member, 1872, 1883. 

Thompson, YVm., 1909. 

Thorelius, P, W., 1905. 

Thorp, H. J., 1909. 

Thrush, W. A., 1913. 

Thurston, F. A., 1909. 

Tibbetts, Chas. J., 1882. 

Tichy, Joseph, 1904. 

Clinics. 

1886. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Paper. 
18S3. Compound Fracture of the Inferior Maxillary. D713, p. 125 ; Disc, 

p. 127. 

Discussions. 

1883. D641, p. 40. 

1889. D22, p. 110. 

1896. D78, p. 87. 
Tibbetts, Z. H., 1908. 
Tibbits, G. F., 1909. 

Administration. 

1909. Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Potassium. 

D243, p. 242. 
1911. Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Pottasium. 

D243, p. 288. 
I ic m it mi. L. W., 1912. 
Tilden, M. C, 1906. 

Administration. 

1913. Board of Censors. 

Clinic. 

1910. Cement Model from Which a Cast Base for Replaceable Porcelain 

Crown is Obtained. D331, p. 269. 
Tillotson, C. H., 1905. 

Administration. 

1908. Com. of Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1910. Board of Censors. 

Timerman, E. C, 1886, 1896, Non-resident member. 
Timmis, J. F., 1908. 
Tobey, R. E., 1910. 
Tobey, W. W., 1889. 

Clinic. 

1895. Two Gold Fillings. D221, p. 185. 
Todd, R. H., 1911. 
Tomes, Chas. S., 1888. 
Tomlin, F. B., 1900, 1906, 1911. 
Tompkins, E. G., 1905. 
Tormey, Jas., 1910. 
Torrence, L. B., 1905. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. on Necrology. 

1912. Executive Council. 

Discussions. 

1906. D06, p. 123; D072, p. 230. 

1907. D231, D221, p. 95; D24, D63, p. 160. 

1911. D04, D8, p. 80. 

1912. D04, p. 17. 

Clinics. 

1906. A Simple Method of Jumping the Bite of One or More Teeth. D4, 
p. 293. 

1911. Combination of Compressed Air and Water System. D32, p. 306. 
Torrey, W. G., 1905. 
Towar, H. S., 1872. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



255 
rowar, H. S. — Continued. 
Discussions. 

1910. D231, p. 223. 

1911. D231, p. 244. 

Clinics. 

1909. Obtaining Wax Model for Casting Gold Cope Where Root is Badly 

Broken Down. D33, p. 234. 

1910. Method of Cavity Preparation for Abraded or Fractured Anterior 

Teeth. 

1911. A Cast Splint for Lower Loosened Anterior Teeth. D64, p. 305. 

1912. Gold Inlays with Model. D231. p. 293. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



256 

Townsend, H. H., 1871. 

1S95. Obituary, p. 23S. Portrait, p. 238. 

Administration. 

1875. Executive Com. 

1882. Librarian. 

1883. Librarian. 

1884. Vice-President. 

1885. President. 

Papers. 

1874. Thoroughness and Honesty in Dental Operations. DS, p. 40 ; Disc, 

p. 46. 

1551. Treatment of Teetli with Dead or Dying Pulps ; Also, Treatment of 

Alveolar Abscess. D24, D65, p. 28; Disc. p. 41. 

1555. President's Address. D04, p. 27. 

Discussions. 

1S74. D07, p. 33: D22. p. 91, 92. 

1875. D22, p. 40 : D22. p. 5::. 

1S76. D07, p. 50; D3, p. 41; D24, p. NO; D2. p. 105. 10S. 

187S. D07, p. 41, 42; D22. p. 61. 

1879. D24, p. 64 ; D2-, p. 77. 

1SS0. 612.8, p. 40; D22, p. 76; D22, D14, p. 101. 

1881. D22, p. 150. 151. 

1552. D2. p. 79. 
1883. D641, p. 40. 

1885. D24, p. 73; 617.22, p. 117. 

1556. 615.778. p. 82: D243. D22a. p. 116; D61, p. 144. 
1887. D24, p. 59 ; D2, p. 12S. 

1SSS. D24, p. 172, 177. 

1593. D21, p. 103: 615.7812, p. 103; D0J2, p. 147. 

1594. D222, p. 104; D2, p. 132, 137. 
Tracy. F. XV., 1909. 

Traser, F. A., 1913. 
Treat. G. B.. 1909. 

1910. Obituary, p. 4 9. 
Trent, H. G„ 1904. 

Clinic. 

1913. Porcelain Inlay. 
Trickey. F. S.. 1901. 1905. 
Trinkliaus, J. L,., 1905, 1913. 
Tristram, G. T., 1908. 
Trompen, C. \\, 1892, 1909. 
Trude, M. W., 1905. 
Truesdalc, D. >I., 1905. 
Triiesilell, W. H., 1ST, 7. 
Truesdell, T. N., 1S65. Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1866. Librarian. 
Truitt. T. W., 1910. 
Tscliudy, T. H., 190S. 
Tucker, W. E., 1900. 
Tull, R. E.. 1906. 
Tuller, R. B., 1S92, 1904. 1905. 

Discussions. 

1903. D232, p. 86. 

Clinic. 

1902. Instrument for Compression of Cocain. D242, p. 169. 
Tuminell, A. M.. 1905. 
Tunison, B. M., 1905. 
Turman, W. R., 1906, 1909. 
Turner, G. W., 1909. 
Turner, J. G., 1904. 

Clinic. 

190S. Demonstrating Manipulation in Cavity Filling of Artificial Enamel. 
D223, p. 269. 
Turner, T. E., 1912. 
Tvreedle, W. II., 1905. 
Tym, W. B., 1907. 

Administration. 

1913. Clinic Com/ 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



257 



TTglow, S. J., 1905. 
invested, O. M., 1905. 
Underwood, C. J., 1905. 
Upp, Chas. W., 1906. 
Uppendahl, F. K., 1910. 
Upson, G. D., 1905. 
Upson, I. F., 1905. 
Urban, Charles C, 1905. 
Urbanck, Joseph, 1912. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



258 

Vaile, Edw. L., 1906. 
Van Alstine, E., 1906. 
Van Buskirk, E. J., 1909. 
Van Derwoort, B. M., 1902. 

Clinic. 

190S. Gold Crown With Porcelain Cusp. D331, p. 263. 
Van Deusen, H. 31., 1905, 190S. 
Van Horn, 31. D., 1908. 

Administration. 

1914. Com. to Co-operate With State Medical Society. 
Van Home, A., 1904. 

Van 3Iarter, J. G., 18SS, Corresponding- Member. 
Vann. Geo. H., 1911. 
Van Ornam, J. C, 1905, 1912. 
Van Sant, A. C, 1S65, Charter Member. 

Administration. 

1S65. Chairman Meeting of Organization. 
1866. President. 
Van Scoyoc, W. 31., 1903. 

Clinic. 

1905. Vulcanizable Gutta Percha. D321, p. 227. 
Van Tuyl, H. I., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. Compound Comminuted Multiple Fracture of Lower Jaw. D713, 
p. 290. 
Van Wormer, G. S., 1906. 
Vaughaii, H. A., 1902. 

Administration. 

1911. Com. to Co-operate With State Medical Society. 
Vaughn, R. B., 1913. 
Vedder, N. D., 1905. 
Vedder. R. S„ 1905. 
Verbeck, S. H., 1881. 

1885. Obituary, p. 26. 
Vercoe, Ernest, 1911. 
Vernon, T. G., 1909. 
Vernon, Jas. B. 

Clinic. 

1901. Gold. D221, p. 140. 
Vernor, R. E., 1905. 
Visneron, E., 1899. 
Vinie, Ervin, 1909. 
Vinje, O., 1911. 
Vita, V. J., 1907. 
Volland, R. H. 

Clinic. 

1905. Tooth Carving and Cavity Preparation. D22a, p. 218. 
\oso, Lewis P., 1905. 
Vsumpaur, John A., 1906. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



259 

Waack, H. C, 1905. 
Wacbter, C. H„ 1905. 
Waddell, J. C, 1905. 

Administration. 

1910. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 

Paper. 

1910. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 41. 
Wade, Thos. B., 1903. 

Wadsworth, H. P., 1905. 
Wagner, J. L,., 1905. 
Wagner, R. H., 1905. 
Waid, A. J., 1889. 

Papers. 

1S73. Unusual Cases in Practice. Caries. D61, p. 193. 

Unusual Cases in Practice : Upper Cuspids Only Permanent Teeth 

Erunted. D13. p. 193. 
Unusual Cases in Practice. Two Cases of Tumor of Lower Maxilla. 

D78, p. 193. 

Discussion. 

1S73. D24, p. 76; D602, p. 126. 
AVait, G. F., 1904. 
Wait, 31. L,., 1905, 1909. 
Walbergr, B., 1905. 
Wales, 31. G., 1907. 
Walker, E. A., 1905, 1910. 
Walker, E. E., 1912. 
Walker, G. F., 1910. 
Walker, H. A., 1905, 1909. 
Walker, J., 1888, Corresponding- Member. 
Wall, Edward, 1905. 
Wall, Wm., 1911. 
Wallace, F. H., 1905. 
Wallace, J. F. 

Clinic. 

1906. Gold Filling. D221, p. 275. 
Wallace, T. B. S., 1905. 
Wallace, W. S., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1907. Gold Inlay for Fractured Incisor. D231, p. 229. 
Wallis, Robert, 1906. 

Walser, C. R., 1905. 

Walsh, William H., 1905, 1907. 

Walter, P. E., 1907. 

Waltz, A. S. 

Administration. 

1880. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1883. Executive Com. 

1890. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1892. Executive Council. 

1895. Executive Council. 

1898. Executive Council. 

1899. Vice-president. 

1902. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1909. Executive Council. 

Clinics. 

1SS9. Gold Filling. D221, p. 144. 

1896. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 126. 
190S. Correct Root Filling. D243, p. 264. 

Use of Pinless Crowns in Place of Ordinary Plate Teeth. D32, p. 
264. 

1911. Root Filling; Gold and Tin Foil Points with Eucapercha Lubri- 
cant. D242, p. 307. 

Waltz, G. W., 1883. 
Waltz, J. F. F., 1902. 

Administration. 

1910. Secretary. 

1911. Secretary. 

1912. Secretary. 

For index and key to classification nnmbers, see pink appendix. 



260 
Waltz, J. F. F. — Continued. 

1913. President. 

1914. Public Service Com. 

Papers. 

1906 Concerning the Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 234; Disc. p. 246. 

190S' On the Abuse and Indications of Porcelain as Filling- Material. 

D232, p. 151; Disc. p. 160. 
1909 Report of the Post Graduate Com. upon Gold and Porcelain In- 

lavs. D24, p. 87; Disc. p. 98. 
1913. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc. p. 25. 

Discussion. 

1909. D232, p. 209. 
Wambold, Chas.. 1901. 
Ward, M. L,., 1907. 
Ward, R. T., 1905. 
■Ware, H. A., 1899. 
Wardner, (i. H., 1905. 
Warner, Claude B., 1899, 1907. 

Administration. 

1908. Board of Censors. 

1910. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 
Com. on Public Press. 

1912. Public Service Com. 
Com. on Public Press. 

1913. Com. on Public Press. 

1914. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 

Papers. 

1910. The Press as an Aid in Extending the Dental Field. D072, p. 201. 

1911. Report of the Public Press Com. 

1912. Report of the Com. on the Public Press. 





Discussions. 






1905. 


615. p. 169. 






1911. 


D04. p. 30. 






1912. 


D072. p. 80; D07, 


p. 


200. 


1913. 


D04, p. 30. 







Clinics. 

1903. Pressure Anaesthesia. D242, p. 10. Supplement. 

1906. Plastic Impression Rubber. D321, p. 292. 

1908. The Asbestos Disk as Pulp Protection. D24, p. 270. 
Warner, C. E., 1911. 

1912. Obituary, p. 32S. 
Warner, C. H., 1909. 
Warner, E. R., 18S2. 

Administration. 

1893. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1894. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Warnock, J. C, 1905. 

Warren, G. E., 1895. 

Administration. 

1903. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1905. Executive Council. 
Warner, E. R., 1899. 

Clinic. 

1899. Pressure Anaesthesia. D242, p. 107. 
Warren, G. E., 1895. 

1911. Obituary, p. 328. 

Discussions. 

1902. D3, p. 179. 

1906. D602, p. 62; D89, p. 198. 

Clinic. 

1895. Gold and Platinum Filling. D221, p. 1S5. 
Wassail, J. W„ 1882. 

1910. Obituary, p. 49. 

Administration. 

18S4. Secretary. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



261 
Wassail, J. W. — Continued. 

1885. Secretary. 

1886. Secretary. 

1887. Secretary. 
1889. Executive Com. 

Com. on Publication. 

Paper. 

1897. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 31; Disc. p. 36. 
Discussions. 

1886. D073, p. 168; D6a, p. 189. 

1S88. D073, p. 73; D2, p. 110, 115; D24, p. 169; D21, p. 199. 

1889. D2, p. 145. 

1890. D073, p. 71; D332, p. 145. 

1891. D21, p. 62, 64. 

1895. D33, p. 167; D243, p. 169. 

1896. D331, p. 33; 615.84, p. 107. 

1897. D04, p. 27; D142, p. 107; D24; D142, p. 107. 

Clinic. 

1S96. Apparatus for Compressed Air at the Operating Chair. D21, p. 
123; Disc. p. 128. 

1S9S. Bridge Attachments to Teeth with Living- Pulps. D332, p. 189. 

1899. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 123. 
AVatkins, H. AV., 1908. 
AVatling", Professor. 

Discussions. 

1899. D073. p. 94; D04, p. 16. 
"Watson, A., 1896. 
AVatson, A. L,., 1905. 
Watson, Jas., 1905, 1912. 
Watt, George. 

1S93. Obituary, p. 231. 
Watt, J. F., 1903, 1905. 
AVatt, V. AV., 1910. 
Watters, J. T., 1909. 

Clinic. 

1912. Ascher's Artificial Enamel Filling. D223, p. 291. 
Watts, E. D., 1910. 
Watts, H. F., 1909. 
Watts, J. B., 1900. 

Administration. 

. 1908. Local Com. 
Watts, W. H., 1909. 
Wayland, E. A., 1907. 
Weakley, G. B., 1905, 1910. 
Weart, E. R., 1903. 

Clinic. 

1911. Porcelain Crown Using Detached Post. D331, p. 295. 
Weart, P. C, 1901. 
Weather wax, 1902. 

Clinic. 

1904. Porcelain Crown. 
Weaver, H. T., 1906. 
Webb, G. D., 1896, 1905. 
Webb, M. A., 1910. 
Webber, F. P. 

Clinic. 

1893. Preparation of Cavities in Porcelain Contours for Crown and 
Bridge Work. D33, p. 166. 
Webber, S. T. B.. 1906. 
AVedelstaedt, E. K. 

Clinic. 

1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 107. 
Wedge, C. A., 1905. 
AVeeks, T. E. 

1892. The Enamel at the Gingival Line, with Lantern Exhibit. D141, 
p. 116, 10 Illus; Disc. p. 121. 
AVehrheim, J. L.., 1909. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see itink appendix. 



262 

Weir, Robert A., 1907. 
Weiss, A. G., 1907. 
Welch, J. D., 19 OS. 
Welch, Jas. R., 1910. 

Administration. 

1911. Local Com. 

Clinic. 

1912. Treatment of Apical Pericementitis by Opening into the Apical 

Space Through the Outer Wall of the Alveolus. D65, p. 296. 
Welch, P. H., 1902, 1905. 
Weld, F. A., 1901. 

Paper. 

1903. Narcotile as a General Anaesthetic. 615.7S15, p. 71; Disc, p. 73. 

Clinic. 

1903. Narcotile. 615.7815, p. 4. Sup. 
Well itia ii. H. W., 1896. 

Welsh, Dudley R., 1905. 
Welsh, J. E„ 1905. 
Wemshenker, L.. T., 1910. 
Wendel, P. J., 1905. 

Clinics. 

1905. Gold Bridge. D332, p. 226. 

1908. Exhibited Sanitary Bridge for Lower Jaw. D332, p. 265. 
Werden, Ii. A., 1905. 
Werner, E. H., 1905, 1909. 
Wescott, Geo. W., 1905. 
Wesner, C. M., 1905. 
West, Benjamin J., 1906. 
West, Clyde C, 1906. 
West, C. H., 1892. 

Discussion. 

1894. D222, p. 104. 
Clinics. 

1899. Amalgam Filling. D222. p. 107. 

1906. Method of Placing Moss Fiber Gold in the Bodv of Filling. D221, 

p. 277. 
1908. Vulcanizable Gutta Percha in Plate Work. D321, p. 266. 

1910. Local Injection for Extraction. 615.7816, p. 268. 
West, G. N„ 1905. 

Administration. 

1912. Board of Censors. 

Clinic. 

1911. A Convenient Emergency Outfit. D21, p. 308. 
West, Herbert G., 1911. 

West, J. E., 1899. 
West, W. H., 1905. 
Wettengel, H. M., 1909. 
Wetterer, A. C, 1907. 
Wetterer, H., 1905. 
Whalen, W. F., 1900. 

Administration. 

1904. Local Com. 

1905. Vice-President. 

1906. Clinic Com. 

1908. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 

Papers. 

1906. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 274. 

1913. Some Observations Bearing Upon the Business Side of Dentistry. 

D89, p. 138; Disc, p. 145. 

Discussions. 

1910. D64, D65, D76, p. 193. 

1912. Papers on Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 123. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



263 
Whalen, W. F. — Continued. 
Clinic. 

1910. Porcelain Bicuspid Crown With Reenforced Root and Lingual 

Cusp. D331, p. 265. 
Wheeler, G. W., 1910. 
Wheeler, Thos. B., 1SS2. 
"Whipple, Henry L,., 1896. 

1907. Local Com. 

1905. Vice-President. 

1911. Executive Council. 

1913. Secretary. 

1914. Secretary. 

Discussions. 

1904. D04, p. 20; D072, p. 227. 
1910. D223, p. 64. 

1912. D04, p. 17. 

Clinics. 

1906. Small Approximal Cavity in an Incisor. D22a, p. 276. 

1908. Showing- Steps in Construction of Cast Gold Inlays. D231, p. 

271. 
1912. Cast Inlay. D231, p. 289. 
Whitheck, F. A., 1905. 
White, P. E. 

Paper. 

1S73. Care of Children's Teeth Between the Ages of Six and Fifteen. 
D602, p. 145; Disc, p. 153. 

Discussion. 

1S73. D61, p. 117. 
Whitefield, G. W., 1899, 1905. 
Discussion. 

1905. D332, p. 211. 

Clinic. 
1905. Hints in the Prevention and Treatment of So-Called Pyorrhea. 

D64, p. 216. 
Whitington, A. H., 1913. 
Whitley, C. M., 1912. 
Whitmore, C. C, 1905. 
Whitmore, S. J., 1910. 
Whitmore, Y. E„ 1905. 
Whitside, M., 1905. 
Whittenberg, I. M., 1906, 1909. 
Whitt, Lewis L.., 1906. 
Wick, W. W., 1907. 
Wikoff, B. D., 1888. 

Administration. 

1894. Clinic Com. 

1900. Clinic Com. 

Clinics. 

18S9. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 141. 

1897. Porcelain Faced Crown Without Heating Facing. D331, p. 205. 

1901. Bridge Work. D332, p. 136. 
Wikoff, C. H., 1905, 1909. 

Wilber, C. O., 1909. 
Wilcox, G. E., 1913. 
Wilcox, R. P., 1905. 
Wilcox, W. L,., 1905. 
Wilhelmi, S. F., 1901. 
Wilkes, A. M., 1902. 

Clinic. 

1913. A Short Accurate Method of Adapting a Porcelain Crown. D331, 
p. 264. 
Wilkie, C. M., IS 72. 
Wilkinson, E. D., 1905, 1909. 
Willard, E. S., 1905. 
Willard, F. W., 1905. 

Administration. 

190S. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



264 

Willett, R. C, 1905. 
Clinics. 

1906 The Anchoring of Porcelain Bridges With Gold and Platinum 
Inlays. D332, p. 290. 

1909. Strengthening- Inlay Abutment for Bridge Work. D332, p. 240. 

1911. Orthodontia, Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. D4, 

p. 307. 

1912. Orthodontia Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. 

D4, p. 302. 
William, C. W., 1905. 
Williams, A. G. 

Administration. 

1910. Local Com. 
Williams, A. J., 1905. 
Williams, D. S. R. E.. 1907. 
Williams, Geo. T., 1911. 
Williams, G. W., 1905. 
Williams, J. R., 1905, 1912. 
Williams, L. 31., 1897. 
Williams, O. X., 1905. 
Willia, A. S., 1894. 
Williston, Res. M. L,. 

1876. Address of Welcome. 
Willman, A. C, 1905. 

Clinic. 

1913. A Few Conveniences. D21, p. 259. 
Willman, J. E., 1905. 

Willmore, Chas. M., 1912. 

Willson, O., Honorary Charter Member, 1S81. 

Administration. 

1S67. Vice-President. 

1870. Executive Com. 

1872. President. 

1873. Executive Com. 
1S76. Librarian. 

Papers. 

1867. Anaesthesia. 615.781, p. 23; Disc. p. 24. 

1868. Receding of the Gums in Persons of Middle Age — Cause and 

Treatment. 

1869. Anaesthetics in Dentistrv. 615.781, p. 331; Disc, p. 340. 

1871. Abnormal Secretion. 612.31, p. 72; Disc, p. 79 
1S72. President's Address. D04, p. 6. 

1873. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 28. 
1875. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 108; Disc, p. 117. 

Discussions. 

1S66. D60.2, p. 6, 7; D602. p. 7; D61a, p. 7; D221, p. 8; D24, p. 9; D602, 

p. 11; D22, p. 15. 
1869. D65, p. 330. 
1871. D221a, d. 65; D3, p. 68. 

1572. D3, p. 32; D07, p. 72; D8, p. 90. 
1873. D24, p. 70; D22, p. 102. 

1875. D22, p. 39. 
Wilson, E. E., 1905. 
Wilson, E. P., 1S66. 

Discussions. 

1866. D61a, p. 8; D221, p. 8. 
Wilson, E. G., 1905. 
Wilson, Geo. W., 1909. 
Wilson, I. P., 18 71, Honorary Member. 

1871. Stomatitis Materna. D66, p. 10; Disc, p. 44. 

1573. Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth, and the Influence of 

Certain Agents Upon the Dental Tissues. Dl, p. 89; Disc, p. 93. 
1901. Anomalous Cases of Malformed Teeth, With Suggestions as to 

Possible Cause. D13, p. 40; Disc, p. 43. 

Discussions. 
1871. D6, p. 103. 

1873. D24, p. 74; D61, D601, p. 143. 
1885. D3, p. 52. 
1S93. D601, p. 32, 36; D243, p. 55. 

Clinic. 
1SS7. Gold Pilling. D221, p. 112. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



265 
Wilson, J. D., 1903. 

Administration. 

1909. Local Com. 

Discussions. 

1908. D06, p. 83. 

1912. D07, p. 196; D5, p. 218. 

Clinic. 

1904. Gold Dummy. D332, p. 28. 

1906. Grinding- Teeth, Using Dr. Wilsons Combination Guard and 
Sponge Holder. D31, p. 276. 
Wilson, J. T., 1906. 
Wilson, Orville, W., 1897, 1905. 
Wilson, S. A., 1905. 
Wilson, S. C, 1869. 

Administration. 

1870. Executive Com. 
1S71. Executive Com. 

1871. Vice-President. 

Discussions. 

• 1870. D24, p. 19; D22, p. 47; D22, p. 56, 57; DS1, p. 88, 104; D3, p. 9S. 

1871. D3, p. 71. 

1872. D2, p. 60; D07, p. 72. 
1S75. D3, p. 117, 119. 

Wiltz, O. P., 1906. 

Administration. 

1913. Local Com. 
Wilson, W. L.., 1912. 
Wilson, Wilber R., 1906. 
Winaus, P. H., 1905. 
Winder, C. J., 1910. 
"Windhorst, M. R. 

Clinic. 

1S9S. Gold Filling. D221, p. 1S7. 
Winger, W. B„ 1905. 
Winger, W. H., 1911. 
Winters, J. C, 1905. 1907. 
Winters, 31. E., 1910. 

Clinic. 

1911. Short Method of Getting Perfect Occlusion for Gold Crown. D331, 

p. 306. 
Winslow, G. W., 1908. 
AViswall, W. J., 1905. 
Woelk, E. A., 1905. 
Woelk, Robert D., 1906. 
Wollenberger, S., 1905. 

Clinic. 

1912. Restoration With De Trey Synthetic Cement, Giving a Practical 

Demonstration of the Automaton. D223, p. 298. 
Woodbridge, F. F., 1866. 
Woodburn, H. L.., 1873. 
Woodburn, W. W., 1S7S. 
Wolf, F. W«, 1905, 1912. 
Wolf, H. M., 1S95, 1905. 
Wolf, R. H., 1910. 
Wolfe, Leroy, 1912. 
Wolfe, L,. H., 1906. 
Wonderly, Thos. G„ 18 SI. 
Wood, B. G„ 1905, 1910. 
Wood, G. I.., 1905. 
Wood, L. E., 1902. 
Woodruff, E. N. 

1904. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 173. 
Woods, F. R., 1911. 
Woodward, O. H., 1913. 
Woodward, W. B., 1878. 

Administration. 

1SS2. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1884. Librarian. 

1886. Vice-President. 

For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



266 
Woodward, W. B. — Continued. 
Discussion. 

18S5. 615.5, p. 12S. 
Woodworth, D. L., 1912. 
Woolley, E. M., 1909. 
Woolley, J. H., 1887. 

Discussion. 

1887. D2, p. 122. 

1891. D21, p. 69. 

1892. D04, p. 12; D4, p. 93. 

1S94. D322, p. 74: D222, p. 91; D2, p. 135, 136. 

1902. D61a, p. 127. 

Clinic. 

1899. Combination of Oxyphosphate and Noncohesive Gold as a Tempo- 
rary Filling. D22c, p. 124. 
Wonderly, Thomas G. 

Administration. 

1888. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

1889. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 
Worcester, H. W., 1905. 

Worth ing-ton, C. A., 1910. 
Worthington, S. L,., 1908. 
Worrell, K. G., 1905. 
Worsley, W. J., 1905. 
Wright, Clarence H., 1905. 
Wright, C. G., 1909. 
Wright, J. A., 190S. 
Wright, J. S., 1902. 

Administration. 

1910. Board of Censors. 

Discussion. 
1909. D89, p. 165. 

Clinic. 

1903. Vulcanizable Gutta Percha. D321, p. 4. Sup. 
Wurtz, E. D., 1905. 

Wybraniec, P. F., 1909. 
Wycotf, E., 1905. 
Wylde, D. Z., 1909. 
AVylie, C. H., 1905. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



267 
York, E, Lawley. 
Papers. 

1S97. The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentine. D142, p. 94; 

Disc, p. 99. The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentine. D24, 

p. 94: Disc, p. 99. 
1S9S. Why Coagulants' Diffuse Through Dentine. D142, D24, p. 57; 

Disc, p. 61. 

Discussions. 

1898. 615.778, p. 172. 
Young, C. W., 1909. 
Young, Gerhart H., 1906. 
Young-, J. H., 1S65, Charter Member. 
Young, M. D., 1903, 1905. 
Young-, W. B., 1902, 1905, 1910. 

1909. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 

Clinics. 

1907. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 228. 

1908. Oxyphosphate of Copper as Filling Material for Temporary 

Teeth. D223, p. 269. 

Administration. 

York, E. Lawley, 1897, 1899, Non-Resident Member. 
Yorker, Prank V., 1892. 
Yule, M. A., 1909. 



For index and key to classification numbers, sec pink appendix. 



268 



Zeialer, Horace A., 1905. 
Zeigler, L. F., 1909. 
Zeller, George A. 

Discussion. 
1911. D072, p. 194. 
Zielinski, Jacob B., 1905. 
Zimonth, A. J., 1910. 
Zinu, F. H., 1899, 1905. 
Zipperman, Soloiuou W., 1906. 
Zolini, N. J., 1912. 
Zork, H. H., 1907. 



For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 



APPENDIX. 

How to Use this Classification and Index. 



If you wish to find what has been published on a particular 
subject, look for the subject in the alphabetical index, beginning 
on page 16 of this Appendix. You will there find the classification 
number of the subject. Turn to that number in the Classified 
Index, Part II, of this book, and you will find : 

i. List of Papers and Discussions. 
2. List of Clinics. 
Both arranged in chronological order. 

If you wish to find the record of an individual member, look- in 
the Personal Index, Part III, of this book, and you will find : 

i. Name, followed by year in which the member joined the 
Society. (Several have joined two or three times.) 

2. Administration. List of official positions held, and com- 
mittee appointments. 

3. Titles of papers read before the Society, with year and 
page. 

4. Discussions. Classification number of each paper discussed, 
with year and page. 

5. Clinics, with year and page. 

Each group arranged in chronological order. 

If you wish to find the record of an individual member, in one 
particular subject, look in the alphabetical index, beginning on 
page 16 of this Appendix, for the classification number of the par- 
ticular subject. Then turn to the Personal Index, Part III, and by 

glancing over the classification numbers for each paper, discussion, 
or clinic, you will find the member's record for the subject. 

If you wish to use this index frequently, read the article in the 
following pages, and by a brief study of the classification on page n, 
you will notice that there is a very natural grouping of related sub- 
jects, which makes them easy to remember. 



I 



THE PLAN OF THIS INDEX. 

The Dewey Decimal Classification and Index Applied to 
Dental Literature. 

ARTHUR'D. BLACK, A. M., M. D., D. D. S., CHICAGO. 



This is the first publication of a classified index of dental litera- ' 
ture on the Dewey System (excepting one twenty-four page booklet 
of the Proceedings of the First District Dental Society of the State 
of New York, prepared by the writer in 1909), and it is hoped that 
it marks the beginning of a new period in the attitude of the members 
of the dental profession toward our literature. We are confident 
that a study of this plan and its application to our proceedings will 
serve to prove its practicability and be an incentive to our members 
to preserve the proceedings of the Society, as well as our journals, 
and to refer to them frequently in connection with the preparation 
and discussion of papers. The most important feature of the index 
is that it groups all articles on each subject together, regardless 
of the wording of the titles, and it is therefore possible to find all 
that has been written on a given subject without reviewing a con- 
siderable portion of the entire index. 

It is also hoped that the publication of this index by the Illinois 
State Dental Society will be of material aid in establishing it as the 
standard plan of the future in the indexing of dental literature. 
In order that a full understanding of the plan may be had, an ex- 
planation of the Dewey System, and its adaptation to dental litera- 
ture, is presented herewith. A considerable portion of this is taken 
from a paper read before the Institute of Dental Pedagogics and 
published in the Dental Era, September, 1909. 

It is the purpose of this paper to present a simple plan by 
which our literature may be so classified and indexed as to make 
it easily accessible; and give those, who may be so inclined, the 
opportunity to know more of the ' accomplishments of those who 
have gone before, as a basis for the work of the future. The fact 
that most of our literature has been published in the form of Society 



proceedings and monthly journals, and comparatively little has been 
crystallized into books, makes the task of the man who would care- 
fully review a subjeel especially difficult; in fact, it lias been quite 
impossible to find comprehensive lists of writings on particular 

subjects. Most dentists have not preserved their journals and 
Society proceedings for the reason that their contents arc lost 
within a short time on account of their inaccessibility. While 
several of our journals publish excellent indexes each year, these 
multiply so rapidly, in eases where one subscribes to a number of 
journals, as to make them of little value to the man who would 
look up the literature of a given subject. 

The plan here presented is the application to dental literature 
of the Dewey Decimal Classification and Index, and it is necessary 
Id explain briefly the Dewey System in order that this application 
of it may be clearly understood. This system was worked out by 
Mclvil Dewey, for a number of years secretary of the University 
of the State of New York and director of the New York State Li- 
brary at Albany. His first Classification was published in 1876, and 
revisions have since appeared at intervals of a few years. In brief, 
it is a system of classifying and indexing libraries, large or small, 
and is equally applicable to pamphlets, articles in journals, etc.; 
in fact, to anything that it is desirable to index. It is used in thou- 
sands of public and other libraries throughout the world, and is be- 
ing adopted by a constantly increasing number. It is a system in 
which each subject upon which a book or article may be written is 
represented by a number, and all books or writings upon a given 
subject are classified by its particular number, without regard to 
the wording of the title. The arrangement of the numbers is such 
that related subjects are grouped, as will be noticed in what follows. 
It is especially the plan of applying the numbers to the subjects 
that has proven extremely practical. 

The entire field of knowledge is first divided into ten main 
[classes as follows : 



I 

2 

3 
4 
5 


Philosophy. 
Religion. 
Sociology. 
Philology. 
Natural Science 


6 


Useful Arts. 


7 


Fine Arts. 


8 


Literature. 


9 
10 


History. 
General Works. 



Each of these classes is similarly divided into ten divisions, 
and each division into ten sections. Thus the sixth class, Useful 
Arts, which is numbered 600, has for its divisions the following: 



600. 


Useful Arts. 


610. 


Medicine. 


620. 


Engineering. 


630. 


Agriculture. 


640. 


Domestic Economy. 


650. 


Communication. Commerce. 


660. 


Chemical Technology. 


670. 


Manufactures. 


680. 


Mechanic Trades. 


690. 


Building. 



Medicine, the first division of Useful Arts, is similarly sub- 
divided, as follows: 



610 
611 
612 
613 
614 

615 
616 
617 
618 
619 



Medicine. 

Anatomy and Histology. 

Physiology. 

Hygiene, Gymnastics, Training. 

Public Health. 

Materia Medica. Therapeutics. 

Pathology. Diseases. Treatment. 

Surgery. 

Diseases of Women and Children. 

Comparative Medicine. Veterinary. 



Each other division of Useful Arts is similarly divided, making 
one hundred sections of this class. It will be noticed that each 
subject is represented by three figures, and that the figure 6, repre- 
senting Useful Arts, is the first figure in each of the ten divisions 
and in all of the hundred sections; also that the second figure 1, 
in the number 610, Medicine, occupies that position in the ten sub- 
divisions of medicine. Thus one soon learns that all numbers with 
6 in the first position represent subjects included in the Useful 
Arts, that all numbers with 6 in the first position and 1 in the second 
represent subjects included in medicine, and the numbers in the 
third position represent the further subdivisions. Therefore, 
almost before we realize it, we recognize 6 1 1 as standing for Anatomy, 
612 for Physiology, 613 for Hygiene, etc. »In the same way all 
subjects in Engineering are represented by a 6 in the first position 
and a 2 in the second; Agriculture by a 6 in the first position and 
a 3 in the second* and so on. We thus have a thousand divisions 
of the field of knowledge ; each of the ten main classes being divided 
into ten divisions, and each division into ten sections. 

- 4 



The application is as follows: the title- of each book in a 
library is entered on a card, with the name of the author, and other 
desirable information, and the number of the subject to which it 
belongs is placed both on the book and on the card. The 1 • 
are arranged on the shelves in numerciaJ order, as arc the cards 
in the card cabinet, and as all of the books on each subjed and 
their respective cards have the same number, it follows that all of 
the books of a library so classified are arranged in groups on the 
shelves according to their subjects, and the cards have a corre- 
sponding arrangement in the cabinet. The cards of each particular 
group in the cabinet are separated from the others by colored guide 
cards, which project above the subject cards, and bear the number 
and subject of the cards of each group. For example : i neral 

work on surgery would be numbered 617 and all would be together 
on the shelves. The card for each would also be numbered 
and all would be together in the index. 

A very important feature of the classification is the m< 
of subdividing the one thousand sections. Every section number 
necessarily consists of three figures, after which a decimal point is 
placed, and each section may be divided into ten subsections, by 
numbers occupying the first decimal position. For example: 611, 
Anatomy, and 612, Physiology, are each divided into ten sub- 
divisions as follows : 

611. Anatomy. Histology. 
.1 Circulatory system. 

.2 Respiratory system. 

.3 Digestive system. 

.4 Glandular and Lymphatic system. 

.5 Genito-Urinary system. 

.7 Motor and Integumentary system. 

.8 Nervous system. 

.9 Reginal anatomy. 

612. Physiology. 

.1 Blood and circulation. 

.2 Respiration. 

.3 Digestion. Absorption. Nutrition. 

.4 Secretion. Excretion. 

.5 Animal Heat. 

.6 Reproduction. Development. 

.7 Function of Motor and Vocal Apparatus and Skin. 

.8 Nervous Functions. 

It is readily seen that further subdivisions may be made by 

5 



adding another decimal figure, as under Anatomy, the third sub- 
division, 6 1 1. 3, Digestive System, is divided as follows: 
611. Anatomy. Histology. 
.1 Circulatory system. 
.2 Respiratory system. 
.3 Digestive system. 

.31 Mouth. Tongue. Teeth. 

.32 Pharynx. Esophagus. 

.33 Stomach. 

.34 Intestine. 

.35 Rectum. 

.36 Liver. Gall Bladder. 

.37 Pancreas. 

.38 Peritoneum. Omentum. Mesentary. 
.4 Glandular and Lymphatic System. 

Additional subdivisions may be made by adding more figures. 
Thus the subject of Anatomy may be divided into thousands of 
headings, yet in each the number 611 represents Anatomy, the 
first figures after the decimal point represent the main anatomical 
divisions, etc., every figure having a meaning which is a real in- 
dication of the location of its subject in the field of knowledge. 
It will be understood that any subject may be systematically sub- 
divided for the classification of articles on specific topics and these 
may be catalogued by cards the same as previously mentioned 
for books. 

The book published by Dewey consists of two parts. The first 
is the list of subjects arranged in their numerical order. This in- 
cludes not only all of the thousand main sections, but all of the 
subdivisions to as many decimal places as each has been worked 
out, making a volume of considerable size. The second part is an 
index to this classification. This consists of subjects arranged 
alphabetically, with the classification number printed after each. 
To know what books a library contains on a given subject, it is 
necessary for one to consult the index, where the subject is found 
in its alphabetical position, and thus find its classification number. 
Then by turning to the number in the tables, the subject and all 
related subjects will be found, and by consulting the card catalogue 
behind the guide card of the same number, will be found the cards 
for every book on the subject, and the books themselves will be 
found in a corresponding position on the shelves. 

THE CLASSIFICATION OF DENTISTRY. 

About fifteen years ago, the writer became impressed with the 
idea that it would be necessary for us to have a systematic plan of 

6 






classifying dental literature. The multiplication and accumulation 
of journals was so rapid that all but the most important articles 
were lost almost as soon as the journals were laid aside. Our journals 
soon became almost worthless for lack of some satisfactory plan of 
finding articles on particular subjects when desired. This situation 
prompted the writer to make a classification of dental literature on 
the plan of the Dewey system, and to catalogue a considerable 
number of articles in our journals. 

Dewey's book gives the following subdivisions of Surgery: 

617. Surgery. 

.1 Injuries. 

.2 Results of Injuries. 

.3 Orthopedic Surgery. Deformities. 

.4 Surgical Operations. 

.5 Reginal Surgery. 

.6 Dentistry. Diseases of the Teeth. 

.7 Ophthalmic Surgery. Diseases of the Eye. 

.8 Diseases of the Ear. 

.9 Operative Surgery. 

Dentistry is the sixth subdivision and is therefore represented 
by the number 617.6. A few subdivisions of dentistry were given 
in Dewey's book, but these could not be used on account of their 
unfitness. Dr. F. B. Noyes and the writer made out the list of 
the main subdivisions on which the subsequent work was based. 
Changes and additions were made as the work progressed, until the 
classification here presented was decided upon. In order to simplify 
the plan by bringing practically all dental subjects into one group, it 
will be noticed that dental anatomy, oral hygiene, dental pathology, 
etc., are given special places under the main heading for dentistry, 
instead of placing dental anatomy in its proper position under the 
general subject of anatomy (611.), oral hygiene under the general 
heading of personal hygiene (613.), and dental pathology under the 
general heading for pathology (616.), etc. The plan is undoubtedly 
more convenient as applied to strictly dental libraries, but is not as 
satisfactory for a general library in which a dental library is in- 
cluded. It will be noticed in what follows that the writer has 
substituted a letter for Dewey's number for dentistry, which would 
permit of the use of this classification in its present form without 
any confusion, even though it should seem best not to change it to 
correspond to Dewey's ideas. 

The following are the main divisions of the writer's special 
classification for dentistrv : 



6i7-6 Dentistry. 

617.61 Dental Anatomy, Histology and Physiology. 

• 617.62 Operative Dentistry. 

617.63 Prosthetic Dentistry. 

617.64 Orthopedic Dentistry. 

617.65 Oral Hygiene. 

617.66 Dental Pathology. 

617.67 Oral Surgery. 

617.68 Dental Jurisprudence, Ethics and Economics. 

It will be observed that the number 617.6, representing dentistry, 
is repeated in each of these, with a figure added to indicate the sub- 
divisions of dentistry. The number 617.6 would necessarily be 
repeated in each of the further subdivisions, which would increase 
the number of figures sufficiently to make the numbers too large 
for convenient use. In order to avoid the constant repetition of 
the 617.6 and shorten the numbers, the letter D has been substituted 
for the 617.6. D, therefore, represents dentistry and we have the 
subdivisions of dentistry numbered as follows : 

D Dentistry. 

Di Dental Anatomy, Histology and Physiology. 

D2 Operative Dentistry. 

D3 Prosthetic Dentistry. 

D4 Orthopedic Dentistry. 

D5 Oral Hygiene. 

D6 Dental Pathology. 

D7 Oral Surge^. 

D8 Dental Jurisprudence and Ethics. 

The subdivisions of each of these subjects, so far as they have 
been worked out, are presented in the accompanying tables, which 
are, I believe, quite as complete as they can be made at the present 
time. It will be noticed that the subdivisions of the main heading 
for dentistry are all of a general character, and include all articles 
that can not be classified under one of the other headings. No 
divisions of orthodontia have been made for the reason that the 
literature to date has not suggested a plan that would be satis- 
factory. For the present, therefore, all articles on this subject 
are marked D4. When proper subdivisions can be arranged, it will 
only be necessary to place the subdivision numbers after the D4. 

The main headings in the classification will be found sufficient 
for books, while the subdivisions are necessary for the cataloguing 
of journal articles or the various chapters or subjects presented in 
books. For example, general works, such as Harris' Principles 
and Practice of Dentistry or the American System of Dentistry 
would be classified under D, the main heading for dentistry, al- 

8 



though separate cards may be written indexing each article or 
chapter, and the cards for these would be numbered in accordance 
with the subjects. A book on Operative Dentistry would be clas~ 
sified under D2, while a chapter on -cavity preparation would be 
placed under D22a, on filling with gold D221, pulp treatment D24, 
etc. Subdivisions have been or may be made so that any single 
subject or item may have its particular number under its proper 
heading; these subdivisions may be made again and again without 
in any way affecting the more important divisions containing 
fewer numerals. 

The following plan of classifying and making the index of the 
proceedings of this Society has been followed. Each volume was 
worked through twice; the first time to classify the papers, clinics, 
etc., the second to write the cards. In classifying the papers, the 
number of the subject under which the paper belonged was marked 
opposite the title (or two or more numbers if it was thought desirable 
to classify it under more than one heading), and the number of 
illustrations the article contained, if any, also the page on which 
the discussion began. After all of the volumes had been so marked, 
the cards were written. For each article, one card was written 
with the author's name at the top and placed in the author cata- 
logue; and another with the title at the top and the classification 
number in the upper left corner, and placed in the subject catalogue. 
Of course, if more than one number had been set opposite a title 
a corresponding number of cards were written with the title at the 
top. On each of these cards was also written the year, page, number 
of illustrations, page on which discussion is printed, etc. For the 
subject index, the discussion of a paper was indexed with the 
paper, by giving the page on which the discussion begins; for the 
author index a separate card was written for each discussion, so 
that a complete list of all articles discussed by each member of the 
Society will be found under his name. Two cards were written for 
each clinic, one for the subject index, one for the personal index. 
The personal cards were arranged alphabetically, thus bringing 
all of the writings, discussions and clinics of each man together. 
The subject cards were arranged in numerical order; thus bringing 
all of the cards for each subject together. 

The following tables constitute the complete classification for 
dental literature, as it has been worked out to date. It will be 
readily recognized that further subdivisions may be made at any 
time, as may be desired. Only a slight use of this plan will serve 
to make one so familiar with it that the various subjects will be 

9 



found with ease. For example, if one desired to find what had been 
published in our proceedings on gold fillings, he would naturally 
look at the main division of operative dentistry, D2, and under 
that for filling D22, which he would find further subdivided into 
the various filling materials. In a similar way, one might easily 
find almost any subdivision. 

It is not necessary, however, that one should be familiar with 
the classification, as an index to it has been prepared and is pub- 
lished immediately following it. This index has all dental topics 
arranged alphabetically, with the classification number after each. 
By consulting this index, the number for gold fillings is found to 
be D221. By turning to this number a list of all papers, discussions 
and clinics on this subject, which have been recorded in the pro- 
ceedings of our Society, will be found. 

In the personal index, the committee has included more than 
the record of papers, discussions and clinics. The endeavor has 
been made to include in this the name of every dentist who has 
been a member of this Society from the time of its organization 
to date, also of all non-members who have taken part in its activities. 
The personal index includes, therefore, for each individual, the year 
in which he joined the Society, offices to which elected, committee 
appointments, papers read, discussions participated in, and clinics 
given. 



10 



CLASSIFICATION FOR DENTAL LITERATURE. 

On the Plan of the Dewey Decimal Classification.* 

Slightly modified by notations and a few omissions in adapting 
to the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society. 

Note. — In this classification the letter "D" is substituted for 
the number "617.6" which is the number for Dentistry in the 
Dewey Classification. 

D Dentistry. 

Do 1 Philosophies. 

02 Compends. 

03 Dictionaries, cyclopedias. 

031 Nomenclature. 

04 Essays, addresses. 

Presidents' Annual Address, Addresses of Welcome, Responses to Address of Welcome. 

041 Correspondence. 

05 Periodicals. 

06 Societies. Organization, etc. 

07 Education, professional. 

Research. Relations of Dentistry to Medicine. (Dental examining boards, see D82.) 

071 Methods of teaching. 

Technics. 

072 Popular Education. 

Dentistry in public schools and state institutions. 

073 Literature. 

Reports of Committee on Dental Science and Literature. 

08 Libraries, collections, museums, exhibits. 

09 Histories. Necrology. 

Di Dental Anatomy; Histology and Physiology. 
1 a Force of Mastication. 

{Articulation and Occlusion of the Teeth, occluding frames, etc, see D3a.) 

10 1 Comparative dental anatomy. 

102 Dental paleontology. Ancient races of man. 
1 1 Deciduous teeth. 

Absorption of roots of deciduous teeth. 

*Copyrighted, 1909, by Arthur D. Black. 

11 



12 Permanent teeth. 

Temperaments in relation to the teeth. 

13 Anomalies, of both dentition and form. Supernumerary- 

teeth. 

Temporary teeth retained. Missing teeth. Enamel drops. 

14 Tooth tissues. Preparation of specimens. 

141 Enamel. 

142 Dentin. 

143 Cementum. 

144 Pulp. 

15 Supporting tissues. Peridental membrane, periosteum, 

gingivae and gum tissue. Bone of jaw. 

16 Dental embryology. 

17 Dentition. Diseases in connection with dentition and 

treatment. 

D2 Operative Dentistry. 

General articles covering both operative and prosthetic dentistry. Reports of Clinic Committee 

2 1 Instruments and appliances. 

Reports of Committee on Dental Art and Invention. (Instruments applicable to a particular 
procedure, classified with subject.) 

21a Sterilization of instruments. Asepsis. 
21b Control of flow of saliva. Rubber dam, 
clasps, etc. 

22 Filling teeth. Filling materials. Filing. Separation. 

22a Preparation of cavities. 

22b Matrices (see D23 for inlays). 

22c Combination fillings. Cavity linings. 

221 Gold. Platinum gold. 
221a Mallets, pluggers, etc. 

222 Amalgam. 

223 Cement. Silicate cements. 

224 Gutta-percha. 

225 Tin. 

23 Inlays. General articles on porcelain. 

(Porcelain ovens, etc., see D31.) 

231 Gold. 

232 Porcelain. 

24 Pulp treatment. 

(Diseases of pulp, see D63. Electricity in pulp treatment, cataphoresis, see 615.84. Deciduous 
teeth, see D602.) 

241 Capping pulps. 

242 Destruction and removal of pulps. 

243 Root filling. Root canals. 

12 






25 Prophylactic treatment of caries. Cleaning teeth. 

26 Bleaching teeth. Discolorations. 

(Electricity for bleaching, see 615.84.) 

D3 Prosthetic Dentistry. 

(General articles covering both operative and prosthetic dentistry, see D2. Reports of Clinic 
Committee, see D2.) 

3a Articulation and occlusion of the teeth, oc- 
cluding frames, etc. 

'Force of mastication, see Dia.) 

31 Tools, appliances, materials. 

Electric and other ovens. (Tools, etc., applicable to a particular procedure, classified with subject. 
Reports of Committee on Dental Art and Invention, see D21.) 

32 Artificial dentures. 

(Temperaments in relation to the teeth, see D12.) 

32a Plaster of Paris. Impressions, bites. 

321 Vulcanized. 

322 Swaged. Dies. 

323 Fusible metal. 

324 Porcelain. 

(General articles on porcelain, see D23.) 

325 Celluloid. 

33 Crowns and bridges. 

331 Crowns. 

332 Bridges. 

34 Obturators and similar appliances. 

38 Dental chemistry. 

39 Dental metallurgy. 

D4 Orthopedic Dentistry. 

Facial expression in relation to the teeth. (Extraction of children's teeth, see D602. First 
peimanent mclars, see D6ia.) 

D5 Oral Hygiene. 

D6 Dental Pathology and Treatment. Diagnosis. 

(Dental Materia Medica, see 615.) 

6a Dental Bacteriology. 

(Articles applying to Bacteriology of a particular subject, classified with subject.) 

6b Dental Radiography. 

601 Systemic conditions and the teeth. 

Pregnancy. Effects of drugs on the teeth. Tobacco, see also 613.84. (Diseases in connection 
with dentition, see D17. Foods and diet in relation to the teeth, see 612.3. Conditions of 
saliva in relation to the teeth, see 612. 311. Gouty and uric acid diathesis, etc., see D64.) 

602 Deciduous teeth. 

(Absorption of roots of deciduous teeth, see Di 1. Diseases in connection with dentition, see D17O 

13 



6 1 Diseases of enamel and dentin. Caries. 

(Filling teeth, filing teeth, separation of teeth, inlays and mechanical procedures in treatment ot 
caries, see D22 and D23. Effects of foods, including sugars, on the teeth, see 613.2. Con- 
ditions of saliva in relation to caries, see 612. 311.) 

61a First permanent molars. 

611 Sensitive dentin. 

{Electricity in treatment, see 615.84.) 

612 Secondary dentin. Pulp nodules. 

613 Abrasion. 

614 Erosion. 

(Conditions of saliva in relation to erosion, see 6 12. 3 1 1.) 

615 Atrophy. Hypoplasia. 

62 Diseases of Cementum. 

621 E xcemen to sis . 

622 Absorptions. 

(Absorptions of roots of deciduous teeth, see Dn ) 

63 Diseases of dental pulp. 

(Treatment, see D24. Pulp nodules, see D612.) 

64 Diseases of peridental membrane. 

Gouty and uric acid diathesis, etc. (Replantation for cure of diseases of peridental membrane, 
see D73. Salivation, see 615.927.) 

641 Calculus, deposits, stains, removal of same. 

(Calculi and diseases of salivary glands and ducts, see 616.31.) 

65 Alveolar Abscess. 

(Replantation for cure of abscess, see D73.) 

66 Diseases of soft tissues of the mouth. 

(Hemorrhage, see D721.) 

661 Systemic diseases manifested in the mouth. 
Syphilis. 

(Systemic conditions and the teeth, see D601. Gouty and uric acid diathesis, etc., see D64.) 

67 Dental and facial neuralgia and reflected pain. 

(Facial paralysis, see 616.842. Surgical treatment of same, see D77.) 

671 Affections of eye and ear in relation to the 
teeth. 

D7 Oral Surgery. 
71 The maxillae. 

Reports of accident cases involving injuries of the face and laws. 

711 Necrosis. 

712 Caries. 

(Articles on both necrosis and caries, see D711.) 

713 Fractures. 

714 Dislocations. 

715 Fixations. Trismus, ankylosis, arthritis, etc. 

(Fixations on account of impacted third molars, see D74.) 

14 



72 Extraction. 

(Electricity in extraction, see 615.84. Anaesthetics, see 615.781.) 

721 Hemorrhage following extraction. 

Hemorrhage from soft tissues of mouth. (See also 617.41 arrest of hemorrhage.) 

73 Replantation, transplantation, implantation. 

74 Unerupted and Malposcd teeth. Third molars. 

(Orthopedic treatment, see D4.) 

75 Plastic operations. 

751 Cleft palate and hare-lip. 

(Obturators, artificial vela, etc., see D34.) 

76 Sinuses of face, diseases and treatment. 

77 Surgical treatment of dental and facial neuralgia. 

{Pathology and medical treatment, see D67.) 

78 Tumors of mouth and face. Ranula, cysts, epulis. 

781 Malignant. 

782 Benign. 

783 Cysts. Odontomes. 

784 Aneurisms. Naevi. 

785 Ranula. 

D8 Dental Jurisprudence, Ethics and Economics. 

81 State laws, laws of foreign countries. 

Reports of Legislative Committee. 

82 State examining boards. 
S3 Litigations. 

84 Army and Navy dentists. 

85 Dental protective associations. 
S9 Dental economics. 

891 Dental notation. 



15 



INDEX TO CLASSIFICATION. 



The following alphabetical index covers practically the entire field of den- 
tistry. For each subject there is given its classification number. By referring 
to the number in the classified index, Part II of this book, all of the papers and 
clinics on the desired subject will be found, and related subjects will be found 
near by. 

In the personal records of members. Part III of this book, the classification 
number will be found after the title of each paper and clinic. For the discussions, 
the classification number of each paper discussed is given. 

By reviewing the classification tables on page II of this Appendix, one will 
easily become so familiar with the plan of classification that it will not often be 
necessary to consult the alphabetical index. 



INDEX. 

Abrasion of the teeth D613 

Abscess, alveolar D65 

with living pulp ' D64 

Absorption of roots of deciduous teeth Dn 

of roots of permanent teeth 1 )<>_>_? 

Actinomycosis D66 

Addresses D04 

Advertising, dental ethics D8 

Air chambers. Artificial dentures ■... D32 

Aluminum plate-, fusible metal D323 

swaged D3-'2 

Alveolar abscess D65 

Alveolar process, maxillary b<mes D71 

Alveolar process. Supporting tissues of teeth ■. D154 

Amalgam, filling materials D222 

Amalgam and gold. Combination fillings D22C 

Amputation of roots. Alveolar abscess D65 

Anatomy, dental Dl 

comparative dental D101 

Ancient races, teeth of D102 

Anesthetics 615.781 

electricity 615.84 

local 615.781 

Aneurisms, of oral region D/84 

Angiomata, of oral region D784 

Ankylosis, of lower jaw D715 

Annealing gold D22I 

Anomalies, dental .' D13 

dental, other than man D101 

of eruption of teeth D13 

Antipyretics - 615.75 

Antiseptics 615.778 

Antrum of Highmore, diseases D76 

Appliances used in operative dentistry D21 

used in prosthetic dentistry D31 

Arsenic, pulp treatment D242 

16 



Arthritis, of tempero-maxillary articulations D715 

Articulation of artificial teeth D3a 

Articulators D^a. 

Artificial dentures D32 

Artificial enamel D223 

Artificial palates D34 

Artificial respiration. Anesthetics 615.781 

Artificial vela - D34 

Asepsis in dentistry D2ia 

Associations, dental D06 

Atrophy of the teeth D615 

Bacteriology, dental D6a 

of dental caries D61 

Base-plates D32 

Benign tumors, of oral region D782 

Bibliography, dental D073 

Bite, strength of the Dia 

Bites, impressions D32a 

"Bleaching teeth D26 

electricity for 615.84 

Blindness from dental lesions D671 

Blood tumors, of oral region D784 

Blowpipes D31 

Bone of jaws, histology and physiology D154 

diseases D71 

Bookkeeping, dental D89 

Book reviews, dental D072 

Bridges D332 

Bridges and crowns D33 

Broaches, pulp treatment D24 

Bromide of ethyl 615.781 

Burs. Preparation of cavities. D22a 

Business methods in dentistry ., D89 

Calculus, salivary. Deposits on the teeth D641 

Cancrum oris D66 

Capping pulps D241 

Carbolic acid. Disinfectants 615.777 

Escharotics 615.775 

Carcinoma, of oral region D781 

Caries, dental D61 

Constitutional causes of D603 

Prophylactic treatment D25 

Caries of maxillary bones D712 

Cataphoresis 615.84 

Cavities, preparation of D22a 

Cavity lining D22C 

Celluloid dentures D325 

Cements, dental. Filling materials D223 

Cementum, diseases D02 

Histology and physiology D143 

Chemistry, dental D38 

Children, management of, by dentists D602 

teeth of D602 o 

Chloral 615.781 

Chlorid of ethyl 615.781 

Chloroform 615.781 

Clamps for rubber dam S 2I,:) 

Clasps • D32 

Cleaning teeth. Prophylactic treatment of dental caries D25 

Cleft palate. Oral surgery D751 

Obturators D 34 

17 



Cocain. Anesthetics 615.781 

Pulp treatment D242 

Cohesive gold. Filling materials D221 

Collections of dental specimens D08 

Colleges, dental D07 

Combination fillings D22C 

Comparative dental anatomy D101 

Compends, dental D02 

Condensation of gold. Filling materials D221 

Constitutional causes of dental caries D603 

Continuous gum dentures D324 

Correspondence, particularly that relative to dentistry in various local- 
ities and countries D041 

Counter dies. Swaged plates D322 

Creosote. Antiseptics 615.778 

Escharotics 615.775 

Crowns D331 

Crowns and Bridges D33 

Cyclopedias, dental D03 

Cysts, of oral region D783 

Dead pulps D24 

Deafness from dental lesions D671 

Deciduous teeth, absorption of roots of Dn 

anatomy Dn 

care of , D602 

filling D602 

retained. Anomalies D13 

Dentifrice. Oral hygiene D5 

Dentigerous cysts D783 

Dentin, diseases of D61 

histology and physiology D142 

secondary D612 

sensitive D61 1 

Dentistry D 

Dentistry and medicine, relations of D07 

Dentition D6or 

diseases in connection with D601 

Dentures, artificial D32 

Deposits on the teeth D641 

Devitalization of the pulp .• D242 

Diagnosis of dental lesions D6 

Dictionaries, dental D03 

Dies. Swaged dentures D322 

Digestion 612.3 

Digestion of pulp D242 

Diploma legislation D83 

Directories, dental D03 

Disinfectants 615.777 

Dislocations of the lower jaw D714 

Drugs, effects of, on teeth D603 

Dyspepsia in relation to the teeth D603 

Ear affections in relation to the teeth D671 

Economics, dental D89 

Education, dental D07 

Methods of teaching D071 

Popular D072 

Electric apparatus used in dentistry : 

prosthetic appliances D31 

engines D21 

ovens D3T 

X-ray D6b 

18 



Electrical anesthesia 615.84 

Electro-chemical theory of decay D61 

Caries. Filling materials D22 

Electro-therapeutics 615.84. 

Embryology, dental D16 

Empyema of antrum D70 

Enamel, diseases D6l 

histology and physiology D141 

Encyclopedias, dental D03 

Engines, dental D21 

Epithelioma, of oral region D781 

Epulis D782 

Erosion of the teeth D614 

Eruption of the teeth D601 

Escharotics 615.775 

Essays, dental, of a general character D04 

Essential oils. Antiseptics 615.778 

Ethics, dental D8 

Ether 615.781 

Ethyl bromide 615.781 

Evolution of the teeth. Comparative dental anatomy D101 

Eye affections in relation to the teeth D671 

Examination Boards, dental D82 

Excavators. Cavity preparation D22a 

Excementosis D621 

Exhibits, dental D08 

Extraction of teeth D72 

accidents in connection with D72 

during pregnancy D603 

electrical anesthesia for 615.84 

in treatment of irregularities D4 

anesthetics for 615.781 

of first permanent molars D6ia 

Facial expression in relation to the teeth D4 

Facial neuralgia D67 

Surgical treatment D77 

Fibrils of the dentin D 142 

Filing teeth D22 

Filling materials D22 

Filling root canals E)243 

Filling teeth D22 

children's D602 

first permanent molars .' D6ia 

First permanent molars D6ia 

Fixation of loose teeth D64 

Fixations of lower jaw D715 

Follicle, dental. Embryology D16 

Foods, effects of, on the teeth 613.2 

in relation to teeth of animals * D101 

Forceps, extraction of teeth D72 

Foreign correspondence, dentistry of foreign nations D041 

Formalin. Antiseptics 615.778 

Disinfectants 615.777 

Force of mastication Dia 

Fracture of bones, maxillary D713 

Furnaces. Prosthetic appliances D31 

Fusible alloys. Dental metallurgy D39 

Fusible metal dentures D323 

Fusion of teeth. Anomalies D13 

Germicides 615.778 

Gingivae, histology and physiology D151 

19 



Glossitis '. D66 

Gold. Filling materials D221 

Gold and amalgam combination fillings D22C 

Gold and platinum D221 

Gold and tin combination fillings D22C 

Gold crowns D331 

inlays D231 

Metallurgy, dental D39 

plates D322 

Gouty and uric acids diathesis. Diseases of the peridental mem- 
brane D64 

Gum tissue, histology and physiology D151 

Gums, diseases D66 

lancing during dentition D601 

Gunshot wounds 1 if 1 »ral regit m D71 

( riitta-percha. Filling materials '. D224 

artificial dentures D32 

Hemostatics, dental hemorrhage Dj2r 

Harelip D751 

Health of dentist. Personal hygiene 613. 

Heavy gold foil D221 

Hemophelias manifested in dental tissues D721 

Hemorrhage, following extraction D721 

from soft tissue^ 1 1 f mouth D721 

diseases of soft tissues of mouth D66 

Histology, dental Dl 

Histories, dental Doo 

Hutchinson teeth D615 

Hydrogen pero.xid. Antiseptics 615. 77S 

Hygiene of the mouth D5 

personal 613. 

Hypoplasia of the teeth D615 

Impacted teeth D74 

Implantation D73 

Impressions D32a 

Inflammation 617.22 

Injuries, surgical, of oral region Dyi 

Inlays D23 

gold D23 1 

porcelain D232 

Instrument sterilization D2ia 

Instruments used in operative dentistry D21 

Instruments used in prosthetic dentistry D31 

Interdental splints. Fractures D713 

Investing materials. Plaster of paris D32a 

Iodine. Antiseptic 615.778 

Irregularities of the teeth D4 

Jaw bones, diseases D71 

Journalism, dental D05 

Jurisprudence, dental D8 

Lancing of gums. Dentition D601 

Lateral abscesses. Diseases of the peridental membrane D64 

Laws, dental, of various States and countries D81 

Leucoplakia. Diseases of soft tissues of mouth D66 

Libraries, dental D08 

Light for dental operations D21 

Lining cavities D22C 

Literature, dental D073 

Litigations, dental D83 

Local anesthetics 615.781 

20 



Lockjaw L); 1 5 

Loose teeth, fixation of D64 

Malignant tumors, of oral region D781 

Mallets, in filling teeth D22ia 

Malposed teeth. Orthodontia D4 

Oral surgery D74 

Mastication, force of Dia 

Materia medica and therapeutics 6r> 

Matrices, for fillings D22b 

for inlays D23 

Maxillary bones, anatomy, histology and physiology D15 

diseases of \)- 1 

Maxillary sinus, diseases of D76 

Mechanical dentistry D3 

Medicine and dentistry, relations of D07 

Metallic dentures. Fusible metal D323 

Swaged D322 

Metallurgy, dental D39 

Micro-organisms, dental D6a 

of dental caries D61 

Microscopy, dental Dr4 

general 578 

Missing teeth. Anomalies Dr3 

Mouth washes. Oral hygiene D5 

Mucous membrane of mouth, diseases D66 

Mummification of pulps D242 

Museums, dental D08 

Naevi, of oral region D784 

Nasmyth's membrane IM41 

Navy dentists D84 

Necrosis of maxillary bones D71 1 

Neoplasms of dental region D78 

Nervous conditions of dental origin D67 

Neuralgia, dental and facial D67 

surgical treatment D77 

from excementosis D621 

from pulp nodules D612 

Nitrous oxide 615.781 

Noma D66 

Nomenclature, dental D031 

Non-conductors. Pulp treatment D24 

Non-cohesive gold. Filling materials D221 

Non-malignant tumors, of oral region D782 

Notation, dental D891 

Obtundents for sensitive dentin D611 

Obturators D34 

Occluding frames D3a 

Occlusion. Prosthetic dentistry D3a 

Orthodontia D4 

Odontoblasts D144 

Odontomes D783 

Oils, essential, antiseptics 615.778 

Operations, plastic. Oral surgery D75 

Oral hygiene D5 

Oral surgery D7 

Orthopedic dentistry • D4 

Ossified pulps. Secondary dentin D612 

Osteomyelitis, maxillary D71 1 

Paleontology, dental D102 

Paralysis, of dental origin D67 

Patents, dental DS 

21 



Pathology, dental Do 

Pericementitis I )64 

Peridental membrane, diseases D64 

histology and physiology 1)152 

Periodicals, dental D05 

Periosteum, dental, histology and physiology D153 

Permanent teeth, anatomy D62 

Personal hygiene 613. 

Philosophies, dental Doi 

Phosphorus uecn >sis D~ 1 1 

Physiology, dental 1 ) 1 

Plantations of teeth D73 

Plaster of paris D329 

Plastic filling materials D22 

Platinum. Metallurgy, dental D39 

Platinum gold D221 

Pluggers D22 1 a 

Polyps, of oral region, D782 

Popular dental education D072 

Porcelain, general articles I )_> ^ 

bridges I >332 

crow ns I >33i 

Inlays D23 

ovens D31 

plates D324 

Pregnancy, effects of, Oil teeth • D603 

operations on the teeth, during D603 

Preparation of cavitu S D22a 

Preparation of specimens of teeth for study 1) 14 

President's addresses D04 

Prophylactic treatment of dental caries D25 

Prosthetic appliances to replace lost tissues other than teeth, obturators D34 

Pn isthetic dentistry 1 ),} 

Protective associations, dental D85 

Public schools, dentistry in D072 

Pulps, capping D24t 

destruction of 1 )242 

digestion of D242 

diseases 1 )&$ 

exposed in deciduous teeth D602 

histology and physiology D144 

mummification D242 

Pulp nodules, secondary dentin * D6l2 

treatment D24 

with arsenic D242 

with cataphoresis 615.84 

with cocain ' ] )242 

with electricity 615.84 

Pus 617.22 

Putrescent pulps D24 

Pyorrhea alveolaris D64 

Radiographv D6b 

Ranula . . ." D785 

Recording of operations, dental D891 

Reflected pains, to and from the teeth D67 

Regulation of the teeth D4 

Removable bridges D332 

Removal of deposits from the teeth D641 

Replantation D73 

Resection of roots, in treatment of alveolar abscess D65 

Richmond crowns D331 

22 



Roentgen rays, in dentistry D6b 

Root canal filling D243 

Rubber dam D_>ib 

Rubber dentures I )^2 1 

Saliva, control of flow of D21I) 

physiology, chemistry of 612.31 

pumps D2ib 

studies of : 612.31 

Salivary calculus. Deposits on the teeth D641 

Sarcoma, of oral region D781 

Schools, dental D07 

Secondary dentin D612 

Sensitive dentin D61 1 

Separation of teeth, for filling D22 

treatment of caries D22 

Silver. Metallurgy, dental D39 

Silver nitrate, escharotics 615.775 

Sinuses of the face D66 

Sixth-year molars D6ia 

Soft tissues of the mouth, diseases D66 

Soldering, metallurgy, dental D39 

swaged plates D322 

regulating appliances D4 

Specimens of teeth, preparation of, for study D14 

Splints, fractures D713 

Stains of enamel and dentin. Bleaching D616 

Deposits D641 

Staphyloraphy D75 1 

State dental laws D81 

Sterilizing dental instruments D2ia 

Stomatitis D66 

Strength of the bite Dia 

Styptics, dental hemorrhage D721 

Sugars, effects of, on the teeth 613.2 

Supernumerary teeth. Anomalies D13 

Supporting tissues of the teeth, histology and physiology D15 

Surgery, oral D7 

Surgical anatomy of oral region D7 

Swaged dentures D322 

Syphilis, manifestations in the mouth D661 

necrosis of oral region D711 

Systemic conditions and the teeth D603 

Systemic diseases manifested in the mouth D661 

Teaching of dentistry. Methods D071 

Teeth, affections of, in relation to eye and ear D671 

and systemic conditions D603 

in relation to facial expression D4 

Teething. Dentition D6ot 

Temperaments in relation to teeth D12 

Temporary teeth D 1 1 

Tetanus of muscles of mastication D715 

Therapeutics and materia medica 615. 

Third dentition. Anomalies D13 

Third molars, and pathological conditions caused by D74 

Tic-douloureux D67 

surgical treatment D/7 

Tin. Filling materials D225 

Tin and gold. Combination fillings D22C 

Tongue, diseases D66 

Tools. Prosthetic appliances D31 

23 



Tooth brushes. Oral hygiene D5 

powders, oral hygiene D5 

tissues, histology and physiology D14 

Transplantation D73 

Trismus of muscles of mastication D/T5 

Tumors, of dental origin D78 

Unerupted teeth. Pathological conditions caused by D74 

Uric acid and gouty diathesis, in relation to diseases of the peridental* 

membrane D64 

Vacuum chamber. Artificial dentures D32 

Vulcanized dentures D321 

injurious effects of D321 

Vulcanizers D321 

Warping of metallic dentures, in soldering D322 

Wedging the teeth for separation D22 

Wiring the teeth. Fractures ^7^3 

Wisdom teeth D74 

X-rays in dentistry D6b 



5866 5109 



24